‘Biggest Climate Rally In History’ In D.C. Today

0


Livestreaming here.

Frances Beinecke:

The National Resources Defense Council, 350.org and Sierra Club are hosting the biggest climate rally in history this Sunday in Washington, D.C.. We expect tens of thousands of people to join us in calling for immediate climate action. I urge you to add your voice to the growing chorus.

The time is right for this rally.

President Obama underscored his commitment to fighting climate change in both his Inaugural Address and his State of the Union Address. Now he has two critical opportunities to turn those words into deeds. We want him to know that when he takes these bold actions to stabilize the climate, the American people will support him every step of the way.

Israel’s Prisoner X

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Shir Hever is an economic researcher in the Alternative Information Center, a Palestinian-Israeli organization active in Jerusalem and Beit-Sahour. Researching the economic aspect of the Israeli occupation of the Palestinian territories, some of his research topics include the international aid to the Palestinians and to Israel, the effects of the Israeli occupation of the Palestinian territories on the Israeli economy, and the boycott, divestment and sanctions campaigns against Israel. His work also includes giving lectures and presentations on the economy of the occupation. His first book: Political Economy of Israel’s Occupation: Repression Beyond Exploitation, has been published by Pluto Press.

Transcript

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore. And welcome to another edition of The Hever Report with Shir Hever. He now joins us from Germany.

Shir’s an economist who studies Israeli occupation of the Palestinian territories for the Alternative Information Center.Thanks for joining us again.SHIR HEVER, ECONOMIST, ALTERNATIVE INFORMATION CENTER: Hi, Paul.JAY: So Prisoner X is in the news. What is that all about?HEVER: This is a very big scandal. Israel has imprisoned and actually made a person disappear. And what we see here: a person who is perhaps associated with the Israeli Mossad, perhaps not, that in 2010 was incarcerated, and he was not convicted in any crime. Nevertheless, he was disappeared from the media. It was completely illegal to write about his arrest and about the fact that he was in a very special cell in the Israeli prison. And he committed suicide–or so it is reported. There are severe doubts whether he was in a position that he could commit suicide. And only three years later, or two years later, we hear about this person, Ben Zygier or Ben Alon or Ben Allen (he had three different names, apparently), who was an Australian citizen but also an Israeli citizen, served in the Israeli army, and for some reason the Israeli secret police decided that they wanted this person to be completely erased. This sort of disappearance reminds us of maybe the junta regime in Argentina and other sort of totalitarian governments which allow themselves to make people disappear. And I think it’s also worthy of mention that he was Jewish. And although this of course doesn’t mean that he has any better rights or more than any other human being, but within the context of Israel that’s interesting because it has happened before several times that Israel made Palestinians or Arab people disappear and have arrested them without giving any kind of information. But here we have a case of a Jewish citizen that has been arrested. I think–that has been made to disappear more than arrested.JAY: Now, my understanding is–now, there was a journalist (I’m not sure he was Australian or Israeli; I think Australian) that uncovered that supposedly this fellow was in Mossad and was part of a Mossad unit that was operating in Europe. I mean, is–the Guardian piece is about they seem to be taking that as correct information.HEVER: The only source, as far as I can tell, that Zygier was in the Mossad is based on testimonies of his friends, who said that he told them that he was in the Mossad. I can imagine that they’re probably not lying. Maybe he said so. But it doesn’t necessarily mean that he was a member of Mossad.But I think if this was really a case–let’s speculate for a second–if this was really the case that he was a Mossad agent that was going to sell sensitive information or already sold sensitive information to an enemy state, then he would not have been made to disappear. Then, of course, there would be a public trial, and he would be branded as a traitor also in order to deter other spies from turning to the outside.JAY: But isn’t part of the problem for the Israelis that he would have been conducting this spying with an Australian passport?HEVER: This is a very big issue. And what we’ve seen with the assassination of Mabhouh in Dubai that Israeli assassins (of course, we’re not certain that they were Israeli–Israel never confirmed; but it’s extremely likely that they were) have been using Australian passports, as well as passports from other countries, the U.K. and so on, and this could, of course, harm the relations between Israel and Australia. The interesting thing is that the Australian government, which originally to a story that was reported in the Australian television said that they haven’t heard from Israel that an Australian citizen has been imprisoned, now have changed their story and now say that yes, they have been informed already in 2010 about his imprisonment. So at least from the point of view of the Australian government, it’s quite clear that either they agreed to this, or Israel put a lot of pressure and made them to agree to this. By making Ben Zygier disappear, I don’t think Israel is in any way protecting its relations with the Australian government. What I think is much more likely is that the sort of secret that Ben Zygier was about to reveal is a secret that embarrasses the Israeli government very much, a secret that doesn’t expose Israel’s Mossad operations in terms of its operative ability, but more likely he was talking about something moral or ethical that has bugged him, that bothered him on a personal level. And then, if that would have come out, that he wanted to tell this kind of information not for personal profit but because of a troubled conscience, this could have caused serious damage to the Israeli government. And this is something that makes more sense why they wanted to make him disappear. Netanyahu actually tried to convene an emergency conference of all the major editors of the major media channels in Israel to convince them to suppress the story. At the same time, the Israeli court issued a gag order making it illegal not only to say that there is a prisoner kept anonymously in the Israeli prisons, or that there was and he committed suicide; but even to report that there is a gag order, even that was illegal. And also, the military censor, which is usually in Israel a passive kind of institution that only accepts for review articles before they are published, has actually taken an active position and demanded that certain articles would be removed or would not be published in advance.JAY: And his family, which I think is mostly in Australia, I think–does he still have some family in Israel? But they haven’t said a word about any of this, have they?HEVER: Now, according to the more recent reports, they have been informed of his death as early as 2010, and they reacted very badly, very hard, to hear of his death. And I think it’s understandable on a personal level that they wouldn’t want to be involved. I think if they would want to accuse the Israeli government of mishandling the case, abusing the rights of their family member, they also run a certain risk of being ostracized by the pro-Zionist community, like, for example, we’ve seen with Justice Goldstone and his report, the Goldstone Report, which criticized Israel’s attack against Gaza in 2008-2009. Later, Goldstone was ostracized by the Zionist community in South Africa and suffered personal attacks because of his position.JAY: Alright. Thanks very much for joining us, Shir. We’ll keep following this to see if there’s any new breaks in the story.Thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

End

DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

What should Progressives Do Next?

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Norman Solomon is an independent progressive Democrat running for Congress — for an open seat in the district north of the Golden Gate Bridge in California. He’s the author of a dozen books including “War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death.” A longtime political activist, Norman was a co-founder of the media watchdog group FAIR, and founded the Institute for Public Accuracy.

Transcript

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore.

President Obama is into his second term now, and his rhetoric so far has been–according to the media, at least–more militant or more liberal. Now, what do we make of all of this?Now joining us to talk about President Obama’s second term and what’s next for the progressive movement in the United States is Norman Solomon. He’s the cofounder of RootsAction.org and a founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. He cochairs Healthcare not Warfare Campaign, organized by Progressive Democrats of America. His books include War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death. And he ran in the primaries in California for a seat in Congress.Thanks for joining us, Norman.NORMAN SOLOMON, COFOUNDER, ROOTSACTION.ORG: Hey. It’s a pleasure, Paul.JAY: So President Obama, his rhetoric’s a little different than last term, a little less about deficit cutting, a little–actually, at least paid some lip service to the importance of social programs like Social Security and such. And there’s sort of a talk that this term is going to be somewhat different. Does that–are you buying that? And what does all of this mean in terms of developing an independent progressive political movement in the United States?SOLOMON: Well, talk doesn’t really translate into policy. And after all, the difference between rhetoric and governance is what actually happens in terms of policy–out of the executive branch, in this case. I think the reality is that we’ve had this paradigm go on for quite a while of a sort of a social liberalism and an economic conservatism. Bill Clinton took the Democratic Party in that direction. Barack Obama has taken the party even farther in that direction. And I think when you get to bedrock issues–taxation, spending, the restraint in cuts on fundamental social services, continuation of war, use of drones and cruise missiles and so forth to strike around the world at will out of the Oval Office–on those issues and more, including civil liberties, we have a president whose rhetoric and reality are quite different from each other.JAY: So then what does that mean for people in the American progressive left movement? For example, you ran in the primaries as a Democrat. You’re part of Progressive Democrats for America. You’ve been in this sort of fight as a progressive section within the Democratic Party. So what’s next for you?SOLOMON: Well, I think we are, as progressives, in a crisis, where the good news is that the Republican Party was denied the White House in the election last year. The bad news is that the head of the party, the president of the United States, with vast support from members of Congress of his own party, are pursuing policies that are reprehensible, that if they were being pursued by a Republican president, many more Democrats in Congress would at least express some opposition. So the dire straits of civil liberties, where Obama, to take one example, is now asserting a right to draw up a kill list and decide who the U.S. government will kill, including perhaps U.S. citizens, with no due process whatsoever, that’s an instance among many in which we have unacceptable policies coming from Obama. And my plea to people would be, let’s speak honestly about it now. This year is a window of opportunity. There’s no major elections taking place. It’s a chance for progressive Democrats and progressives in general to make clear that this president is not pursuing legitimate policies, in many ways. JAY: So what exactly should people do? I mean, you can speak out, but then what? SOLOMON: Well, I think speak out and build some electoral muscle, as well as protest capacity, so that we’re able to reframe the debate. The silence, the quiescence, the muffled objection that we hear so often or don’t hear is really highly problematic. And in many ways I was thinking there’s a lot of parallels with the Lyndon Johnson administration, where it did some good things but also pursued some horrendous policies, most notably in Southeast Asia, and it was necessary for people inside the party, such as Eugene McCarthy and Robert Kennedy, and those outside the party, including Martin Luther King Jr., to speak up and say, this is unacceptable and we will build opposition.JAY: Okay. Well, we’re starting a new format today, and we’re going to keep this format up and see if you viewers like it. We’re going to do interviews more or less in two parts. The first part’s going to be in under five minutes so you get the basic idea of what our guest wants to say. And then we’re going to move into a part two, which is going to be a little longer and digging in for those who want to go a little deeper.So thanks for joining us, and please join us for part two with Norman Solomon on The Real News Network.

End

DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

‘60,000 to lose jobs in Massachusetts’

0

A US Congressman says future automatic spending cuts in the United States will lead to a loss of 60,000 jobs and millions of dollars in funding for the state of Massachusetts.

The state is slated to lose over 60,000 jobs mostly in the defense industry and USD 127 million in federal research funding if Congress allows spending cuts to follow through on March 1, said Massachusetts Representative Edward Markey on Friday.

“The massive arbitrary cuts threaten Massachusetts’ role as the nation’s high tech, bio tech, clean tech hub,” said Markey, referring to the state’s massive potential losses in federal funding.

Markey added that the spending cuts could be averted through direct cuts aimed at defense spending and nuclear weapons, ending oil subsidies, and reforming the tax code.

The New England area is expected to lose as many as 80,000 jobs, with the US state of Virginia expected to lose about 207,000 jobs, following the cuts planned for March.

Democrats in the Senate support a USD 110-billion tax increase and spending cut plan that would postpone the scheduled cuts. However, Republicans are poised to let automatic cuts follow through – a move experts say would create another recession.

As lawmakers avoided the fiscal cliff about a month ago, deep spending cuts are expected to hit the Pentagon and federal agencies including the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), the Food and Drug Administration and the Department of Agriculture, as well as layoffs affecting teachers, federal agents and prosecutors.

GMA/HMV

Man Held After Pensioner Dies In Hit-And-Run

0

A 26-year-old man has been arrested after a pensioner was killed crossing the road in a hit-and-run.

The 80-year-old was mowed down in the street when she was walking in Yardley, Birmingham, on Saturday morning.

West Midlands Ambulance Service said the woman suffered “multiple serious injuries and was in cardiac arrest” when medics arrived.

She was later pronounced dead at the scene.

The woman’s family has been informed but police have not yet to publicly name her.

A large-scale police operation to trace the car and driver started immediately after the crash, after the vehicle sped from the scene.

Hours later, officers found a damaged blue Vauxhall Astra dumped at the roadside about six miles away in Solihull.

Police believe it to be the car involved in the crash.

A police spokesman said: “A 26-year-old visited Stechford police station and has been arrested on suspicion of causing death by dangerous driving.”

A West Midlands Ambulance Service spokesman said medics attempted to resuscitate the woman as soon as they arrived but “despite their best efforts, nothing could be done”.

Hugh Grant a father for second time

0

Actor Hugh Grant has become a father for the second time and announced the news on his Twitter account – but warned the press to leave his family “in peace”.

The Notting Hill and Bridget Jones star is “thrilled” to have welcomed a baby boy, a brother for his one-year-old daughter Tabitha, with Chinese actress Tinglan Hong – a relationship that started out as a “fleeting affair”.

The 52-year-old film star has almost been more famous for his appearance at the Leveson Inquiry and his campaigning for a more responsible press of late than for his films, and his tweets are not without a reference to that passion.

He tweeted: “In answer to some journos. Am thrilled my daughter now has a brother. Adore them both to an uncool degree. They have a fab mum.

“And to be crystal clear. I am the Daddy. Thanks for v kind messages. Now I’ve confirmed (press somehow got birth certificate & were calling), hoping my family will be left in peace.”

When Tabitha was born in 2011, Grant’s publicist released a statement revealing the nature of his relationship with Ms Hong: “I can confirm that Hugh Grant is the delighted father of a baby girl.

“He and the mother had a fleeting affair and, while this was not planned, Hugh could not be happier or more supportive. He and the mother have discussed everything and are on very friendly terms.”

Grant has had relationships with high-profile figures in the past – most notably actress Elizabeth Hurley and socialite Jemima Khan.

He managed to move on from the scandal that engulfed him following his well-publicised encounter with a Hollywood prostitute in 1995.

His previous film credits include About A Boy, Love Actually and Four Weddings And A Funeral.

https://twitter.com/HackedOffHugh(Hugh Grant on Twitter)

UK Deputy PM snubs Queen again

0

The British Deputy Prime Minister and Liberal Democrat leader Nick Clegg has not turn up in a private meeting with the British Queen for the fifth time in seven months.

Clegg missed the meeting with the monarch at Buckingham Palace for the fifth time last Tuesday, bringing excuses that he had to catch a flight to Mozambique.

Surprisingly, however, he attended Deputy Prime Minister’s Questions in the House of Commons earlier that day.

Chris Grayling, the Conservative Justice Secretary attended the private meeting with the Queen as Clegg, Lord President of the Council sent him in his place.

According to the reports, Clegg’s meetings with the Queen have been awkward since his Lib-Dem colleague Chris Huhne’s resignation from the Privy Council.

Clegg previously sent Andrew Lansley, the Leader of the House of Commons, to represent him in the fourth meeting he had with the British queen in January, saying that he had to attend the House of Lords Constitution Committee in Parliament at exactly the same time.

MOS/

Plane forced down near Obama retreat

0

A US F-16 warplane and a military helicopter have forced down a small aircraft over the eastern coast of Florida, where President Barack Obama was vacationing with friends.

The small Cessna 152 private plane was intercepted Saturday morning by an F-16 jetfighter and a US Coast Guard helicopter and escorted away from “a temporary restricted flight zone” near the site where Obama was vacationing, US Army Lt. Col. Mike Humphreys was quoted as saying in local press reports.

No further information was released about the Cessna 152 aircraft that entered the restricted zone while Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) officials announced in a statement that the incident, and whether the small plane entered the area over Florida’s Treasure Coast, is under probe.

News reports have cited a description of temporary flight restrictions on the FAA’s website as saying that the section of Florida airspace will be closed until Monday for “VIP Movement.”

Meanwhile, White House spokesman Josh Earnest told reporter on Friday that Obama was looking forward to spending the President’s Day holiday weekend with ‘a group of friends’ in Florida.

“I’m sure they’ll take advantage of the opportunity to play some golf,” Earnest said.

MFB/MFB

Saudi forces injure three in Qatif

0

Three people have been wounded in an incident where Saudi security forces opened fire on passersby in the Qatif region of Eastern Province, Press TV reports.

The violence broke out on Sunday when unknown men attacked a prison in Qatif.

A two-year-old child and her mother were also among the wounded.

The victims were on a car passing through a security checkpoint when they were shot by security forces.

Saudi authorities have not commented on the incident.

Since February 2011, protesters have held demonstrations on an almost regular basis in Saudi Arabia, mainly in Qatif and the town of Awamiyah in Eastern Province.

The demonstrations turned into protests against the Al Saud regime after November 2011, when Saudi security forces killed five protesters and injured many others in the province.

DB/HSN

London shooting claims teenager’s life

0

An unprovoked street shooting in east London has claimed the life of a teenager while leaving another man fighting for his life.

The two men were shot at about 8 pm on Hindrey Road, Clapton, Scotland Yard said, adding that the pair were then taken to a hospital where the younger victim, aged 19, died at about 11 pm.

The metropolitan police said the motive for the shootings was not clear, and that no one has been arrested so far.

However, detectives from Operation Trident, which inspects gang-related crimes, said they are hunting two suspects seen running from the scene towards the nearby Pembury Estate.

“At this very early stage we must retain an open mind regarding the circumstances of the incident and any motive,” a police spokesperson said.

The shooting raises questions whether Britain is treading the path the American society has taken over the past years, forcing the US government to consider banning of firearms.

In the US the issue came into spotlight after the December 14 schoolhouse massacre in Newtown, Connecticut, that was followed by revelations that about 1,500 fatal shootings occurred in the country in the seven weeks after the shooting.

In England and Wales, more than 350 people are the victim of cold weapons assaults every day, while the country’s officials still insist crime rates are falling.

Annual British Crime Survey also reported almost 130,000 attacks involved knives in 2007 which is equivalent to one in every four minutes.

MOS/AMR/HE

Pakistanis in Quetta slam Shia killings

0

People gather at the site of a bomb attack targeting Shias in Quetta, southwestern Pakistan, February 16, 2013.

Pakistanis have called on the government to take swift action against those who killed more than 80 people in a bomb attack targeting Shia Muslims in the southwestern city of Quetta.

Many businesses in Quetta, Balochistan Province, have gone on strike to condemn Saturday’s deadly bombing. The protesters call for an end to violence against Shia Muslims.

The governor of Balochistan has also criticized Pakistani security officials for failing to protect Shias.

The bombing tore through a crowded vegetable market in the town of Hazara, on the outskirts of Quetta on Saturday. The area is mostly inhabited by Shia Muslims.

According to Pakistani police, nearly 200 people were also wounded in the attack.

The bomb, containing nearly a tone of explosives, was hidden in a water tank and towed into the market by a tractor, Quetta police chief Zubair Mahmood told reporters.

On January 10, nearly 130 people were killed and many others injured in a wave of bombings targeting both Pakistani security guards and civilians, including Shia Muslims, in Quetta.

The attack triggered protests in condemnation of violence against Shia Muslims in Pakistan. Protesters said the Pakistani government had failed to take proper action to prevent terror attacks on the Shia Muslim community.

Violence has escalated against Shia Muslims in different parts of Pakistan in recent months. Since the beginning of 2012, hundreds of Shias have been killed in the country. The attacks have targeted many doctors, engineers, high-ranking government officials, teachers, and politicians.

MSH/HSN

Will ‘Bedroom Tax’ Punish Pensioners’?

0

Some pensioners with spare rooms will be hit by reductions in housing benefit under what critics dub the Government’s “bedroom tax”, the Department of Work and Pensions confirmed.

Existing claimants in homes where someone of working age also lives have been spared the welfare cut, but new claimants under the Universal Credit scheme will face deductions.

But Work and Pensions Secretary Iain Duncan Smith insisted that no pensioners would “suffer” and that the future application of the rules was yet to be finally decided.

Shadow work and pensions secretary Liam Byrne told the Sunday People, which uncovered the different status of new claimants, that the Prime Minister needed to “get a grip”.

“Ministers promised to protect pensioners from the bedroom tax, but thousands are set to lose out.

“David Cameron had better get a grip fast, before this scheme descends into total chaos.”

A DWP spokesman said: “We want to reassure pensioners claiming housing benefit that they will not be affected by this policy now, or when Universal Credit begins, even if one partner is below pension age.”

He confirmed however that this would not apply to new claimants after that time.

A poll for the newspaper found that voters believed – by a majority of 46% to 35% – that the principle of the change was “only fair” at a time of economic austerity.

But clear overall majorities said that its implementation should be delayed for a rethink on how to implement it (52%), that it should only apply if people refused smaller homes (60) and that it should not apply at all to Army families with children away on active service (77%).

Duncan Smith denied the government had finalised its plans: “The reality is that they are looking at Universal Credit further down the road and they have asked a specific question about that and we have yet to set finally what we do with that group,” he told BBC1’s Andrew Marr Show.

“It is not our intention that pensioners in any way will suffer under this particular thing.

“It is not about punishing people; this is about trying to reallocate the housing. It is about getting the balance right.”

Woman, 80, killed in hit-and-run

0

An 80-year-old woman has died after she was mowed down in the street by a hit-and-run driver, say police.

The woman was left with serious injuries when she was struck while crossing the road in Yardley, Birmingham, on Saturday morning at about 11.30am.

West Midlands Ambulance Service said the woman had suffered “multiple serious injuries and was in cardiac arrest” when medics arrived. She was later pronounced dead at the scene.

The woman’s family has been informed but police have not yet publicly named her.

A large-scale police operation to trace the car and driver started immediately after the crash, after the vehicle sped from the scene.

Some hours after the accident officers found a damaged blue Vauxhall Astra dumped at the roadside about six miles away in Solihull, and which police believe is the car involved in the incident.

A police spokeswoman said a man was now under arrest on suspicion of causing death by dangerous driving.

She said: “The elderly woman injured in the non-stop collision in Yardley has died as a result of her injuries. Her family have been informed.

“A 26-year-old visited Stechford police station and has been arrested on suspicion of causing death by dangerous driving.”

A West Midlands Ambulance Service spokesman said medics attempted to resuscitate the woman as soon as they arrived but “despite their best efforts, nothing could be done to save the woman and she was confirmed dead”.

Tax On Holiday Homes, Jewellery, Paintings

0

Owners of holiday homes and rental properties would be drawn into paying a “mansion tax” under Liberal Democrat proposals to extend the policy beyond £2 million main residences.

An internal policy consultation has concluded there “may be merit” in imposing the 1% levy instead on anyone with a land and property portfolio worth above the same threshold.

The document, to be debated by activists at the party’s spring conference next month, includes a number of radical options, including a French-style wealth tax on assets such as jewellery and paintings.

mansion

Holiday homes could be included in the £2m threshold for mansion tax

The proposals emerged as Labour – which this week backed the idea of a mansion tax to fund the return of a 10p income tax rate – challenged the Lib Dems to support it in a Commons vote.

The party played down the prospect of it adopting the idea of a “net wealth tax” – which would involve tax inspectors visiting people’s homes to verify the value of declared items such as jewellery and paintings.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

Extending the mansion tax was reported to be favoured by some within the party as a vote-winner in the South West, where there is anger over second-home buyers forcing up prices.

But senior figures are also believed to have concerns that the move – in a package drawn up as part of preparations for the 2015 general election manifesto – could see some people taxed twice.

Landlords already pay tax on any rent they receive.

MP Tessa Munt, one of those who helped draw up the consultation paper, told the Mail on Sunday it was an “interesting idea” and would be put to activists in Brighton.

But the document says it would be “generally quite complex to administer” and party Treasury spokesman Stephen Williams said he expected it to be “firmly spiked” by activists.

A Lib Dem spokesman said: This consultation is part of the process of asking for ideas on how to ensure a fairer tax system.

“It is up to Lib Dem party members as to whether these eventually become party policy.”

Judges ‘Subverting British Democracy’, Says May

0

Home Secretary Theresa May has accused judges of “subverting” British democracy and making the streets of Britain more dangerous by ignoring new rules aimed at deporting more foreign criminals.

In a scathing attack, she vowed to introduce primary legislation to restrict the human rights of offenders after a minority of the judiciary decided to “ignore parliament’s wishes”.

But she warned the delay in getting that on to the statute book would inevitably mean “more victims of violent crimes committed by foreigners in this country”.

MPs approved new guidance for judges in July last year making clear the right to a family life – set out in Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights – was only qualified.

The change was designed to end a string of cases where it was used to justify granting foreign criminals the right to remain in the UK rather than being deported.

Labour questioned at the time whether the guidance would be sufficient to override the precedent set by earlier cases and said it would support primary legislation.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

Last year, Conservative MP Charlie Elphicke obtained Home Office figures suggesting that 177 foreign criminals avoided deportation in the year 2011 to 2012 after convincing judges of their right to a family life in Britain.

They include Vladimir Buchak, a Ukrainian who paid eastern Europeans with the right to live in Britain up to £3,000 to marry Africans. He has been allowed to remain because he has two children here.

A Jamaican drug dealer was allowed to stay in the UK with his family after his release, after the High Court cited the effect his absence would have on his nine-year-old son who suffers from ADHD.

And Aso Mohammed Ibrahim, an Iraqi Kurd, killed a 12-year-old girl in a hit-and-run in Lancashire, and was allowed to remain in the UK after his release from four months in jail, because of his family.

Writing in the Mail on Sunday, the Home Secretary pinned the blame squarely on the judges who have “got it into their heads that Article Eight…is an absolute, unqualified right”.

She said: “Unfortunately, some judges evidently do not regard a debate in Parliament on new immigration rules, followed by the unanimous adoption of those rules, as evidence that Parliament actually wants to see those new rules implemented,” she wrote.

One judge, she noted, had justified his decision on the basis that the new guidance had been subject only to “a weak form of parliamentary scrutiny”.

“It is essential to democracy that the elected representatives of the people make the laws that govern this country – and not the judges,” she wrote.

“Yet some judges seem to believe that they can ignore Parliament’s wishes if they think that the procedures for parliamentary scrutiny have been ‘weak’.

“That appears actually to mean that they can ignore Parliament when they think it came to the wrong conclusion.”

She said she was determined to bring forward a new law making it clear the deportation should be the norm in everything but “extraordinary circumstances”.

“It is depressing that the steps we have already taken should have been insufficient to produce that result.

“The inevitable delays inherent in passing primary legislation will mean that there will be many more foreign criminals who successfully avoid deportation on the basis that they have a family here.

“There will also be more victims of violent crimes committed by foreigners in this country – foreigners who should have been, and could have been, deported,” she added.

Judges who allowed prisoners to remain were also guilty of reinforcing public perceptions of human right as “legal dodges that allow criminals to escape proper punishment and to continue to prey on the public.

“This is not a dispute about respect for human rights, which I certainly agree is an essential part of any decent legal system.

“It is about how to balance rights against each other: in particular, the individual’s right to family life, the right of the individual to be free from violent crime, and the right of society to protect itself against foreign criminals.”

May insisted that she was “a great admirer of most of the judges in Britain” and accepted the need for the power of government ministers to be “reviewed and restrained” by the judiciary.

“But the law in this country is made by the elected representatives of the people in Parliament. And our democracy is subverted when judges decide to take on that role for themselves.”

David Cameron To Star In One Direction Video..

0

David Cameron will make his latest Comic Relief appearance by starring in a music video with teen heart-throbs One Direction, a spokesman for the charity said.

Cameron has followed in the footsteps of Tony Blair and Gordon Brown in getting involved in the fundraiser, which has raised £800 million since 1985 to help alleviate poverty.

one direction

David Cameron is to team up with One Direction for Comic Relief

He appears in the official video for One Direction’s official Comic Relief single, a cover version medley of Blondie’s One Way or Another and the Undertones’ Teenage Kicks.

“Yes, he is in it,” the spokesman said, but was unable to say what his role included.

The Prime Minister did not appear in clips from the video shown during last night’s Let’s Dance for Comic Relief.

Tony Blair starred alongside comic Catherine Tate in a for the charity fundraiser in the last months of his premiership it 2007, when he uttered Tate’s Lauren character’s “Am I bovvered?” catchphrase as she visited Downing Street for work experience.

Brown appeared in a comedy sketch with James Corden and with boyband JLS in 2011 – after he was voted out of office in the 2010 general election.

Cameron also appeared in that year’s programme. The MasterChef segment saw him make approving noises as “chefs” Miranda Hart, Ruby Wax and Claudia Winkleman served him a three-course meal.

Obama draft bill would clear path to citizenship for illegal immigrants – paper

0

WASHINGTON (Reuters) – A draft of a White House immigration proposal would allow illegal immigrants to become legal permanent residents within eight years, USA Today reported on Saturday.

The plan, obtained by the newspaper, also would provide for more security funding and require businesses to check the immigration status of new hires within four years. Illegal immigrants could also apply for a newly created “Lawful Prospective Immigrant” visa, under the draft bill, it said.

If approved, they could apply for the same provisional legal status for spouses or children living outside the country, according to the draft.

The White House has emphasized the importance of creating a path to citizenship for the estimated 11 million immigrants who are in the United States illegally. Many Republicans emphasize that the nation’s borders must be secured first.

Latinos favored President Barack Obama over Republican Mitt Romney in the November 6 election by 71 percent to 27 percent, helping tilt politically divided states to the Democratic incumbent.

Members of Congress also are drafting their own immigration bills.

In the Republican-controlled House of Representatives, a bipartisan group has been negotiating an immigration proposal for years and is writing its own bill. Last month, four Republican senators joined with four Democratic senators to announce their agreement on the general outlines of an immigration plan.

One of those Republican senators, Marco Rubio of Florida, dismissed the leaked White House draft bill, however, as a seriously flawed rehash of failed immigration policies that would make the country’s immigration problems worse.

“If actually proposed, the president’s bill would be dead on arrival in Congress, leaving us with unsecured borders and a broken legal immigration system for years to come,” Rubio, who is a Cuban-American, said in a statement on Saturday.

(Writing by Paul Simao; Editing by Peter Cooney)

Protest strike shuts down Kashmir

0

The people of Indian-administered Kashmir have held a complete shutdown strike to protest the secret execution of a Kashmiri man by the Indian government, Press TV reports.

Indian authorities hanged Mohammad Afzal Guru on February 9 in a New Delhi prison for his role in the December 2001 attacks on the Indian parliament. He was buried inside the prison.

Guru’s execution provoked angry demonstrations in the Himalayan region, where most people believe he had not gotten a fair trial. Three people died during the demonstrations, including a teenager who was shot by Indian security forces.

Ahead of the execution, authorities declared a curfew in most of the Kashmir region and ordered people to remain indoors indefinitely in anticipation of anti-India protests.

On Saturday, the curfew was lifted and a general strike against the hanging paralyzed the region. All shops and business establishments, banks and schools were closed due to the strike. And public transport stayed off roads.

“The curfew has been lifted from all the areas and whatever restrictions you may see now are because of the (separatist) shutdown,” said Shiv Murari Sahai, a senior police officer in the city of Srinagar.

Protesters and security forces clashed in several places in the region.

On December 13, 2001, five gunmen stormed the parliament complex in New Delhi. However, all were shot dead before entering the legislative chamber. Ten other people, mostly security guards, were also killed.

In 2002, an Indian court found Guru guilty of arranging to obtain weapons for the attackers. He denied all the charges against him.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 65 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official count, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 90,000.

GJH/MRS/HSN

Libyans to mark 2nd uprising anniversary

0

Libyan security forces patrol the streets in Benghazi on February 16, 2013.

Libya is set to mark the second anniversary of an uprising that toppled former Libyan dictator Muammar Gaddafi.

Libyan Prime Minister Ali Zeidan announced on Saturday that the government had taken a series of security measures for the event, which is due to take place on Sunday.

A number of checkpoints have been set up across the streets in the capital, Tripoli, and the eastern city of Benghazi, which is Libya’s second largest city and the hub of the revolution.

International flights have also been suspended at all airports except in Tripoli and Benghazi.

Earlier this week, the Libyan prime minister announced a four-day closure of the country’s borders with Egypt and Tunisia.

Meanwhile, the opposition has called for demonstrations across the country. It says the government has failed to rebuild Libya, which still lacks a permanent constitution.

Libyans rose up against Gaddafi’s four-decade rule in February 2011 and deposed him in August 2011.

The deposed Libyan ruler died of injuries sustained during his capture on October 20, 2011, by the National Transitional Council (NTC) fighters in the northern city of Sirte – his hometown.

NT/MRS/HSN

C&L’s Late Night Music Club With Herman’s Hermits

0

Trouble…

A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall – Joan Baez
http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_d…
She always has a special treatment of Dylan’s songs, probably because she loved him.

And what’ll you do now my blue-eyed son ?
And what’ll you do now my darling young one ?
I’m a-goin’ back out ‘fore the rain starts a-fallin’
I’ll walk to the depths of the deepest black forest
Where the people are a many and their hands are all empty
Where the pellets of poison are flooding their waters
Where the home in the valley meets the damp dirty prison
Where the executioner’s face is always well hidden
Where hunger is ugly where souls are forgotten
Where black is the color where none is the number
And I’ll tell and think it and speak it and breathe it
And reflect it from the mountain so all souls can see it
Then I’ll stand on the ocean until I start sinkin’
But I’ll know my songs well before I start singin’
And it’s a hard it’s a hard it’s a hard and it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.


An unregulated mass of armed citizens being necessary to the security of the firearms industry, the right of the people to buy and conceal the newest forms of battlefield technology shall not be infringed. — The NRA 2nd Amendment

IDF arrests brother of hunger-striking Palestinian detainee — reports

0

Photo from facebook.com/QudsN

Photo from facebook.com/QudsN

The Israeli army has reportedly raided the house of a Palestinian detainee, Samer Issawi, arresting his brother. This comes in the wake of violent clashes during the recent rally in support of the man who had been hunger-striking for over 200 days.

­The Israeli Defense Forces have reportedly raided the house of Samer Issawi’s family in the al-Issawiya neighborhood of East Jerusalem at around midnight GMT. Activists on twitter claimed that Issawi’s brother Shadi had been arrested and released photos and video of the alleged incident

So far, with no official comment on the raid, the reports could not be independently verified.

Photo from facebook.com/esawiah.forum
Photo from facebook.com/esawiah.forum

Photo from facebook.com/esawiah.forum
Photo from facebook.com/esawiah.forum

On Friday a major rally outside Ofer prison in the West Bank in support of prominent prisoner Samer Issawi ended with a violent fight between the Israeli military and Palestinian protesters. According to Israeli officials some 500 Palestinians attacked soldiers with rocks forcing them to respond with tear gas and rubber bullets. Two Israeli soldiers were slightly injured, the military said.

Palestinian medics reported wounds sustained from rubber bullets and said dozens of people suffered gas inhalation.

Also a number of people were reportedly injured in at least three separate clashes as violence spread across the West Bank.

A Palestinian with marks of pepper spray on his face is detained by Israeli border policemen who suspect him of throwing stones during clashes at a protest in the East Jerusalem neighbourhood of Issawiya February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Ammar Awad)
A Palestinian with marks of pepper spray on his face is detained by Israeli border policemen who suspect him of throwing stones during clashes at a protest in the East Jerusalem neighbourhood of Issawiya February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Ammar Awad)

Israeli soldiers take cover behind their shields as a Palestinian protester throws a stone during clashes outside Israel′s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)
Israeli soldiers take cover behind their shields as a Palestinian protester throws a stone during clashes outside Israel’s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)

35-year-old Samer Issaawi was initially serving time for alleged terror activity and released in 2011 in a prisoner exchange. In July 2012 he was arrested again over a suspected violation of the terms of his release as he was not allowed to leave Jerusalem.

He has been on hunger strike since the end of July, under medical supervision and eating periodically, Israeli Prison Service spokeswoman Sivan Weizman claimed.

Issaawi’s sister however said he has only been drinking water since January while the prison occasionally takes him to an Israeli hospital for treatment.

Currently four prisoners held by Israel are on hunger strike, according to the Palestinian minister of prisoner affairs, Issa Qaraqe. In 2012 hundreds of Palestinian prisoners forced prison system into concessions by going on hunger strikes.

Palestinian protesters push a garbage bin as they try to block a road during clashes with Israeli border policemen outside Israel′s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)
Palestinian protesters push a garbage bin as they try to block a road during clashes with Israeli border policemen outside Israel’s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)

Stone-throwing Palestinian protesters carry a protester injured by Israeli security forces during clashes outside Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Darren Whiteside)
Stone-throwing Palestinian protesters carry a protester injured by Israeli security forces during clashes outside Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Darren Whiteside)

A Palestinian protester throws back a tear gas canister fired by Israeli border policemen during clashes outside Israel′s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)
A Palestinian protester throws back a tear gas canister fired by Israeli border policemen during clashes outside Israel’s Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Mohamad Torokman)

An Israeli border policeman takes position during clashes with stone-throwing Palestinian protesters outside Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Darren Whiteside)
An Israeli border policeman takes position during clashes with stone-throwing Palestinian protesters outside Ofer prison near the West Bank city of Ramallah February 15, 2013 (Reuters / Darren Whiteside)

Quake cluster hits Ring of Fire

0

A number of quakes ranging from 5.0 to 6.2 on the Richter scale have struck the Pacific Ring of Fire.

On Saturday, two quakes struck the Philippines and earthquakes also occurred in New Zealand, the Santa Cruz Islands, Kuril Islands, and Indonesia’s Sulawesi Island, Xinhua reported.

At 0437 GMT, a 6.2-magnitude quake, with a depth of 98.2 kilometers, hit the southern Philippine island of Mindanao at 12:37 p.m. local time.

At 22:20:28 GMT, a 5.0-magnitude quake with a depth of 5.40 kilometres, hit Sulawesi in Indonesia.

At 22:17:31 GMT, a 5.5-magnitude earthquake, with a depth of 42.90 kilometers, struck the Kuril Islands.

At 18:29:30 GMT, a 5.2-magnitude quake, with a depth of 35.10 kilometres, hit the Santa Cruz Islands region off the coast of Ecuador.

At 15:25:23 GMT, a 5.3-mamgnitude earthquake, with a depth of 57.60, hit the region of the Philippines.

A 6.1-magnitude quake also struck off the east coast of the North Island of New Zealand, which had a depth of 180 kilometers.

There were no immediate reports of any damage or casualties.

The Ring of Fire is known for its seismic and volcanic activity caused by friction between shifting tectonic plates.

NT/HGL

Home Secretary Pledges New Deportation Law

0

Home Secretary Theresa May is planning a new law to stop foreign criminals avoiding deportation, according to reports.

She told the Sunday Telegraph that the actions of some immigration judges were “not acceptable” and that they were “subverting” British democracy.

A new immigration bill will be published later this year, the newspaper claims, to give full legal weight to ministers’ demands that foreign criminals should not routinely be able to dodge deportation by citing Article 8 of the European Convention of Human Rights.

Article 8 permits the right to a family life which can be a barrier to removal, but ministers and MPs say it should be balanced with the need to protect the public.

The new law is expected to state that Article 8 allows deportations to prevent “disorder or crime”, meaning judges will be forced to take that into account when considering appeals by criminals.

The Sunday Telegraph also reported that new restrictions could also be included in the new law on migrants coming to Britain from countries including Romania and Bulgaria.

Last summer the Home Secretary changed immigration rules to make clear that foreign criminals should be deported if they were serious or persistent offenders.

But while the rules were backed by the House of Commons, they do not carry the full weight of law and are often ignored by judges on the Immigration Tribunal.

Ms May told the Sunday Telegraph: “The European Convention on Human Rights is clear – there is a right to a family life, but that right should be balanced with the wider public interest in controlling immigration and protecting the public.

“That’s why we introduced new immigration rules last year.

“Those rules were debated in full and passed unanimously by the House of Commons. So it is not acceptable that some immigration judges are denying the democratic and legal validity of them.

“I said at the time that if the courts did not heed the changes to the rules, I would introduce primary legislation to force them to do so. That is exactly what I now intend to do.

“I am determined that Article 8 must not stop us deporting dangerous foreign criminals.”

Writing in the Mail on Sunday, Ms May said: “The law in this country is made by the elected representatives of the people in Parliament. And our democracy is subverted when judges decide to take on that role for themselves.”

Roma actor wins Silver Bear at Berlinale

0

Nazif Mujic holds the Silver Bear for Best Actor he received in a press conference following the awards ceremony in Berlin on February 16, 2013.

A Roma actor has won the best actor award at the 63rd Berlin International Film Festival.

Nazif Mujic, the real-life protagonist of the Bosnian docudrama Epizoda u zivotu beraca zeljeza (An Episode in the Life of an Iron Picker), won the Silver Bear for Best Actor at the closing ceremony of the Berlinale in the German capital on Saturday.

The movie, which was directed by Danis Tanovic, is about impoverished Mujic’s desperate attempts to pay for his wife’s emergency operation.

“I think he (Mujic) feels like Neil Armstrong when he went to the moon, seriously… And I really do hope it is going to change his life for the better,” Tanovic said.

Between 220,000 and 1.5 million Roma were killed in World War II.

And the Roma are still the most suppressed people in Europe.

NT/HGL

Humanitarian crisis unfolding in Mali

0

The French-led war in Mali has caused a serious humanitarian crisis in northern areas of the country and has displaced thousands of people, who now live in deplorable conditions, Press TV reports.

The people of northern Mali say the French war and the ruling junta are blocking the flow of humanitarian assistance to the war-affected areas, Press TV correspondent Daniel Arapmoi reported from northern Mali on Saturday.

The northern Malians say the blockade of the area by French and Malian troops has undermined the activities of healthcare workers in several refugee camps. Most of the camps have dire shortages of necessities such as food and medicine.

Dr. Salif Kone told Press TV that the war has caused a severe shortage of food and medicine and has created many problems for the Malian people.

France launched a war in Mali on January 11 under the pretext of halting the advance of rebel fighters in the country.

On February 1, Amnesty International said “serious human rights breaches” — including the killing of children – were occurring in the French war in Mali.

Chaos broke out in the West African country after Malian President Amadou Toumani Toure was toppled in a military coup on March 22, 2012. The coup leaders said they mounted the coup in response to the government’s inability to contain the Tuareg rebellion in the north of the country, which had been going on for two months.

However, in the wake of the coup d’état, the Tuareg rebels took control of the entire northern desert region, but the Ansar Dine extremists then pushed them aside and took control of the region, which is larger than France or Texas.

GJH/HGL

Man, 19, dies after street shooting

0

A teenager has died and a man is fighting for his life after they were gunned down in a street.

The pair were shot in Hindrey Road, Clapton, east London, at 8.20pm on Saturday, Scotland Yard said.

Paramedics rushed them to hospital where the younger victim, 19, died. A 32-year-old man was understood to be in a stable condition, police said.

Anti-Shia group behind Quetta carnage

0

A Hazara Shia comforts another mourning for a family member who died in a bomb blast, at a local hospital in Quetta, Pakistan, on Saturday, Feb. 16, 2013.

The outlawed Pakistani terrorist group Lashkar-e-Jhangvi has claimed responsibility for Saturday’s massacre in Quetta.

A bomb attack targeting Shia Muslims in the main bazaar of the city in southwestern Pakistan killed at least 79 people, including women and children, and injured nearly 200 others, officials said early on Sunday morning.

According to the police, most of the victims were Hazara Shias. Burnt school bags and books of schoolchildren were scattered everywhere, witnesses said.

A spokesman for Lashkar-e-Jhangvi claimed responsibility for the bombing. The group was founded in 1996 by Riaz Basra after he broke away from Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan over differences with his superiors.

“The explosion was caused by an improvised explosive device fitted to a motorcycle,” said Wazir Khan Nasir, the deputy inspector general of police in Quetta. “This is a continuation of terrorism against Shias.”

“I saw many bodies of women and children,” said an eyewitness at a local hospital. “At least a dozen people were burned to death by the blast.”

On January 10, a twin bomb attack at a crowded billiard hall killed more than 90 people, mostly Shia Muslims, in Quetta, which is the capital of Balochistan province. Lashkar-e-Jhangvi said it carried out the bombing.

Following the incident, massive demonstrations were held across the country to denounce the violence against Shia Muslims.

The demonstrators shouted slogans against the government and criticized Pakistan’s security forces for failing to provide security to the country’s Shia Muslims.

They also denounced the Saudi Arabian policy of funding extremist groups that commit acts of violence against Muslims in Pakistan.

In addition, the protesters called on the government to take immediate action against the forces involved in the sectarian killings.

Commenting on the January 10 bombing in Quetta, the Pakistan director of Human Rights Watch said, “2012 was the bloodiest year for Pakistan’s Shia community in living memory and if this latest attack is any indication, 2013 has started on an even more dismal note.”

“As Shia community members continue to be slaughtered in cold blood, the callousness and indifference of authorities offers a damning indictment of the state, its military, and security agencies,” Ali Dayan Hasan added.

“Pakistan’s tolerance for religious extremists is not just destroying lives and alienating entire communities, it is destroying Pakistani society across the board,” he stated.

GJH/HGL

Bahrain police disperse funeral procession with tear gas, stun grenades (VIDEO, PHOTOS)

0

Bahraini protesters rush away after riot police fired tear gas during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

(4.1Mb) embed video

Violent clashes broke out in Bahrain at the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the anniversary of the revolt of the Shiite majority against the ruling monarchy. The procession was blocked and dispersed with stun grenades and tear gas.

­Scuffles erupted after armed security forces blocked access to Hussein al-Jaziri’s funeral in the village of Daih on Saturday. The authorities used stun grenades and tear gas to push out those who came to pay their respects.

Thousands of people attended the funeral after which the crowd of protesters marched on “Pearl Square” in Manama, the center point of the 2011 uprising.

Several people sustained injuries when police fired tear gas to disperse them, local witnesses report.  

In the village of Sanabis west of the capital, local witnesses reported police using force to disperse a crowd hurling rocks and petrol bombs. Police fired tear gas during clashes with the protests.

Saturday’s events are the latest in a series of tussles between Shiite protesters and the authorities since Thursday, when the country’s opposition marked the second anniversary of revolt in the small island nation hosting the US fifth fleet.

The violence escalated following the death of a teenager on Thursday who was shot by security forces during protests against the kingdom’s rulers. One policeman was also killed in that clash.

Although Thursday’s march had been authorized, Bahrain’s information minister Samira Rajab told RT that the killed teenager, along with a group of provocators, were in a forbidden zone “heading towards the police” with Molotov cocktails in their hands.

Two police officers had been placed in “preventive detention” in connection with this week’s events.

On Friday violence erupted after a crowd blocked a highway linking a number of Shiite villages to the capital.

Earlier authorities announced the arrest of four people in an overnight assault on law enforcement that wounded four policemen.

Bahrain’s two-year struggle has taken an estimated 80 lives, with torture and illegal detention allegations also brought against the regime by human right advocates.

On February 10 the Sunni dominated government started talks with Shiite opposition in order to fulfill oppositions’ demands for democratic reforms.

The coffin of Hussain Ali Al Jazeeri, a Bahraini teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, is carried during his funeral on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
The coffin of Hussain Ali Al Jazeeri, a Bahraini teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, is carried during his funeral on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

Bahraini protesters throw back tear gas canisters fired by riot police during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
Bahraini protesters throw back tear gas canisters fired by riot police during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

Bahraini take part in the funeral of Hussain Ali Al Jazeeri, a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
Bahraini take part in the funeral of Hussain Ali Al Jazeeri, a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

Bahraini protesters throw back tear gas canisters fired by riot police during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
Bahraini protesters throw back tear gas canisters fired by riot police during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

Bahraini riot police move forward to disperse protesters during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
Bahraini riot police move forward to disperse protesters during clashes following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

A Bahraini protester waves a giant national flag during clashes with police forces following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
A Bahraini protester waves a giant national flag during clashes with police forces following the funeral of a teenager killed in protests marking the second anniversary of a Shiite-led uprising, on February 16, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

Chuck Todd Shamelessly Compares Elizabeth Warren to Ted Cruz

0

As Susie already noted here, Elizabeth Warren’s first chance to ask questions as a member of the Senate Banking Committee and to take some of these SEC chairs to task for not prosecuting anyone on Wall Street for their behavior, apparently hurt some of the bankers’ feelings. MSNBC’s Chuck Todd used the occasion to play the Villagers’ favorite false equivalency game and compare wingnut McCarthyite Sen. Ted Cruz to Sen. Elizabeth Warren. Funny, how he sounds an awful lot like that anonymous Wall Street executive who was complaining about her.

And as Susie also pointed out, Warren telling the truth is not the same as Cruz’ sorry display. What’s really pathetic about Todd and and his cheap shot at Warren here is that even his colleague Chris Matthews went after Cruz and his attacks on Hagel for being the “new McCarthyism” in one of his segments on Hardball this Friday.

What I found humorous about the segment above is that even though Todd and his guests, Ruth Marcus and Michael Steele, did their best to be dismissive of Warren by even mentioning her in the same sentence as Cruz, you could also tell something else: They’re scared to death of her.

Marcus admitted that maybe it was alright because Warren “was in her wheelhouse” (which I’d say is the understatement of the year), and they all had to admit that she’d be formidable if she decided to run for president — — although I find putting her in the same category as Marco Rubio is insulting as well.

There is no “Marco Rubio of the left,” because the left doesn’t need to prop up the few members of their party who are minorities to try to cover for their racist policies.

Guest Post: Currency Wars Are Trade Wars

0

Submitted by John Aziz of Azizonomics blog,

Paul Krugman is all for currency wars, but not trade wars:

First of all, what people think they know about past currency wars isn’t actually true. Everyone uses some combination phrase like “protectionism and competitive devaluation” to describe the supposed vicious circle of the 1930s, but as Barry Eichengreen has pointed out many times, these really don’t go together. If country A and country B engage in a tit-for-tat of tariffs, the end result is restricted trade; if they each try to push their currency down, the end result is at worst to leave everyone back where they started.

And in reality the stuff that’s now being called “currency wars” is almost surely a net plus for the world economy. In the 1930s this was because countries threw off their golden fetters – they left the gold standard and this freed them to pursue expansionary monetary policies. Today that’s not the issue; but what Japan, the US, and the UK are doing is in fact trying to pursue expansionary monetary policy, with currency depreciation as a byproduct.

There is a serious intellectual error here, typical of much of the recent discussion of this issue. A currency war is by definition a low-level form of a trade war because currencies are internationally traded commodities. The intent (and there is much circumstantial evidence to suggest that Japan at least is acting with mercantilist intent, but that is another story for another day) is not relevant – currency depreciation is currency depreciation and still has the same effects on creditors and trade partners, whatever the claimed intent.

Krugman cites Barry Eichengreen as evidence that competitive devaluation does not necessarily mean a trade war, but Eichengreen does not address the issue of a trade war directly, much less denying the possibility of one.  Indeed, while broadly supportive of competitive devaluation Eichengreen notes that the process was “disorderly and disruptive”.

And the risks of disorder and disruption are still very real today.

As Mark Thoma noted in 2010:

While the positive effects a currency war produced in the 1930s are unlikely to reappear, there is a chance of large negative effects such as a simultaneous trade war or the breakdown of the international monetary system, so let’s hope a currency war can be avoided.

The mechanism here is very simple. Some countries – those with a lower domestic rate of inflation, like Japan – have a natural advantage in a currency war against countries with a higher domestic rate of inflation like Brazil and China. If one side runs out of leverage to debase their currency because of heightened domestic inflation, their next recourse is to resort to direction trade measures like quotas and tariffs.

And actually, the United States and China in particular have been engaging in a low-level trade and currency war for a long time.

As I noted last year:

China and Russia and Brazil have all recently expressed deep unease at America’s can-kicking and money-printing mentality. This is partly because American money printing has exported inflation to the world, as a result of the dollar’s role as the global reserve currency, and partly because these states already own a lot of American debt, and do not want to be paid off in hugely-debased money.

Since I made that statement, there has been a great lot of debasement without any great spiral of damaging trade measures. But with the world locked into ever greater monetary and trade interdependency, and with fiery trade rhetoric continuing to spew forth from the BRIC nations, who by-and-large seem to continue to believe that American money-printing is damaging their interests  – who in the past two years have put together a new global reserve currency framework – it would be deeply complacent to believe that the risks of a severe trade war have gone away.

(Unfortunately, Krugman and Eichengreen both seem to discount the reality that Okun’s law has broken down, and that monetary expansion today is supporting crony industries, and exacerbating income inequality, but those are another story for another day)

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

‘No immediate risk’: Nuclear waste tank leaking in Washington

0

Hanford nuclear site, Washington state (AFP Photo / Mark Ralston)

Hanford nuclear site, Washington state (AFP Photo / Mark Ralston)

One of the most contaminated waste sites in America is leaking nuclear waste according to US officials. The Hanford Nuclear Reservation stores material from the production of atomic weapons, in tanks which have outlived their 20-year lifespan.

­The nuclear leak is the first confirmed case of this type since the federal government’s introduction of a security program in 2005 to dispose of content from exposed single-shell tanks.

On Friday, the US Department of Energy announced that one of Hanford ‘s 177 radioactive waste tanks is disposing up to 300 gallons per year. The leaks have come from Tank T-111, built between 1943 and 1944, now holding some 447,000 gallons of highly radioactive slurry left from plutonium production of nuclear arms. 

“The tank was classified as an assumed leaker in 1979,” said the DOE. “In February, 1995, interim stabilization was completed for this tank. In order to achieve interim stabilization, the pumpable liquids were removed in accordance with agreements with the State of Washington.”

The governor of the state was outraged by the announcement.

“I am alarmed about this on many levels,” Washington’s governor Jay Inslee said at a news conference. “This raises concerns, not only about the existing leak … but also concerning the integrity of the other single shell tanks of this age.”

Other tanks on the site are now been examined and currently there is “no immediate public health risk,” the governor said.

Six TRUPACT transport containers sit outside the Waste Receiving and Processing facility (WARP) on the Hanford Nuclear Reservation, near Richland, Washington (Jeff T. Green / Getty Images / AFP)
Six TRUPACT transport containers sit outside the Waste Receiving and Processing facility (WARP) on the Hanford Nuclear Reservation, near Richland, Washington (Jeff T. Green / Getty Images / AFP)

Established in 1943 as part of the Manhattan Project in the nuclear race, Hanford became the site of the first full-scale plutonium reactor in the world. Atomic material produced there was used in the Nagasaki bomb in 1945.

An estimated 1 million gallons of waste, leaked from the site over 70 years, threatens the local environment of the Columbia River.

“We will not tolerate any leaks of this material to the environment,” Inslee said.

The US Department of Energy is trying to deal with the problem by transferring the waste from 149 potentially unsafe single wall tanks to 28 double-wall units, but space is running out. More than 60 of the tanks are thought to have leaked over time. Erection of an estimated $12 billion plant is running behind schedule and billions of dollars over budget. The plant is designed to turn radioactive waste into glass logs through a vitrification process.

People on the ground in Hanford constantly bring up the safety issues,

“We’re out of time, obviously. These tanks are starting to fail now,” said Tom Carpenter of the Hanford watchdog group Hanford Challenge. “We’ve got a problem. This is big.”

55-gallon drums containing transuranic (TRU) waste are prepared for shipment at the Waste Receiving and Processing facility (WARP) on the Hanford Nuclear Reservation, near Richland, Washington (Jeff T. Green / Getty Images / AFP)
55-gallon drums containing transuranic (TRU) waste are prepared for shipment at the Waste Receiving and Processing facility (WARP) on the Hanford Nuclear Reservation, near Richland, Washington (Jeff T. Green / Getty Images / AFP)

Washington State has signed an agreement with the first Bush Administration under which the federal government commits to clean up its radioactive mess. Inslee said that federal government needs to come up with funding to deal with the leaking tank.

But planned sequestration in two weeks’ time might cut spending in all federal agencies, unless stopped by the Congress, Inslee noted, which could result in layoffs at Hanford, and “could conceivably stop the remediation effort at some of these tanks.”

The combination of the deteriorating state of the storage units and sequestration are a recipe for “perfect a radioactive storm,” said Inslee.

According to the Seattle Times, around 10 percent of the 586-square-mile facility is contaminated.

Materials including tritium, chromium nitrate and strontium-90 have penetrated the river, according to the state Department of Ecology. But no unsafe levels have been found in farm crops in the region according to the department.

Truthdigger of the Week: Elizabeth Warren

0

Truthdigger of the Week: Elizabeth Warren

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013
AP/Michael Dwyer

Sen. Elizabeth Warren.

By Alexander Reed Kelly

If banking industry lobbyists hadn’t helped block Elizabeth Warren’s nomination to head the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau in 2011, she wouldn’t have become a senator who exposed and shamed regulators for failing to prosecute the banks responsible for the 2008 financial crisis.

After assuming office just a month and a half ago, Warren joined the chamber’s Democrat-dominated Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs. Newcomers to the Senate are traditionally expected to remain quiet, leaving it to senior members to lead hearings and investigations. But the resignation of fellow Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry last month left Warren as the senior representative of her state, giving her the leverage to do just what she wanted.

At her first hearing on banking regulation Thursday, Warren interrogated officials whose job it is to oversee and regulate the nation’s finance industry. She had a simple question for them: When was the last time you took a Wall Street bank to trial?

Thomas Curry, head of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, was the first to attempt an answer. “We do not have to bring people to trial,” Curry mumbled. “The primary motive for our enforcement actions,” he said, “is really to identify the problem and then demand a solution to it on an ongoing basis.”

This mushy, technocratic language is the means by which officials wiggle their way out of answering tough, straightforward questions. To much of the public, the speaker appears serious and genuinely concerned because the common person doesn’t understand what the official said. The effect is magnified if the official drones on.

Warren cut Curry off after 20 seconds. For the benefit of the public, she translated the term “consent order,” which he had used in his answer, into “settlement.” A greater percentage of listeners understand that a “settlement” is an agreement to forgo prosecution and accept payment without the accused party admitting wrongdoing. It is pointedly not a trial, which was the subject of her question. She asked it again.

Curry stammered and trailed off: “Well … we’ve actually had, uh, fairly, uh, fair number of, uh, consent orders. Uh, we do not have to bring the people to, uh, the, uh trial, or, and it. … ”

Warren broke in again. “Well I appreciate that you don’t have to bring them to trial,” she said. “My question is when did you bring them to trial?”

“We have not had to do it,” Curry explained, “as a practical matter to achieve our supervisory goals.”

Very slick. “What supervisory goals?” a listener might ask. “Whatever those goals are, are they sufficient for the maintenance of law, order and public well-being?” The public doesn’t get to ask, and because time in a hearing is limited, the questioner has to decide whether the respondent’s statement was sufficient to reveal the absurdity of his or her position.

In this instance, the responses Curry and his fellow regulators gave were adequate. It was clear they failed to prosecute any of the banks responsible for bringing on the financial crisis. Meanwhile, government attorneys around the country continue to aggressively prosecute average Americans for comparatively harmless offenses.

“You know, I just want to note on this,” Warren observed. “There are district attorneys and U.S. attorneys who are out there every day squeezing ordinary citizens on sometimes very thin grounds. And taking them to trial in order to make an example, as they put it. I’m really concerned that too big to fail has become too big for trial. That just seems wrong to me.”

Wall Street executives threw a fit over Warren’s inquiry. An anonymous executive who wrote in to Politico’s Morning Money said comments Warren made regarding discrepancies in the book and trading values of banks were “just plain wrong.”

“While Senator Warren had every right to ask pointed questions at today’s Senate Banking Committee hearing,” the “top executive” said, “someone ought to remind the Senator that the campaign is over and she should act accordingly if she wants to be taken seriously.”

Elites hate populists. Genuine public defenders like Warren break the convention of unquestioning respect for authority and hierarchy that enables so many elites to misbehave, and that has so corroded American democracy. For defying a corrupt tradition to benefit the public, we honor Elizabeth Warren as our Truthdigger of the Week.

See Warren in action below.

Senator Elizabeth Warren:

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Arctic Ice Loses Volume Fast



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Menendez

0
Most Read

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

The Blind Theology of Militarism

Venezuelan President Gives Heating Aid to U.S. Poor

Facebook Acknowledges It Was Hacked

Targeted Killings: A Legal History

Most Comments

Most Emailed

Creepy Uncle

Game Over

Truthdigger of the Week: Elizabeth Warren

Menendez

North Korea and the NRA

Reports
 * NEW! * Arctic Ice Loses Volume Fast
The Last Picture Show
Ear to the Ground
A/V Booth
Arts & Culture
The World Until Yesterday
Digs
Truthdig Bazaar

Diary of a Bad Year

Diary of a Bad Year

By J. M. Coetzee
$16.47

While America Aged

While America Aged

By Roger Lowenstein
$17.13

more items

Cartoons

Menendez

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013

By Signe Wilkinson

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

North Korea and the NRA

Sequestration

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

Pope Heads Out

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

North Korea and the NRA

0
Most Read

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

The Blind Theology of Militarism

Venezuelan President Gives Heating Aid to U.S. Poor

Facebook Acknowledges It Was Hacked

Targeted Killings: A Legal History

Most Comments

Most Emailed

Creepy Uncle

Game Over

Truthdigger of the Week: Elizabeth Warren

Menendez

North Korea and the NRA

Reports
 * NEW! * Arctic Ice Loses Volume Fast
The Last Picture Show
Ear to the Ground
A/V Booth
Arts & Culture
The World Until Yesterday
Digs
Truthdig Bazaar

Cinema by the Bay

Cinema by the Bay

By Sheerly Avni
$26.37

Fidel Castro: My Life: A Spoken Autobiography

Fidel Castro: My Life: A Spoken Autobiography

by Ignacio Ramonet and Fidel Castro
$26.40

more items

Cartoons

North Korea and the NRA

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013

John Cole, Cagle Cartoons, The Scranton Times-Tribune

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Menendez

Sequestration

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

Pope Heads Out

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Sequestration

0

Sequestration

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013

Adam Zyglis, Cagle Cartoons, The Buffalo News

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Menendez

North Korea and the NRA

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

Pope Heads Out

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

0

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013

RJ Matson, Cagle Cartoons, Roll Call

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Menendez

North Korea and the NRA

Sequestration

Pope Heads Out

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Pope Heads Out

0

Pope Heads Out

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013

Angel Boligan, Cagle Cartoons, El Universal, Mexico City

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Menendez

North Korea and the NRA

Sequestration

End of Saturday Mail Delivery

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Biases, Biases Everywhere

0

Look around the investing world and biases are pervasive, from clustering estimates around company guidance (anchoring) to avoiding a stock that has already outperformed (mental accounts). And these biases make a difference.

Via Goldman Sachs,

Biases creep into the investment process at two important stages.

First, when forming estimates. The starting point (baseline) is key, and rather than using industry dynamics (an outside view), estimates may be influenced by company guidance (vulnerable to vested interests and dated industry dynamics given complex reporting lines), consensus estimates (themselves vulnerable to bias) or an emphasis on well-known newspaper articles. Adding detail to a scenario may make it more memorable, but the detail itself will reduce its likelihood (more is more fallacy). Data may be selected to support a pre-supposed thesis (confirmation bias) and presented as such (positive framing). And expectations may be altered by share price performance on the day of an announcement
(causal thinking).

Second, biases find their way into the investment decision. Even a bias-free upside calculation may be ignored and over-ridden when the share price is falling (herding with other fearful investors) or the company has been subject to a recent negative press story (recency bias, availability bias). Stocks may be held rather than sold because they’re in negative territory (loss aversion), the evidence for change doesn’t seem strong enough (status quo bias) or we think we knew it all along (hindsight bias). Low-growth segments of a business may look attractive when presented by a strong management team (halo effect) and the question ‘is the stock fairly valued’ may be interpreted as ‘do I like the stock’ when forming the investment case (substitution effect).

These biases really matter. Overcoming them and applying systematic rules can enable significant alpha creation, from creating a ‘quality control’ check on additions to a portfolio, to applying a stop-loss when stocks underperform.

From bias to error

These biases aren’t just interesting observations. They lead to estimate errors (garbage in, garbage out) and inappropriate stock recommendations. While many errors are analyst-specific, and hidden beneath the surface when aggregated within consensus, some persist from analyst to analyst and quarter to quarter. And we can measure them. We make three key observations:

Clustering at mediocrity

First, top-line variability is consistently underestimated. Consensus revenue growth forecasts will typically start in the 5%-6% range for the market at large, but the true outcome almost always turns out to be a significantly higher or lower level. While nine of the last ten years’ consensus revenue growth forecasts have been initially in the 5%-6% range, no year saw actual growth within that range. Analysts are reluctant to take a significant view on growth ahead of the date (conservatism, risk aversion), and/or are anchoring to economists who themselves are making the same mistake.

Put another way, over the last decade analysts have typically expected 50% of companies to report sales growth in a 2%-8% range, yet only 23% have actually delivered sales within this range.

Conservative in cash-use

Second, analysts will typically underestimate the extent of reinvestment via capex or M&A. Net debt used to fund this reinvestment has been revised upwards in seven of the last ten years, irrespective of the market environment. This may reflect conservatism and a lack of incentive to take a view on lumpy investment. It may also reflect anchoring to company guidance, which itself is disincentivised to announce investment plans early (take a look at the consensus 2013 and 2014 deleveraging assumption. In an environment of ageing assets and rising visibility, are companies really going to buck the trend and de-lever rather than reinvest?).

The wood from the trees

Third, analysts will frequently revise estimates post company results, but will less commonly revise estimates in the intervening period. As such, analysts will over-weight information presented by the company, but under-weight data on the broader market (GDP, inflation, unemployment) or the company’s position within it (pricing power, barriers to entry etc, potentially sourced via primary research). Analysts can miss out on the full picture, or the representative dataset, which can distort estimates.

The consequence… bifurcation underestimation…

The demonstrable biases above are probably just the tip of the iceberg. But, each one will have a meaningful impact on long-term earnings estimates, and these will discriminate from company to company. One group of stocks standing to benefit is those with profitable growth opportunities. Company managements will rarely disclose the full extent of future capex plans (conservatism, lack of incentive) and yet their commentary can be disproportionately weighted (manifestation #3 above) and as such the extent of reinvestment and releveraging will be underestimated (manifestation #2).

Who cares?

All this focus on estimates, but do they really matter? Can’t we just rely on average estimates but decent models? Unfortunately we can’t. Just as the conclusions of classical economic theory have been challenged, because the assumption of human rationality is unrealistic, so recommendations taken from inaccurate estimates (irrespective of models) can yield underperformance. To provide an example, buying Stoxx 600 companies on low P/E multiples (and selling high) would have generated c.25% annual alpha over the last decade using 12-month forward actual reported earnings, but would have lost c.3% per annum using consensus estimates. Interestingly, you would lose less money applying historical earnings (-2% alpha pa) than by using consensus estimates.

Simply put, biases make consensus estimates worthless.

Your rating: None Average: 3 (2 votes)

SC Gov. Nikki Haley Named As Other Woman In Divorce Case

0


Here’s Nikki, denying infidelity rumors three years ago.

I honestly don’t care who’s cheating with who — unless that person sets themselves up as some kind of moral arbiter of other people’s behavior. So yeah, I’m curious how much fire there is behind this smoke:

S.C. Gov. Nikki Haley is one of three “other women” named in a divorce lawsuit filed in Richland County, S.C. earlier this month.

According to court documents obtained exclusively by FITS, Jennifer Marchant — wife of prominent S.C. State House lobbyist Larry Marchant — is suing her husband for divorce on the grounds of infidelity.

One of the three women Marchant accuses her husband of cheating on her with? You guessed it … Haley.

“On or about June 2, 2010, (Larry Marchant) publicly admitted to having an affair with a woman well-known to the parties and the citizens of the State of South Carolina,” the lawsuit reads. “(Jennifer Marchant) was humiliated and embarrassed by (her husband’s) public admission and was unable to appear in public for some time. Eventually, (Jennifer) conditionally forgave (Larry)’s adulterous behavior.”

Damn …

The lawsuit was filed in Richland County family court on February 6 . A preliminary hearing in the case has been scheduled for 11:00 a.m. on February 20.

Marchant submitted an affidavit in October 2010 – swearing that he and Haley had a one night stand in Salt Lake City, Utah in June 2008.

(For details about that alleged encounter, click here).

Haley categorically denied Marchant’s claim. In fact she said Marchant was unable to prove the two of them were ever alone together on the Salt Lake City trip.

“We’ve had representatives go on the record that said we were in a group setting all the time,” Haley told former Columbia, S.C. radio host Keven Cohen at the time.

Other sources who went on the Salt Lake City trip have disputed Haley’s claim, however.

“They left the W lounge together,” one of these sources confirmed to FITS, referring to a dance club located three blocks away from the Marriott hotel where the South Carolina delegation was staying.

Another source also confirmed seeing Haley and Marchant on the corner of Broadway and Southwest Temple streets in downtown Salt Lake City at around 2:25 a.m. as the pair walked back to their hotel room.

Marchant’s affidavit was dismissed at the time by Haley’s lawyers because it was not submitted in connection with a court case. Meanwhile Haley refused to submit an affidavit attesting to her version of events.

“It’s up to them to prove it,” Haley told WSPA TV 7 reporter Robert Kittle. “It’s not up to me to prove that I’m telling the truth. It’s up to them to prove that is true.”

Nikki is famous for saying “women don’t care about contraception.” Au contraire, Madame Governor. I would guess that if you’re running around on your hubby, you care very much about contraception!

James Howard Kunstler: The Dangers Of The Age Of Delusion

0

It’s characteristic of the time that we’re living in that there simply is no sense of consequence. And that’s exactly what you get when you have a Federal Reserve that’s out of control and a public that is filled with technological narcissistic visions of Santa Claus delivering rescue remedies on demand. And so there’s no general sense that when you do things, bad things can happen. 

James Howard Kunstler is concerned. Sure, he still has the same issues with the West’s highly energy-consuming suburban lifestyle that he famously brought to light in his books, The Long Emergency, the World Made by Hand series, and Too Much Magic. But beyond our decaying fundamentals, he’s distressed by society’s unwillingness to be honest with itself about the issue’s it’s facing.

Instead, we are embracing a narrative based in “magical thinking” (e.g., prosperity through the printing press, energy independence through domestic shale) that assures us everything is fine. That we’ll be able to enter the future without having to make any changes to our manner or standards of living, despite our massive debts and depleting resources:

History is very peculiar in the sense that sometimes cultures and societies go through very strange periods of their history, and we’re in one of those now. And I characterize this as the “great period of America lying to itself.” And the way that it’s really carried out as a practical matter is that accounting fraud is now the basic mechanism for running most of the important things in American life. Accounting fraud is now the basis for banking and finance, and it’s certainly the basis for government, and certainly for its fiscal role.

So I think what you’re seeing is a kind of deformity of the consensus. And of course, the most striking feature of our current times is this inability of the country to construct a coherent story about what’s happening to us, and therefore the inability to construct a story about what we might do about it.

And the sad thing is there is much we can get busy on to address our situation. But to get started, we need to engage in an eyes-wide open assessment of our true state:

What’s really happening in reality, in this moment in history, is a comprehensive contraction in economic activity, because there’s a connection between the energy inputs into an economy and a culture and your ability to accumulate wealth of the kind that we’re used to, produced by industrial activity. And that’s coming to an end, and there’s no way around it.

Now, there are plenty of things we can do. And the terminology that we use, I think, the way we deal with this — for example, using the word “growth” incessantly is, I think, very counterproductive rather than using the term “activity”. Because you can have a lot of activity of the kind that we need without necessarily having the kind of industrial growth that we’ve experienced in the past. For example, we have a tremendous amount of work to do in this country to reform and downscale and re-localize and reorganize the major activities of American life, whether it’s agriculture — which is going to have to get smaller and more local and finer and be done by more human beings than machines, and be done by more human beings than energy slaves — or commerce — which has got to be reorganized from the Wal-Mart level of twelve-thousand-mile supply lines and warehouses on wheels, depending on all of the tractor-trailer trucks running incessantly around the interstate highway system.

So that’s a huge test that faces us. We basically have to rebuild the Main Street economies — and not just in an intellectual or conceptual way, but actually in the bricks and mortar. We’ve got to go in there and refurbish our downtowns. We’ve got to change the transportation system, because the airline industry is failing and the happy motoring industry or way of life will be coming to an end, probably sooner rather than later.

Yet if we continue to cling to our magical, no-consequences narrative, Kunstler fears we will likely burrow deeper into our delusion:

It comes back to the unfortunate condition of a nation that is so frightened of the consequences of what it has been doing that it cannot really face reality, and so it just spins one story after another.

I think Jim Rickards put it pretty well the other day when he said that this kind of monetary policy exists in what he referred to as a critical state dynamic. In other words, you can’t just dial up free money and then dial down free money when you seem to be getting into an inflationary problem. The control, the toggle, just doesn’t work that way. And what happens, in fact, is that things go critical because it is a critical state dynamic.

And what’s been going on is that we’ve been trying to compensate for the lack of capital formation with this imaginary money. And by capital formation, I mean the ability to accumulate real wealth from real wealth-producing activities. And creating credit card money on a national level is not real wealth-producing activity.

I think the closer we get to this point of criticality, the more delusional we’re liable to become about it. So this is just a subset of that larger dynamic of, the more distressed the society gets, the more delusional it gets.

Click the play button below to listen to Chris’ interview with James Howard Kunstler (46m:59s):

Mehdi’s Morning Memo: Dog Bites Man, Tory Home Secretary Attacks Judges

0

The five things you need to know on Sunday 17 February 2013…

1) DOG BITES MAN, TORY HOME SECRETARY ATTACKS JUDGES

Eighteen months after the home secretary, Theresa May, falsely claimed that an illegal immigrant was allowed to stay in the UK because of his pet cat, she’s picked up the ‘human rights help foreign criminals’ baton once again – with a coruscating attack on the judiciary in an article for the Mail on Sunday.

The paper itself reports, on its front page:

“Innocent people will be subjected to rape and violent attacks by foreign thugs because judges have sabotaged a bid by Parliament to deport them, Theresa May warned last night.

“In an unprecedented public attack, the Home Secretary accused judges of tearing up the British constitution by flouting a decision by MPs to stop foreign criminals using the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) to avoid being thrown out.

“Using highly emotive language, Mrs May claimed there would be more muggings on Britain’s streets because judges let foreign law-breakers stay here. And she vowed to crush the judges’ revolt by rushing through tough new laws.

“Her onslaught follows a long-running row over foreign criminals and immigration cheats who use the ECHR’s ‘right to a family life’ provision to avoid being booted out.”

Speaking on the Andrew Marr show this morning, however, human-rights lawyer and Labour peer Helena Kennedy said it was “absolutely imperative judges are not under the thumb of Home Secretaries.” Kennedy dismissed May’s article as “a populous bit of politicking”, pointing out that the number of contentious cases referred to by the home secretary was “minuscule”.

Note: There’s only five things, not ten things, you need to know this Sunday morning as I am rushing out of the door to do a debate on the (lack of) big ideas in British politics, on the Sky News Murnaghan show at 11:40am, with ‘Red Tory’ philosopher Philip Blond and ‘Blue Labour’ thinker Maurice Glasman.

2) HIDE YOUR RINGS!

There’s plenty of tax stories in the Sunday papers this morning, off the back of Ed Miliband’s surprise 10p/mansion tax announcement on Thursday.

It looks like the Lib Dems are keen to try and wrestle back the wealth tax agenda from the two Eds – from the Mail on Sunday:

“Families will be forced to pay tax on jewellery and other heirlooms under controversial new plans drawn up by the Liberal Democrats.

“Under the scheme, tax inspectors would get unprecedented new powers to go into homes and value rings, necklaces, paintings, furniture and other family treasures.

“Householders would be forced to pay a new ‘wealth’ levy on the assets — with the threat of fines for those who refused to let snoops value their possessions.”

That’ll go down well with Tory backbenchers already annoyed by various Lib Dem policy measures and proposals.

Meanwhile, the Sunday Times report on the same story reveals that the Lib Dem business secretary Vince Cable is “said to be privately delighted that Labour has come up with the tax policy as it will put pressure on the Conservatives to give in to Lib Dem demands to adopt it. George Osborne, the chancellor, is said to have been sympathetic although Cameron vetoed it”.

3) ‘NARROWLY AND EXCLUSIVELY FOCUSED’

Once again, the Observer lays into Michael Gove on its front page:

“Education secretary Michael Gove has been savaged by learned societies, academics and even one of his own advisers for devising a new national history curriculum that is narrowly and exclusively focused on Britain.

“In a letter in the Observer signed by the presidents of the Royal Historical Society, the Historical Association, the higher education group History UK and senior members of the British Academy, Gove is condemned for drawing up the curriculum without substantive consultation with teachers and academics.

“… Stephen Mastin, head of history at a school in Cambridge, who worked alongside historian Simon Schama as an adviser to Gove, said the curriculum bore ‘no resemblance’ to the drafts he worked on as late as last month… Mastin, who stood for the Tories at the last general election, said: ‘Between January and the publication of this document — which no one involved in the consultation process had seen — someone has typed it up and I have no idea who that is. It would be scary if we become the only nation in the western world to not teach anything beyond our shores.'”

The paper’s political editor Toby Helm adds:

“Michael Gove’s Department for Education has taken steps to stop the Twitter feed @toryeducation — to which his own advisers have contributed — from issuing any more abuse against political opponents, critics and journalists.

“Senior government sources said the department had acted to ensure those contributing to the feed will now put out information in a neutral way and free of its previously abusive tone.”

BECAUSE YOU’VE READ THIS FAR…

Watch this funny if slightly terrifying video of goats shouting like human beings.

4) AUSTERITY WATCH, PART 223

There’s another schools story on the front of the Independent on Sunday – this time related to George Osborne, not Michael Gove:

“George Osborne is secretly breaking his flagship pledge to protect spending on schools, according to the Government’s own analysis, revealed in a document leaked to The Independent on Sunday.

“A confidential paper drawn up by civil servants assessing the Department for Education’s finances reveals that the Chancellor’s promise in 2010 to increase the front-line schools budget in real terms for four years ‘is not, in fact, what is happening’.

“The document says: ‘Schools are subject to a real-terms cut in their funding because the rate of inflation is currently higher than forecast at the time of the Spending Review [in November 2010].'”

(On a side note, the chancellor will be pleased, however, with the splash headline on the front of the Observer:
“Osborne in pledge to help world’s poor fight tax abuse”.)

5) I TOLD YOU SO

It’s whistleblower time! The Sunday Times reports:

“Ministers were warned more than 18 months ago that illegal horsemeat was getting into the human food chain.

“John Young, a former manager with the Food Standards Agency (FSA), says he alerted the government to a potential scandal of illicit horsemeat with drug residues in human food but was ignored.”

Meanwhile, the Sunday Telegraph splashes on news that “British consumers face paying the price for the horse meat scandal”: “Mark Price, the chief executive of Waitrose, says that in return for families knowing food is safe and genuine, it cannot be seen as a “cheap commodity” any longer.”

The paper adds: “A European Union directive in 2006 ordered ‘light touch’ regulation, which led to the FSA cutting the number of meat inspectors.”

Whistleblowers ignored. Light tough regulation. Loss of public trust. The horsemeat crisis is starting to sound a lot like the financial crisis – well, without the global recession and trillion-pound bailout.

QUOTE UNQUOTE

“William is very gifted, which gives us another interesting challenge in finding the right sort of education for him – impossible in the state system.” – the Tory candidate in the Eastleigh by-election, Maria Hutchings, provoked, in the words of the Observer, “a storm of protest as political opponents and state-educated celebrities, said she had insulted state schools, including two local ones with glowing Ofsted reports”.

PUBLIC OPINION WATCH

From the Sunday Times/YouGov poll:

Labour 43
Conservatives 32
Lib Dems 12
Ukip 9

That would give Labour a majority of 114.

From the Independent on Sunday/Sunday Mirror/ComRes Observer fortnightly poll:

Labour 36
Conservatives 31
Ukip 14
Lib Dems 8

That would give Labour a majority of 58.

140 CHARACTERS OR LESS

@paulwaugh Paterson ‘completely’ refutes claims that he was “asleep at the wheel” re horsemeat. But leaves open possibility Spelman was taking 40 winks

@jameskirkup Owen Paterson tells #murnaghan: “It is absolutely illegal to present a horse for slaughter that has taken drugs.” Do horses *take* drugs?

@StewartWood Theresa May declares war on judges to deport foreign criminals, Cameron says we’re a “soft touch” for foreigners… Lynton Crosby’s arrived.

900 WORDS OR MORE

Andrew Rawnsley, writing in the Observer, says: “Ed Miliband’s 10p tax pledge is smart politics but poor policy.”

John Rentoul, writing in the Independent on Sunday, says: “Ed Miliband, the candidate from the planet Zog”

Rafael Behr, writing in the Sunday Times, says: “Gordon Brown is dead. Long live Gordon Brown.”

Got something you want to share? Please send any stories/tips/quotes/pix/plugs/gossip to Mehdi Hasan (mehdi.hasan@huffingtonpost.com) or Ned Simons (ned.simons@huffingtonpost.com). You can also follow us on Twitter: @mehdirhasan, @nedsimons and @huffpostukpol

Google may go retail by end of the year

0

image from flickr by Scott Beale

image from flickr by Scott Beale

On a wave of fresh rumors about Apple’s future products, the news has emerged about Google’s plans to enter the retail business. By next holiday season Google is rumored to open a chain of stores to showcase its growing collection of products.

­Rumors lit the tech blogs and forums ablaze Friday when an “extremely reliable source” revealed Google’s plans to have retail stores by the end of this year to 9to5Google’s Seth Weintraub.

“I wouldn’t put it past Google to do this,” said Ben Bajarin, principal analyst with Silicon Valley-based Creative Strategies.

The stores will likely feature Google’s latest phone, the Nexus 4, Chromebooks, Google powered Samsung and Android smartphones, and other Google gadgets that are currently sold from retailers, and not directly from Google itself.

Currently, many wireless carriers do not carry Google’s Nexus 4. And since it is priced at $500, it is a large enough sum of money that customers may want to ‘test drive’ the device before the purchase.

Google already has ‘pop-up’ kiosks in BestBuy stores, where Google employees can sell the Nexus phone and answer product questions.

The stores will also be a showcase for Sergey Brin’s latest, Google Glass, motion-censored reality glasses, which are set to hit the market sometime in 2014, starting at $1,500. Customers will certainly want to play with these before laying down the dough.

Google founder Sergey Brin poses for a portrait wearing Google Glass glasses (Reuters / Carlo Allegri)
Google founder Sergey Brin poses for a portrait wearing Google Glass glasses (Reuters / Carlo Allegri)

Google will likely borrow heavily from Apple’s successful in-store retail model, the highest grossing US retailer.

Apple opened its first retail store on May 15, 2011 outside of Washington D.C. Bright, minimalistic, and simple, the store offered a space for customers to test-drive products.

One of the big elements of Apple’s retail success is its Genius Bar. This idea was not revolutionary by any standard — Circuit City, Best Buy, Radioshack, and dozens of others electronic outfitters offered in-store customer care when Apple opened its doors. 

The Apple Genius bar is straight forward. The customer brings in the faulty product, and the ‘Genius’ fixes it on site, or places an order for a replacement from the depot. But so much of the Google brand is digital so where will Google draw the line on its customer care? Will Gmail customers be able to set up a Genius appointment to find out how to activate an out-of-office reply or how to recover lost files on their cloud?

Even if the Google store chain does not reach sales of Apple proportion, it will at the very least function as a showcase that creates customer awareness around the product.

“Google does not have as many products as Apple, but it has enough to justify a physical retail presence,” said Greg Sterling, a senior analyst with Opus Research.

Until recently, the Google Brand has been digital- engines, ads and clouds. Two thirds of search engine requests are keyed in on Google, and in December 2012 it served as the platform for 114.7 billion searches, according to the latest comScore engine rankings for January 2013. And ‘going retail’ is of course a risky maneuver, even for an industry giant like Google.

Is This Where The Secret JP Morgan London Gold Vault Is Located?

0

In a world defined by “financial innovation”, where $1 of hard collateral can spawn over $1000 in repoed and rehypothecated liabilities (and assets), where “shadow banking” is far more important than traditional bank liabilities (and to this date remains completely misunderstood), and where every month the central and commercial banks force create over $100 billion in credit money (which end consumers refuse to absorb and which therefore ends up in the stock market), the concept of a “hard asset” is an increasingly redundant anachronism. Yet while the Federal Reserve has emerged as the bastion of the New Normal’s financial innovation front in which the concept of money is backed by absolutely nothing other than the Dollar’s increasingly fleeting reserve status, when it comes to the definition of “Old Normal” money – gold – it still is the domain of the first and original central bank: London.

At first blush, most would not associate London with the hard asset mecca of the world: in fact, when it comes to some of the most spectacular hyper-levered “New Normal” cataclysms in recent years: AIG, Lehman, MF Global, JPMorgan’s London Whale, all of them originated in London. Yet for the most part these events occurred precisely because of the mindboggling leverage already employed by the London financial system. Recall that the UK has some 600% in financial debt/GDP – an unprecedented amount compared to any other developed world nation. Yet, paradoxically, the fact that there is so much financial leverage implies that there must be an abundance of hard assets at the bottom of the London Exter Pyramid. After all, financial counterparties, especially in this day and age, may be insolvent but they are not idiots, and all will demand at least some paper representation that there is a trace of hard collateral at the bottom of the latest financial Frankenstein CDO, SPV, CLO, CPDO, RMBS or [insert any other modern financial “asset” acronym]. And keep in mind we are talking private sector gold: Gordon Brown’s epic blunder of dumping the sovereign UK gold at rock bottom prices hardly needs a mention.

Which is why in order to spawn such a gargantuan amount of financial debt, London, which for centuries was the financial capital of the world and which sequestered the bulk of the world’s real, tangible wealth until the ascendancy of the US in the 20th century, London’s commercial vaults, are literally full of gold (as much as it may pale in comparison with the total notional amount of liabilities it has created).

After all it is the London Billion Market Association. Not New York, Zurich or Singapore.

Why is London such an integral part of the gold financial world? We’ll let none other than JPMorgan explain:

The characteristics of the London market uniquely support the use of gold as collateral by ensuring:

  • Quality and liquidity: “London Good Delivery” sets the standard for gold quality. Rigorous specifications as to size and purity ensure that each London ood Delivery gold bar meets pre-set standards with little to no variation between one bar and the next. This consistency ensures that counterparties will receive gold of an expected quality (99.5% fine), which allows the metal to be easily transferred between members of the London Bullion Market. Ultimately, this facilitates trading and market liquidity–both desirable attributes for collateral.
  • Flexibility: The London gold market uses both unallocated and allocated gold. In layman’s terms, allocated gold specifically identifies each gold bar with a specific owner. Allocated gold is essentially held in separate accounts; it cannot be pooled with gold from others to satisfy obligations. In contrast, unallocated gold is held in a general pool by the bullion dealer and the customer has a general entitlement to the metal, but not to a specific gold bar. The LMBA states that unallocated gold “is the most convenient, cheapest and most commonly used method of holding the metal.”

    In practical terms, unallocated gold is comparable to putting dollars, pounds or euros into the bank. Once deposited, the money becomes fungible–you can withdraw the same amount of money you put in, but you will not receive back the same exact bills that you deposited. The use of unallocated gold allows for amounts smaller than a gold bar to be used as collateral between counterparties–a significant benefit to a collateral program given that a London Good Delivery bar weighs 438.9 ounces, and gold is currently trading for over US$1,700 per ounce.

  • Transparency: Readily available price information promotes market transparency and aids in daily mark-to-market and margin calculations. Gold is priced by the market twice daily (morning and afternoon) and widely reported by both the financial press and data vendors. Use of a predictable daily price fix point allows counterparties to mitigate their daily exposure and set haircuts to manage ongoing price fluctuations. The afternoon U.S. Dollar London old Fix is viewed by market participants as the appropriate way to mark gold given daily price fluctuations and increasing values.
  • Ease of transfer: The London Bullion Market clears daily using paper transfers that evidence the unallocated gold held between members. This allows them to simply and efficiently settle mutual trades and transfers to/from third parties while mitigating the costs and risks associated with physical movement of bullion. The use of paper transfers and unallocated gold facilitate easy transfers between counterparties when needed.

And speaking of JP Morgan, incidentally the subject of this post, what do we know about their London-based gold vault services? Once again, in their words:

J.P. Morgan recently integrated its gold vaulting service in London with its tri-party collateral agency service.

  • J.P. Morgan operates one of the two largest commercial gold vaults in London (one of only six in the City) and is a member of the London gold clearing system.
  • J.P. Morgan is also one of the few truly global providers of collateral management services. As collateral agent, J.P. Morgan works with two parties that have an established collateralized lending or financing arrangement.

Who is the other largest commercial gold vault in London? Why HSBC of course: the bank which has recently been embroiled in virtually every scandal involving global money laundering, also happens to be the custodian for such massive (supposedly) physical gold repositories as those of the SPDR Gold GLD ETF. The HSBC gold vault is also known as “Gold’s secret hiding place” as CNBC penned it, when Bob Pisani was allowed to take a look deep inside the vault’s bowels but only after he was theatrically blindfolded (a visit which we commented on at the time).

Yet Pisani’s blindfold, while theatrical, was premeditated: the number of people who know where the HSBC vault is located is a handful, because the last thing commercial gold vaults, and certainly their customers, would want to deal with is a Simon Gruber-type Die Hard 2-style goldjacking.

Amusingly it was none other than the Bundesbank who in November invoked the ghost of the fictional New York Fed gold heist when a member of its executive board told NY Fed’s Bill Dudley that “you can be assured that we are confident that our gold is in safe hands with you. The days in which Hollywood Germans such as Gerd Fröbe, better known as Goldfinger, and East German terrorist Simon Gruber, masterminded gold heists in US vaults are long gone. Nobody can seriously imagine scenarios like these, which are reminiscent of a James Bond movie with Goldfinger playing the role of a US Fed accounting clerk.” This happened two months before the Bundesbank diametrically (and embarrassingly) flip-flopped and decided to, all pinky swears to the contrary, begin repatriating its gold from the New York Fed (and Paris) after all. But not London (at least not yet). It also perhaps means that the days of Simon Gruber may not be “long gone”, especially if the whereabouts of vaults containing billions worth of gold bullion were known to the public.

And just like the SPDR would want nothing less than to have the address of the HSBC gold vault made public (the same goes for HSBC of course), so those other ETF providers who use JPM’s London gold vault as a custodian, such as Blackrock’s iShares IAU ETF, or ETF Securities, would want nothing less than to have the location of JPM’s vault exposed.

Needless to say, the actual addresses of “LBMA Vault” provided by the LBMA in its Annex 2 for “The Good Delivery Rules for Gold and Silver Bars” lists the headquarters office of the vaulting firm, and certainly not the actual address, because it would have been somewhat disingenuous to blindfold Pisani just to deliver him toe 8 Canada Square, or the HSBC head office in London, the address provided by the LBMA as vaulting address of HSBC. And certainly the address given for the JPM vault at 125 London Wall, aka Alban Gate, which was the firm’s headquarters until its move to 25 Bank Street in 2012, is the last place even one bar of gold would be found.

Which is why we were quite stunned to find, in the deep recesses of the internet (and hosted by the Indonesian stock exchange of all place), a trade ticket from May 26, 2011, issued by the Perth Mint of Australia to Avocet Gold Mining (a West African gold miner), in which the Mint confirms its purchase of 2,126 ounces of gold at a price of $1,526 for a total transaction price of $3.246 million.

What is notable about the trade ticket is the additional information provided for the account clearer, in this case, none other than JPMorgan Chase Bank NA, London, as well as the number of the Gold Account held by said clearer: “No. 01380” but what is by far the most interesting, is that the actual physical address of the JPMorgan facility is provided: 60 Victoria Embankment, London.

Ladies and gentlemen: we may just have uncovered the actual location of the ultra-secretive JPMorgan gold vault in the city of London.

Where is 60 Victoria Embankment, London? See below:

The building’s southern/river face is the glorious facade of the City of London School which occupied this location from 1879 until 1986 (and which is currently situated just east of here along the Blackfriars Underpass, next to the Millennium Bridge).

As the map above shows, it is a rather sizable building, located just off the Thames river and steps away from the Blackfriars Bridge, whose official designation until recently was Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Ltd, a remnant from the firm’s merger with Guaranty Trust Company in 1959 (recall that JPM was called Morgan Guaranty Trust until 1989).

A cursory media search about the otherwise very nondescript looking building at 60 Victoria reveals that it had been fully leased by JP Morgan as long ago as 1991. What is more interesting, is that the property had previously been bundled as part of a high-profile commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, deal called White Tower 2006-3. The deal consolidated properties formerly owned by one-time London real estate mogul, Simon Halabi, one of the financial crisis most notable falls from Grace, who had an estimated net worth of $4.3 billion in 2007, and in April 2010 was declared bankrupt, and whose current whereabouts have since been unknown.

White Tower 2006-3, most infamous for being the first CMBS deal to be placed in liquidation after the start of the currency crisis, held a variety of properties near and dear to JPMorgan’s heart, first and foremost 60 Victoria Embankment, the 420,000 sq ft of office buildings fully let to JP Morgan Chase; but notably Alban Gate, the 382,000 sq ft office property located on London Wall
in the heart of the City and fully let to JP Morgan Chase. The latter also was JPM’s UK headquarters until last year.

What happened next is interesting: in July 2010 Carlyle bought the bulk of the “White Tower” asset portfolio from the defunct CMBS, paying some £173 million for the 60 Victoria Embankment location. Three very short months later, none other than long-time 60 Victoria resident JPMorgan bought the very same building from Carlyle for a whopping £350 million: a transaction which doubled Carlyle’s money in an unprecedented three months! At the time the now former CEO of JPM’s investment bank Jes Staley (and who currently works for BlueMountain – the same fund that made a killing by squeezing none other than JPMorgan’s London Whale traders), said, “These properties are long-term investments and represent our continued commitment to London as one of the world’s most important financial centres.” Frank Bisignano, chief administrative officer, added: “These properties are among the most attractive pieces of real estate in London. These buildings ensure that our employees will have the necessary technology, infrastructure and amenities to take our businesses forward.” Curiously, JPM showed zero love for its Alban Gate location, which it promptly departed to go to its new Canary Wharf HQ, and Carlyle was forced to pull the sale of this property a year later as it did not get enough satisfactory bids.

A pressing question remains: why did JPM, a long-time tenant of 60 Victoria not submit its own bid for the location it knew it would end up purchasing outright in a few months from Carlyle anyway? Why overpay by £177 million in exchange for merely having one more middleman do a three-month transaction? We hope to find out.

Yet what is very clear is that there was something of far greater value to JPM at the 60 Victoria location than at its old headquarters.

What that “thing” may be, and what is the missing puzzle piece in this story, comes from a very peculiar article written nearly four years ago in an Abu Dhabi/Arab Emirates website titled TheNational, titled “Mystery gold cargo linked to Saad, Gosaibi feud“, which described just that – the fate of a series of very peculiar gold shipments, the key of which once again involved the two main abovementioned players: Perth Mint and 60 Victoria Embankment.

We repost the entire story below, while highlighting the key parts:

The Qantas freighter QF71 that took off from Perth Airport on November 3 last year bound for London would not have attracted any special attention, despite the fact that it was carrying 1.2 tonnes of gold bullion, then worth about US$28 million (Dh102.8m).

Perth, in Western Australia, is home to Australia’s Gold Corporation Mint, where bullion is processed and turned into standard 12.5kg bricks. From there, the ingots are shipped daily around the globe to vaults in America, Europe and Asia, evidence of the world’s apparently insatiable appetite for the precious metal. But what made this shipment unusual was that it was the first of 15 such cargoes, of varying quantities and values, which over the next seven months were eventually unloaded mainly in London. Smaller amounts were also delivered to Dubai and Zurich.

The total value of the bullion exported in these operations approached $430m at current market prices, and it weighed 10.4 tonnes. The other distinguishing factor was the identity of the recipients, or “consignees” as they are known. According to documentation seen by The National, they were all companies associated with the al Gosaibi family of Saudi Arabia. The al Gosaibis have since fallen out spectacularly with their partner, Maan al Sanea of Saad Group, in the biggest corporate scandal to hit the Middle East, leaving about 120 banks worldwide with debts estimated at up to $22 billion and a decreasing likelihood of getting their money back.

In a global hunt for assets to offset their losses, the banks have looked into every corner of the Al Gosaibi trading empire and the Saad Group controlled by Mr al Sanea. A small army of lawyers, forensic accountants and corporate investigators has been hired to track down assets over which the banks believe they have claim. They have turned up property, financial investments, relatively small amounts of cash and other baubles of the wealthy, such as aircraft leases. There was even a private zoo. But the most curious discovery so far is the Gosaibi gold.

Perhaps the most remarkable fact about the shipments is that although there are detailed and specific records of them having taken place, neither party in the al Gosaibi-al Sanea confrontation seems to lay any claim to their ownership. Each side denies it was responsible for the shipments. Despite being regularly ranked among the world’s billionaires, neither the family’s controlling partnership, Ahmad Hamad Al Gosaibi and Brothers, nor Mr Al Sanea’s Saad Group has any previous known involvement in the bullion business.

The first shipment took place just as the world appeared on the verge of financial meltdown last November. They continued until May, when the crisis in the two Saudi families exploded into the public domain after they failed to make repayments on loans associated with their banking businesses in Bahrain. The shipments reached a peak in late February and early March, just as tensions within the al Gosaibi family intensified after the death of Sulaiman, the family patriarch and chairman, on February 22.

One shipping document shows that, the following day, “a shipment of 21,500 fine ounces of large 12.5kg gold bars, minimum 99.5 per cent purity” was sent from AGR Matthey, a well known Australian bullion dealer, from Perth Airport via Singapore to London’s Heathrow. From there, the bullion was moved to the vaults of Standard Bank of South Africa, located in the London offices of JPMorgan Chase at 60 Victoria Embankment, Blackfriars, London.

The shipment was marked “London good delivery”, meaning it met the internationally recognised standards for bullion delivery and could be deposited alongside bullion of the same quality. The Standard Bank account in which it was deposited was in the name of Al Gosaibi Trading Services, one of the companies owned by the al Gosaibi family. But financing such a transaction – the gold was worth about $20m – is a complicated process.

The usual procedure is for the consignee to arrange a letter of credit with the supplier, which is then guaranteed by a bank. In this case, the letter of credit bears the reference number “Awal 157”. Awal is the Bahraini bank owned by Mr al Sanea, but which is now in the administration of the Bahrain Central Bank. Ten of the 15 shipping documents bear the Awal reference, while the rest have reference to “TIBC”, The International Banking Corporation, the al Gosaibis’ Bahraini bank which is similarly in administration.

It is common practice in the trade finance business for those letters of credit to be separately financed by a third party, such as an international bank. This is what happened with the Gosaibi gold. The amounts paid for the bullion were drawn down from lending facilities with these global banks but those borrowings have not been repaid, banking sources say. International banks, so far frozen out of the settlement process in Saudi Arabia or offered derisory amounts by the feuding families, are keen to track down the location and ownership of this bullion, to seize and offset against debts owed them. While most of the bullion ended up in London, two shipments went to other locations.

Also on February 23, some 629kg of “London good delivery” were shipped from Perth on Singapore Airlines flight SQ226/SQ490 to Dubai International Airport. The shipment was delivered to the Brinks Global Services facilities at the Dubai Airport Free Zone, marked for the attention of: “Malcolm Clingham, for account of Al Gosaibi Trading Services Ltd.” Again, the financing reference was “Awal 158”. Attempts to reach Mr Clingham were unsuccessful. An employee of Brinks in Dubai said he left the company about four months ago.

The other non-London shipment took place on April 29, when 689kg of gold left Perth on Singapore Airlines flight SQ226/SQ346 to Zurich in Switzerland. The shipment was marked for delivery to: “UBS AG Zurich, for account Standard Bank PLC.” Although no named consignee account was mentioned on the shipping document, the financing reference was “TIBC 438”. The final shipment to arrive in London took place on May 6, when 722kg was placed on a Delta Airlines flight DL94 in Salt Lake City, Utah, in the US. This was marked for the Al Gosaibi Trading Services account at Standard Bank at the JPMorgan Chase building in London. The financing reference was “Awal 177”.

So while there is plenty of evidence that the gold shipments took place, there is huge uncertainty about who initiated them, who owns the bullion, and even where the gold is now. The company named as the bullion account holder, Al Gosaibi Trading Services (ATS), is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bahrain-based Al Gosaibi Investment Holdings (AIH), based in Bahrain which is in turn owned by three family members. But the management control of ATS and AIH is in dispute.

In a legal filing in New York, John D Potter, a former general manager of Al Gosaibi Investment Holdings, declared that: “Mr al Sanea exercised complete control over the operations and activities of AIH, to the exclusion or virtual exclusion of the other directors and the shareholders.” Lawyers for Mr al Sanea, the London firm of Harbottle & Lewis, declined to comment on the gold shipments. But sources close to the Kuwait-born financier have denied he was involved in the transactions.

Creditor banks, which asked to remain anonymous, have told The National that their inquiries to Standard Bank in London have not so far produced any positive indication of ownership of the bullion, or even confirmation that it is still in Standard’s vaults. Through its South African head office, a spokesman for Standard Bank said: “Our executives in London are adamant they cannot comment – not even off the record – as this would be a breach of client confidentiality.”

Whoever ends up owning the gold from Perth will at least have made some money out of the Saudi confrontation, which has affected the kingdom’s economy and stock market, and ravaged the balance sheets of regional and international banks. The gold price has risen by nearly 50 per cent over the past year. The shipment last November, worth some $28m when QF71 took off from Perth, is now valued at $42m – wherever it might be.

Courtesy of TheNational, we now know that one of the key features of the building at 60 Victoria is that it houses at least the vault of the Standard Bank of South Africa: in other words, somewhere deep underground, there is, indeed, a major gold vault. We also know, that after leasing this location for nearly two decades, JPMorgan decided to take the plunge and bought it outright in 2010, in a transaction that as shown above was a scramble to park cash and to procure the property for sale. In other words, JPM now has sole custodial possession of all the vaulting services offered under its 60 Victoria Embankment address.

So is this where the legendary JPMorgan London vault is located? Certainly nothing short of Blythe Masters admitting on live TV that yes, this is where one of the two largest commercial gold vaults in the UK is located, and as JPM admitted previously, only one of only six commercial vaults in all of London, there will be speculation and one can’t be certain.

However, a quick cursory virtual trip around this building using Google’s Street View feature shows that this building, barricaded on every side by a dense forest of bollards, is as protected from outside interest (especially of the automotive kind) as any modern day fortress.

The building’s entrance on John Carpenter street, just north of Victoria’s embankment – bollards everywhere:

The building’s reinforced back/delivery entrance: corner of Kingscote and Tudor: barriers, a reinforced gate with a screen on top of it, and even more bollards which surround the entire building and prevent the parking of any cars in proximity to the building:

And finally, not one, but two rows of bollards, cordoning off a 60 foot area in the street on both sides. South view:

And north view:

Needless to say, no car, or any other potential threat, can enter that ~60 foot space from either side.

Is that where, dozens of feet underground, the world’s most secretive commercial gold vault is located? Just below what was once the main campus of the City of London School for boys.

h/t Ro

Your rating: None Average: 5 (6 votes)

Lib Dem Slump Firms Up Ukip’s Third Place Poll Position

0

Labour maintained a five-point lead in the latest national opinion poll but the Liberal Democrats slumped to 8% as the UK Independence Party consolidated third place.

The Conservatives dropped one point on last month down to 31% in the survey by ComRes for the Independent on Sunday and the Sunday Mirror, with Ed Miliband’s Opposition seeing the same decline to stand at 36%.

Ukip picked up one point to reach 15% as the anti-EU party continued recent strong showing.

The Lib Dems – engaged in a fight with its Tory Westminster coalition partners to retain the Eastleigh seat
vacated by disgraced ex-cabinet minister Chris Huhne – were three points down.

Other parties rose by four points to 10% but ComRes noted that it had changed methodology to include only those more likely than not to vote for all parties and not just Labour, the Tories and Lib Dems.

Despite retaining an overall advantage, Labour will be dismayed to see a reduction in public faith in the party’s ability to manage the UK economy.

The proportion trusting Prime Minister David Cameron and Chancellor George Osborne to “make the right decisions” on the economy rose from 25% to 27% while those disagreeing fell from 55% to 51%.

Miliband and shadow chancellor Ed Balls’ ratings went the other way – with support falling from 21% to 20% and distrust rising from 52% to 55%.

That marks a shift from closely matched net ratings last month of -30% for the Tory team and -31% for the Labour pair to a clear -24% to -35% lead for the incumbents of Number 10 and 11 Downing Street.

A separate poll showed mixed news for the Government over its plans to reduce housing benefit for claimants who have a spare bedroom in council and housing association homes.

By a majority of 46% to 35% they said the principle of the change – dubbed a “bedroom tax” by critics – was “only fair”, the ComRes survey for the Sunday People showed.

But clear overall majorities said that its implementation should be delayed for a rethink on how to implement it (52%), that it should only apply if people refused smaller homes (60) and that it should not apply at all to Army families with children away on active service (77%).

For both polls, ComRes interviewed 2,002 British adults online from on February 13-14 2013.

Earlier on HuffPost:

Scotland Car Rally Crash: Woman Dies

0

A 50-year-old woman has died after a car collided with spectators during a rally in the Scottish Highlands, police say.

An eight-year-old boy was hurt in the collision and is being treated at Raigmore Hospital in Inverness. His condition was not believed to be life-threatening.

A third person was also injured as a result of the collision. The person was not seriously injured, and was described as “walking wounded” by Northern Constabulary.

Neither the driver nor the co-driver of the vehicle was injured, and no other spectators were hurt, Northern Constabulary said.

The collision took place during the first stage of the Highland Car Club Snowman Rally.

The event, in Glenurquhart Forest, near Loch Ness, has now been abandoned.

Officers will carry out a full road collision investigation and a report will be submitted to the Procurator Fiscal.

The race is the opening round of the 2013 Scottish Rally Championship (SRC).

Dave Robson, chairman of the championship, said: “The management committee, competitors and officials of the SRC extend their condolences to the families of those involved in today’s incident on Special Stage One of the Snowman Rally.

“We offer our committed support to Highland Car Club and all those affected at this difficult time.”

A statement from Highland Car Club said: “The club extends its sympathies to the families of those involved.”

Northern Constabulary said: “Following an earlier collision between a rally car and spectators during Stage One of the Highland Car Club Snowman Rally, police can confirm that a 50-year-old woman has sustained fatal injuries and an eight-year-old boy has been taken to Raigmore Hospital for treatment.

“The boy’s condition is not believed to be life-threatening. Neither the driver or the co-driver of the vehicle was injured as a result of the incident. No other spectators were injured.”

Tens of thousands rally in Tunis to support ruling Islamists (PHOTOS)

0

Supporters of the Ennahda ruling party wave flags during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Louafi Larbi)

Supporters of the Ennahda ruling party wave flags during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Louafi Larbi)

Tens of thousands of supporters of Tunisia’s ruling Islamist party marched in the capital in support of the government’s legitimacy. The rally follows a series of violent protests ignited by the assassination of a secular politician.

­ The pro-government supporters took to the streets on a central Tunis boulevard which was the heart of the 2011 uprising which toppled the government of President Zine El Abidine Ben Ali.

“God is greatest,” and “Supporting Ennahda [the ruling party] is a duty,” were some of the slogans chanted by the protesters, AFP reports. Others waved banners reading: “For the defense of the Arab-Muslim identity,” and “Media of shame and sedition.” Black banners in support of the hardline Salafists were also on display.

Those in attendance cast aspersion on secular opposition leader Beji Caid Essebsi. France, the former colonial power often accused of interfering in Tunisia’s politics, was also a target of the crowd’s rage.

The February 6 assassination of Chokri Belaid, a human rights lawyer and opposition leader, has sparked a political crisis in the country and a string of violent protests in which one police officer was killed.  Prime Minister Hamadi Jebali promised to form a non-partisan, technocratic cabinet to run the country until elections could be held, prompting a harsh response within his own party and on the streets.

“The initiative of the prime minister is a coup against legitimacy, which gave power to Ennahda. That is a coup against the election results,” protester Omar Salem told Reuters.

More than 100,000 reportedly took part in Saturday’s rally, over twice the number who attended Belaid’s funeral, Lotfi Hidouri, a spokesman in the Interior Ministry, told the agency. Security sources put the number at tens of thousands of protesters.

Islamists had previously launched smaller counter-rallies in response to the public outrage and subsequent protests following Belaid’s murder.

Jebali, who had promised to resign if he failed to form a new government, said talks on the new administration had been rescheduled for Monday after meeting with leaders from the main opposition parties on Friday. He further said a previous Saturday deadline for the government’s formation had been canceled, with no future date set.

A supporter of the Ennahda ruling party holds up a Koran as others shout slogans during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Anis Mili)
A supporter of the Ennahda ruling party holds up a Koran as others shout slogans during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Anis Mili)

Protesters shout slogans and wave national flags during a demonstration in support of the ruling Ennahda party in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Zoubeir Souissi)
Protesters shout slogans and wave national flags during a demonstration in support of the ruling Ennahda party in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Zoubeir Souissi)

A supporter of the Ennahda ruling party holds up a Koran as others shout slogans during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Anis Mili)
A supporter of the Ennahda ruling party holds up a Koran as others shout slogans during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Anis Mili)

Protesters shout slogans and wave the national flag during a demonstration in support of the ruling Ennahda party in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Zoubeir Souissi)
Protesters shout slogans and wave the national flag during a demonstration in support of the ruling Ennahda party in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Zoubeir Souissi)

Supporters of the Ennahda ruling party shout slogans and wave flags during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Louafi Larbi)
Supporters of the Ennahda ruling party shout slogans and wave flags during a demonstration in Tunis February 16, 2013 (Reuters / Louafi Larbi)

Guest Post: Global Recession Tugs At US Economy

0

Via Lance Roberts of Street Talk Live,

This recent release of the manufacturing and industrial production data added further support to our previous commentary regarding the search for the much touted economic recovery. Unfortunately, it has yet to manifest itself. The latest data showed that manufacturing in January fell back but after strong gains in December and November. However, it is important to remember that the gains at the end of 2012 were driven by the effects of Hurricane Sandy and the “Fiscal Cliff.”  That ramp up in November and December is likely to leave a void in demand in the coming months – so January’s weakness is likely a return to a more normalized trend. Also, most of the production gains in the previous two months came from motor vehicles as replacements were needed post the hurricane flooding. For the month of January industrial production decreased 3.2% after a gain of 2.9% in December and rise of 5.9% in November. 

Industrial production is one of the four major components of economic strength, or weakness, so the direction and trend of the industrial production data is key to our macroeconomic and investment outlook. The chart below shows the annual rate of change in industrial production going back to 1920. For the most part, when the annual rate of change in industrial production has been below zero – the economy has been in a recession. Currently, the annual rate of change is 2.1%, which is down sharply from the 7.5% rate of change seen at the peak of the economic growth cycle in 2010, clearly shows an economy that is not currently in recession. However, that could be just a function of time given the fairly steep decline that is currently in progress.

Industrial-production-021513

The concerns over economic growth are important, both domestically and internationally, as it directly affects corporate profit margins and valuations. The belief, currently, is that the economy in the U.S. can decouple from the rest of the globe and act as an island of economic prosperity. With 40% of corporate profits tied to international exposure it is unlikely that the U.S. can remain decoupled from the rest of the global community for long. 

The chart below shows U.S. industrial production as compared to the Eurozone. It is clear that the drag from the Eurozone is weighing on domestic output.

Industrial-production-US-Euro-021513

Dwaine Van Vurren from RecessionAlert.com picked up on this fact in his recent article: 

“With the disappointing initial GDP releases for Q42012 from Europe out, the ‘world’ as defined by 41 OECD countries across the globe, has plunged into recession. We define ‘recession’ through two alternative definitions for our comparison, either the presence of a single negative quarter-on-quarter growth or the more traditional two consecutive negative quarterly growths. Whichever way you look at it, the number of countries in expansion plunged dramatically between 3Q2013 and 4Q2012 as shown below:

GDP-OECD-41-021513

It is clear the U.S is faring far better than most, but one has to question how long she can remain above water with the drag of her economic peers weighing upon her economy. “

There are three important points to be made here:

1) The economic data that is used by the NBER in determining economic recessions is subject to heavy backward revisions. This is why the NBER never announces a recession in advance of its occurrence. Due to the massive amounts of artificial intervention currently in the system – it is highly likely that the majority of models will fail to predict the onset of the next recession.

2) The drag on the Eurozone recession will continue to impede economic growth in the U.S., and;

3) The current reads on economic data as stated above, have been skewed due to the influences of the “fiscal cliff”, Hurricane Sandy and an exceptionally warm winter. It is likely that the reversion to more normalized data trends in months ahead will show a more marked pullback in the domestic economic growth story.

What is clear, however, is that the economic data is not markedly improving. While monthly data points will remain volatile it is the trend of the data that is most telling about macroeconomic future. Currently, that outlook remains one of a “struggle through” environment at best.

Your rating: None

Post-meteorite Urals: Russian region cleans up fireball blast aftermath (PHOTOS)

0

Bus stop glass shattered by the shock wave caused by a meteor explosion on February 16, 2013 (RIA Novosti / Pavel Lysizin)

(35.3Mb) embed video

Emergency workers and volunteers are repairing damaged buildings and replacing 200,000 square meters of glass in Russia’s Ural region hit by the fireball blast. While the damage costs have soared, there’s still no trace of the meteorite itself.

­The Friday meteorite explosion injured nearly 1200 people and left thousands of homes exposed to a severe frost that reached as low as -20 degrees Celsius at night in some parts of the region.

Official figures say 3724 houses, 671 education institutions and dozens of social, medical, sports and recreation facilities were damaged by the blast.

Repair work in Chelyabinsk should be completed in three days, Russian Emergency Minister Vladimir Puchkov said on Saturday. He added that basic utilities such as power, transport and telephone lines are functioning normally and that “socially significant facilities” are the top priority of restoration efforts.

Destruction caused by the blast of the falling space object at the Chelyabinsk zinc plant (RIA Novosti / Pavel Lysizin)
Destruction caused by the blast of the falling space object at the Chelyabinsk zinc plant (RIA Novosti / Pavel Lysizin)

About 30 percent of the work has already been done, and all the damaged medical institutions have been repaired, the Governor of Chelyabinsk region Mikhail Yurevich said. He went on to describe February 15 as the city’s second birthday: “If the meteor, which exploded above us, was just a little bigger, it’s hard to imagine what could have happened to our towns and villages. The huge sum of 1 billion rubles needed to repair broken windows and damaged walls pales beside losses we could have had. The most important thing is that nobody died!”

Hundreds of the region’s schools that saw their windows shattered are expected to be opened by Monday. Some of the 289 injured children won’t be attending classes that soon though, as they continue to receive treatment in hospitals.

People in a Chelyabinsk school clean the shards of windows broken by the burst wave of a meteorite fall (RIA Novosti / Nikolay Seredin)
People in a Chelyabinsk school clean the shards of windows broken by the burst wave of a meteorite fall (RIA Novosti / Nikolay Seredin)

Stories of heroic children rescue have appeared in the media. One teacher is said to have saved 44 school kids from injuries by telling them to hide beneath the desks and rushing to the door — only to be hit by a burst of glass shards. She, however, endured the pain and led the class out of the building unharmed. The teacher is now in hospital, according to Interfax.

In the wake of the fireball conflicting reports said household owners in the region are encouraged to deal with the damage on their own. Meanwhile, insurance companies have refused to cover blast inflicted damages, defining the objects falling from sky as an Act of God, and ads offering urgent window repair have sprung up all over Chelyabinsk.

Officials later said they will pay for all the repair work, prompting bloggers to joke that some people have started to smash their windows to get new double glazing for free. Such claims have since been dismissed by Chelyabinsk governor as “gossip.”

But some people decided not to wait for the government’s help, and more than a thousand volunteers from all over the region have come to assist others with the cleanup and window repair. Both official and volunteer organizations continue to receive the calls from those willing to join the work and provide some humanitarian help.

Workers restore the fiber-optic cable at the Chelyabinsk Zinc Plant, which was damaged due to the blast from the fall of the space object (RIA Novosti / Pavel Lysizin)
Workers restore the fiber-optic cable at the Chelyabinsk Zinc Plant, which was damaged due to the blast from the fall of the space object (RIA Novosti / Pavel Lysizin)

Despite the vast amount of damage done, there’s still no sign of even the smallest bit of the meteorite that caused it. That fact alone has already fueled various conspiracy theories on the Internet.

Six divers who spent three hours searching for the body’s fragments at the bottom of Chebarkul Lake have failed to find anything relevant, the Emergency Ministry reported. According to the report, water samples taken from the lake have also shown nothing unusual. Eventually, the 6 meter ice hole was rendered to have formed “because of a different reason.”

The search for the meteorite parts has also been officially stopped in another two locations. 

None of the findings that have been put on sale online, some of them priced as high as 300,000 rubles ($10,000), have so far been confirmed as fragments of a meteorite. Nevertheless, officials have urged people to give away 20% of any such fragments found, so they can be studied at research centers.

People in Chelyabinsk clean the shards of windows broken by the burst wave of a meteorite fall (RIA Novosti / Nikolay Seredin)
People in Chelyabinsk clean the shards of windows broken by the burst wave of a meteorite fall (RIA Novosti / Nikolay Seredin)

If Europe Were a House… It’d Be Condemned

0

One of the primary focal points of our writing is the corruption that has become endemic to the political and financial elites of the world. When we refer to corruption we are referring to insider deals, cronyism, lies and fraud. Since the Great Crisis began in 2008, these have become the four pillars of the financial system replacing the pillars of trust, transparency, truth and reality that are the true foundation of capitalism and wealth generation.

As we regularly note, corruption only works as long as the benefits of being “on the take” outweigh the consequences of getting caught. As soon as the consequences become real (namely someone gets in major trouble), then everyone starts to talk.

This process has now begun in Spain.

MADRID – Spain’s governing Popular Party was drawn deeper into a web of corruption scandals this past week, after the Swiss authorities informed the Spanish judiciary that the party’s former treasurer had amassed as much as 22 million euros, or $29 million, in Swiss bank accounts.

The treasurer, Luis Bárcenas, resigned from his job in 2009, after being indicted in the early stages of an investigation, which is still ongoing, into a scheme of kickbacks and illegal payments allegedly involving other conservative party politicians…

Nonetheless, the revelations have brought a fast-growing list of corruption investigations, which have unspooled across Spain, to the doorstep of the conservative government of Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy, who has so far remained silent. About 300 Spanish politicians from across the party spectrum have been indicted or charged in corruption investigations since the start of the financial crisis. Few have been sentenced so far.

http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/19/world/europe/corruption-scandals-widen-in-spain.html?_r=0

Outside of Spain, corruption scandals have also erupted in Greece. There it was revealed that the very Greek political parties that were negotiated the Greek bailout had received over €200 million in loans from the Greek banks.

Greek prosecutors have ordered the two main ruling parties to testify in an investigation into more than 200 million euros in loans they received from banks, officials said on Friday.

 

The investigation – which is examining whether the loans are legal and whether any wrongdoing was involved – could embarrass the fragile conservative-led government, which relies on aid from the European Union and the International Monetary Fund.

 

Last year a Reuters report revealed the conservative New Democracy and the Socialist PASOK parties were close to being overwhelmed by debts of more than 200 million euros as they face a slump in state funding because of falling public support.

 

http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/01/us-greece-parties-idUSBRE91010O20130201

Here again, we find that politicians were “on the take” via questionable if not illegal funds. The fact that this story is coming out now does not bode well for Greece, which is barely holding together as a country.

The consequences of this discovery will not be positive for the Greek political class:

Greece’s finance minister was sent a bullet and a death threat from a group protesting home foreclosures, police officials said on Monday, in the latest incident to raise fears of growing political violence.

 

The package was sent by a little-known group called “Cretan Revolution”, which warned the minister against any efforts to seize homes and evict homeowners, police sources said. The group sent similar letters to tax offices in Crete last week.

 

http://news.yahoo.com/greek-finance-minister-sent-bullet-mail-165717734.html

 

Italy is also facing a major scandal implicating key political figures including the biggest player for European financial system, ECB President Mario Draghi:

Back in mid-January, Bloomberg’s Elisa Martinuzzi and Nicholas Dunbar reported that Deutsche Bank helped Italy’s third-largest bank, Monte Paschi, cover up a 367 million euro loss at the end of 2008 with a shady derivative deal. That swap helped the bank look better than it really was just before taxpayers bailed it out–echoes of Goldman Sachs’s deal to hide Greece’s national debt.

 

The Italian papers followed Bloomberg’s scoop days later with news that Nomura had structured a derivative for Monte Paschi along similar lines. The Italian central bank then disclosed Monte Paschi executives had concealed documents on the trades from them. Reuters reported that JPMorgan also did a sketchy derivative for the bank.

 

But the scandal only continued to grow. So far, the bank may have lost a billion dollars on the deals, and it turns out that the Bank of Italy knew about the allegedly fraudulent deals back in 2010, when Mario Draghi was its chief. Draghi is now head of the European Central Bank, and has been critical in tamping down the euro crisis in the last several months.

 

Now, the scandal threatens to change the course of Italian national elections being held later this month, giving a leg up to Silvio Berlusconi…

http://www.cjr.org/the_audit/bloomberg_unearths_an_italian.php

The key item in the above story is Mario Draghi’s involvement. As head of the European Central Bank, Draghi is arguably the most powerful man in Europe. Indeed, it was his promise to provide unlimited bond buying that stopped the systemic implosion of Europe last summer.

In this sense, the entire EU has been held together by Draghi’s credibility as head of the ECB. The fact that we now have a major scandal indicating that he was not only  aware of fraudulent deals in 2010, but gave them a free pass will have major repercussions for the future of the Euro, the EU, and the EU banking system.

We hope by now that you see why we have remained bearish on Europe when 99% of analysts believe the Crisis is over. The only thing that has the EU together has been the credibility of politicians who we are now discovering are all either corrupt, inept or both.

To use a metaphor, if Europe were a single house, it would be rotten to its core with termites and mold. It should have been condemned years ago, but the one thing that has kept it “on the market” was the fact that its owners were all very powerful, connected individual. We are now finding out that the owners not only knew that the home should have been condemned but were in fact getting rich via insider deals while those who lived in the house were in grave danger.

As we stated at the beginning of this issue, corruption only works as long as the benefits of being “on the take” outweigh the consequences of getting caught. As soon as the consequences become real (in that someone gets in major trouble), then everyone starts to talk.

The above stories about Greece, Spain, Italy reveal that we have entered the stage at which people have begun to talk about Europe’s corruption.

We have produced a FREE Special Report available to all investors titled What Europe’s Collapse Means For You and Your Savings.

This report features ten pages of material outlining our independent analysis real debt situation in Europe (numbers far worse than is publicly admitted), the true nature of the EU banking system, and the systemic risks Europe poses to investors around the world.

It also outlines a number of investments to profit from this; investments that anyone can use to take advantage of the European Debt Crisis.

Best of all, this report is 100% FREE. You can pick up a copy today at:

http://gainspainscapital.com/eu-report/

Best

Phoenix Capital Research

Your rating: None

Get Corporations Out of Education: An Open Letter to Arne Duncan

0

(Note from the Answer Sheet’s Valerie Strauss: A coalition of teachers from public and private schools – including the school that Education Secretary Arne Duncan attended as a child and where President Obama’s daughters were enrolled before they moved to Washington – are releasing an open letter to Duncan expressing concerns about department policies that they say promote the overuse of standardized tests. Among the signees are teachers from the Ariel Community Academy, a public school that was founded by a team of people that included Duncan.)Secretary of Education Arne Duncan. (AP file)

Dear Mr. Duncan,

As primary, secondary, and university educators who are passionate about the importance of a liberal arts education in building and maintaining a democratic society, we are very concerned with the impact of standardized testing on humanities curricula. The widespread trend of teaching to the test is undermining primary and secondary education. Social studies, history, the fine arts, the study of literatures and languages, drama and music; these and other subjects not assessed in the standardized tests of “No Child Left Behind” are subjects that are themselves being left behind as administrators pressure teachers to raise narrowly conceived test scores in a few core areas.

We seek to build respect for the democratic process, critical thinking skills, writing skills, and understanding that is not accurately measured in multiple-choice tests.  (see the Fair Test website for a review of the literature: http://www.fairtest.org/k-12/high%20stakes). While we see the Common Core Curriculum as a step in the right direction, we steadfastly reject attempts pushed by testing companies to devise standardized assessments to measure progress in reading, writing, and speaking. Nor do we believe that computer programs currently being developed by major assessment corporations, or any form of outsourcing of essay assessments, are viable solutions.

Put your faith in teachers rather than corporate interests to assess reading, writing, and speaking. Do not allow corporations to control American education.

Instead of relying on standardized tests, we believe that the best way to pursue higher standards in reading, writing, and speaking skills is to develop standardized and widely accepted rubrics for assessment and allow teachers to assess their students with these rubrics.

We are very concerned with the extent to which current educational policies have embraced what John Dewey would call “instrumental rationality” in seeking solutions that can be statistically measured. We are currently seeing a national backlash against such measurements from parents, teachers, and administrators. These statistical measures merely confirm the very real social gaps between the haves and the have-nots in American education.  (For a review of the literature see http://cepa.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/reardon%20whither%20opportunity%20-%20chapter%205.pdf).

University administrators have known for some time that high SAT scores correlate closely with socioeconomic class. Students who do well on them may succeed more frequently in college than those who do not, but this correlation may be telling us more about the test than about the students. Secondary teachers often see students who are terrific at taking tests, but who choose to avoid tasks requiring difficult thinking.

University educators want students who can write, research, and think: students who are open minded, passionate, and curious. These qualities are snuffed out under the drive for high scores on standardized multiple-choice tests under “No Child Left Behind.”

Secondary educators want to prepare students for the challenges that they will face at colleges and universities. This is difficult to do when an overemphasis on discrete item standardized testing prevents them from engaging their students in the meaningful work that best prepares them for the next level.

We know that your office is bombarded with lobbyists from major testing companies, textbook companies, and big donors with big money who seek to shape education reform. State Boards of Education are faced with similar pressures. We feel strongly that big money is far too invested in the current debate, and we are concerned that their influence is determining much of what passes for “reform.” Put your faith in teachers rather than corporate interests to assess reading, writing, and speaking. Do not allow corporations to control American education.

We invite further discussion at your convenience. A delegation from among the signees below will be happy to meet you for hoops and a discussion.

Sincerely yours,

New Trier High School:
Lindsey Arado
Mike Baeb
Kerry Brennan
Ian Duell
David Hjelmgren
Tim Kajfez
Tom Kucharski
Debbie Johnson
Todd Maxman
Dean Pinos
John O’Connor
Alex Zilka

 Northern Illinois University:
Jerome D. Bowers, History Dept.

 University of Illinois-Chicago:
Robert Johnston, History Dept.

 Concord Review:
Will Fitzhugh, Editor and Publisher

 The Report Card:
William Korach, Editor and Publisher

 University of Chicago Laboratory Schools:
Luicija Ambrosini
Allen Ambrosini
Suzanne Baum
Charles Branham
Wayne Brasler
Brad Brickner
David Derbes
Steve Granzyk
Lee Gustafson
Paul Horton
Chris Janus
Bob Kass
Mark Krewatch
Andrea Martonffy
Lisa Miller
Rachel Nielsen
Diane Puklin, Emeritus
Susan Shapiro
Kelly Storm
Brian Wildeman

Ariel Community Academy
Allie Griffin
Shirley Knox
Jake Sklarsky
Willis Niederfrank

 Chicago Teachers Union

Get Corporations Out of Education: An Open Letter to Arne Duncan

0

(Note from the Answer Sheet’s Valerie Strauss: A coalition of teachers from public and private schools – including the school that Education Secretary Arne Duncan attended as a child and where President Obama’s daughters were enrolled before they moved to Washington – are releasing an open letter to Duncan expressing concerns about department policies that they say promote the overuse of standardized tests. Among the signees are teachers from the Ariel Community Academy, a public school that was founded by a team of people that included Duncan.)Secretary of Education Arne Duncan. (AP file)

Dear Mr. Duncan,

As primary, secondary, and university educators who are passionate about the importance of a liberal arts education in building and maintaining a democratic society, we are very concerned with the impact of standardized testing on humanities curricula. The widespread trend of teaching to the test is undermining primary and secondary education. Social studies, history, the fine arts, the study of literatures and languages, drama and music; these and other subjects not assessed in the standardized tests of “No Child Left Behind” are subjects that are themselves being left behind as administrators pressure teachers to raise narrowly conceived test scores in a few core areas.

We seek to build respect for the democratic process, critical thinking skills, writing skills, and understanding that is not accurately measured in multiple-choice tests.  (see the Fair Test website for a review of the literature: http://www.fairtest.org/k-12/high%20stakes). While we see the Common Core Curriculum as a step in the right direction, we steadfastly reject attempts pushed by testing companies to devise standardized assessments to measure progress in reading, writing, and speaking. Nor do we believe that computer programs currently being developed by major assessment corporations, or any form of outsourcing of essay assessments, are viable solutions.

Put your faith in teachers rather than corporate interests to assess reading, writing, and speaking. Do not allow corporations to control American education.

Instead of relying on standardized tests, we believe that the best way to pursue higher standards in reading, writing, and speaking skills is to develop standardized and widely accepted rubrics for assessment and allow teachers to assess their students with these rubrics.

We are very concerned with the extent to which current educational policies have embraced what John Dewey would call “instrumental rationality” in seeking solutions that can be statistically measured. We are currently seeing a national backlash against such measurements from parents, teachers, and administrators. These statistical measures merely confirm the very real social gaps between the haves and the have-nots in American education.  (For a review of the literature see http://cepa.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/reardon%20whither%20opportunity%20-%20chapter%205.pdf).

University administrators have known for some time that high SAT scores correlate closely with socioeconomic class. Students who do well on them may succeed more frequently in college than those who do not, but this correlation may be telling us more about the test than about the students. Secondary teachers often see students who are terrific at taking tests, but who choose to avoid tasks requiring difficult thinking.

University educators want students who can write, research, and think: students who are open minded, passionate, and curious. These qualities are snuffed out under the drive for high scores on standardized multiple-choice tests under “No Child Left Behind.”

Secondary educators want to prepare students for the challenges that they will face at colleges and universities. This is difficult to do when an overemphasis on discrete item standardized testing prevents them from engaging their students in the meaningful work that best prepares them for the next level.

We know that your office is bombarded with lobbyists from major testing companies, textbook companies, and big donors with big money who seek to shape education reform. State Boards of Education are faced with similar pressures. We feel strongly that big money is far too invested in the current debate, and we are concerned that their influence is determining much of what passes for “reform.” Put your faith in teachers rather than corporate interests to assess reading, writing, and speaking. Do not allow corporations to control American education.

We invite further discussion at your convenience. A delegation from among the signees below will be happy to meet you for hoops and a discussion.

Sincerely yours,

New Trier High School:
Lindsey Arado
Mike Baeb
Kerry Brennan
Ian Duell
David Hjelmgren
Tim Kajfez
Tom Kucharski
Debbie Johnson
Todd Maxman
Dean Pinos
John O’Connor
Alex Zilka

 Northern Illinois University:
Jerome D. Bowers, History Dept.

 University of Illinois-Chicago:
Robert Johnston, History Dept.

 Concord Review:
Will Fitzhugh, Editor and Publisher

 The Report Card:
William Korach, Editor and Publisher

 University of Chicago Laboratory Schools:
Luicija Ambrosini
Allen Ambrosini
Suzanne Baum
Charles Branham
Wayne Brasler
Brad Brickner
David Derbes
Steve Granzyk
Lee Gustafson
Paul Horton
Chris Janus
Bob Kass
Mark Krewatch
Andrea Martonffy
Lisa Miller
Rachel Nielsen
Diane Puklin, Emeritus
Susan Shapiro
Kelly Storm
Brian Wildeman

Ariel Community Academy
Allie Griffin
Shirley Knox
Jake Sklarsky
Willis Niederfrank

 Chicago Teachers Union

Footballer Nani In Crash With Police Car

0

Manchester United star Nani has been involved in a car crash with an unmarked police car.

The Premier League player’s Bentley Continental was in collision with a police Ford Mondeo which was responding to an emergency call on Friday night in Stockport, Cheshire.

Neither drivers were hurt but the passenger in the police car, a special constable, received minor injuries, Greater Manchester Police (GMP) said.

In line with normal procedure after an accident the police driver has been suspended until an investigation is carried out.

The force said only minor damage was caused to the police car and Nani’s Bentley – which cost up to £180,000.

The midfielder, a Portuguese international signed by Manchester United in 2007 for £25.5m, was reportedly still in his training kit and returning home when the collision happened.

A spokeswoman for GMP said: “An unmarked police car responding to an emergency call was travelling along Gatley Road at the junction with Kingsway, Stockport.

“As the police car entered the junction it collided with a Bentley Continental.

“The passenger in the police car received minor injuries and only minor damage was caused to both vehicles.

“The police driver has been suspended from driving duties in line with normal procedure.

“Anyone with information should call police on 0161 856 4741.”

More IVF For Gay Couples And Older Women

0

Older women and more gay couples may get greater access to IVF treatment on the NHS under new guidelines.

The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) is expected to make the recommendations in its report next week.

Currently, women over 40 years old are not eligible to NHS funded fertility treatment and have to pay privately, which can cost between £6,000 and £8,000 per cycle.

Figures from the Human Fertilisation Embryology Authority show one in seven couples in the UK struggle to conceive and every year around 48,000 women have IVF.

The possibility that gay couples may get greater access to treatment is being welcomed by James Taylor from campaign group, Stonewall.

He told Sky News: “In the last ten years we’ve seen greater legal protections for same sex couples, which Stonewall fought hard to achieve, and we hope they’re reflected in the new guidelines.

“We’ve seen a greater number of lesbians go through IVF treatment and start families and we hope the new NICE guidance really recognises the different families that do exist at the moment.”

But, Anthony Ozimic from the Society for the Protection of Unborn Children expressed his organisation’s opposition.

He said: “This decision ignores biology in the face of politically correct social engineering.

“Same sex couples do not have fertility problems, they have chosen a naturally non-fertile lifestyle, and we shouldn’t be spending millions of pounds of taxpayers money on fertility procedures for people who do not have fertility problems.”

NICE has not confirmed whether these changes will definitely be included in the updated guidelines to be be released on Wednesday.

The recommendations are influenced by medical advances and changing social attitudes but do not have to consider the NHS’s need to save billions of pounds.

If the guidelines do change, it will be local NHS trusts that decide whether to fund them.

However, a spokesperson from The Department of Health said: “We believe that all PCTs – and in the future, Clinical Commissioning Groups – should take account of National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines for fertility treatment.”

The International Literary Festival: A New Front in the War on Terror

0

The International Literary Festival: A New Front in the War on Terror

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 16, 2013
Zaheer Chauhan

The Dalai Lama at the Jaipur Literature Festival.

By Cherilyn Parsons

JAIPUR, INDIA–So into a bar walk a Palestinian-British novelist, a famous Jewish humorist and an Indian cricket star. On nearby barstools are an Academy Award-winning Pakistani filmmaker and a gay writer on psychology. Add a Bollywood celebrity, an Argentine dissident, the Dalai Lama and–what the hell–a few Bhutanese literary pioneers. Ready to break a brawl is a crusading Indian investigative journalist who has written one of the sexiest novels of all time. Of course there’s a guy from Google, helping to underwrite the scene.

This is way too complicated for a bar joke and unfortunately, at least in the opinion of some of the writers, the scene wasn’t a bar. The Jaipur Literature Festival held from Jan. 24-28, 2013 at Diggi Palace, was alcoholically as dry as a bone. But it was extraordinarily rich in ideas, not to mention in chai, peddled by wallahs pouring milky sweet caffeine into clay cups, 20 rupees, madam.

There is a new front on the war against terrorism: the international literary festival. The Jaipur festival presented 260 authors, many from nations that are enemies more than drinking buddies–or are, as speaker Reza Aslan said about the United States toward Pakistan, in “incredibly schizophrenic” relationships. The authors spoke to 130,000 attendees, about half local Rajasthanis (Jaipur is the capital of Rajasthan state), a quarter from greater India, and the rest from the wider world, as estimated by co-director and author William Dalrymple. There was no brawl, other than one perceived insult over caste that was quickly forgiven. For five sunny days, people came together for a remarkable single purpose, to share ideas, listen and delve into the written word across national, religious and cultural borders.

International literary festivals are mushrooming around the globe. In imitation of Jaipur, which is now in its sixth year, 30 fairs have started throughout India alone. Other festivals have launched in Rangoon (last week saw the first Irrawaddy Literary Festival), Lahore (in late February 2013) and Dhaka. These new gatherings add to the well-established festivals in Edinburgh, Hay-on-Wye (Wales), Vancouver, Guadalajara, Jerusalem, Brisbane and various U.S. cities such as Washington, D.C., Miami and Los Angeles, just to name a few locales.

Perhaps the most unusual of the upstarts is the Palestine Festival of Literature, or PalFest, which mounted its fifth annual festival in 2012. Because checkpoints make it so difficult for residents to travel, the writers go out to the readers, each day speaking at a different site, not only taking their work to Palestinians but hearing locals’ stories in return. The brainchild of Egyptian-born novelist Ahdaf Soueif, PalFest is inherently political but says it pushes “the power of culture” over “the culture of power,” quoting Edward Said.

The Jaipur Literature Festival (JLF) is overt about promoting international understanding. It fights against “the terrorism of the mind,” said the event producer, Sanjoy Roy, a friendly middle-aged guy sporting True Religion jeans and long gray-white locks. Novelist and co-director Namita Gokhale likes to describe the festival as a Mahakumbh of the mind, referring to the Kumbh Mela, the annual gathering of tens of millions of Hindus in one city to bathe in a sacred river. Gokhale said she aims to foster “understanding ourselves through literature, through words, through ideas, at a time when people are getting, at one level, more and more entrenched in their own set of prejudices.”

1 2 3 4 5 NEXT PAGE >>>

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: The Last Picture Show



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Skyfall ‘made Britons feel proud’

0

Bond blockbuster Skyfall has given the people of Britain an excuse to “wave the British flag and feel proud”, according to the franchise’s latest Miss Moneypenny.

Actress Naomie Harris was in Edinburgh promoting the DVD release of the movie, which has become the highest grossing UK film in history.

She travelled to Scotland on a specially commissioned train decked out with artwork from the film, and permanently named Skyfall in honour of the movie’s success.

“I never thought that I would see my face on the side of a train,” she said. “It’s a once in a lifetime experience, and it’s beautiful what they have done.”

She put the success of the movie down to Team GB’s triumphs at last year’s Olympic Games, and the enduring love for the MI6 agent that celebrated his 50th anniversary on the screen with Skyfall.

“It’s part of the very pro-British feeling that happened as a result of the Olympics and Paralympics, and I think that wave of enthusiasm for Britain actually followed over,” she said. “Also, because it’s the 50th anniversary, and because Skyfall is so based in Britain this time rather than glamorous far-flung parts of the world, it feels even more British and gave people another excuse to wave the British flag and feel proud.”

Harris revealed she would love to surpass the screen career of original Moneypenny actress Lois Maxwell, who manned the MI6 desk for over 20 years.

“That’s quite some record,” she said. “I’d love that, but who knows.”

However, she remained tight-lipped over who should replace Daniel Craig once his tenure as Bond has come to an end.

“For me Daniel is the best Bond so I wouldn’t like to make that decision,” she said.

Nuclear Dump in Washington Leaking Radioactive Waste

0

Reports that a storage tank for nuclear waste at the Hanford Nuclear facility in Washington state–one of the most contaminated nuclear waste sites in the country–is leaking radioactive waste were confirmed that state’s governor Friday.

The Environmental Restoration Disposal Facility is seen at the Hanford Nuclear Reservation June 30, 2005 near Richland, Washington. (Photo by Jeff T. Green/Getty Images) As the Associated Press reports:

The news raises concerns about the integrity of similar tanks at south-central Washington’s Hanford nuclear reservation and puts added pressure on the federal government to resolve construction problems with the plant being built to alleviate environmental and safety risks from the waste.

The tanks, which are already long past their intended 20-year life span, hold millions of gallons of a highly radioactive stew left from decades of plutonium production for nuclear weapons.

On Friday, the U.S. Department of Energy said liquid levels are decreasing in one of 177 underground tanks at the site. Monitoring wells near the tank have not detected higher radiation levels, but Inslee said the leak could be in the range of 150 gallons to 300 gallons over the course of a year and poses a potential long-term threat to groundwater and rivers.

The Northwest News Network, in an interview with Tom Carpenter, head of the Seattle-based watchdog group Hanford Challenge, found that Friday’s news highlights the fact that problems have been endemic to the site for years and there’s not even a place to transfer the contained waste or a place to return any that may be recovered from spills or leaks.

“If you have another leak, what do you do?,” ask Carpenter. “You don’t have any strategy for that. And the Hanford Advisory Board and the state of Washington and Hanford Challenge and others have been calling upon the Department of Energy to build new tanks. That call has been met with silence.”

And the Chicago Tribune adds:

Though more than a third of the 149 old single-shell tanks at the site are suspected to have leaked up to 1 million gallons of nuclear waste over the years, this is the first confirmed leak since federal authorities completed a so-called stabilization program in 2005 that was supposed to have removed most liquids from the vulnerable single-shell tanks.

The new leak calls into question the effectiveness of that program, and state officials said it increased the urgency of ending roadblocks to a permanent storage solution for the 53 million gallons of waste housed at the sprawling site that was a center for atomic bomb-making material after World War II.

Glenn Beck: It’s ‘Plausible’ John Brennan Secretly Converted To Islam

0

PT Barnum is credited with saying: “There’s a sucker born every day” and history has proven him right. Robert Welch created the John Birch society by conning as many wingnut rubes as he could into forming an anti-government and anti-Communist advocacy group. It became very powerful in the early sixties by promoting crazed Communist conspiracy theories that reached as far up as the White House. Even William F Buckley railed against them as vociferously as he could so that the Republican party wouldn’t be besmirched by their apparent lunacy.

The society had been founded in 1958 by an earnest and capable entrepreneur named Robert Welch, a candy man, who brought together little clusters of American conservatives, most of them businessmen. He demanded two undistracted days in exchange for his willingness to give his seminar on the Communist menace to the United States, which he believed was more thoroughgoing and far-reaching than anyone else in
America could have conceived.

His influence was near-hypnotic, and his ideas wild. He said Dwight D. Eisenhower was a “dedicated, conscious agent of the Communist conspiracy,” and that the government of the United States was “under operational control of the Communist party.” It was, he said in the summer of 1961, “50-70 percent” Communist-controlled…read on

Conspiracy nuts have been on the fringes of political discussion for a long time, but with the rise of Fox News, the Tea party and the Internet, Glenn Beck has snatched the crown from Welch and proudly wears it for all to see. In the process, he’s making millions of dollars off the dupes and weak-minded followers of extreme right-wing orthodoxy.
Here’s Beck’s latest nonsensical conspiracy rant about the possible Islamic brainwashing of John Brennan:

Perhaps the most amazingly hypocritical thing about Glenn Beck is that his entire Blaze network serves as nothing but a repository for conspiracy theories, wild speculation, and outright lies while Beck holds himself up as a champion of “the truth.“

Case in point. On his program last night, Beck took up the allegation that John Brennan, President Obama’s nominee to head the CIA, may have secretly converted to Islam as part of a counterintelligence operation run against him by the Saudi government.

Despite the fact that this claim originated from one laughably unreliable source, Beck found it to be entirely “plausible,” saying that “if somebody makes a charge like that, shouldn’t we at least explore it” before saying that the media wouldn’t even bother to investigate because “it seems like we can’t even ask reasonable questions any more”

Yes, crazy indeed, but we’ve seen his Muslim hysteria many times before.

Beck: I believe that I can make a case in the end that there are three powers that you will see really emerge. One, a Muslim caliphate that controls the Mideast and parts of Europe. Two, China, that will control Asia, the southern half of Africa, part of the Middle East, Australia, maybe New Zealand, and God only knows what else. And Russia, which will control all of the old former Soviet Union bloc, plus maybe the Netherlands. I’m not really sure. But their strong arm is coming. That leaves us and South America. What happens to us?

Not much daylight between Glenn Beck and Robert Welch!

The idea that anyone who hates liberals and makes a lamebrain assertion about anyone at all immediately becomes plausible and should be investigated. Can you imagine if he did acquire a network?

Why the Violence Against Women Act Is Crucial for Native American Women

0

Republicans until Tuesday, had proposed amendments to strip Native American rights and jurisdiction over non-Native perpetrators of violence on the reservation.

“A nation is not conquered until the hearts of its women are on the ground…”— Cheyenne proverb

This week’s debate on the Violence Against Women Act marks, what may be a very important stage in improving relations between tribal governments, state and federal governments and the protection of women.  The law has been up for re-authorization for five years, and has a few sticking points, mostly around the protection of Native and immigrant women, and gay and lesbian people. Republicans until Tuesday, had proposed amendments to strip Native American rights and jurisdiction over non- Native perpetrators of violence on the reservation. In what appears to be a change of heart, Tuesday’s passage of SB 47 with tribal jurisdiction intact, was a step in recognizing that as Senator Patrick Leahy said, in debates, “… a victim is a victim is a victim.”

Why is this particularly important? Presently, 34% of American Indian and Alaska Native women will be raped in their lifetimes; 39% will be subjected to domestic violence in their lifetimes; 67% of Native women victims of rape and sexual assault report their assailants as non-Native individuals, and, on some reservations, Native women are murdered at more than ten times the national average.  Not good. This set of facts is paired with unfortunately high declination rates: U.S. Attorneys declined to prosecute nearly 52% of violent crimes that occur in Indian country; and 67% of cases declined were sexual abuse related cases. This means, in the end, that Native women have been, in the words of Senator Maria Cantwell, “ treated as second class citizens under the law.”

I asked Lisa Brunner, Executive Director of Sacred Spirits, a national tribal organization working on the issues, her thoughts. “Some of the concern stems from a lack of understanding of tribal jurisdiction, in some cases, tribes are just implementing criminal codes in place which allow this legal process. The answer is to fund the tribal justice system. As well, there are safeguards built into the provision which ensure that all rights guaranteed under the Constitution are given to non-Native defendants in tribal court.”

The National Congress of American Indians, in their letter to Congress last week explained:

The special domestic violence jurisdiction is narrowly restricted to apply only to instances of domestic or dating violence where: 1) the victim is an Indian, 2) the conduct occurs on tribal lands; and 3) where the defendant either lives or works on the reservation, i.e., where the defendant has significant ties to the community.

NCAI also pointed out that “Indian tribes are not a racial class, they are a political body — so the question is not whether non-Indians are subject to Indian court — the question is whether tribal governments, political entities, have the necessary jurisdiction to provide their citizens with the public safety protections every government has the inherent duty to provide… Indeed, placing more funding in the hands of state or federal authorities to administer this process, concerns tribes deeply as there has been little, to no action on most of these cases, with 62% of the cases being declined for prosecution.”

The answer, as in many conflicts, may be education and effort. In this case, it’s a combined effort to support justice in the law, and the infrastructure for justice in Native America. The facts are very disturbing. As well, it may be time to understand what a justice system looks like that is multi- jurisdictional. Native people are subjected to both tribal and non tribal law, and, unfortunately, make up a disproportionate segment of North Dakota’s prison population. That’s a different issue, but it does seem fair, that non-Native people committing crimes in Indian territory should not be sheltered by a lack of jurisdiction, or in some cases, interest. We will see how the House of Representatives’ debate goes.

At some level, psychologically and beyond, this is of absolute importance to tribal nations. The ability of a tribal government to protect those who are most vulnerable is crucial to the dignity of a people. The folly of the Supreme Court’s Oliphant v. Suquamish Indian Tribe, decision which precluded tribal criminal jurisdiction over non Indians on the reservation is apparent. The VAWA brings into the spotlight the need to protect tribal citizens, and address protection and prosecution of non Natives  who have chosen to live within Indian country. At some level, if you live there, just as tribal citizens off reservation, it seems fair that jurisdiction should apply. It is also not logistically feasible for federal or state governments to maintain the predominant criminal jurisdictional authority over Indian country. Non-Indian authorities are often situated far from reservations and do not have the manpower to thoroughly investigate and prosecute the high number of reservation crimes that fall under their jurisdiction post-Oliphant. And, as evidenced in the case of violence against Native women, follow through is non -existent. Native nations have the absolute right and need to protect our citizens.

As Cantwell testified, “The notion that this is somehow abrogating individual rights just because the crime takes place on a tribal reservation is incorrect. So I ask my colleagues, do you want to continue to have this unbelievable growth and petri dish of crime evolving? Because criminals know, when you have a porous border that is where they are going to go.”

Zapatistas Break Silence to Slam Mexico Elite

0

After years of silence, secluded in their base communities in Mexico’s impoverished south, indigenous Zapatista rebels have re-emerged with a series of public statements in recent weeks, attempting to reignite passions for their demands of “land, liberty, work and peace”.

On January 1, 2013, Subcommandante Marcos released a communique slamming the Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI) and its legacy of “theft”. The PRI, a party which ruled Mexico for 71 straight years prior to 2000, regained power in December. (Photo: AFP) In December, 40,000 Zapatista supporters marched through villages in Chiapas, re-asserting their presence. In January and February, Subcomandate Marcos – the Zapatistas’ pipe-smoking, non-indigenous spokesman and an international media darling – issued a series of communiques slamming the government of Mexican President Enrique Pena Nieto, a member of the Institutional Revolutionary Party (PRI) which assumed power in December.

“Our pains won’t be lessened by opening ourselves up to those that hurt all over the world,” Marcos wrote in late January, rallying supporters. “We will resist. We will struggle. Maybe we’ll die. But one, ten, one hundred times, we’ll always win.”

The group first made international headlines on January 1, 1994, when they captured six towns in Chiapas, Mexico’s southernmost state and one of the country’s poorest regions.

The Rand Corporation, a research group with links to the US military, said Chiapas is “characterised by tremendous age-old gaps between the wealthy and impoverished – kept wide by privileged landowners who ran feudal fiefdoms with private armies”.

“The Zapatistas are hoping… that people will create the conditions of autonomy and self-sufficiency in their local areas; they want supporters to bring the ideas of the revolution home.”

For nearly two decades, the Zapatistas have attempted to build a system of autonomous governance, emphasising indigenous dignity and collective agriculture. Indigenous members of the group could not be reached by Al Jazeera for comment, due in part to a lack of easy phone access.

‘Community building’

The group had been quiet in recent years before the December rally and subsequent communiques. “They have been busy, building up their base as a social movement at the community level, even if they hadn’t been in the media,” Mark Berger, visiting professor of defence analysis at the US Naval Postgraduate School, told Al Jazeera. There are between 100,000 and 200,000 people living in communities which support the Zapatistas, he said.

In recent communiques, Marcos has described Mexico’s government as a “zombie state” controlled by the elite, a statement which likely resonates among some sectors of the population in a country plagued by pervasive inequality and corruption. 

Previous attempts to unify Mexico’s social movements, from independent trade unionists, to feminists, students, punks and other indigenous people, have been met with mixed results. The “Other Campaign”, the last major outreach drive launched by the Zapatistas in 2006, was largely unsuccessful in building a national movement.

“The Other Campaign was very critical of electoral politics and it marked a fracture among the Mexican left,” Alán Arias Marín, a political scientist at the National Autonomous University of Mexico, told Al Jazeera. “Locally [in Chiapas] the movement still has support.”

Return of the PRI

Meanwhile, though, Mexico has been consumed with other problems, especially drug-related violence. For the last 12 years, Mexico had been governed by the conservative National Action Party (PAN), led by Vicente Fox and later Felipe Calderon. The PAN had little interest in dealing with the Zapatistas or the broader issues faced by indigenous Mexicans. Today, the PAN is out of office in a development that could change dynamics for the Zapatistas.

The PRI, which ruled Mexico for 71 uninterrupted years before 2000, was in power when the Zapatistas first rebelled. The return of what Peruvian author Mario Vargas Llosa called the “perfect dictatorship” in an election last year marred by allegations of fraud could benefit the Zapatistas as they seek to rebuild alliances with social movements outside of Chiapas and reinvigorate their national presence.

“The same people who poured into the Zocalo [Mexico City’s main square] to stop the government from imposing a strict military response to the rebellion [in 1994] are still there,” Richard Stahler-Sholk, an author of the book Latin American Social Movements in the Twenty-First Century, told Al Jazeera. “The Mexican government has unleashed militarisation on the country, with the encouragement of the US government, in response to drug violence.”

More than 70,000 people have died in drug-related mayhem since 2006 and the US has pledged more than $1.4bn in military aid to Mexico under the auspicies of fighting criminal cartels. 

With carnage raging in parts of Mexico, activists calling for a new approach to the “War on Drugs”, and an increasingly powerful student movement confronting the PRI, the Zapatistas have plenty of possible allies.

“I think there is a possibility that the Zapatistas and the student movement could well gain a lot more traction under a PRI-dominated political system,” Berger said.

Pena Nieto could become a lightning rod for protests, reacquainting the Zapatistas with their historic foe, the PRI. During his tenure as governor of Mexico State, Nieto oversaw the violent police crackdown against demonstrators in the city of San Salvador Atenco in 2006. Two demonstrators were killed and a group of women say they were sexually terrorised by security forces as they protested the extension of an airport.

The student movement #yosoy132 formed after a group of undergraduates questioned Nieto about the attacks during his presidential campaign in 2012. Angered by reports of electoral fraud and the PRI’s history of corruption, many students have been challenging the government.

‘Net war’

Mexico’s youth are not alone in opposing the status quo. 

“What began as a violent insurgency in an isolated region mutated into a nonviolent though no less disruptive social netwar that engaged the attention of activists from far and wide,” the Rand Corporation noted in an analysis of the Zapatistas and the internet. 

In mid-January, Anonymous, the diffuse internet activist movement, apparently launched a cyber-attack crashing the website of Mexico’s defence ministry, claiming to be in solidarity with the Zapatistas.

According to some analysts, the Zapatistas – and their early use of the internet to draw support – were the precursor of a new type of diffuse social movement such as Occupy Wall Street, #yosoy132, and anti-globalisation protests.

But the tangible benefits of internet activism and the outside support it garners can be fleeting. “The Zapatistas were trendy, and numerous international initiatives supported them,” Marín, the professor in Mexico City, said. But with the onset of the US-led war in Iraq, most NGOs started to have different concerns, he said, describing non-government organisations as “very fussy”.

In recent communiques, Marcos said the Zapatistas would reappraise their relationships with various foreign and domestic partners. Aid groups, particularly some charities, have been criticised by the masked revolutionaries.

Revolutionary ideas

If the drug war and the thousands of corpses left in its wake helped push the Zapatistas off the international agenda, the return of the PRI might make it easier for them to reclaim a place in national debates.

In the past, the PRI was widely believed to broker deals between the cartels to ensure stability. “The government will stop trying to go to war with organised crime so much,” Berger predicted of the new PRI administration. “That will allow more attention to other forms of politics.”

It remains unclear if the Zapatistas will be able to capitalise on these potential changes, but their re-emergence in the public eye is being met with interest across Mexico and beyond.

“Recent communications are specifically directed at re-activating their national and international base,” said one long-time supporter, who spoke on the condition of anonymity from Chiapas due to security concerns. “The Zapatistas are hoping, I think, that people will create the conditions of autonomy and self-sufficiency in their local areas; they want supporters to bring the ideas of the revolution home.”

© 2013 Al-Jazeera

Punishing Anti-Nuke Protesters

0

A twisted part of modern America is that harsh punishments are given to people who stand for truth and justice, while torturers and war criminals go free. That’s the case for Bradley Manning who released secrets and anti-nuclear protesters who tied “crime scene” tape to a nuke site, as John LaForge says.

Risking your personal freedom for a worthy cause is as American as apple pie. But nonviolently putting your life at risk in defense of others is so rare that the actor is sometimes dismissed as crazy.

Some people think the Transform Now Plowshares activists were crazy for sneaking into a nuclear weapons factory – the Y-12 National Security Complex in Oak Ridge, Tennessee – in order to make a direct, unequivocal and crystal clear demand for an end to the expensive, poisonous, criminal and delusional self-destructiveness of building nuclear bombs.

Of course Sr. Megan Rice, 82; Michael Walli, 63; and Greg Boertji-Obed, 57, are anything but crazy, even if they and could have been shot and killed for daring to snip through the flimsy chain-link fences that surround Y-12, and then walk up to its new storage fortress for bomb-grade uranium. That’s what they did in the wee hours of July 28, after decades of conscientious peace and anti-poverty work prepared them for what would likely be the most dangerous protest of their lives.

At the wall they strung “crime scene” tape because dirty bomb conspiracies are criminal enterprises. They spray-painted disarmament messages, poured blood and hoisted banners. Not a single guard responded. Wackenhut, the contracted security company, was so discredited – and later humiliated by disclosures of its own internal corruption – that its contract was cancelled, heads rolled, a new agency was hired, and over $15 million was spent trying to reestablish some semblance of a defended nuclear weapons complex.

In January, President and CEO of Wackenhut (also called G4S Gov’t Solutions) Paul Donahue told the Knoxville  News Sentinel, “The enemy of today is not just organized Nation States, but vandals, activists and protesters looking not necessarily to harm material, or people, but clearly seeking to embarrass.”

All three are out of jail on conditional release preparing for trial – set for May 7 – on three felony charges that together carry a maximum of 35 years on prison. Yes, 35 years for trespassing, spray painting and embarrassing.

But as the News Sentinel reported on Feb. 3, the bold intervenors know “that great change never comes easy.” Boertji-Obed told the paper, “People in other countries are frequently killed because of their struggle for justice.”

The three were back in federal court on Feb. 7 for a motion hearing before U.S. Magistrate Richard Shirley. They argued against the prosecuting U.S. Attorney’s attempt to exclude any testimony about, get this, “nuclear weapons,” or “international law,” or the defendants’ intention to practice crime prevention at Y-12.

The prosecutor’s motion “in limine,” or gag order, would, if granted, keep the jury from hearing a word about the outlaw status of the nuclear warheads. As with previous anti-nuclear cases, the defendants contend that binding U.S. treaties and military service manuals make nuclear weapons illegal because H-bombs can only produce uncontrollable, indiscriminate, toxic mass destruction using radioactive firestorms.

Considering the sociopathic turpitude of preparing the use of such devices, all Sr. Rice, Boertji-Obed and Walli are guilty of, they contend, is an attempt at citizen’s arrest. Of course, the government doesn’t want the jury to hear what the law says about planning and preparing massacres.

For his part, Magistrate Shirley said he wouldn’t exactly limit the discussions of the defendants’ intentions. But Shirley only presides over pretrial hearings. The trial itself will be run by a federal judge who will rule on the motion “in limine,” choose the jury instructions, and decide on questions of “contempt” in the event that forbidden words are uttered by lawyers, defendants or observers.

It’s a testament to the dominance of the H-bomb culture, that one of its judges can forbid defendants in a criminal case from explaining the basis for their actions, while wielding the power to impose 35 years in prison for nothing more than embarrassing that culture. The nuclear war system isn’t called “overkill” for nothing.

Half a Loaf

0

Tom Toles is a nationally syndicated editorial cartoonist. Toles, a Pulitzer Prize winner, skillfully targets political, economic and social concerns – in particular, complicated environmental issues. Toles has received the 2011 Herblock Prize, the National Headliners Award, The Week Magazine’s Cartoonist of the Year award, the Overseas Press Club Thomas Nast Award, the National Cartoonists Society Editorial Cartoonist of the Year award, the John Fischetti Award and the H.L. Mencken Free Press Award. He won the Pulitzer Prize for Editorial Cartooning in 1990.

Winning the Argument

0

Obama State of the Union.President Barack Obama waits with Sergeants at Arms and Members of Congress before entering the House Chamber to deliver the State of the Union address at the U.S. Capitol in Washington, D.C., February 12, 2013. (Photo: Pete Souza / White House)Washington – In his bid to be remembered as a transformational leader, President Obama is following the playbook of an ideological opposite, Margaret Thatcher. First you win the argument, she used to say, then you win the vote.

Obama is gradually winning the argument about what government can and should do. His State of the Union address was an announcement of that fact — and a warning to conservatives that to remain relevant, they will have to move beyond the premise that government is always the problem and never the solution.

It’s ridiculous for critics to charge that Tuesday night’s speech was not sufficiently bipartisan. Repairing the nation’s infrastructure is not a partisan issue; bridges rust at the same rate in Republican-held congressional districts as in Democratic ones. The benefits of universal preschool will accrue in red states as well as blue. Climate change is not deterred by the fact that a majority of the Republican caucus in the House doesn’t believe in it.

There is no bipartisan compromise between “do something” and “do nothing.” Obama’s re-election reflected the progress he has made in convincing Americans that “do something” is the only option — and that “do nothing” leads inexorably to decline.

Thatcher’s reshaping of British politics and governance is instructive. The Iron Lady came to power at a time when Britain was sinking. The ideological pendulum had swung too far to the left, and the nominally socialist Labor Party, architect of the modern British welfare state, was out of ideas. Thatcher’s Conservative government roused the nation from its torpor. She was an enormously polarizing figure, and much of what she did — fighting the unions, privatizing state industries and public housing — was met with bitter resistance.

Today, Britain remains one of the wealthiest countries in the world and continues to play a major role in international affairs. London is arguably the world’s pre-eminent financial center. I doubt any of this would be the case if Thatcher had not won the argument about how her nation should move forward.

When Obama took office, the United States was in a similar funk. Ronald Reagan’s conservative ideas had been corrupted by his followers into a kind of anti-government nihilism. Reagan wanted to shrink government; today’s Republican Party wants to destroy it.

Obama assumed leadership of a country in which inequality was growing and economic mobility declining, with the result that the American dream was becoming less attainable. It was a country whose primary and secondary schools lagged far behind international norms; whose airports, roads and bridges were showing their age; and, most important, whose path to continued prosperity, in the age of globalization and information technology, was not entirely clear.

Obama’s State of the Union speech was a detailed reiteration of his position that we can and must act to secure our future — and that government can and must be one of our principal instruments.

To understand why Americans re-elected Obama in November and sent more Democrats to both houses of Congress, consider the Republican response delivered by Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., following the president’s address.

Never mind the unforgettable moment when Rubio stooped almost out of sight and reached for a bottle of water, all the while trying to look straight ahead at the camera like John Cleese in some Monty Python sketch. I felt genuinely sorry for him — and appalled at the Republican Party’s incompetence at basic stagecraft. First they give Clint Eastwood an empty chair to perform with at the convention, and now this?

Even more unfortunate, in the end, was the utter lack of ideas in Rubio’s speech.

“More government isn’t going to help you get ahead, it’s going to hold you back,” Rubio said. Yet he also said that he never would have been able to go to college without government-backed student loans. And he spoke touchingly of how Medicare paid for the care his father received in his final days and the care his mother needs now.

I expected him to try to reconcile this contradiction. Instead, he went back to portraying government as something to be tamed rather than something to be used. To a majority of Republican primary voters, this makes sense. To the electorate as a whole, it might have made sense 30 years ago — but not today.

Margaret Thatcher never won the hearts of her many opponents. But by winning her, argument she shaped a nation’s future. There’s an increasing chance that historians will say the same of Barack Obama.

Pistorius: Girlfriend’s TV Show Goes Ahead

0

Producers are to broadcast a reality TV show featuring the dead girlfriend of athlete Oscar Pistorius later today, saying they have the backing of her family.

Tropika Island of Treasure, showing Reeva Steenkamp on location in Jamaica, will be broadcast despite her shocking death on St Valentine’s Day.

Miss Steenkamp, who had been going out with Pistorius since November, was shot four times at his house in a heavily guarded complex in Pretoria on Thursday.

Local media have reported that she was shot through a bathroom door. A 9mm pistol was found at the scene.

The decision to air the show emerged as Pistorius’ uncle said the athlete was “numb with shock, as well as grief” as he remained in custody facing charges of premeditated murder.

In the family’s first public comments since the shooting, Arnold Pistorius said they were “in total shock” by what he called an “unimaginable human tragedy”.

Tropika Island of Treasure producers said Miss Steenkamp’s family wanted her appearance on the reality show for South Africa’s national broadcaster to be aired as a tribute.

An excerpt of the programme has been released showing Miss Steenkamp swimming with dolphins and smiling broadly as she floats down a jungle-flanked river on a raft.

It also featured a poignant pre-recorded interview with the 29-year-old in which she talked about the importance of leaving a positive mark in life.

“The way that you go out and make your exit is so important, you have either made an impact in a positive way or a negative way,” she said.

Tropika Island of Treasure sees celebrities paired with contestants and put through a series of challenges as they compete for a cash prize.

Executive producer Samantha Moon said: “This is how they want to remember her. This is what she would have wanted. She was happy, healthy, beautiful and vibrant and that’s the way she should be remembered.”

Spokesman for broadcaster SABA, Kaizer Kganyago, said: “The mother agreed that we should go ahead and we are free to go ahead. We are working on how to pay tribute to her.”

Miss Steenkamp’s cousin, Sharon Steenkamp, said she “was proud of being in the show”.

“Her last words to us personally was that she wants us to watch it,” she said.

Production company Stimulii said it was “devastated” by the model’s death and described her as a “wonderful human being” with a “zest for life”.

Pistorius, who made history by competing in both the Olympics and Paralympics last year, sobbed through his first court appearance on Friday.

He is being held in a police cell ahead of a new hearing on February 19, when prosecutors are set to oppose any request for bail.

The chief magistrate delayed the bail hearing until next week at the request of the defence who asked for more time.

A statement issued by Pistorius’ family and management following the initial hearing said: “The alleged murder is disputed in the strongest terms.”

And in Saturday’s statement, Arnold Pistorius insisted there was “no substance” to the allegation of premeditated murder “or indeed any murder at all” as he spoke of his nephew’s happiness with the model and rising star.

“They had plans together and Oscar was happier in his private life than he had been for a long time,” he told the Associated Press.

“Words cannot adequately describe our feelings. The lives of our entire family have been turned upside down forever by this unimaginable human tragedy and Reeva’s family have suffered a terrible loss.

“As a family we are trying to be strong and supportive to Oscar as any close family would be in these dreadful circumstances.

“We deeply regret the allegation of premeditated murder. We have no doubt there is no substance to the allegation and that the State’s own case, including its own forensic evidence, strongly refutes any possibility of a premeditated murder or indeed any murder at all.”

Premeditated murder carries a mandatory life sentence in South Africa. If found guilty, Pistorius would not be eligible for parole for 25 years.

Meteor: Rescue Teams Rally To Recovery Effort

0

Divers are scouring the bottom of a Russian lake for the remains of meteor that plunged to Earth in a fireball and caused a booming shockwave.

Part of the space rock, which was the size of a bus and blazed across western Siberia, is believed to have landed in the frozen Lake Chebarkul.

Curious onlookers gathered nearby were stopped from venturing out on to the lake by police as the search continued.

Some 20,000 rescuers and recovery workers have already been dispatched to the region around Chelyabinsk to help stricken residents.

Experts are also examining major buildings in case they have been structurally damaged by the blast.

Around 1,100 people were injured and thousands of homes were damaged in the fallout from the strike in the Urals on Friday morning.

Residents who had poured into the streets to watch the light show after spotting the initial flash were wounded by glass shattered by the subsequent sonic boom.

Windows in more than 4,000 buildings across the region were blown out, sending glass flying, after what experts said was the largest recorded meteor strike in more than a century.

The authorities have promised to have them all fixed within a week but this is a long wait when even midday temperatures are -12C (10F).

Crews from glass companies in other regions are being flown in to help as volunteers and residents cover windows with plastic sheeting and gather warm clothes and food.

Some 15 people are still in hospital following the blast. The regional health ministry said one was in a coma.

Regional governor Mikhail Yurevich said the cost of the damage from the explosion is an estimated 1bn rubles (£21m).

As the recovery mission begins in earnest, the emergencies ministry said six divers would be inspecting the lake for any pieces of meteorite.

Emergencies Minister Vladimir Puchkov added: “We have a special team working … that is now assessing the seismic stability of buildings. We will be especially careful about switching the gas back on.”

Scientists will be desperate to examine the rock for any clues about the cosmos but Mr Puchkov said no fragments had yet been discovered.

The explosion appears to have been one of the most stunning cosmic events over Russia since 1908 when an asteroid was blamed for a massive blast in Siberia.

Nasa estimated that the amount of energy released when the meteor crashed into the Earth’s atmosphere was about 20 times more than the force of the Hiroshima nuclear bomb.                 

“We would expect an event of this magnitude to occur once every 100 years on average,” said Paul Chodas of Nasa’s Near-Earth Object Programme Office.

The drama happened just hours before an asteroid whizzed safely past the Earth at an unprecedented distance of 17,200 miles.

This is closer than some distant satellites and set alarm bells ringing in some Russian circles about the need for joint global action to protect Earth from space.

Russian parliament’s foreign affairs committee chief Alexei Pushkov wrote on Twitter: “Instead of fighting on Earth, people should be creating a joint system of asteroid defence.”

Yet Another Reason Why The Pope Might Be Resigning

0

This is relatively tame compared to the actual criminal charges expected to come out of the Los Angeles Catholic Church sex scandals. Even the news that a prominent founder of a religious order was seducing male seminarians and fathering children with two women isn’t unheard of. But the fact that the Vatican knew, yet looked the other way because said founder was recruiting a lot of new priests and large cash donations? Pretty hypocritical. I don’t think the church faithful are going to be all that happy about it:

PROVIDENCE, R.I. – Documents released Friday shed light on the inner workings of a secretive and now-disgraced Roman Catholic order called the http://www.thestate.com/2013/02/15/2635577/ri-records-show-inner-workings.html#.UR7jgqXCZ8E, including new details on how the organization took control of an elderly woman’s finances and persuaded her to bequeath it $60 million.

The documents, previously sealed in a lawsuit brought before Superior Court in Rhode Island, include thousands of pages of testimony from high-ranking leaders at the Legion, its members and relatives of wealthy widow Gabrielle Mee. They are the first-ever depositions of high-ranking Legion officials and include how the order’s former second-in-command learned in 2006 that its founder had fathered a child.

The No. 2 said he didn’t go public with the news of the paternity because the founder, the late Rev. Marcial Maciel, had already been sanctioned by the Holy See for having sexually abused seminarians and forced into a lifetime of penance and prayer.

Pope Benedict XVI took over the Legion in 2010 after a Vatican investigation determined that Maciel had lived a double life, including fathering three children by two women. The pope ordered a wholesale reform of the order and named a papal delegate to oversee it.

A Rhode Island Superior Court judge said last year that the documents raised a red flag because Mee, a steadfastly spiritual elderly woman, transferred millions to “clandestinely dubious religious leaders.” But they had been kept under seal until The Associated Press, The New York Times, the National Catholic Reporter and The Providence Journal intervened, arguing that they were in the public interest. The Legion had argued media coverage of the documents could taint prospective jurors if there was a trial.

The Legion scandal is significant because it shows how the Holy See willfully ignored credible allegations of abuse against Maciel for decades while holding him up as a model of sainthood for the faithful because he brought in money and vocations to the priesthood. The scandal, which has tarnished the legacy of Pope John Paul II [Editor’s note: John Paul II is currently on the fast track for sainthood], is the most egregious example of how the Vatican ignored decades of reports about sexually abusive priests because church leaders put the interests of the institution above those of the victims.

Mary Lou Dauray had alleged that her aunt, Mee, who died at age 96 in 2008, was defrauded by the Legion and unduly influenced by its priests into giving away her fortune. Her late husband was a onetime director of Fleet National Bank.

The Legion said that it didn’t exert undue influence over her decision-making and that the gifts were made of her own will.

Not In Our Backyard: Fighting Pollution in Richmond, California

0

Richmond, California is located in the San Francisco Bay Area, world-renowned for its natural coastal beauty. Though Richmond enjoys the ocean breezes like many of its neighbors, those breezes often come laden with chemical fumes, hazardous waste residues, and particulate matter. Richmond is one of the lowest-income communities in the Bay Area. It’s also one of the most toxic. But in recent years, Richmond’s also become a leader in the growing environmental justice movement, due in large part to lots of grassroots community action. On this edition, we’ll hear how community activists in this heavily polluted area are coming together to fight for environmental justice.

Special thanks to Richmond Confidential, a project of the Graduate School of Journalism at UC Berkeley, and reporter Sara Bernard.

Featuring:

Sherry Padgett, community activist; Gayle McLaughlin, Mayor of Richmond, California; Eric Blum, filmmaker; Sandy Saeturn, Asian Pacific Environmental Network organizer; Jessica Tovar, Communities for a Better Environment organizer; Nile Malloy, Communities for a Better Environment Program Director.

‘Forward’ on Fracking? Obama Scientist Makes Industry-Friendly Push for Gas Drilling Bonanza

0

One of Obama’s top scientific advisers has signaled that the White House is poised to make a major push for the controversial practice of known as fracking–which environmental campaigners say is a betrayal of a truly clean energy agenda and evidence that the administration still misunderstands the severity of the climate dangers associated with all forms of fossil fuels.

Green groups, progressives, and environmentalists, though not unaware of Obama’s long held “all of the above” approach to US energy may still be shocked to hear the degree to which the administration is gearing up for a push of the practice that studies show have dramatic negative impacts on the environment and communities close to drilling operations.(Photo: Star Tribune) The signals by Prof. William Press, an astrophysicist who heads the government-funded American Association for the Advancement of Science, were made at both an industry conference this week and in an interview with the Observer in the UK.

“The gas industry is straining to develop underground natural gas reserves across the nation and would love to know the exact rules and constraints by which it can carry out fracking in different states,” Press told the Observer’s Robin McKie. “Once they know that, they can get on with it.”

Press then indicated that Obama “could use executive orders to outline those rules in the very near future and so initiate widespread gas fracking in the US.”

Green groups, progressives, and environmentalists–though not unaware of Obama’s long held “all of the above” approach to US energy–may still be shocked to hear the degree to which the administration is gearing up for a push of the practice that studies show have dramatic negative impacts on the environment and communities close to drilling operations.

As economist Robert Pollin said in response to Obama’s State of the Union earlier this week, the good news was the president’s commitment to a clean energy future. The bad news? His continued commitment to a dirty energy future.

“Let’s get serious here: Natural gas is not a clean fuel,” Pollin said.

“Yes, emissions are only half as bad as with coal, and it is also modestly cleaner than oil. But that isn’t good enough. If we allow our natural gas production to expand significantly–or even to stay where it is today–there is no way we can reduce greenhouse gas emissions by anything close by the 40 percent that is necessary by 2030, and by 80 percent as of 2050.”

State level fights against fracking are ongoing in Texas, Ohio, Pennsylvanian, New York, and elsewhere as local communities fight back against gas giants trying to cash in on the fracking boom.

But Wenonah Hauter, executive director of Food & Water Watch, says the practice should be stopped in its tracks, not expanded. “Any position short of a ban on fracking is hurting the development of renewable energy and energy efficiency solutions in the long term,” she said, “saddling us with 50 years of infrastructure to continue fracking for gas that will be exported around the world.”

As McKie reports, the claim that natural gas is actually cleaner or less carbon intensive than coal or oil is disputed by environmentalists and scientific study:

Greenpeace says no proper analysis has been done on gas leakage from fracking sites. In particular, there is a fear that methane — which is a far more dangerous greenhouse gas than carbon dioxide — may be escaping from wells and adding to the warming of the atmosphere. Campaigners also claim that there have been more than 1,000 cases of groundwater contamination in the US because of fracking and have urged a moratorium on underground drilling.

And as Common Dreams reported last month:

New research on “alarmingly high methane emissions” brings further environmental scrutiny to natural gas extraction including fracking, and illustrates how the boom in the industry may well be a plan for climate disaster.

The findings, led by researchers at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), were presented at the American Geophysical Union (AGU) meeting in San Francisco, the journal Nature reports, and reiterated data the team first noted in February of 2012 that 4% of the methane produced at a field near Denver was escaping into the atmosphere. The team also presented preliminary findings from a Utah study that suggested an even higher rate of methane emissions–9% of the total production.

NOAA describes methane as 25 times more potent of a greenhouse gas than CO2.

“We were expecting to see high methane levels, but I don’t think anybody really comprehended the true magnitude of what we would see,” says Colm Sweeney, who led the aerial component of the study as head of the aircraft program at NOAA’s Earth System Research Laboratory in Boulder.

All of this happens amidst a growing climate movement in the US that is putting laser-like focus on the Obama administration to match presidential rhetoric with meaningful executive action. This is best highlighted by the ongoing fight around the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline, against which campaigners say they will determine if Obama is willing to show courage by defying the fossil fuel industry’s demand for building the pipeline.

On Sunday, over 200 organizations–led by 350.org, Sierra Club and the Hip Hop Caucus–are holding a rally in history in Washington, DC to apply public pressure on the president to oppose–”once and for all”–the Keystone XL project.

But the larger focus of the rally, called Forward on Climate, is to demand that Obama and his colleagues in Congress take notice of the changing political tide across the country in addition to the changing climate.

“We’re having the largest rally in U.S. history on climate change in the National Mall this Sunday,” said Sierra Club president Michael Brune. “And it’s coming at a time where there are several important decisions that the president will make: about mountain top removal, about fracking across the country, about drilling in the arctic, whether or not to build a deadly and destructive pipeline.”

“What we’re seeing is a resurgence of committed, passionate Americans who are willing to advocate and fight for clean energy,” Brune said.

So the voices are loud and clear. The questions remain: Will Obama listen to those leading the climate fight? And will he follow?

Michelle Rhee Allies With Corporate Pals To March On LA Schools

0

Screen Shot 2013-02-15 at 5.02.52 PM.png

As you read this, Michelle Rhee is marshaling the troops to march on for Los Angeles Unified School District students. Because we all know Rhee puts “Students First,” right? Here are her public reasons for the march:

  • To drive voter registration and turnout for school board and mayoral elections
  • To raise awareness of the unequal access to high quality education and the candidates’ platforms
  • To ask our candidates to listen to our community and commit to strengthening our public education system

There’s a subtext in those bullets, trying to influence Los Angeles as it has in Chicago or New York or Atlanta or any metropolitan city: Charter schools will solve the problem.

To that end, there’s a fierce battle between anti-charter incumbent board member Steve Zimmer and pro-charter challenger Kate Anderson raging right now, so let’s also assume the purpose of this march is to spread some love for Anderson and hopefully mount a battle for the entire Los Angeles Unified School District to be charterized (read privatized) sooner rather than later.

If you ever had any doubts that StudentsFirst was anything other than a corporate front, guess again. In 2011, StudentsFirst received $1 million from the Walton Family Foundation, $7 million from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, and $250,000 from the Doris and Donald Fisher Education Fund. The Walton family are the Wal-Mart founders and owners. Laura and John Arnold are a young couple from Texas with a lot of money and a vision to “go big.” John Arnold made most of his money as an Enron trader, so I’m sure former Enron employees are simply thrilled to know that someone who walked away with the big bucks is now looking to score on charter schools. In addition to his charitable giving, Arnold manages a hedge fund now. The Fishers are the founders of The Gap, and spend millions each year toward inserting charter schools in various districts.

More corporate philanthropy funds flowed to StudentsFirst via Education Reform Now, which was used as an incubator for StudentsFirst until their non-profit approval was received. Recently, StudentsFirst replaced their founding board with a new board. Those new members include Bill Cosby, Jennifer Johnson (COO of Franklin Resources, Inc), Joel Klein, former chancellor of New York Public Schools and now Executive VP for Rupert Murdoch’s News Corporation (Educational Products Division), and Jalen Rose, former NBA star, ESPN commentator and founder of the Jalen Rose Leadership Academy, a charter high school in Detroit.

Now why on earth are corporations so interested in charter schools? I’ve said here many times that they see education as an emerging market. Clearly Rupert Murdoch does, and so do many venture capitalists, which is why educational philanthropy grants read like venture capital proposals. Hedge fund managers love charter schools too, as Kristin Rawls at AlterNet explains:

Thanks to a little discussed law passed in 2000, at the end of Bill Clinton’s presidency, banks and equity funds that invest in charter schools and other projects in underserved areas can take advantage of a very generous tax credit — as much as 39% — to help offset their expenditure in such projects. In essence, that credit amounts to doubling the amount of money they have invested within just seven years. Moreover, they are allowed to combine that tax credit with job creation credits and other types of credit, as well collect interest payments on the money they are lending out — all of which can add up to far more than double in returns. This is, no doubt, why many big banks and equity funds are so invested in the expansion of charter schools. There is big money being made here — because investment is nearly a sure thing.

And it’s not just U.S. investors who see the upside of investing in charters. Rich donors throughout the world are now sending money to fund our charter schools. Why? Because if they invest at least $500,000 to charters under a federal program called EB-5, they’re allowed to purchase immigration visas for themselves and family members — yet another mechanism in place to ensure that the money keeps rolling in.

When media makes a big deal out of Michelle Rhee tromping around LA trumpeting about how much she cares for public schools, remember that she is merely facilitating even more big tax breaks for her corporate keepers.

I’ve been studying patterns of giving to education reform on the right and on the left. They’re not much different, largely because their ultimate goals converge. Lefties will make some soft murmurs about keeping schools public while conservatives will say straight out that their goal is breaking unions and privatizing education. If lefties were serious about keeping schools public, they would have gotten behind the idea of magnet schools within existing school district structures and managed by the districts. Instead they’ve all embraced the sainted public-private partnership as some excuse for handing our kids’ education to corporate interests.

The only ones no one is really thinking about seriously are the kids. Common Dreams reports:

Corporate school reformers promote privately operated but publicly funded “charter schools” as one of the key components of their profit-friendly approach to solving what they call the failure of traditional public schooling, but a new investigative report from Reuters shows that many such institutions disregard their own promises of inclusion and equal opportunity by creating barriers to needier students while targeting for enrollment those most likely to pad test scores or otherwise enhance their own promises of “success”.

The full report from Reuters is here. It isn’t pretty. It certainly lays bare the lies Michelle Rhee uses to get a foothold on the national stage and sell her education reform snake oil.

Hedge funds benefit. Bankers benefit. Philanthropists benefit. Children? Not so much.

The Planetary Crisis of Climate Change is Not Political… It’s Physics

0

I fear very much that our children, grandchildren and great- grandchildren are going to look back on this period in history and ask a very simple question: Where were they? Why didn’t the United States of America, the most powerful nation on earth, lead the international community in cutting greenhouse gas emissions and preventing the devastating damage that the scientific community was sure would come?

Let me be very clear. The issue that we are dealing with today is not political. It has nothing to do with Democrats, Republicans, Independents and all of the political squabbling we see here every day. It has everything to do with physics. The leading scientists in the world who study climate change now tell us that their projections in the past were wrong. That, in fact, the crisis facing our planet is much more serious than they had previously believed. They now tell us that if we continue along our merry path, where 12 out of the last 15 years were the warmest on record, and take no decisive action in transforming our energy system and cutting greenhouse gas emissions, this planet could be 8 degrees Fahrenheit or more warmer than is currently the case.

And what would that mean to planet Earth? It would mean sea levels rising by 3 to 6 feet which would flood cities like New Orleans, or Boston, or Miami — making them uninhabitable. And this would be true for coastal communities all over the world. It would mean that every year we would see more and more extreme weather disturbances, like Hurricanes Irene and Sandy – costing taxpayers tens of billions of dollars every year and resulting in devastating blows to our economy and productive capabilities.

We would see the price of food rising, because crops in the United States and around the world would be unable to grow in temperatures substantially higher than they are right now. It would mean greater threats of war and international instability because hungry and thirsty people would be fighting for limited resources. It would mean more disease and unnecessary deaths.

The legislation (pdf) that Senator Boxer and I introduced this week with the support of some of the leading environmental organizations in the country can actually address the crisis and does what has to be done to protect the planet. It can reverse greenhouse gas emissions in a significant way. It can create millions of jobs as we transform our energy system away from fossil fuel and into energy efficiency and such sustainably energies as wind, solar, geothermal and biomass.

A major focus of this legislation is a price on carbon and methane emissions. This fee on the largest fossil fuel polluters affects less than 3,000 entities nationwide but covers 85 percent of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions according to the Congressional Research Service. This legislation ends the fossil fuel subsidies, and protects communities by requiring that fracking operations comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act and disclose chemicals they use.

To protect families from fossil fuel companies jacking up prices, 60 percent of the carbon fee revenue will be rebated, per capita, to every legal U.S. resident.

To protect U.S. manufacturers, this legislation includes a border fee on imported fuels and products, unless the nation shipping them already has their own similar carbon price. That ensures a level playing field for U.S. businesses, while creating an incentive for international cooperation.

To transform our energy system, this legislation makes the boldest ever investment in energy efficiency and sustainable energy. That includes weatherizing 1 million homes a year as President Obama called for previously. It means tripling the budget for ARPA-E to do advanced research, and investing hundreds of billions through incentives and a public-private Sustainable Technologies Fund focusing on energy efficiency, solar and wind and geothermal and biomass, and clean transportation technology. We also provide funds to train workers for jobs in the sustainable energy economy. We provide funds to help communities become resilient in the face of extreme weather, and we pay down the debt by roughly $300 billion over ten years.

We have the opportunity right now, with the President’s commitment in the State of the Union, to make progress. The President can and must use his authority to cut down on power plant pollution, and reject the dangerous Keystone XL project. But he cannot give up on a comprehensive legislative solution, and neither can we. We will never fully deal with this crisis until Congress passes strong legislation. Senator Boxer and I are going to fight as hard as we can to do that, and we will work to rally support from American families all across this country that care deeply about their children and grandchildren’s future, and want to protect them from this planetary crisis.

The Planetary Crisis of Climate Change is Not Political… It’s Physics

0

I fear very much that our children, grandchildren and great- grandchildren are going to look back on this period in history and ask a very simple question: Where were they? Why didn’t the United States of America, the most powerful nation on earth, lead the international community in cutting greenhouse gas emissions and preventing the devastating damage that the scientific community was sure would come?

Let me be very clear. The issue that we are dealing with today is not political. It has nothing to do with Democrats, Republicans, Independents and all of the political squabbling we see here every day. It has everything to do with physics. The leading scientists in the world who study climate change now tell us that their projections in the past were wrong. That, in fact, the crisis facing our planet is much more serious than they had previously believed. They now tell us that if we continue along our merry path, where 12 out of the last 15 years were the warmest on record, and take no decisive action in transforming our energy system and cutting greenhouse gas emissions, this planet could be 8 degrees Fahrenheit or more warmer than is currently the case.

And what would that mean to planet Earth? It would mean sea levels rising by 3 to 6 feet which would flood cities like New Orleans, or Boston, or Miami — making them uninhabitable. And this would be true for coastal communities all over the world. It would mean that every year we would see more and more extreme weather disturbances, like Hurricanes Irene and Sandy – costing taxpayers tens of billions of dollars every year and resulting in devastating blows to our economy and productive capabilities.

We would see the price of food rising, because crops in the United States and around the world would be unable to grow in temperatures substantially higher than they are right now. It would mean greater threats of war and international instability because hungry and thirsty people would be fighting for limited resources. It would mean more disease and unnecessary deaths.

The legislation (pdf) that Senator Boxer and I introduced this week with the support of some of the leading environmental organizations in the country can actually address the crisis and does what has to be done to protect the planet. It can reverse greenhouse gas emissions in a significant way. It can create millions of jobs as we transform our energy system away from fossil fuel and into energy efficiency and such sustainably energies as wind, solar, geothermal and biomass.

A major focus of this legislation is a price on carbon and methane emissions. This fee on the largest fossil fuel polluters affects less than 3,000 entities nationwide but covers 85 percent of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions according to the Congressional Research Service. This legislation ends the fossil fuel subsidies, and protects communities by requiring that fracking operations comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act and disclose chemicals they use.

To protect families from fossil fuel companies jacking up prices, 60 percent of the carbon fee revenue will be rebated, per capita, to every legal U.S. resident.

To protect U.S. manufacturers, this legislation includes a border fee on imported fuels and products, unless the nation shipping them already has their own similar carbon price. That ensures a level playing field for U.S. businesses, while creating an incentive for international cooperation.

To transform our energy system, this legislation makes the boldest ever investment in energy efficiency and sustainable energy. That includes weatherizing 1 million homes a year as President Obama called for previously. It means tripling the budget for ARPA-E to do advanced research, and investing hundreds of billions through incentives and a public-private Sustainable Technologies Fund focusing on energy efficiency, solar and wind and geothermal and biomass, and clean transportation technology. We also provide funds to train workers for jobs in the sustainable energy economy. We provide funds to help communities become resilient in the face of extreme weather, and we pay down the debt by roughly $300 billion over ten years.

We have the opportunity right now, with the President’s commitment in the State of the Union, to make progress. The President can and must use his authority to cut down on power plant pollution, and reject the dangerous Keystone XL project. But he cannot give up on a comprehensive legislative solution, and neither can we. We will never fully deal with this crisis until Congress passes strong legislation. Senator Boxer and I are going to fight as hard as we can to do that, and we will work to rally support from American families all across this country that care deeply about their children and grandchildren’s future, and want to protect them from this planetary crisis.

Health Care Spending: A 21st Century Gold Rush

0

Winston Churchill once remarked, “Americans will always do the right thing, once they’ve exhausted all alternatives.” His observation, at least the second half of it, is proving itself as we continue to struggle with our health care system, especially its out-of-control costs that are crippling the budgets of businesses and government alike.

There is a lot of money in our health care system, and no enforceable budget. That leads to carelessness when it comes to spending that money.

What are some of the reasons health care costs continue to rise? Here are a few examples.

For at least the past 40 years, I’ve heard colleagues say, “We’d better get our fees and charges up now, because next year they’re really going to crack down on us.” It has never happened, yet. The problem is intensifying as outpatient “providers” have morphed from being real people into being corporations.

The Los Angeles Times reported on a case where a teacher’s group health plan was billed $87,500 by an “out of network” provider for a knee procedure that normally costs $3,000. Her health plan was willing to pay it. Outraged, the teacher ratted on the orthopedic surgicenter to California’s attorney general. After the press got involved, the charge was “reduced” to only $15,000. Not a bad pricing strategy, from the surgicenter’s point of view.

The New York Times reported an incident where a student who needed emergency gallbladder surgery ended up with a couple of “out-of-network” surgeons through no fault of his own. He was billed $60,000. His insurance company was willing to pay only $2,000. He was left to deal with the rest of the bill on his own.

There are many more examples. Privately insured patients are not the only ones affected. Governors around the country are continuing to struggle with how to pay for their Medicaid programs. In Oregon, Democratic Gov. John Kitzhaber is trying to find ways to impose a fixed budget on Oregon’s Medicaid program without adversely affecting Medicaid beneficiaries. But, he acknowledges, disciplining Medicaid alone will not do the job. He hopes his approach will be adopted by most other health insurance programs.

In Maine, Republican Gov. Paul LePage is struggling not only with how to keep up with burgeoning current Medicaid costs, but also how to pay the state’s almost $500 million past-due Medicaid debt to hospitals. He has proposed lowering liquor prices to boost sales, and mortgaging Maine’s future liquor revenues to secure bonds to pay the debt. His Republican colleagues in the Legislature have described this idea as “creative.”

One of the central features of Obamacare is the creation of “health insurance exchanges,” or online marketplaces. But the law has recognized that many people will need help making the right choices. So it has created an army of “navigators” to help them. A recent Washington Post story points out that a huge number of such experts will be necessary (California alone plans to certify 21,000 of them). Their cost will be reflected in higher health insurance premiums and has sparked opposition from insurance brokers who view them as competition. That will be an expensive fight, without increasing the amount going to actual health care by a single dollar.

Then there is the purchase of politicians by powerful corporate interests. When the Medicare prescription drug benefit was enacted in 2003, it was prohibited from negotiating lower drug prices, even though the veterans health system and many Medicaid programs are permitted to do so. The lead congressman pushing that provision retired from Congress soon after it was passed to take a lucrative job with the pharmaceutical industry. This has become standard practice in Washington.

And don’t forget the for-profit levels of compensation paid to the executives of nonprofit hospitals.

Meanwhile in Massachusetts, where Obamacare was born, health care costs are expected to rise six to 12 percent next year. Last year, their legislature passed a law capping increases in total private and public spending statewide, limiting them to the rate of growth of the Massachusetts economy. But the job of figuring out how to actually get it done was turfed to an “expert panel” of “stakeholders.” My bet is that such cost control will be difficult or impossible to achieve unless we simplify and centralize the way we finance health care.

Why does this financial abuse of taxpayers and patients continue? Because we let it. Americans often react to structural problems by simply throwing more money at them. We seem to be unable to say “no more.”

Maybe it’s time to revisit the part of Churchill’s comment about Americans always doing the right thing – by emulating the policies of most other wealthy countries. They have health care systems that are more popular than ours, provide better access to care, get better results, and are far less expensive.

Maybe it’s time to put everybody into a single, nonprofit system we can all support, within a budget acceptable to the majority of people. That arrangement would eliminate the political fights among people in different health insurance programs, each questioning change by asking, “How does it benefit me?”

Such a system would be best if done at a national level. But it could work initially at the level of individual states, such as Maine. That’s how the Canadians did it – one province at a time. If Maine could be one of the first states to do that, the people of Maine could truly say “Dirigo, I lead.”

© 2013 Bangor Daily News

Health Care Spending: A 21st Century Gold Rush

0

Winston Churchill once remarked, “Americans will always do the right thing, once they’ve exhausted all alternatives.” His observation, at least the second half of it, is proving itself as we continue to struggle with our health care system, especially its out-of-control costs that are crippling the budgets of businesses and government alike.

There is a lot of money in our health care system, and no enforceable budget. That leads to carelessness when it comes to spending that money.

What are some of the reasons health care costs continue to rise? Here are a few examples.

For at least the past 40 years, I’ve heard colleagues say, “We’d better get our fees and charges up now, because next year they’re really going to crack down on us.” It has never happened, yet. The problem is intensifying as outpatient “providers” have morphed from being real people into being corporations.

The Los Angeles Times reported on a case where a teacher’s group health plan was billed $87,500 by an “out of network” provider for a knee procedure that normally costs $3,000. Her health plan was willing to pay it. Outraged, the teacher ratted on the orthopedic surgicenter to California’s attorney general. After the press got involved, the charge was “reduced” to only $15,000. Not a bad pricing strategy, from the surgicenter’s point of view.

The New York Times reported an incident where a student who needed emergency gallbladder surgery ended up with a couple of “out-of-network” surgeons through no fault of his own. He was billed $60,000. His insurance company was willing to pay only $2,000. He was left to deal with the rest of the bill on his own.

There are many more examples. Privately insured patients are not the only ones affected. Governors around the country are continuing to struggle with how to pay for their Medicaid programs. In Oregon, Democratic Gov. John Kitzhaber is trying to find ways to impose a fixed budget on Oregon’s Medicaid program without adversely affecting Medicaid beneficiaries. But, he acknowledges, disciplining Medicaid alone will not do the job. He hopes his approach will be adopted by most other health insurance programs.

In Maine, Republican Gov. Paul LePage is struggling not only with how to keep up with burgeoning current Medicaid costs, but also how to pay the state’s almost $500 million past-due Medicaid debt to hospitals. He has proposed lowering liquor prices to boost sales, and mortgaging Maine’s future liquor revenues to secure bonds to pay the debt. His Republican colleagues in the Legislature have described this idea as “creative.”

One of the central features of Obamacare is the creation of “health insurance exchanges,” or online marketplaces. But the law has recognized that many people will need help making the right choices. So it has created an army of “navigators” to help them. A recent Washington Post story points out that a huge number of such experts will be necessary (California alone plans to certify 21,000 of them). Their cost will be reflected in higher health insurance premiums and has sparked opposition from insurance brokers who view them as competition. That will be an expensive fight, without increasing the amount going to actual health care by a single dollar.

Then there is the purchase of politicians by powerful corporate interests. When the Medicare prescription drug benefit was enacted in 2003, it was prohibited from negotiating lower drug prices, even though the veterans health system and many Medicaid programs are permitted to do so. The lead congressman pushing that provision retired from Congress soon after it was passed to take a lucrative job with the pharmaceutical industry. This has become standard practice in Washington.

And don’t forget the for-profit levels of compensation paid to the executives of nonprofit hospitals.

Meanwhile in Massachusetts, where Obamacare was born, health care costs are expected to rise six to 12 percent next year. Last year, their legislature passed a law capping increases in total private and public spending statewide, limiting them to the rate of growth of the Massachusetts economy. But the job of figuring out how to actually get it done was turfed to an “expert panel” of “stakeholders.” My bet is that such cost control will be difficult or impossible to achieve unless we simplify and centralize the way we finance health care.

Why does this financial abuse of taxpayers and patients continue? Because we let it. Americans often react to structural problems by simply throwing more money at them. We seem to be unable to say “no more.”

Maybe it’s time to revisit the part of Churchill’s comment about Americans always doing the right thing – by emulating the policies of most other wealthy countries. They have health care systems that are more popular than ours, provide better access to care, get better results, and are far less expensive.

Maybe it’s time to put everybody into a single, nonprofit system we can all support, within a budget acceptable to the majority of people. That arrangement would eliminate the political fights among people in different health insurance programs, each questioning change by asking, “How does it benefit me?”

Such a system would be best if done at a national level. But it could work initially at the level of individual states, such as Maine. That’s how the Canadians did it – one province at a time. If Maine could be one of the first states to do that, the people of Maine could truly say “Dirigo, I lead.”

© 2013 Bangor Daily News

Are Iranian Magnets the New Aluminum Tubes?

0

In the run up to the Iraq War, the New York Times (9/8/02) famously reported on an Iraqi scheme to procure special aluminum tubes that could only have one purpose: Iraq’s secret nuclear weapons program. Saddam Hussein was attempting to “buy thousands of specially designed aluminum tubes,” and the “diameter, thickness and other technical specifications of the aluminum tubes had persuaded American intelligence experts that they were meant for Iraq’s nuclear program.” The claims were false—Iraq, as it turned out, had no nuclear program—but still hugely influential.

Yesterday, on the front page of the Washington Post (2/14/13), reporter Joby Warrick has the scoop on what Iran is evidently up to:

Iran recently sought to acquire tens of thousands of highly specialized magnets used in centrifuge machines, according to experts and diplomats, a sign that the country may be planning a major expansion of its nuclear program that could shorten the path to an atomic weapons capability.

 Purchase orders obtained by nuclear researchers show an attempt by Iranian agents to buy 100,000 of the ring-shaped magnets—which are banned from export to Iran under U.N. resolutions—from China about a year ago, those familiar with the effort said.

 Warrick explains that this “has fueled Western concerns that Iran is planning a major expansion in its nuclear capacity that would allow it to make atomic weapons quickly if it chooses to do so.” That point was underscored by an anonymous source—identified as “a European diplomat with access to sensitive intelligence on Iran’s nuclear facilities, speaking on the condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the matter.”

We are told that the magnets are “made of an unusual alloy known as barium strontium ferrite” and that, like the Iraq tubes, they would seem to have only one purpose:

The specific dimensions spelled out in the order form match precisely—to a fraction of a millimeter—those of the powerful magnets used in the IR-1, a machine that spins at supersonic speeds to purify uranium gas into an enriched form that can be used in nuclear power plants.

So there are some striking similarities, a little over a decade apart.That’s not to say, of course, that yesterday’s propaganda is today’s propaganda; but perhaps some scrutiny is in order.

For starters, we know that Iran seeks to enrich more uranium for what is thus far known to be a peaceful atomic energy program. That they would attempt to purchase parts for those centrifuges might not be surprising; they are banned from doing so.

FireShot Screen Capture #352 - 'Untitled document - Google Drive' - docs_google_com_document_d_1igjB5Q7EIQOZVQbd_IjbRmtLUMWmm1ys73oO3slbUeU_editAnd some of Iran’s enriched uranium stockpile, as Warrick’s report acknowledges, has been converted into a metal form that would be difficult, if not impossible, to use for a nuclear weapon. So the real issue is not that Iran is enriching uranium, or wishes to enrich more of it; the question is what they intend to do with it. And so far all evidence suggests that they’re doing what they say they’re doing.

On a more technical level: Are these magnets only useful for uranium enrichment? The Post tells readers that these magnets are made of an “unusual alloy” and that the “specific dimensions spelled out in the order form match precisely—to a fraction of a millimeter” those of magnets needed for a specific centrifuge.

But a post at the Moon of Alabama blog (2/14/13) raises some interesting questions. It argues that the magnets in question could have many industrial uses, and that the any such components would need to be precise—within a “fraction of a millimeter” sounds close enough, but in this kind of mechanical engineering close might not cut it. The document obtained by the Institute for Science and International Security (ISIS) that is the basis of this piece is posted on their website, but the technical details are redacted.

This is important not because it proves the Post is wrong; the point is that recent history tells us that often things are not what they appear to be. With respect to Iran, there was a flood of stories in November 2011—most prominent among them one by the Post‘s Warrick— that claimed Iran was conducting research on explosives that could only be connected to a nuclear weapons program. But skeptics and experts looked at the intelligence and concluded that the research in question could very easily be part of an industrial nanodiamonds program.

It’s worth noting that back in 2002 there was one newspaper that poured cold water on the Iraq tubes story. It was the Washington Post. The reporter? The same Joby Warrick who wrote this story about Iranian magnets. And whose expertise did he rely on? David Albright of ISIS—the very same person pushing the Iran story now.

© 2013 FAIR

Are Iranian Magnets the New Aluminum Tubes?

0

In the run up to the Iraq War, the New York Times (9/8/02) famously reported on an Iraqi scheme to procure special aluminum tubes that could only have one purpose: Iraq’s secret nuclear weapons program. Saddam Hussein was attempting to “buy thousands of specially designed aluminum tubes,” and the “diameter, thickness and other technical specifications of the aluminum tubes had persuaded American intelligence experts that they were meant for Iraq’s nuclear program.” The claims were false—Iraq, as it turned out, had no nuclear program—but still hugely influential.

Yesterday, on the front page of the Washington Post (2/14/13), reporter Joby Warrick has the scoop on what Iran is evidently up to:

Iran recently sought to acquire tens of thousands of highly specialized magnets used in centrifuge machines, according to experts and diplomats, a sign that the country may be planning a major expansion of its nuclear program that could shorten the path to an atomic weapons capability.

 Purchase orders obtained by nuclear researchers show an attempt by Iranian agents to buy 100,000 of the ring-shaped magnets—which are banned from export to Iran under U.N. resolutions—from China about a year ago, those familiar with the effort said.

 Warrick explains that this “has fueled Western concerns that Iran is planning a major expansion in its nuclear capacity that would allow it to make atomic weapons quickly if it chooses to do so.” That point was underscored by an anonymous source—identified as “a European diplomat with access to sensitive intelligence on Iran’s nuclear facilities, speaking on the condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the matter.”

We are told that the magnets are “made of an unusual alloy known as barium strontium ferrite” and that, like the Iraq tubes, they would seem to have only one purpose:

The specific dimensions spelled out in the order form match precisely—to a fraction of a millimeter—those of the powerful magnets used in the IR-1, a machine that spins at supersonic speeds to purify uranium gas into an enriched form that can be used in nuclear power plants.

So there are some striking similarities, a little over a decade apart.That’s not to say, of course, that yesterday’s propaganda is today’s propaganda; but perhaps some scrutiny is in order.

For starters, we know that Iran seeks to enrich more uranium for what is thus far known to be a peaceful atomic energy program. That they would attempt to purchase parts for those centrifuges might not be surprising; they are banned from doing so.

FireShot Screen Capture #352 - 'Untitled document - Google Drive' - docs_google_com_document_d_1igjB5Q7EIQOZVQbd_IjbRmtLUMWmm1ys73oO3slbUeU_editAnd some of Iran’s enriched uranium stockpile, as Warrick’s report acknowledges, has been converted into a metal form that would be difficult, if not impossible, to use for a nuclear weapon. So the real issue is not that Iran is enriching uranium, or wishes to enrich more of it; the question is what they intend to do with it. And so far all evidence suggests that they’re doing what they say they’re doing.

On a more technical level: Are these magnets only useful for uranium enrichment? The Post tells readers that these magnets are made of an “unusual alloy” and that the “specific dimensions spelled out in the order form match precisely—to a fraction of a millimeter” those of magnets needed for a specific centrifuge.

But a post at the Moon of Alabama blog (2/14/13) raises some interesting questions. It argues that the magnets in question could have many industrial uses, and that the any such components would need to be precise—within a “fraction of a millimeter” sounds close enough, but in this kind of mechanical engineering close might not cut it. The document obtained by the Institute for Science and International Security (ISIS) that is the basis of this piece is posted on their website, but the technical details are redacted.

This is important not because it proves the Post is wrong; the point is that recent history tells us that often things are not what they appear to be. With respect to Iran, there was a flood of stories in November 2011—most prominent among them one by the Post‘s Warrick— that claimed Iran was conducting research on explosives that could only be connected to a nuclear weapons program. But skeptics and experts looked at the intelligence and concluded that the research in question could very easily be part of an industrial nanodiamonds program.

It’s worth noting that back in 2002 there was one newspaper that poured cold water on the Iraq tubes story. It was the Washington Post. The reporter? The same Joby Warrick who wrote this story about Iranian magnets. And whose expertise did he rely on? David Albright of ISIS—the very same person pushing the Iran story now.

© 2013 FAIR

US Still Acquiescing in Bahraini Crackdown

0

Two years ago this week, the Bahraini monarchy started cracking down on its people. It’s still at it, with the complicity of the Obama Administration.

On February 14, 2011, Bahrainis embarked on their version of the Arab Spring, running up against official repression immediately. The protests so unnerved the regime that it called upon the Saudis to invade the country. The Saudis did so a month later with the acquiescence, at least, of the Obama Administration, and a long night descended upon the island nation.

Dozens of protesters have been killed at the hands of the security forces over the past two years. Hundreds are in jail. Just last month, the Bahraini appeals court confirmed life sentences for seven prominent activists, including Abdulhadi al-Khawaja, who had staged a long hunger strike in protest against his mistreatment.

Over the past year, “the government shifted from talking about reforms to silencing critical voices, banning demonstrations, and restricting access to independent journalists and rights organizations,” Human Rights Watch Deputy Middle East Director Joe Stork recently stated. “These actions thoroughly discredit claims by Bahraini authorities of respecting human rights.”

The demonstrators persevere.

“Protests have taken place every day for the past few weeks,” reports Reese Erlich (a contributor to The Progressive) for NPR. “A group of six traditional opposition parties, headed by the Al Wefaq National Islamic Society, continue to mobilize the largest numbers. But the February 14 Youth Coalition has challenged those parties with more radical demands and militant tactics.”

And the toll continues to rise.

“In Bahrain, a teenage boy has been killed by security forces during protests marking the second anniversary of the country’s pro-democracy uprising,” Democracy Now reports. “Opposition activists said Hussain al-Jaziri died from shotgun wounds. At least eighty-seven people have died at the hands of security forces in the Gulf nation since 2011.”

The United States has played a hypocritical and pernicious role here. A mix of security considerations, Iranophobia, and oil has put the Obama team on the wrong side of democracy. The U.S. Fifth Fleet is stationed in Bahrain. The uprising has acquired a sectarian hue for some due to the Shiite majority confronting the Sunni monarchy. Shiite Iran has been accused (with scant evidence) of fishing in troubled waters. And the United States believes it can’t afford to alienate such a crucial supplier of oil as Saudi Arabia. Hence, its response to the Bahraini crackdown has been coldhearted.

“Even the most basic steps that were taken against other governments during these mass uprisings that the Middle East and North Africa region has witnessed, we haven’t seen those steps taken towards Bahrain,” activist Maryam al-Khawaja (daughter of Abdulhadi al-Khawaja) tells Democracy Now. “We’ve been seeing the selling of arms to Bahrain by the United States and the United Kingdom and others, ongoing business as usual when it comes to economic deals and so on–all in the name of security.”

The cozying up to the Bahraini monarchy seems to be a bipartisan venture. “Met w/ #Bahrain’s King Hamad bin Isa al-Khalifa this weekend,” Senator John McCain tweeted in December.

In all the tumult, Bahraini women have been in the forefront of the uprising.

“I watched one woman singlehandedly organize activities for traumatized children of martyrs and prisoners,” Jen Marlowe wrote in the November issue of The Progressive. “I accompanied two female doctors from Physicians for Human Rights as they went from house to house, documenting the long-term affects of continuous exposure to tear gas. I stood next to a fearless young woman who photographed riot police attacking protestors with tear gas. I interviewed a defiant female university student just hours after her release from prison, where she had been sexually abused.”

Last month, thirty human rights organizations from around the world sent a letter to President Obama urging him to apply pressure to get pro-democracy campaigners released.

“Dear Mr. President,” the letter reads, “The Gulf Center for Human Rights (GCHR) and the Bahrain Center for Human Rights (BCHR), as well as the undersigned human rights organizations, call on you to take substantive action towards securing the immediate release of thirteen activists and human rights defenders who are arbitrarily detained in Bahrain.”

Obama needs to heed their plea, instead of coddling a repressive monarchy.

© 2012 The Progressive

US Still Acquiescing in Bahraini Crackdown

0

Two years ago this week, the Bahraini monarchy started cracking down on its people. It’s still at it, with the complicity of the Obama Administration.

On February 14, 2011, Bahrainis embarked on their version of the Arab Spring, running up against official repression immediately. The protests so unnerved the regime that it called upon the Saudis to invade the country. The Saudis did so a month later with the acquiescence, at least, of the Obama Administration, and a long night descended upon the island nation.

Dozens of protesters have been killed at the hands of the security forces over the past two years. Hundreds are in jail. Just last month, the Bahraini appeals court confirmed life sentences for seven prominent activists, including Abdulhadi al-Khawaja, who had staged a long hunger strike in protest against his mistreatment.

Over the past year, “the government shifted from talking about reforms to silencing critical voices, banning demonstrations, and restricting access to independent journalists and rights organizations,” Human Rights Watch Deputy Middle East Director Joe Stork recently stated. “These actions thoroughly discredit claims by Bahraini authorities of respecting human rights.”

The demonstrators persevere.

“Protests have taken place every day for the past few weeks,” reports Reese Erlich (a contributor to The Progressive) for NPR. “A group of six traditional opposition parties, headed by the Al Wefaq National Islamic Society, continue to mobilize the largest numbers. But the February 14 Youth Coalition has challenged those parties with more radical demands and militant tactics.”

And the toll continues to rise.

“In Bahrain, a teenage boy has been killed by security forces during protests marking the second anniversary of the country’s pro-democracy uprising,” Democracy Now reports. “Opposition activists said Hussain al-Jaziri died from shotgun wounds. At least eighty-seven people have died at the hands of security forces in the Gulf nation since 2011.”

The United States has played a hypocritical and pernicious role here. A mix of security considerations, Iranophobia, and oil has put the Obama team on the wrong side of democracy. The U.S. Fifth Fleet is stationed in Bahrain. The uprising has acquired a sectarian hue for some due to the Shiite majority confronting the Sunni monarchy. Shiite Iran has been accused (with scant evidence) of fishing in troubled waters. And the United States believes it can’t afford to alienate such a crucial supplier of oil as Saudi Arabia. Hence, its response to the Bahraini crackdown has been coldhearted.

“Even the most basic steps that were taken against other governments during these mass uprisings that the Middle East and North Africa region has witnessed, we haven’t seen those steps taken towards Bahrain,” activist Maryam al-Khawaja (daughter of Abdulhadi al-Khawaja) tells Democracy Now. “We’ve been seeing the selling of arms to Bahrain by the United States and the United Kingdom and others, ongoing business as usual when it comes to economic deals and so on–all in the name of security.”

The cozying up to the Bahraini monarchy seems to be a bipartisan venture. “Met w/ #Bahrain’s King Hamad bin Isa al-Khalifa this weekend,” Senator John McCain tweeted in December.

In all the tumult, Bahraini women have been in the forefront of the uprising.

“I watched one woman singlehandedly organize activities for traumatized children of martyrs and prisoners,” Jen Marlowe wrote in the November issue of The Progressive. “I accompanied two female doctors from Physicians for Human Rights as they went from house to house, documenting the long-term affects of continuous exposure to tear gas. I stood next to a fearless young woman who photographed riot police attacking protestors with tear gas. I interviewed a defiant female university student just hours after her release from prison, where she had been sexually abused.”

Last month, thirty human rights organizations from around the world sent a letter to President Obama urging him to apply pressure to get pro-democracy campaigners released.

“Dear Mr. President,” the letter reads, “The Gulf Center for Human Rights (GCHR) and the Bahrain Center for Human Rights (BCHR), as well as the undersigned human rights organizations, call on you to take substantive action towards securing the immediate release of thirteen activists and human rights defenders who are arbitrarily detained in Bahrain.”

Obama needs to heed their plea, instead of coddling a repressive monarchy.

© 2012 The Progressive

The Great Wealth Robbery

0

Two important events took place this week. One was President Obama’s call for a higher minimum wage, which got a lot of attention. The other was a new report which showed just how much of our nation’s wealth continues to be hijacked by the wealthiest among us.

That didn’t get much attention.

There’s a Great Robbery underway, although most of its perpetrators don’t see themselves as robbers. Instead they’re sustained by delusions that protect them from facing the consequences of their own actions.

Heads I Win …

An updated report from economist Emmanuel Saez details the loss of income suffered by 99 percent of Americans, and the parallel gains made by the wealthiest among us. Its most startling finding may be this: The top 1 percent has captured 121 percent of the increases in income since the worst of the financial crisis, while the rest of the country has continued to fall behind.

If you thought the rich recovered from the crisis just fine but everybody else got the short end of the stick, relax: You’re not crazy. And since the financial crisis was caused by members of the 1 percent — not all of them, of course, just the ones we spent so much to rescue — it’s understandable if the injustice still rankles you.

You rescued them. Now they’re drinking your milkshake.

Tails You Lose

But this wealth shift is not a new phenomenon. As Saez notes in his paper, “After decades of stability … the top decile share has increased dramatically over the last twenty-five years.” In fact, the top 10 percent’s share of our national income is higher than it’s been since 1917 – and maybe longer. (The figures don’t go back any farther than that.)

Although it began during the Reagan years, to a certain extent this wealth shift has been a bipartisan phenomenon. During the Clinton boom years (more of a bubble, actually; Dean Baker has the details) the top 1 percent saw their real income grow by 98.7 percent, while the other 99 saw a smaller increase of 20.3 percent. They lost more during the recession that followed — a little over 30 percent, as opposed to 6.5 percent for everyone else — but more than made up the difference again during the Bush years.

The same thing happened during the Great Recession: The top 1 percent lost more during the initial shock, but they’re rapidly making up the difference now. Government policy’s been designed to help them. (Meanwhile, underwater homeowners still don’t have the help they need.)

The disparities are even greater when you include capital gains. (Saez uses pre-tax income for his figures. Given the generous tax breaks for capital gains and the many loopholes used by the wealthy,the after-tax differences could be even greater.) There’s even economic injustice at the top. Gains for the one percent have far outstripped those of the top five and top ten percent.

As the old song says: Them that has, gets.

If you can remember the sixties you weren’t there … or can’t afford to remember

The minimum wage has been falling since 1968. As John Schmitt notes in his paper, “The Minimum Wage Is Too Damn Low,” “By all of the most commonly used benchmarks — inflation, average wages, and productivity — the minimum wage is now far below its historical level.”

It’s currently $7.25. What would it have been if it had been tied to a commonly-used benchmark? Schmitt ran the numbers:

Consumer Price Index (CPI-I): $10.52

Current CPI methodology (CPI-U-RS): $9.22

As a percentage of average production worker’s earnings: $10.01

And if it had been tied to productivity gains the minimum wage would be $21.72 today. But that cream was skimmed off at the top.

Magical Thinking

There’s a myth in this country that enormous wealth doesn’t come from anywhere or anyone, that it’s self-creating and self-sustaining, thriving on pure oxygen like an epiphyte or a garden fairy. In reality, highly concentrated wealth is caused by actions — human actions with human consequences.

Saez: “A number of factors may help explain this increase in inequality, not only underlying technological changes but also the retreat of institutions developed during the New Deal and World War II — such as progressive tax policies, powerful unions, corporate provision of health and retirement benefits, and changing social norms regarding pay inequality.”

Wealth inequity is created whenever an employer lowers his employees’ wages, replaces a full-time worker with several part-timers, busts a union, cuts corners on workplace safety, or pays a lobbyist to change the rules.

It’s created whenever a job is shipped overseas, and when investments are shifted from job-producing industries to the non-productive financial sector. It’s created when GE outsources its manufacturing operation and gets into the banking (read, “gambling with taxpayers’ money”) business. Or when AIG stops insuring risk and starts betting on it.

And the process isn’t slowing down. In fact, it seems to be accelerating.

As Saez says, “We need to decide as a society whether this increase in income inequality is efficient and acceptable and, if not, what mix of institutional and tax reforms should be developed to counter it.”

Up

President Obama’s proposal is modest, and there’s no reason not to enact it immediately. For those who believe that businesses “can’t afford” to pay higher wages, some key facts:

Most low-wage workers work for large corporations, not Mom-and-Pop businesses.

A Data Brief from the National Employment Law Project finds that 66 percent of low-wage employees work for companies with more than 100 employees. A handful of very large corporations collectively employ nearly 8 million low-wage employees.

There’s no evidence minimum wage increases mean fewer jobs.

Opponents say a higher minimum wage means fewer jobs. But the official U.S. unemployment rate in 1968, when the real minimum wage was highest, was 3.6 percent. Today it’s 7.8 percent — and the unofficial numbers are even worse. At the state level,  the Fiscal Policy Institute recently concluded that “states with minimum wages above the federal level have had faster small business and retail job growth.”

Ninety-two percent of the 50 largest low‐wage employers in the country were profitable last year.

As the NELP notes, big corporations more than recovered from the recession: 75 percent are collecting more revenue, 63 percent are earning higher profits, and 73 percent have higher cash holdings than they did before the crisis.

Bringing It All Back Home

The real “job creators” aren’t the ultra-wealthy. If they could create jobs with all their added wealth, they would have done it already. The real job creators are working people with jobs.

They don’t invest their money in hedge funds or stash it in offshore accounts. They spend it: on food, transportation, their kids’ education, maybe a night at the movies … And then other people get jobs making those things possible.

We have a working model to follow: The USA in the 35 years after World War II. As Paul Krugman says, “To the extent that people say the economics is confusing or uncertain, that’s overwhelmingly because people want it to be.” We know how to do this.

Raising the minimum wage is a start. A maximum wage would help, too, by reducing CEOs’ incentives to emphasize quarterly gains over long-term growth and leaving more to be shared with employees.

We also need a national strategy for regaining the more reasonable distribution of income this country had in the 1950s. We need to ensure that the door of opportunity, which is closing every day for millions of young people, is opened again. And we need to ask the wealthiest to really pay their fair share — at something closer to the top tax rates of the 1950’s or 1960’s. (Elvis Presley’s manager “Colonel” Tom Parker once said “I consider it my patriotic duty to keep Elvis in the ninety percent tax bracket.”)

Most of all, we need to educate those around us so they understand what’s happening. That includes the well-intentioned well-to-do, who might do more to end the problem if they knew it existed.  After all, you can’t stop a robbery until you know it’s happening.

© 2013 Campaign for America’s Future

The Great Wealth Robbery

0

Two important events took place this week. One was President Obama’s call for a higher minimum wage, which got a lot of attention. The other was a new report which showed just how much of our nation’s wealth continues to be hijacked by the wealthiest among us.

That didn’t get much attention.

There’s a Great Robbery underway, although most of its perpetrators don’t see themselves as robbers. Instead they’re sustained by delusions that protect them from facing the consequences of their own actions.

Heads I Win …

An updated report from economist Emmanuel Saez details the loss of income suffered by 99 percent of Americans, and the parallel gains made by the wealthiest among us. Its most startling finding may be this: The top 1 percent has captured 121 percent of the increases in income since the worst of the financial crisis, while the rest of the country has continued to fall behind.

If you thought the rich recovered from the crisis just fine but everybody else got the short end of the stick, relax: You’re not crazy. And since the financial crisis was caused by members of the 1 percent — not all of them, of course, just the ones we spent so much to rescue — it’s understandable if the injustice still rankles you.

You rescued them. Now they’re drinking your milkshake.

Tails You Lose

But this wealth shift is not a new phenomenon. As Saez notes in his paper, “After decades of stability … the top decile share has increased dramatically over the last twenty-five years.” In fact, the top 10 percent’s share of our national income is higher than it’s been since 1917 – and maybe longer. (The figures don’t go back any farther than that.)

Although it began during the Reagan years, to a certain extent this wealth shift has been a bipartisan phenomenon. During the Clinton boom years (more of a bubble, actually; Dean Baker has the details) the top 1 percent saw their real income grow by 98.7 percent, while the other 99 saw a smaller increase of 20.3 percent. They lost more during the recession that followed — a little over 30 percent, as opposed to 6.5 percent for everyone else — but more than made up the difference again during the Bush years.

The same thing happened during the Great Recession: The top 1 percent lost more during the initial shock, but they’re rapidly making up the difference now. Government policy’s been designed to help them. (Meanwhile, underwater homeowners still don’t have the help they need.)

The disparities are even greater when you include capital gains. (Saez uses pre-tax income for his figures. Given the generous tax breaks for capital gains and the many loopholes used by the wealthy,the after-tax differences could be even greater.) There’s even economic injustice at the top. Gains for the one percent have far outstripped those of the top five and top ten percent.

As the old song says: Them that has, gets.

If you can remember the sixties you weren’t there … or can’t afford to remember

The minimum wage has been falling since 1968. As John Schmitt notes in his paper, “The Minimum Wage Is Too Damn Low,” “By all of the most commonly used benchmarks — inflation, average wages, and productivity — the minimum wage is now far below its historical level.”

It’s currently $7.25. What would it have been if it had been tied to a commonly-used benchmark? Schmitt ran the numbers:

Consumer Price Index (CPI-I): $10.52

Current CPI methodology (CPI-U-RS): $9.22

As a percentage of average production worker’s earnings: $10.01

And if it had been tied to productivity gains the minimum wage would be $21.72 today. But that cream was skimmed off at the top.

Magical Thinking

There’s a myth in this country that enormous wealth doesn’t come from anywhere or anyone, that it’s self-creating and self-sustaining, thriving on pure oxygen like an epiphyte or a garden fairy. In reality, highly concentrated wealth is caused by actions — human actions with human consequences.

Saez: “A number of factors may help explain this increase in inequality, not only underlying technological changes but also the retreat of institutions developed during the New Deal and World War II — such as progressive tax policies, powerful unions, corporate provision of health and retirement benefits, and changing social norms regarding pay inequality.”

Wealth inequity is created whenever an employer lowers his employees’ wages, replaces a full-time worker with several part-timers, busts a union, cuts corners on workplace safety, or pays a lobbyist to change the rules.

It’s created whenever a job is shipped overseas, and when investments are shifted from job-producing industries to the non-productive financial sector. It’s created when GE outsources its manufacturing operation and gets into the banking (read, “gambling with taxpayers’ money”) business. Or when AIG stops insuring risk and starts betting on it.

And the process isn’t slowing down. In fact, it seems to be accelerating.

As Saez says, “We need to decide as a society whether this increase in income inequality is efficient and acceptable and, if not, what mix of institutional and tax reforms should be developed to counter it.”

Up

President Obama’s proposal is modest, and there’s no reason not to enact it immediately. For those who believe that businesses “can’t afford” to pay higher wages, some key facts:

Most low-wage workers work for large corporations, not Mom-and-Pop businesses.

A Data Brief from the National Employment Law Project finds that 66 percent of low-wage employees work for companies with more than 100 employees. A handful of very large corporations collectively employ nearly 8 million low-wage employees.

There’s no evidence minimum wage increases mean fewer jobs.

Opponents say a higher minimum wage means fewer jobs. But the official U.S. unemployment rate in 1968, when the real minimum wage was highest, was 3.6 percent. Today it’s 7.8 percent — and the unofficial numbers are even worse. At the state level,  the Fiscal Policy Institute recently concluded that “states with minimum wages above the federal level have had faster small business and retail job growth.”

Ninety-two percent of the 50 largest low‐wage employers in the country were profitable last year.

As the NELP notes, big corporations more than recovered from the recession: 75 percent are collecting more revenue, 63 percent are earning higher profits, and 73 percent have higher cash holdings than they did before the crisis.

Bringing It All Back Home

The real “job creators” aren’t the ultra-wealthy. If they could create jobs with all their added wealth, they would have done it already. The real job creators are working people with jobs.

They don’t invest their money in hedge funds or stash it in offshore accounts. They spend it: on food, transportation, their kids’ education, maybe a night at the movies … And then other people get jobs making those things possible.

We have a working model to follow: The USA in the 35 years after World War II. As Paul Krugman says, “To the extent that people say the economics is confusing or uncertain, that’s overwhelmingly because people want it to be.” We know how to do this.

Raising the minimum wage is a start. A maximum wage would help, too, by reducing CEOs’ incentives to emphasize quarterly gains over long-term growth and leaving more to be shared with employees.

We also need a national strategy for regaining the more reasonable distribution of income this country had in the 1950s. We need to ensure that the door of opportunity, which is closing every day for millions of young people, is opened again. And we need to ask the wealthiest to really pay their fair share — at something closer to the top tax rates of the 1950’s or 1960’s. (Elvis Presley’s manager “Colonel” Tom Parker once said “I consider it my patriotic duty to keep Elvis in the ninety percent tax bracket.”)

Most of all, we need to educate those around us so they understand what’s happening. That includes the well-intentioned well-to-do, who might do more to end the problem if they knew it existed.  After all, you can’t stop a robbery until you know it’s happening.

© 2013 Campaign for America’s Future

Big Corporations Put Up Seed Funding for Republican Dark Money Group

0


Just a sample of the State Government Leadership Foundation’s work.

By Justin Elliott, ProPublica

Some of the nation’s biggest corporations donated more than a million dollars to launch a Republican nonprofit that went on to play a key role in recent political fights.

Like the nonprofit groups that poured money into last year’s elections, the decade-old State Government Leadership Foundation has been able to keep the identities of its funders secret. Until now.

A records request by ProPublica to the IRS turned up a list of the original funders of the group: Exxon, Pfizer, Time Warner, and other corporations put up at least 85 percent of the $1.3 million the foundation raised in the first year and a half of its existence, starting in 2003.

The donor list is stamped “not for public disclosure,” and was submitted to the IRS as part of the foundation’s application for recognition of tax-exempt status. If approved, such applications are public records.

The foundation and other similar nonprofits are allowed to take anonymous and unlimited donations from individuals or corporations. That’s because they are classified as “social welfare” nonprofits, which are supposed to benefit the community at large, and not just one group or political party.

Last year, we reported how the State Government Leadership Foundation paid for Republican redistricting consultants to draw new congressional district maps in North Carolina. The resulting gerrymander helped flip the state’s congressional delegation to Republicans.

In recent years, the foundation has also funded TV ads targeting Democrats during the 2011 Wisconsin showdown over collective bargaining rights; attacking President Obama in Virginia over his energy policy; and accusing teachers unions of “destroying our children’s future.”

The foundation also gave $1.25 million in 2011 to the Indiana Opportunity Fund, a state-level nonprofit that ran anti-union ads featuring Republican Gov. Mitch Daniels. (That group was founded by attorney Jim Bopp, who has long fought against campaign finance regulation.)

The foundation’s single-biggest early donor was the now-defunct mortgage lender Ameriquest, which gave more than $260,000. (We contacted a number of the companies on the list; they did not respond to requests for comment.) Corporate trade associations including the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, the Edison Electric Institute, and the American Tort Reform Association also pitched in, each giving between $50,000 and $100,000.

The foundation’s affiliated organization, the Republican State Leadership Committee, focuses on winning state-level elections for the GOP and also gets corporate money, including from tobacco and insurance giants.  As an explicitly political organization, the committee has to disclose its donors.

By contrast, the recent funders of the foundation, which took in $2.5 million in 2011 including a single donation of $1 million, are still secret.

The foundation applied for IRS recognition as a social welfare group in late 2003 but was initially rejected. The IRS concluded the foundation was “a partisan organization” that “operated primarily for the benefit of a select group” — the GOP. Social welfare groups, the IRS’ rejection letter noted, must promote the “general welfare of the whole community” – not a particular group.

The foundation’s lawyers from the firm Arent Fox fired back in an appeal, arguing that the foundation was not a partisan outfit.

The foundation, according to the 2005 appeal, “was created to promote public debate” about issues including pharmaceuticals, securities regulation, and asbestos litigation.

“It may be useful to describe what the SGLF is not,” the appeal says. “The SGLF:

– Is not affiliated with the Republican Party in any way;

– Does not meet with or coordinate its activities with the Republican Party;

– Does not make contributions to, or accept contributions from, the Republican Party;

– Does not participate in political campaigns, elections or publish electioneering messages on behalf of any candidate or party;

– Does not invite Representatives of the Republican Party to speak at its events, and

– Does not participate in the Republican Party platform, does not recruit or train Republican candidates, does not fundraise for Republican candidates, and does not coordinate its issue selection or policy positions with the Republican Party.

In 2007, more than three years after the foundation’s application, the IRS ultimately recognized it as a tax-exempt social welfare group.

But the group’s protestations that it has nothing to do with the GOP seems at odds with its recent activities. Besides running ads attacking Democrats, the foundation was involved in redistricting in several states to, as the foundation put it in a letter to Republican legislators, draw “legislative lines that we will have to defend in 2012 and beyond.”

Foundation spokesperson Jill Bader told ProPublica that since its creation the foundation’s “activities have evolved in some ways from those that were originally contemplated and conducted by the organization.”

Bader continued: “SGLF’s present activities are in strict compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and all future SGLF activities will be in strict compliance as well.”

Climate Change Added to US Government “High Risk” List

0

WASHINGTON – For the first time, a U.S. government auditor has added climate change to a list of issues that pose the greatest financial risk to the government and country. It is also warning that Washington is markedly unprepared to deal with the scope of the problem.

On Thursday, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-VT) proposed sweeping new climate-related legislation, which would aim to reduce the United States’ greenhouse gas emissions by 80 percent by 2050. The admonitions, coming amidst a newly strengthened public discussion here on climate change, could offer an opportunity for some conservative lawmakers to re-engage with what has been one of the most fractious political issues of recent years.

“(T)he impacts and costliness of weather disasters will increase in significance as what are considered ‘rare’ events become more common and intense due to climate change,” a new report by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) warns. “However, the federal government is not well positioned to address this fiscal exposure.”

According to the GAO, the federal government’s primary financial watchdog, its “high risk” list currently includes 30 issues, covering concerns of efficiency, effectiveness or fraud, with a particular focus on defence and health systems. However, this year’s inclusion of the financial risk to the government posed by the effects of climate change has the possibility to outweigh much of the rest of the list combined.

As usual, this issue has bubbled up from the local level, and now the federal government has put its imprimatur on it.

“This is of great significance, and follows trends already taking place in the private sector and local government,” Keith Gaby, communications director for climate change with the Environmental Defense Fund (EDF), an advocacy group, told IPS. “As usual, this issue has bubbled up from the local level, and now the federal government has put its imprimatur on it.”

In part, the federal government’s financial exposure is so great because Washington directly oversees such a massive swath of land — some 650 million acres, nearly 30 percent of the entire country. That’s a huge amount of infrastructure — including that meant to safeguard human communities — that could be endangered by unforeseen or dramatic changes to weather systems.

In addition, the government operates two huge insurance schemes that could be particularly stretched, covering flood damage and crops. The GAO warns that these remain based on decades-old conditions and approaches.

The issue that will most readily catch the eye of legislators is how the government’s aid responsibilities following major disasters have been increasingly called upon in recent years. This is a particular concern given that the federal government’s annual budgets do not include specific allocations for such aid.

The GAO reports that disaster declarations have steadily increased to a record 98 in 2011, compared with 65 in 2004, requiring a total 80 billion dollars during that period. Further, this figure was nearly equalled by the single request, late last year, for more than 60 billion dollars in response to Superstorm Sandy, the hurricane that ravaged much of the country’s northeast.

That storm, coupled with a severe drought last summer and strong mention of climate issues in recent weeks by President Barack Obama, has led to a sudden strengthening of the public discussion here.

“Climate is clearly back on the political agenda in major way,” Jamie Henn, communications director for 350.org, an environment advocacy group organising a major Washington rally on Sunday, told IPS.

“This report strongly underlines key points that we’ve been making about the risks of climate change and the country’s continued reliance on fossil fuels. The White House has made it clear it doesn’t yet have a full agenda, so it’s still open for input — and that’s what we’ll be providing on Sunday.”

Non-partisan issue

While Washington has engaged in nascent adaptation activities regarding the effects of climate change, the GAO auditors warn these efforts remain merely “ad hoc”. That is almost surely a result of the politicisation of climate change here, which has led to almost complete legislative paralysis on the issue.

In this case, the GAO refuses to weigh in on the politics — or human causes — of global warming.

Yet it is clear that the auditors feel that “adaptation” requirements should include policy actions for cutting greenhouse gas emissions and other causes of global warming. For instance, they prominently reference findings by two other U.S. government offices that “the nation’s vulnerability can be reduced by limiting the magnitude of climate change through actions to limit greenhouse gas emissions.”

The decision to focus on the effects — and economics — rather than the causes of climate change could now offer ideological cover for some conservatives to engage constructively on the climate discussion.

“This clearly opens up the conversation between people who are worried about expenditures and future deficits and those working directly on climate change, as well as those focused on energy issues and local politicians across the country,” EDF’s Gaby says.

“Particularly due to the money spent on Sandy, the deficit hawks are waking up and saying we have to deal with this. They’re not changing their base position on climate change, but they are engaging with the issue in a way that could bring the conversation forward.”

This approach has already reaped some political rewards. Appearing at the new report’s launch on Thursday, the Republican head of the House of Representatives’ primary investigative committee offered strong report for the GAO findings.

“We in the federal government must do oversight about how you mitigate what nature either has been doing to us or may do to us, and I think that’s a non-partisan issue,” Representative Darrell Issa stated.

“I hope that all members of Congress on both sides of this issue recognise that it’s really not about where you are on climate change … it’s really about recognising that Congress has not adjusted for the amount of money we’re paying out.”

Also on Thursday, Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-VT) proposed sweeping new climate-related legislation, which would aim to reduce the United States’ greenhouse gas emissions by 80 percent by 2050.

The bill — which the head of the Senate’s environment committee, Senator Barbara Boxer, described as the “gold standard” on the issue — is extremely ambitious. It includes what would be a highly contentious carbon tax, the revenues from which would be ploughed back into renewable energy and efficiency.

While Senator Sanders admits his bill has almost no prospect of being adopted, he says its details are meant to add specific policy proposals to a public discussion that has ramped up significantly in recent weeks. Senator Boxer has pledged to move the legislation through her committee by the summer.

© 2013 IPS North America

Mike’s Blog Round Up

0

Herman Cain joins Fox News. “No, that’s a different one. I’ve got to go back, got all this stuff twirling around in my head.” Remember that gem from November 2011, stumbling over a question about Libya? The question now: As embarrassingly and proudly ignorant (e.g., “Ubeki-beki-beki-beki-stan-stan”) as he seems to be, does he raise or lower the intellectual level of the network?

Take My Country Back: The SOTU rebuttal curse.

Just an Earth-Bound Misfit, I: Striking fear into Wall Street.

Echidne of the Snakes: The case for universal pre-school.

All Things Democrat: Another reason to boycott Facebook.

Round-up by Michael J.W. Stickings of The Reaction (@mjwstickings). I’ll be here all week.

Send tips to mbru AT crooksandliars DOT com.

Eastleigh Candidate Claims Local Schools ‘Not Good Enough’ For Her Children

0

Maria Hutchings, the Tory candidate in the Eastleigh by-election has provoked outrage after appearing to claim that the local state school was not good enough for her children.

Hutchings, competing for the seat left vacant by disgraced Lib Dem Chris Huhne, said she believed it would be “impossible in the state system” for her son to get a good enough education to become a surgeon.

According to the Daily Mirror, Hutchings said on Friday: “William [her son] is very gifted which gives us another interesting challenge in finding the right sort of education for him — impossible in the state system. He wants to be a cardio-respiratory surgeon.”

However, the most recent Ofsted reports for a number of Eastleigh schools, including Thornden, Wildern and Toynbee high schools, have found them to be “outstanding”.

david cameron maria hutchings

Maria Hutchings received campaign support from David Cameron this week

Hutchings, a mother of four children, Victoria, 24, John Paul, 18, William, 12 and ten-year-old Harriet, was accused of being “out of touch” by opposition candidates for her remarks.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

In response, the satirist John O’Farrell, standing for Labour in Thursday’s byelection, said: “Ten years ago, when I was concerned about the lack of suitable local schools, I organised with other parents to set up a new non-selective state school.

“My own children went there and I served as chair of governors for eight years. Maria Hutchings claims to ‘get things done’ — but in actual fact the opposite is true. All she’s shown is that she’s just as out of touch as the rest of the Conservative party, whether on education, tax cuts for millionaires or trebling tuition fees.”

The Liberal Democrat leader of Eastleigh Borough Council Keith House said: “Although it’s down to every parent to choose the right school for their child, it’s simply not true to say that the education in Eastleigh is not good enough for our children.

“Ofsted have rated several local schools ‘excellent’, they were good enough for Liberal Democrat candidate Mike Thornton’s daughter to study medicine at Imperial College London, and they are good enough for the majority of Eastleigh parents who are proud to have such excellent schools to choose from.

“Maria’s claim that it’s ‘impossible’ to get a good state education in Eastleigh is an insult to the teachers who work hard to give our children the best start, and to the parents who are glad to have such good schools that are part of the local community.”

A Conservative spokesman said: “Maria Hutchings wants all children to get the best possible education – that’s why she’s backing Michael Gove’s reforms to bring back rigour to the state education system after 13 years of Labour.

“Maria has campaigned tirelessly to help parents of children with special educational needs get the best education for them.”

The ill-advised comments from Hutchings follow embarrassing suggestions she copied parts of her website from online encyclopedia Wikipedia.

Elsewhere, Hutchings, who already stood for the seat in the 2010 General Election, was also spotted by Sunday Times journalist Kate Mansey hugging a woman asking for directions, mistaking her for a supporter. Mansey tweeted:


Kate Mansey

I was there when the lady in this picture asked for directions. Maria Hutchings said: “Can I give you a hug?”#awkward

Hutchings, O’Farrell and Lib Dem candidate Mike Thornton will contend for the seat vacated by Chris Huhne after he admitted a charge of perverting the course of justice by persuading his wife Vicky Pryce to take the blame for his speeding offence in 2003.

Hunt Urges Bosses To End Gags On NHS Whistleblowers

0

Jeremy Hunt has stepped up pressure to end the use of legal gags on whistleblowers as he faced calls for an independent inquiry into his own department’s involvement.

In a letter to the chairmen of every Trust, the Health Secretary warned against a culture in some quarters of “institutional self defence that prevents honest acknowledgement of failure”.

In order to avoid a repeat of the Mid-Staffordshire scandal it was vital to “recognise and celebrate staff” who had the “courage and professional integrity” to speak out over safety concerns, he suggested.

He called on all bodies to ensure their actions met both the letter and the spirit of NHS whistleblower guidance.

stafford hospital

The high number of unexpected deaths at Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust could have been prevented

On Friday Mr Hunt warned United Lincolnshire Hospitals Trust that it faced action if it had wrongly tried to silence a former chief executive from speaking out about patient safety concerns as part of a unfair dismissal case settlement.

Gary Walker was threatened with legal action related to his reported £500,000 payout after breaking his silence to allege he was forced out of his job in 2010 because he put patient safety ahead of Whitehall targets.

The trust is one of 14 being investigated by health chiefs over high mortality rates in the wake of the public inquiry report into serious failures at Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust that led to hundreds of unnecessary deaths.

nhs inquiry

Members of Cure the NHS demonstrate outside Stafford Hospital, during an inquiry into standards of care at Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust

Mr Walker welcomed the Health Secretary’s intervention as a “very positive move” but said the threat of action against him for an interview with the BBC’s Today programme on Thursday had still not been lifted.

And he suggested that Whitehall had a hand in prompting the action and should also be investigated.

“The threat against me has still not been withdrawn, despite the reassurance that it should not be in place,” he said in his latest interview with the programme.

ON THE BLOG: Dr Raj Persaud and Dr Peter Bruggen on Whistleblowing: Why the NHS couldn’t care less

“I don’t think I want to be too negative about Mr Hunt. He has clearly taken a personal interest and said that he will personally carry out the investigation and get to the bottom of it.”

He questioned though how the Trust had known in advance of his decision to speak out.

“The Trust were never contacted by me or the Today programme so somebody from the Department of Health, and I do not know who that was, clearly spoke to them.

“I don’t think that Mr Hunt can investigate his own department so I think he should be looking for someone exceptionally independent from all of this so I don’t think it should be a civil service investigation.

“The whole chain of command needs to be looked at if Mr Hunt wants to stand by the transparency agenda.”

hunt

Hunt ‘can’t investigate his own department’ said NHS whistleblower Walker

He has claimed that NHS chief executive Sir David Nicholson ignored him when he raised concerns about patient safety in 2009. He told the Daily Mail that Sir David was “not interested in patient safety” and called on him to resign.

The Francis Report into the Mid-Staffordshire scandal called for a ban on the use of gagging orders that prevented concerns being raised about patient safety.

Mr Walker was sacked in 2010 for gross professional misconduct over alleged swearing at a meeting but insists he was in fact forced out for refusing to meet Whitehall targets for non-emergency patients when the trust came under pressure because of soaring demand for beds for emergency patients.

He defended his acceptance of the so-called “supergag”, which prevented him even from revealing the existence of the agreement, saying the saga had help break up his family, left him unable to pay his mortgage and left him with “no choice”.

East Midlands Strategic Health Authority rejects Mr Walker’s claims and insists that it acted at all times “in the interest of patients”.

Osborne In Calls For International Action Against Tax Avoidance

0

George Osborne has renewed his call for international action in tackling tax avoidance and the so-called “profit shifting” by multinational giants as he unveils the next steps in his fight to reform global tax rules.

The need to overhaul tax laws, including the controversial transfer pricing rules that were written almost 100 years ago, will be highlighted to finance ministers at the G20 in Moscow in a report by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).

osborne

George Osborne to is to unveil the next steps in the fight against global tax abuse

It comes as companies such as Google, Facebook, Amazon and Starbucks faced a backlash after paying only minimal tax on large UK revenues.

The revelations in particular have hurt Starbucks, with many boycotting their shops and buying their hot drinks elsewhere.

In December, Starbucks said it will pay “somewhere in the range of £10 million” in UK corporation tax for each of the next two years.

The US coffee firm – valued at £25 billion – has generated more than £3 billion of sales in the UK since 1998 but it emerged in October it has paid less than 1% in corporation tax.

starbucks

Starbucks has said they will pay somewhere in the range of £10m each year

In the wake of the revelations, banking giant Barclays also announced it was to close its tax avoidance unit, which gave advice to large companies on how to avoid paying out tax.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

The chancellor will announce that Britain will chair a new transfer pricing group which will look at how to reform the system which allows profits to be diverted to parent companies or to lower tax jurisdictions, via royalty and service payments.

It is one of three groups set up by the OECD to look at the tax issues which will help the group prepare a “plan of action” to be put forward to the G20 in July.

Germany and the US and France also lead the other two groups, which will include looking at how to determine tax jurisdiction, particularly in the context of e-trading.

Osborne said: “Britain has cut its corporation tax rate by more than any other country in the G20 over the past two years, a message to the world that we are open for business that has seen companies return to Britain, and helping to create and secure thousands of jobs and millions in investment.

“But our commitment to the most competitive corporate tax system goes hand in hand with our call for strong international standards to make sure that global companies, like anyone else, pay the taxes they owe.

“That’s why Britain, with Germany and France, asked the OECD to scrutinise the international rules, and we will together welcome their report to the G20 this weekend. The report shows this is an international issue that requires international action.

“It shows the global economy has changed massively over the last decade, but global tax rules have stood still for almost a century, and Britain will lead the international effort to bring them into the twenty first century.”

clegg

Both Clegg and Osborne have called for global reform

Osborne wants to use Britain’s presidency of the G8 in 2013 to push international progress on the reform of international tax rules, which were first developed by the League of Nations in the mid-1920s and remain essentially unchanged.

Nick Clegg also used a G8 trip to Africa to call for global action against tax-dodging firms earlier this week arguing that tackling abuses would bolster public support for increasing foreign aid.

He said: “Many of the difficulties that governments face in the developing world are becoming increasingly common in the developed world.

“For too long, the developed world ignored the way in which tax revenues, which rightfully belonged to developing countries, disappeared as people exploited different tax regimes, and made a mockery of governments in the developing world. We must work together to overcome it.”

‘Left, Right & Center:’ A Hagel Filibuster, SOTU, Pope and North Korea

0

‘Left, Right & Center:’ A Hagel Filibuster, SOTU, Pope and North Korea

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
kcrw.com

Truthdig Editor-in-Chief Robert Scheer and the other “Left, Right & Center” panelists take on the Senate Republicans’ filibuster of Chuck Hagel. The GOP claims it wants more time and information. Will Obama’s choice for defense secretary get a vote?

The president channels his inner FDR during the State of the Union and proposes solutions for the redistribution of income such as preschool and raising the minimum wage. He ignored the budget and long-term debt. Can we afford any of his proposals?

Another North Korean nuclear test has the security establishment very worried. The president and others support a “Path to Zero,” but don’t have much agreement how to get there. The pope steps down, citing his age and health, during a tumultuous era in Catholic history. What is his legacy?

Joining Scheer and co-host Matt Miller is Republican strategist and former Minnesota Rep. Vin Weber.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

KCRW:

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Watch: What a Meteor Looks Like When It Hits Russia



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

The Last Picture Show

0

The Last Picture Show

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
Kenneth Lu (CC-BY)

By Thomas Hedges, Center for Study of Responsive Law

In 1975, Universal Pictures launched the first nationwide ad campaign for its new film, “Jaws.” Universal avoided marketing its film regionally, as other major studios had been doing. Instead, it organized one major ad campaign, released the film nationally on a single date and raked in most of its profits that weekend, before anyone could say whether the film was worth the money.

Today, all major studios do nationwide releases. After “Jaws,” studios got rid of their regional marketing offices and consolidated them into national headquarters, where films would be distributed to thousands of theaters across the country.

Theaters, in turn, consolidated their spaces. Independent theaters were swallowed up by regional chains, which were then swallowed up by national chains, which were then swallowed up by multinational chains. It became more profitable to have one 20-screen complex rather than 10 two-screen theaters, especially because most people went to see the same few films.

During merger mania, small, independent theaters have struggled to survive as movie studios and multiplex chains spend more and more money promoting conventional cinema.

But now, independent theaters are facing a new threat: the shift from 35mm film to digital projection equipment, which reduces the fees of printing and shipping 40-pound film reels for studios but costs exhibitors from $60,000 to $80,000 to install. The price tag is one that many small-theater owners cannot afford.

To redistribute some of the savings, studios have created a Virtual Print Fee (VPF) agreement that ensures exhibitors a cut of the studio’s savings.

Say a studio saves $3,000 on a film print by shipping a digital copy that is some 40 pounds lighter than the 35mm reel. The studio will give $800 to the exhibitor to show the film. In most cases, the exhibitor has leased the equipment for digital projection. That $800 then goes to pay for converting from 35mm film to the Digital Cinema Package (DCP).

The package is a set of high-definition video files delivered on a hard drive encrypted with copyright protection that plugs into a system of proprietary servers, software and projectors. “Avatar,” released in 2009, was the movie that spurred industry adoption.

The lower distribution costs, the studios say, allows theaters and filmmakers more freedom in producing film. 

Instead, small exhibitors have found that signing a VPF agreement limits the movies that they can show. Smaller studios and independent filmmakers do not have the money to offer VPFs to exhibitors and that shuts many of them out.

It is, in many ways, the next step in the consolidation of the film industry, intentional or not.

It’s “really a creepy system,” says Karen Cooper, director of Film Forum in downtown Manhattan, “and I’m very fortunate in that I didn’t have to deal with that.”

Film Forum is one of the roughly 3,500 exhibitors that have converted to digital out of 5,700 independent theaters in the United States, and was able to pay for the conversion itself.

In the end, Cooper says, “either you own the DCP,” as Film Forum does, “or you owe a bunch of money … and that’s a rotten deal.”

Cooper is frustrated with a government that has not empowered its arts agencies to act on the issue.

“The U.S. has an extremely bad track record,” she says. The National Education Association and Department of Cultural Affairs, she says, have annual budgets of about $150 million. “That’s a laughable amount of money. The cities of Berlin and Vienna have larger arts budgets.”

“In a city that used to have 30 theaters when I was a kid, we now have … five,” says Josh Levin, co-owner and manager of West End Cinema in Washington, D.C.

Levin says that, despite the trajectory of neighborhood cinemas, he is not angry at the developments that contribute to the dearth of independent theatergoers.

The required conversion to digital projection, the creation of the VPF agreement, the popularity of new competitors such as Netflix–none of these changes, he says, are malicious.

“The idea of studios taking a chance on a low-budget drama, a serious drama or a comedy that is not of the lowest common denominator doesn’t make any economic sense,” he says. “At the same time that technology is democratizing filmmaking, the business model is crushing that democracy.

“It’s not sinister,” he says. “It’s just business.”

The responsibility to save neighborhood cinemas has apparently fallen into the laps of communities and charity groups.

When the Loews theater in Friendship Heights, D.C. went bankrupt in 2001, for example, Bob Zich, a retired Library of Congress librarian, and his wife, Joanne, stood out on the street collecting donations as small as 25 cents to reopen the theater.

“There was a sense of outrage when the theater closed down,” Joanne said over the phone, her husband also on the line. “There was a great sense of loss … and [we saw our efforts] as a quixotic enterprise.” 

Bob and Joanne, who did not have backgrounds in film or in community organizing, managed to save the theater. The Avalon Theater, which has replaced the old Loews cinema, is now a not-for-profit art house.

The space, Bob and Joanne say, reflects something that is lost in America beyond film. Bob grew up in Nebraska and remembers the intimacy of four small theaters in his town. It was a different social atmosphere, he says, one where instead of having organized soccer games and music lessons, kids had “one place to play and that was outside.”

He remembers that when he and his wife moved to Washington, D.C., neighbors stopped by his apartment to welcome them. “They might bake a cake and stop to chat,” he says. “These were the people you would be living with.”

Now, Bob and Joanne feel estranged from their neighbors. People, they say, prefer prescribed events. There is no more faith in random interaction, which sits at the center of community life. “They have their own way of entertaining people now,” Bob says.

Every seat in the Avalon Theater has the name of a donor on the back, a reminder that the cinema was not an impersonal, private undertaking. For Bob, the theater is a glitch in an alienating culture.

“It was the perfect storm in reverse,” he says.

This article was made possible by the Center for Study of Responsive Law.

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Winning the Argument



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Winning the Argument

0

Winning the Argument

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013

By Eugene Robinson

In his bid to be remembered as a transformational leader, President Obama is following the playbook of an ideological opposite, Margaret Thatcher. First you win the argument, she used to say, then you win the vote.

Obama is gradually winning the argument about what government can and should do. His State of the Union address was an announcement of that fact–and a warning to conservatives that to remain relevant, they will have to move beyond the premise that government is always the problem and never the solution.

It’s ridiculous for critics to charge that Tuesday night’s speech was not sufficiently bipartisan. Repairing the nation’s infrastructure is not a partisan issue; bridges rust at the same rate in Republican-held congressional districts as in Democratic ones. The benefits of universal preschool will accrue in red states as well as blue. Climate change is not deterred by the fact that a majority of the Republican caucus in the House doesn’t believe in it.

There is no bipartisan compromise between “do something” and “do nothing.” Obama’s re-election reflected the progress he has made in convincing Americans that “do something” is the only option–and that “do nothing” leads inexorably to decline.

Thatcher’s reshaping of British politics and governance is instructive. The Iron Lady came to power at a time when Britain was sinking. The ideological pendulum had swung too far to the left, and the nominally socialist Labor Party, architect of the modern British welfare state, was out of ideas. Thatcher’s Conservative government roused the nation from its torpor. She was an enormously polarizing figure, and much of what she did–fighting the unions, privatizing state industries and public housing–was met with bitter resistance.

Today, Britain remains one of the wealthiest countries in the world and continues to play a major role in international affairs. London is arguably the world’s pre-eminent financial center. I doubt any of this would be the case if Thatcher had not won the argument about how her nation should move forward.

When Obama took office, the United States was in a similar funk. Ronald Reagan’s conservative ideas had been corrupted by his followers into a kind of anti-government nihilism. Reagan wanted to shrink government; today’s Republican Party wants to destroy it.

Obama assumed leadership of a country in which inequality was growing and economic mobility declining, with the result that the American dream was becoming less attainable. It was a country whose primary and secondary schools lagged far behind international norms; whose airports, roads and bridges were showing their age; and, most important, whose path to continued prosperity, in the age of globalization and information technology, was not entirely clear.

Obama’s State of the Union speech was a detailed reiteration of his position that we can and must act to secure our future–and that government can and must be one of our principal instruments.

To understand why Americans re-elected Obama in November and sent more Democrats to both houses of Congress, consider the Republican response delivered by Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., following the president’s address.

Never mind the unforgettable moment when Rubio stooped almost out of sight and reached for a bottle of water, all the while trying to look straight ahead at the camera like John Cleese in some Monty Python sketch. I felt genuinely sorry for him–and appalled at the Republican Party’s incompetence at basic stagecraft. First they give Clint Eastwood an empty chair to perform with at the convention, and now this?

Even more unfortunate, in the end, was the utter lack of ideas in Rubio’s speech.

“More government isn’t going to help you get ahead, it’s going to hold you back,” Rubio said. Yet he also said that he never would have been able to go to college without government-backed student loans. And he spoke touchingly of how Medicare paid for the care his father received in his final days and the care his mother needs now.

I expected him to try to reconcile this contradiction. Instead, he went back to portraying government as something to be tamed rather than something to be used. To a majority of Republican primary voters, this makes sense. To the electorate as a whole, it might have made sense 30 years ago–but not today.

Margaret Thatcher never won the hearts of her many opponents. But by winning her argument, she shaped a nation’s future. There’s an increasing chance that historians will say the same of Barack Obama.

Eugene Robinson’s e-mail address is eugenerobinson(at)washpost.com.
 
© 2013, Washington Post Writers Group

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: The Blind Theology of Militarism

Next item: The Last Picture Show



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

The Blind Theology of Militarism

0

The Blind Theology of Militarism

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013

By David Sirota

In my years reporting on the intentional narrowing of political vernacular to guarantee specific outcomes, I have encountered no better example of Orwellian newspeak than that which now dominates the conversation about America’s drone war. Given that, it’s worth reviewing the situation because it is so illustrative of how militarist propaganda operates in the 21st century.

As you know if you’ve paid attention to recent news, drone war proponents are currently facing inconvenient truths. This month, for instance, they are facing a new United Nations report showing that President Obama’s escalation of the Afghanistan War – which is defined, in part, by an escalation in drone airstrikes – is killing hundreds of children “due notably to reported lack of precautionary measures and indiscriminate use of force.” They are also facing news that the rise in drone strikes is accompanying a rise in al-Qaida recruits, proving that, in predictable “blowback” fashion, the attacks may be creating more terrorists than they are neutralizing.

Drone-war cheerleaders will no doubt find this news difficult to explain away on the merits. And so many are trying to change the linguistic foundation of the discourse from one rooted in fact to one rooted in a sophistry that narrows the public’s perception of available choices.

Sen. Angus King’s (I-Maine) comments justifying the drone war last week exemplify the talking points.

“Drones are a lot more civilized than what we used to do,” he told a cable television audience. “I think it’s actually a more humane weapon because it can be targeted to specific enemies and specific people.”

Designed to obscure mounting civilian casualties, King’s Orwellian phrase “humane weapon” is the crux of the larger argument. The idea is that an intensifying drone war is necessary – and even humane! – because it is more surgical than violent global ground war, which is supposedly America’s only other option. As New York Times columnist David Brooks summed it up: drone strikes are great because “they inflict fewer civilian deaths than bombing campaigns, boots on the ground or any practical alternative.” Or, as one drone-war defender put it on Twitter: “Drones? 160,000 pairs of boots on the ground? Hmm.”

In a country whose culture so often (wrongly) portrays bloodshed as the most effective problem solver, many Americans hear this now-ubiquitous drone-war argument and reflexively agree with its suppositions. Having been told in so many ways that killing is the best and only possible policy prescription, most simply assume that our only national security choice is between drone wars and ground wars – between different forms of preemptive violence, and nothing else.

The failure to question such an assumption represents what can be accurately described as a fundamentalist religion. After all, if faith is the belief in something without proof, then refusing to question martial assumptions represents a theology of militarism. And it’s not just any such theology – but one so willfully blind that it will not allow the realities of blowback and civilian casualties to shape its catechism.

It will not permit, in other words, a discussion of what MSNBC’s Chris Hayes calls the other alternative.

“We can be a nation that declares its war over, that declares itself at peace and goes about rigorously and energetically using intelligence and diplomacy and well-resourced police work to protect us from future attacks,” he suggests.

By deliberately ignoring this particular option, drone-war proponents who employ choice-narrowing language are the militarist dogma’s most destructive evangelists.

At a moment when we should be having a broader conversation about alternatives to permanent war, they are preventing that conversation from even starting. In the process, they are precluding America from making more prudent, informed and dispassionate national security decisions – the kind that might stop us from repeating the worst mistakes of our own history.

David Sirota is the best-selling author of the books “Hostile Takeover,” “The Uprising” and “Back to Our Future.” Email him at ds@davidsirota.com, follow him on Twitter @davidsirota or visit his website at www.davidsirota.com.

© 2013 CREATORS.COM

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Fossil Fuels ‘May Prove Worthless’

Next item: Winning the Argument



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Postal Disservice

0
Most Read

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

Dismal Indeed: Why Dick Cheney Disdains the ‘Second-Rate’ Obama Team

Targeted Killings: A Legal History

Venezuelan President Gives Heating Aid to U.S. Poor

Republicans Block Hagel, Stewart Ridicules Rubio, and More

Most Comments

Most Emailed

State of the Union

Creepy Uncle

Postal Disservice

Bipartisanship

The Fix Is In

Reports
 * NEW! * Fossil Fuels ‘May Prove Worthless’
Ear to the Ground
A/V Booth
Arts & Culture
The World Until Yesterday
Digs
Truthdig Bazaar

The Terror Dream

The Terror Dream

By Susan Faludi
$17.16

more items

Cartoons

Postal Disservice

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013

By Mike Luckovich

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Creepy Uncle

Bipartisanship

The Fix Is In

Water Break

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

When the Power Goes Out: “It’s Like a Bunch of Savages”

0

What happens when the power goes out?

Simple.

Mass panic, chaos and intolerable conditions.

The most recent breakdown of a Carnival Cruise liner gives us a prime example of what it looks like when it hits the fan. And for the 3000 passengers on that boat, that’s exactly what happened.

It hit the fan, the walls, hallways and everything else.

“He said that the conditions have gotten so bad that they’re asking them to use the restroom in bags, and they were eating onion sandwiches,” McKerreghan said.

The call was the last she has heard from them.

Much of the ship’s electrical power went down in the fire, causing widespread malfunctions, including taking out sanitary systems.

Passengers have reported sewage sloshing around in hallways, flooded rooms and trouble getting enough to eat.

“It’s disgusting. It’s the worst thing ever,” passenger Ann Barlow said.

“From what I understand, they’re walking around in a lot of urine and fecal matter, and the sewers are backing up,” McKerreghan said. Her doctor gave her antibiotics to give her daughter as soon as she gets on land.

Via Click Orlando

…

The sanitation situation was gross and “the stench was awful,” according to a 50-year-old from Dallas woman who spent her birthday on the ship.

“A lot of people were crying and freaking out.”

Via Jezebel

…

Ttrapped aboard a “floating petri dish” without power, air conditioning, or fresh water…

Via NY Daily News

…

Soon after, she said some passengers panicked.

‘People were hoarding food – boxes and boxes of cereal, grabbing cake with both hands,’ she said.

Toilets stopped working and the 3,143 passengers and 1,086 crew had to urinate in sinks, she said, and eventually red plastic bags. She saw sewage dripping down walls. Sometimes people slipped on it, she said. Soon, the ship began to smell.

Via KRCU

…

And people have stopped being polite. 

“It’s like a bunch of savages on there,” said Brent Nutt, whose wife, Bethany, is onboard. ”If you get on the blogs, they’re saying that people are fighting over food and stuff.”

…

Some quotes from passengers:

“All I can do is cry.”

“My mother is a diabetic, and they would not even come to the room because she cannot walk the stairs to help her with insulin. She hasn’t had insulin in three days.”

“Just imagine the filth… People were doing crazy things and going to the bathroom in sinks and showers.”

“Cesspool.”

“It was horrible. Horrible.”

“It was inhuman.”

“It’s degrading. Demoralizing, and then they want to insult us by giving us $500″

This Carnival cruise was just a closed microcosm of what conditions will look like should it happen on a regional or national scale. Lucky for them help arrived, and passengers have disembarked and many are now headed home.

But, consider what it would be like should the power go out in your city — for an extended period of time — and there is no ‘going home’.

Though unlikely, it can and has happened. In fact, in recent history we have examples of conditions deteriorating so severely that thousands of people have died as a result.

Hurricane Katrina is one well known incident where tens of thousands of people were left without power, food or even clean water. They were packed into a makeshift FEMA shelter and promised help, which didn’t arrive for nearly a week. Those who didn’t make it to the FEMA Dome were left to fend for themselves in contaminated flood waters and without a law enforcement presence.

After the Haitian earthquake, large groups of people were left with no basic essentials, which resulted in the rapid spread of disease — not just for a few days, but weeks and months. When Hurricane Sandy struck the northeast and took down the power grid and transportation infrastructure, people were rummaging through the trash to find anything of sustenance. Within 72 hours they were begging their government for a bottle of clean water.

It took days before help arrived, and even that wasn’t enough.

Powerful earthquakes, once in a lifetime weather events, nuclear power station meltdowns, Tsunamis, region-wide power outages and rogue attacks — all are unlikely events.

All have happened in the last fifteen years.

Plan on the schumer hitting the fan, because one of these days it just might, and probably will.

The first things to go will be food, clean water, sanitation and human decency.

Do you want to be the one fighting for a piece of stale cake and walking in your own sewage?

As disgusting and horrific an image as that is, this is what awaits the non prepared.

Environmental Activists Pose Security Threat: Canadian Government

0
Common Dreams
Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community.
Independent, non-profit newscenter since 1997.

To inform. To inspire. To ignite change for the common good.

Work is Becoming More Like Prison As Some Workers Forced to Wear Electronic Bands That Track Everything They Do (Including Bathroom Breaks)

0

Grocery giant TESCO has strapped electronic armbands to their warehouse workers to measure their productivity.

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The human body, with its need for rest, nutrition and hydration, is such an inefficient tool for capitalist production. But while machines are unlikely to replace human workers anytime soon, new technologies can deftly strip workers of their humanity!

The Irish Independent reports that grocery giant TESCO has strapped electronic armbands to their warehouse workers to measure their productivity, tracking their actions so closely that management knows when they briefly pause to drink from a water fountain or take a bathroom break. These unforgivable lapses in productivity impact workers’ performance score, which management then apparently uses to terrify them into working faster. 

“The devices give a set amount of time for a task, such as 20 minutes to load packets of soft drinks. If they did it in 20 minutes, they would get 100pc, but would get 200pc if they were twice as fast,” writes the Independent. Although TESCO denied that bathroom breaks impact productivity scores, one former staffer the Independent spoke with said he got a “surprisingly lower” score when he took a bathroom break. 

“Sometimes, management would call staff to an office and tell them they had to do better if their scores were low.”

“I had really easy assignments and when I’d come back after a break, I would get a horrendous score and wonder why,” he said.

He added that since the introduction of the device workers faced increasing pressure to produce more and more.

But working people close to death has some downsides for companies. Studies show that work stress is linked to physical and mental ailments, from sleep deprivation to chronic disease. In the end, stressed, sick workers saddle companies both with rising health costs (for those that actually pay for employee health expenses) and the costs of high turnover. 

According to the CDC, excessive workloads and changing demands are the biggest triggers of work stress. 

Using machines to extract as much labor as humanely possible from workers has a long history. (Even the clock has ignobly served as a tool of managerial abuse — in some industrial towns factory owners were known to change the town clock to cheat workers out of time off.)  As surveillance technology advances, companies can increasingly track all aspects of their workers’ time and activity. Frederick Taylor — who pioneered the idea of parsing worker time down to seconds — and Henry Ford would be jealous. 

In the 1980s, computer technology opened up previously undreamed of ways of monitoring workers. Keystroke programs could track the typing speed of recepionists and other clerical workers throughout the day. These days many places of employment — particularly low-wage workplaces — have found even more sophisticated ways to panic employees by tracking their every move for lapses in productivity. 

In SuperVision: An Introduction to the Surveillance Society, John Gilliom and Torin Monahan talk about encountering a frantic hotel maid who told them she had to alert management every time she cleaned a room, so they could track how many she finished and how fast. A new phone app can be used to constantly measure speed and location. “If workers stand still or sit down for even a few seconds, management knows,” write Gilliom and Monahan. 

Call centers also nightmarishly try to control every second of employees’ time. At the Time Warner Cable call center, Gilliom writes, employees have only 8 seconds to get their paperwork done between calls. Calls are also recorded to later gauge employee helpfulness and friendliness when dealing with customers. 

AlterNet has previously reported on biometric time clocks and fingerprint readers, which use iris scans, face recognition technology and digital fingerprints to more closely track when employees come in and out of work and the duration of their breaks. Unlike punch cards or key codes — which allow employees to cover for each, by letting them punch in tardy co-workers — using unique physical attributes like eyes or fingerprints ensures workers cannot shave a minute or two from their workday without management knowing and keeping a record. 

REVEALED: Donors Trust is the Secret ATM Machine for Climate Deniers

0

WASHINGTON – February 15 – A new Greenpeace analysis released today shows that Donors Trust, a shadowy funding vehicle, has laundered $146 million in climate denial funding from 2002 to 2011. Yesterday’s article in the Guardian referenced part of the Greenpeace analysis. Today’s report is now up to date with the latest available funding from 2011. As climate denial funding from traceable Big Oil sources like Exxon and the Koch brothers is declining, the anonymous money funneled through Donors Trust is skyrocketing.

This interesting coincidence is illustrated in the graph from the Greenpeace report:Big Oil funding of climate denial declines… “Anonymous” funding through Donors Trust skyrockets. Interesting.

In addition to today’s Greenpeace analysis, yesterday a Center for Public Integrity report detailed the efforts of Donors Trust to set up conservative media megaphones in state capitals. Today, the Guardian reported that these ideological media outlets have been instrumental in anti-climate fights at the state level. These include state and regional attacks against wind power, solar power, and carbon pollution reduction programs.

The key findings of the Greenpeace analysis on Donors Trust:

  • Donors Trust and its associated organization, Donors Capital Fund, have funded 102 climate-denial organizations since 2002.
  • From 2002 to 2011, Donors Trust and Donors Capital Fund have provided $146 million to climate denial groups.
  • In 2010, a dozen climate denial groups received between 30% to 70% of their funding from Donors Trust, including the Koch-founded Americans for Prosperity, as well as Committee for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT)
  • Additional climate denial organizations that have received major funding in recent years by Donors Trust include the Heartland Institute, Competitive Enterprise Institute, Cato Institute and the James Partnership (Cornwall Alliance).

Wait, so what is Donors Trust, exactly? It’s a shadowy funding operation for anti-government extremists and climate deniers. The mission of Donors Trust is to provide ultra-conservative funders a way to support their controversial pet-causes without leaving fingerprints on the grants.

But don’t take our word for it — here’s an excerpt from the Donors Trust FAQ webpage:

Who is behind this untraceable money? It’s impossible to track all of the big-pockets hiding behind Donors Trust. One notable individual is Charles Koch, the secretive oil billionaire who was discovered to have funneled $8 million through Donors Trust from two of his foundations. And that’s only the amount that we can track — we don’t know the full extent of the Koch’s account with Donors Trust.

As posted yesterday on our blog and detailed in another great Guardian article, several climate denial organizations rely on Donors Trust for a large share of their budgets. The Heartland Institute, creator of the famously reviled “Unabomber billboard” and coordinators of the annual Denial-palooza conference, relies heavily on a single anonymous donor that sends money through Donors Trust. According to internal Heartland plans leaked to the public, this Anonymous Donor has been responsible for up to 60% of the organization’s annual revenue, with the majority of fund earmarked to “global warming programs.” Even though the leaked documents prove this money is specific for climate projects, the Donors Trust tax forms only disclose the funding’s purpose as “general operations.”

The deep dependence on Donors Trust by climate deniers goes far beyond the Heartland Institute. Marc Morano’s organization, the Committee for a Constructive Tomorrow, has received between 40% and 46% of its budget through Donors Trust in recent years. Morano was named 2012 “Climate Misinformer of the Year,” often found as a talking head on Fox News or CNN denying that human activity is affecting the climate. In response to the President’s 2013 State of the Union address, Morano published a point by point rebuttal to the section on climate change.

CFACT is among over a dozen organizations that get 30% to 70% of their total budgets from Donors Trust and Donors Capital Fund. Other noteworthy groups include Americans for Prosperity Foundation, the Cornwall Alliance (James Partnership), and the State Policy Network.

Independent campaigning organization that uses non-violent, creative confrontation to expose global environmental problems, and to force solutions that are essential to a green and peaceful future.

Abzocker! Taking the Lead Against Corporate Excess, Swiss to Vote on ‘Fat Cat’ Pay

0

Taking the lead in punishing the “lavish bonus culture” which many believe encouraged fiscal managers to take unnecessary risks consequently driving the global financial crash,citizens in Switzerland have successfully petitioned for a vote to limit “fat cat” pay on a March 3 referendum.

(Photo: Steve Rhodes via Flickr) Calling the proposal “symptomatic of a global backlash against corporate excess,” Reuters reports that the measure regulates Swiss companies listed on the stock exchange by granting shareholders a binding vote on compensation and “bans practices like golden handshakes for new hires and golden parachutes for departing managers.”

“It is just a scandal that leaders of major companies award themselves exorbitant pay and golden parachutes while their companies sustain enormous losses and engage in massive layoffs,” said Thomas Minder, lawmaker and small-business owner, who long campaigned for the measure blaming the country’s highly-paid “fat cats” –Abzocker in German, or hustler–for causing the financial crisis.

“Shameless executive payouts have very clearly come from the U.S.,” said Brigitta Moser-Harder, an activist shareholder who owns shares of Switzerland’s biggest bank, UBS AG, and largest engineering company, ABB Ltd. The US currently has a law that stipulates unbinding ‘say on pay’ salary votes by shareholders.

A recent poll by opinion research group GfS Bern found significant support for the measure among Swiss voters, with roughly 65 percent supporting the referendum–more support than any other in Swiss history, according to the institute.

“People are clearly fed up,” said political scientist and head of GfS Bern polling, Claude Longchamp.

Cold Reception For Netanyahu’s £2000 Annual Ice Cream Budget

0

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has come under fire after it was revealed his household budgeted £1,750 (or 10,000 shekels) of state funds for luxury ice cream.

According to Calcalist, the PM’s office had applied to award the contract to indulgent ice-cream parlour Metudela on Balfour Street because “catered to [Netanyahu’s] personal tastes” of vanilla and pistachio.

netanyahu us iran

Netanyahu’s favourite flavours were said to be vanilla and pistachio

They also reported a request for a larger ice cream budget had been filed, despite the sweet allowance already providing the PM to eat 167 kg of ice cream a year under the annual allowance. That’s 14kg per month.

The Prime Minister’s Bureau said the budgeting was merely “a master contract meant to accommodate guests at the prime minister’s official residence, and did not necessarily mean the entire sum would be spent” according to Haaretz.

However Netanyahu has became a figure of fun both on the internet and in Israeli media following the revelations, with Labour leader Shelly Yacimovich posting a picture of him with an ice cream cone photoshopped in his hand and the slogan “If there’s no bread, let them eat ice cream.”

netanyahu

Yacimovich compared Netanyahu with Marie Antoinette

Her reference to a quotation often attributed to Marie Antoinette reflected the anger many feel at Netanyahu’s perceived hypocrisy over the ice cream budget as he attempts to pass tough austerity measures through parliament.

He was dubbed ‘the Mr Whippy’ of politics by some users of Twitter, while others supported the Israeli leader’s lip-smacking habit, saying his love of the icy snack earned him their vote.

Netanyahu has now cancelled the budget, according to the Jewish Chronicle, saying he was not aware of the spend and that it was “unacceptable.”

Congressional Hearing Ignores Poor Record of State Coal Ash Regulation

0

WASHINGTON – February 15 – The U.S. House of Representatives Subcommittee on Environment and the Economy is holding a hearing today on the role of the states in protecting the environment. One topic under attack is the pending effort by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to set federally enforceable safeguards for coal ash disposal. Coal ash–America’s second largest industrial waste stream–contains dangerous toxic metals such as mercury, lead, arsenic and selenium. But despite the threat, no federal regulations exist. Household garbage is better regulated than this toxic menace.

The following statement is from Earthjustice legislative representative, Andrea Delgado:

“What the subcommittee is conveniently forgetting is that weak or non-existent state regulations have done little to limit the arsenic, lead, and selenium from coal ash that has already poisoned lakes, streams, rivers and aquifers at more than 200 sites nationwide. Federal protection against coal ash ensures that every state must follow the rules and protect the waters that provide drinking water for millions of Americans. State regulations have done nothing of the sort.

“The coal ash disaster in Tennessee in 2008 was a result of an unregulated and unmonitored dam. State regulations did not require oversight of this coal ash pond and as a result, two dozen homes were damaged or destroyed, 300 acres were completely flooded and two rivers were poisoned. There are nearly 1,500 other coal ash dams and landfills that remain unregulated. Do we really need another coal ash disaster before opponents to protecting the public realize that the states aren’t doing enough? Last time it was Tennessee, next time it could be North Carolina or any of the many states that are home to significant and high hazard coal ash dams.”

Earthjustice is a non-profit public interest law firm dedicated to protecting the magnificent places, natural resources, and wildlife of this earth, and to defending the right of all people to a healthy environment. We bring about far-reaching change by enforcing and strengthening environmental laws on behalf of hundreds of organizations, coalitions and communities.

Contact Lens Fluid Saved Missing Backpacker

0

Missing British backpacker Sam Woodhead has been found alive in the Australian outback.

The 18-year-old disappeared from a cattle station in the Australian state of Queensland on Tuesday when he went for a jog.

A police spokesman said Mr Woodhead was a little sunburned when he was found, but was hydrated and otherwise well.

His father Peter told Sky News: “It’s an incredibly exciting and happy ending to what’s been a real nightmare. We believe he’s being flown to Longreach hospital mainly for precautionary reasons.

“Our thanks go to all those who have joined the search, a lot of which have been volunteers in very hostile territory.”

The former Brighton College student is being returned to the homestead at the central Queensland cattle station where he was staying for a medical assessment, before being transferred to a hospital in the nearby town, Longreach.

There were unconfirmed reports that he was found during a helicopter search, police said.

His sister Rebecca, posted the news on Facebook today, saying: “We have been told that they have found sam!! We have no information on his condition or where he was found yet, so keep your fingers crossed.”

Local authorities launched a search for Mr Woodhead, reportedly from Richmond Upon Thames in Surrey, amid fears he may have become lost in the hot, isolated region.

Rescuers searched for him by land and air. His mother is understood to have urged police to widen their search as her son, an experienced long-distance runner, could have travelled some way from his base.

Temperatures have been around 37C (98.6 Fahrenheit) in the area this week.

Horsemeat Found In Schools, Pubs And Hotels

0

Lancashire County Council has confirmed that horsemeat has been found in cottage pies served at 47 schools.

The council said it has withdrawn the products from all of the schools’ kitchens but refuses to say which schools served the contaminated meat.

Lancashire County Councillor Susie Charles said: “Relatively few schools in Lancashire use this particular product but our priority is to provide absolute assurance that meals contain what the label says – having discovered this one doesn’t, we have no hesitation in removing it from menus.

“This does not appear to be a food safety issue but I’ve no doubt parents will agree we need to take a very firm line with suppliers and it is a credit to our officers that we have been able to quickly identify the problem and take the product off the menus.”

It has also been revealed that catering company Compass and Whitbread, one of the UK’s largest hospitality companies, detected horse DNA in their products.

Contaminated beef lasagne and burgers were sold at Whitbread companies Premier Inn, Brewers Fayre, Beefeater Grill and Table Table.

The firm said the products had been removed from their menus and will not be replaced until further testing has been carried out.

And Compass, which operates across the UK and Ireland, said that sites where it operates had been supplied with burgers from Rangeland – an Irish processor found to have had two consignments of meat with horse DNA.

“This is totally unacceptable. We have informed all of the affected sites of these developments, explained the actions we have taken and issued unreserved apologies,” the company said.

Compass said 13 sites in the Republic and 27 in Northern Ireland, including two secondary schools, were supplied with burgers from Rangeland, the 4oz Rangeburgers which have been found to contain 5-30% horse DNA.

The company has catering operations at 7,000 sites and that most of the sites using Rangeland product were offices.

None of the sites where food was withdrawn were hospitals or sporting venues, Compass confirmed.

Compass said it had withdrawn Rangeland produce on February 5 which included 180 cases of suspect burgers.

Officials have also said that burgers containing horsemeat had been supplied to hospitals in Northern Ireland.

David Bingham from the health service’s Business Services Organisation, which provides meat for the health trusts, said a range from a company in the Republic of Ireland had been withdrawn.

Meanwhile, pub and hotel group Whitbread said they had sent 30 products to be tested and the company received the results on Thursday afternoon.

A spokesman said: “We are shocked and disappointed at this failure of the processed meat supply chain.

“As an industry it is clear we need the supply chain to deliver products to the highest standards of food integrity and quality that we and our customers expect.

“As a responsible business we shall work with the FSA to implement a robust testing regime to avoid this happening in the future. We would like to sincerely apologise to our customers for any concerns or inconvenience that this may cause.”

The news comes as the Food Standards Agency (FSA) published the results of tests on all supermarket beef products, revealing that 29 of the 2,501 samples contained horsemeat.

There are around 900 more test results to be released, with the next batch to be revealed next Friday.

The agency’s chief scientist, Andrew Wadge, told Sky News that he was reassured by the results so far, but retailers need to take responsibility.

“If you’re in the business of selling food, you have to make sure you’re clear to consumers that what you sell is what it says on label,” he said.

Following the release of the FSA results, Environment Secretary Owen Paterson said the food industry has a lot of work to do in the wake of the scandal.

“It’s wholly unacceptable that if people buy products marked beef, they turn out to be horsemeat,” he said.

“That’s why it was so important to undertake this intensive testing activity to gain a meaningful picture.

“My concern is for consumers. The news for them today is that the vast majority of products tested are completely clear of horse DNA.

“Food businesses now have a lot of work to do. They need to move quickly to complete these tests and they need to show their customers they’ve taken the right steps to make sure this doesn’t happen again.”

Venezuelan President Gives Heating Aid to U.S. Poor

0

Venezuelan President Gives Heating Aid to U.S. Poor

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
www_ukberri_net (CC BY 2.0)

Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez.

As many as 400,000 Americans suffering from a 25 percent cut in the government’s home heating assistance program will stay warm this winter thanks to a 100 gallon donation of heating oil each from Venezuelan officials.

The federal Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program will lose $1.2 billion this year, reducing its total budget to $3.47 billion. The Obama administration initially wanted to cut funding to $2.5 billion. In 2011, 8.3 million Americans were helped by the program, though some were left out.

According to the National Energy Assistance Directors’ Association, 90 percent of families participating in the program have at least one “vulnerable” member, defined as elderly, disabled or under 18, Policymic reports. The cost of heating oil has hit a 22-year high at $3.93 a gallon, up 57 cents from last year.

More than 200 U.S. homeless shelters are also slated to receive assistance from the Venezuelan government.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

Policymic:

Venezuela’s generosity towards its northern neighbor began in 2005, after Hurricane Katrina had ravaged the Gulf Coast, when Citgo donated $1 million to disaster relief and President Hugo Chavez offered to send food, water, fuel, and other humanitarian assistance. Chavez was not taken up on his offer by the U.S. administration. That same year, in response to a call by 12 U.S. Senators for oil companies and oil producing nations to donate heating oil to help ease the pain of high prices caused by hurricanes Katrina and Rita, Venezuela rose to the occasion once again. Despite criticism from the American government, the program has continued each winter since.

Read more

More Below the Ad

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Cost of Financial Crisis Tops $22 Trillion



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Euro-Land Banks In Trouble

0

Via Pater Tenebrarum of Acting-Man blog,

A Record Amount of Bad Loans

A recent study by Ernst & Young has revealed that euro-land banks in the aggregate now hold € 918 billion ($1.23 trn.) in non-performing loans (7.6% of all loans outstanding). E&Y sees about 15.5% of all loans in Spain and 10.2% of all loans in Italy as likely to be in NPL status (this exceeds the most recent official numbers somewhat).

In light of such staggering numbers, the idea to use the ESM for direct bank recapitalization seems somewhat ambitious. This is especially so as the idea to employ the ESM to take over the costs of already bailed out banks is being pushed by a number of euro area members. No doubt Ireland and Spain would be happy to see that (in fact, Spain is already the ‘exception’ as the ESM is potentially on the hook for € 100 billion for its banks — but this is structured as a loan to Spain’s government, not a direct bank bailout).

The problem is that if the ESM wants to retain its AAA rating, it will have to back any financing it obtains from the markets with far higher guarantees if it rescues banks rather than governments. Given that what has been pumped into ailing euro-zone banks to date already amounts to €300 billion, its official capacity could be quickly exceeded if these existing bailout commitments were taken over by it.


bank rescue

Taxpayer-funded bank rescues in the euro area so far — the total already amounts to €300 billion, and that is not counting what might be used to bail out Cypriot banks and what may still be required in Italy and Spain (chart via Die Welt).

Your rating: None

Black Nurses Banned from Caring for Child in Michigan Hospital

0

Hospital facing lawsuit after complying with a swastika-tattooed father’s request that only white nurses care for his child.

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In Michigan,  a neonatal nurse reports that she was removed from her job because a Swastika-tattooed father who didn’t want his daughter treated by any African Americans.

The nurse, Tonya Battle, had been working at Hurley Medical Center in Flint, Michigan, since 1988. Yet when a newborn girl came into the neonatal intensive care unit recently, Battle was abruptly removed from the case because “the father told the [nurse in charge] that he did not want and African Americans taking care of his baby.”

Battle is now suing the hospital for discrimination.

“She [BATTLE]was shocked, offended and in disbelief that she was so egregiously discriminated against based on her race and re-assigned,” the court documents read.

The evidence in this case appears overwhelming. Not only was Battle removed from the case, but later she found a note in the baby’s file that read, “No African American nurse to take care of baby.”

Neither Battle nor any other nurses of color were allowed to care for the baby for her month-long stay in the hospital.

‘Go on, shoot me!’ Grief-stricken protester confronts Bahraini riot police (VIDEO)

0

Screenshot from YouTube user bhtv100; Youtube video courtesy of Bhtv100

(8.8Mb) embed video

The death of a 16-year-old boy during the violent second anniversary of Bahrain’s popular uprising drove one enraged protester to face down riot police in a dramatic scene caught on film.

Through the haze of smoke in the debris-littered streets of Daih, over half a dozen riot police were met with a volley of screams by an unidentified protester who was overwhelmed after witnessing the death of Hussein Jaziri — a teenager killed by shotgun fire on Thursday.

The tense standoff in the predominately Shiite village outside the capital Manama seemed likely to end in violence, though the pure force of the protesters indignation reportedly had police rattled.

“You criminals! You murderers! You hope to escape God’s wrath? God will avenge us! Go on, shoot me! Shoot me if you dare, I won’t leave,” the lone man belted out with raw conviction as he closed in on the officers.

A masked youth tentatively approached the man and attempted to pull him back without effect. His screams only intensified as the first officer approached and immediately recoiled as a rock struck the nearby pavement.

A second officer charged in with his baton but immediately lowered it when the demonstrator refused to flinch. Projectile-lobbing protesters then forced back police, who responded with tear gas.

The scene has served to highlight the opposition’s resolve despite the government’s hardline response to the ongoing unrest which has gripped the Gulf country for two years.

Nationwide protests were organized by opposition activists on Thursday to mark the uprising’s two-year anniversary. Protests soon turned violent, with security forces firing shotguns and tear gas to disperse the demonstrators, who then responded by throwing Molotov cocktails.

Clashes raged on into the early hours of Friday, with one police officer reportedly being killed after being hit by “an incendiary device,” the interior ministry said.

On Friday police used sound bombs to disperse thousands of opposition supporters who staged a mid-afternoon demonstration on the Boudaya highway, which links several Shiite-populated villages with the capital, AFP cites witnesses as saying.

Bahrain, a country where over 75 percent of the country is Shiite, is ruled by a Sunni monarchy.

On February 14, 2011, thousands of protesters took to the streets of Bahrain’s capital, Manama, demanding democratic reforms and the resignation of Prime Minister Sheikh Khalifa bin Salman al-Khalifa.

Since the start of the uprising, at least 82 protesters have been killed, including nine children.

Thawing Permafrost May Be “Huge Factor” in Global Warming

0

Crack patterns in Arctic permafrost as viewed from a helicopter. Credit: Brocken Inaglory/cc by 3.0Thawing permafrost is emitting more climate-heating carbon faster than previously realised. Scientists have now learned that when the ancient carbon locked in the ice thaws and is exposed to sunlight, it turns into carbon dioxide 40 percent faster.

“This really changes the trajectory of the debate” over when and how much carbon will be released as permafrost thaws due to ever warmer temperatures in the Arctic, says researcher Rose Cory of the University of North Carolina.

There are 13 million square kilometres of permafrost in Alaska, Canada, Siberia and parts of Europe. As previously reported by IPS, a 2011 study estimated that global warming could release enough permafrost carbon to raise global temperatures three degrees C on top of what will result from human emissions from oil, gas and coal.

Human emissions are headed for four degrees C of global heating, warned the International Energy Agency (IEA) this week. A rapid “decarbonization of electricity supply” is needed to avoid that future, the IEA said as it released a new book titled “Electricity in a Climate-Constrained World”.

“The solutions are well-known: increased energy efficiency, greater research and development of low-carbon energy production, and putting a realistic price on carbon,” the book says.

Carbon emissions from permafrost are not included in IEA projections. Climate models haven’t included them either, Cory told IPS. Nor has anyone factored in the latest discovery that sunlight accelerates the conversion of ancient carbon into carbon dioxide gas.

“We’re trying right now to scale up this finding to get an estimate of how much more carbon might be released,” she said.

Cory and her colleagues studied places in Arctic Alaska where permafrost is melting and is causing the overlying land surface to collapse, forming erosional holes and landslides and exposing long-buried soils to sunlight.

They found that sunlight increases bacterial conversion of exposed soil carbon into carbon dioxide gas by at least 40 percent compared to carbon that remains in the dark. The team reported its findings in an article published online Feb. 11 in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

“This means permafrost carbon is potentially a huge factor that will help determine how fast the Earth warms,” said co-author George Kling, a University of Michigan ecologist.

“We can’t say how fast this Arctic carbon will feed back into the global carbon cycle and accelerate climate warming on Earth, (but) the fact that it will be exposed to light means that it will happen faster than we previously thought,” said Kling in a statement.

Once the Arctic gets warm enough, the carbon and methane emissions from thawing permafrost will kick-start a feedback that will amplify the current warming rate, Kevin Schaefer, a scientist at the National Snow and Ice Data Center (NSIDC) in Boulder, Colorado, previously told IPS.

There is no accurate estimate of methane emissions, which are 40 times as potent in terms of warming as carbon. Methane could have a big impact on temperatures in the short term, Schaefer said.

In 2011, Schaefer’s research showed that the permafrost “tipping point” was just 15 to 20 years away. In light of Cory’s discovery, that will now have to be revised. The only question is how much sooner.

Prepare for a three to five degree C warmer world, said Sir Robert Watson the former chair of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Speaking at a symposium in London Tuesday, Watson, the science director of the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, said the world has missed its chance to stay below two degrees C.

“All the evidence, in my opinion, suggests we’re on our way to a three to five degree C world,” Watson told participants at the symposium.

When Watson was chair of the IPCC from 1997 to 2002, optimism was high there’d be a global agreement to limit emissions. “We were hopeful that emissions would not go up at the tremendous rate they are rising now,” he told the Climate News Network, a UK journalism news service.

“(Now) all the promises in the world, which we’re not likely to realise anyway, will not give us a world with only a two degree C rise.”

Nick Turse and the Real Vietnam War

0

Nick Turse and the Real Vietnam War

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
Moyers & Company

Nick Turse.

Nick Turse‘s new book, “Kill Anything That Moves,” is a ghastly revelation of previously unreported war crimes committed in Vietnam in the wake of the My Lai Massacre. He tells Bill Moyers how 15 years ago a staffer at the National Archives outside Washington, D.C., pointed him toward the “horror trove” of accounts that led to the book.

“I really stumbled upon this project,” Turse said. “I was a graduate student when I began it. I was working on a project on post-traumatic stress disorder among U.S. Vietnam veterans. And I would go down to the National Archives just outside of D.C. I was looking for hard data to match up with, you know, self-report material, what veterans told us about their service. And on one of these trips, I was down there for about two weeks. And about every research avenue that I had pursued was a dead end. And I finally went to an archivist that I worked with there.

“And I said to him, ‘I can’t go back to my boss empty-handed. I need something, at least a lead.’ And he, you know, said a few words to me that really changed my life. He said, ‘Do you think that witnessing war crimes could cause post-traumatic stress?’ And I said, ‘You know, that’s an excellent hypothesis. What do you have on war crimes?’

“Within an hour, I was going through a collection of boxes, thousands and thousands of pages of documents. To call it, you know, an information treasure trove is the wrong phrase. It was a horror trove. These were reports of massacres, murders, mutilation, torture. And these were investigations that were carried out by the U.S. military during the war. A collection of documents called the Vietnam War Crimes Working Group Collection. And this was a task force that was set up in the Pentagon. And it was designed to track war crimes cases in the wake of the exposure of the My Lai Massacre.”

Read a transcript of their conversation here.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

‘Moyers & Company’:

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Why Is America’s Internet So Slow?



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Gold Leaps Into Backwardation!

0

Since late January, the February gold contract has been in backwardation.  This means that one could make a profit by simultaneously selling a gold bar and buying a February contract.  One would still have one’s gold plus a little extra.  I coined the term “temporary backwardation”, to describe this curious and very recent phenomenon.  In our “new normal”, most gold and silver contracts go into backwardation as they get close to expiry.

When the Feb contract first jumped into backwardation, it was well within the “contract roll” period.  The roll is when naked longs sell the expiring contract and buy a contract for a more distant month.  This heavy selling of the expiring contract pushes down its price.  Since cobasis is Spot minus Future (oversimplified slightly), the cobasis rises purely due to the mechanics of this selling.

But today something more serious occurred.  The April contract, which is not yet being  “rolled”, fell into backwardation.  See the chart.

This is a chart of the cobases for the February and April 2013 gold contracts.

The market is offering a free profit to anyone who will sell a gold bar and buy an April contract.  For whatever reason, no one is either able or willing to take the bait.  This is proof that the market for physical gold metal is drying up.  Speculators in the futures markets may believe that the gold price “should” fall because the central banks say they are not going to competitively devalue their irredeemable paper currencies.  Owners of real metal are increasingly reluctant to part with it at the current price.

We don’t recommend that anyone ever naked short the monetary metals. Instead, we always advise to use an arbitrage position such as long gold / short silver.

Using the basis theory, we have been bearish on silver this year, against the consensus posting two videos (here and here).

Using the basis theory on gold today, we would suggest that now is a great time and a great price to buy gold.

And to those who may be shorting gold due to downward momentum, we would say this.  Caveat venditor.

Your rating: None

Michael Le Vell Will ‘Fight’ Child Sex Charges

0

One of Coronation Street’s longest-serving actors, Michael Le Vell, has been charged with a string of child sex offences.

Le Vell, who plays garage owner Kevin Webster in the ITV soap opera, is accused of 19 child sex offences, including child rape, and sexual activity with a child, Greater Manchester Police said.

Le Vell, 48, a father-of-two whose real name is Michael Turner, will appear in court charged with the offences on February 27.

The actor was initially arrested in connection with the offences in September 2011.

The investigation was dropped three months later when authorities said there would be no further action taken against him as there was not enough evidence against him.

However, following a review of the case by lawyers at the Crown Prosecution Service the decision has been taken that it is in the “public interest” to charge the actor.

Speaking after the investigation against him was dropped in 2011, Le Vell said he was “delighted” to have been “completely exonerated”, thanked police for their “thorough” investigation and Coronation Street staff and the public for their support.

Le Vell vowed to put the allegations behind him and returned to the show after a short break and is now currently involved in some of the soap’s main storylines.

Alison Levitt, QC, principal legal adviser to the Director of Public Prosecutions, reviewed a file of evidence in relation to allegations of sexual offences and looked again at a decision previously made not to prosecute.

Ms Levitt said: “I have very carefully reviewed the evidence in this case and I have concluded that there is sufficient evidence and it is in the public interest to charge Michael Robert Turner with a number of sexual offences.

“I have authorised Greater Manchester Police to charge Mr Turner with 19 offences, including rape of a child.”

Le Vell, who split from his wife Janette Beverley last year, is one of television’s most famous faces after playing car mechanic Kevin Webster for the past 30 years in the TV show.

Originally from Manchester, he began his acting career in the Oldham Theatre Workshop after taking an interest in amateur dramatics while at school.

He first joined the soap in 1983 and quickly endeared himself to fans who have followed the trials and tribulations of Kevin, from Brian Tilsley’s apprentice mechanic through to his stormy marriage to Sally, played by Sally Dynevor, and fathering two teenage girls as well as a love child from his affair with Molly Dobbs.

FAA takes major step in expanding drone use in America

0

RQ-4 Global Hawk unmanned aerial vehicle (Reuters)

RQ-4 Global Hawk unmanned aerial vehicle (Reuters)

US President Barack Obama has approved legislation that is expected to immediately accelerate the use of domestic surveillance drones within the United States.

On Thursday, Pres. Obama signed the FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012, a bill that the Federal Aviation Administration’s AnneMarie Ternay describes as containing requirements for integrating unmanned aircraft systems and vehicles such as drones into the national airspace starting immediately.

With the president’s approval this week, the FAA has already begun soliciting proposals from cities across the country that are interested in becoming one of six soon-to-be established test sites where drones and UAVs will be sent into the sky as America takes the next step towards accepting the latest generation of aircraft.

The FAA says that locations in over 30 states have already showed interest in the program. Soon the agency will be tasked with picking a mere half-dozen locations so that drones can formally be introduced into official US airspace and not just strips of sky above designated areas.

Should the FAA stay on schedule, drones are likely to start flying regularly in the US by late 2015, and as many as 30,000 non-military UAVs are expected to be in the sky by the end of the decade. First, however, the FAA, drone builders and pilots will have to pick test sites to work out the kinks of a controversial aircraft.

“We expect to learn how unmanned aircraft systems operate in different environments and how they will impact air traffic operations,” FAA Chief Michael Huerta says in a statement obtained by the Associated Press. “The test sites will inform the agency as we develop standards for certifying unmanned aircraft and determine necessary air traffic requirements.”

“This research will give us valuable information about how best to ensure the safe introduction of this advanced technology into our nation’s skies,” Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood added to the AP.

Earlier in the week, the head of the FAA’s new drone department spoke at a convention outside of Washington, DC to discuss some concerns Americans have voiced en masse lately about bringing drones to inside of America’s borders. The US Department of Homeland Security already has an arsenal of the aircraft at its disposal for use in border-patrol missions, but small-time law enforcement agencies and other federal, state and educational institutions hope to have drones of their in the near future. So far, the FAA has received at least 81 applications from entities wishing to obtain drone licenses, including police departments and universities. What exactly law enforcement could do with a drone has some Americans concerns, though, an issue that was addressed at this week’s conference.

“We currently have rules in the books that deal with releasing anything from an aircraft, period. Those rules are in place and that would prohibit weapons from being installed on a civil aircraft,” Jim Williams of the FAA’s Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Integration Office said this week.

On the same day that President Obama signed off on the FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012, around 150 people from Oakland, California attended an Alameda County meeting to weigh in on demands from figures there to put drones in the sky.

“We oppose the use of public resources to buy machines to surveil its citizens,” said Michael Seigel, a member of Alameda County Against Drones, according to Wired’s Danger Room.

Earlier in the week, the FAA’s Mr. Williams dismissed those concerns, saying, “The FAA has no authority to make rules or enforce any rules relative to privacy.”

“We can ask [the industry] to take into consideration the privacy issue. … There aren’t any rules to date on that.”

Bahrain: Silencing the Voice of the Voiceless

0

Bahrain is a small country, often forgotten unless the Fifth Fleet of the US Navy, which it hosts, is in the news. A country where people continue to fight for democracy despite the high, sometimes deadly, price of speaking out. A country which, for the past two years, has been living to the beat of police crack-downs, arbitrary detentions and tear gas shootings.Like Nabeel Rajab, scores of Bahrainis are languishing in prison simply for having marched in the street to call for economic, social and political reforms. (Photo: EPA)

I visited Bahrain twice since February 14, 2011, when the Arab Spring protests began. I first went, in April 2012, to meet my friend and colleague Nabeel Rajab, International Federation for Human Rights (FIDH) Deputy Secretary General and President of the Bahrain Centre for Human Rights, as well as other human rights defenders, victims of state violence, and government officials. 

Rajab, one of Bahrain’s most prominent human rights defenders, was able to provide me with direct accounts of what had been happening in his country over the previous year. For years, he has been fighting to document and expose the abuses of the Bahraini authorities to the rest of the world, particularly the monarchy’s most influential ally, the United States. 

My second trip, a couple of months later, was a difficult one as I returned to observe Rajab’s appeal in September. He had been arrested and convicted for supporting and participating in “illegal gatherings” – the regime’s euphemism for freedom of association. He was denied bail at the hearing I attended, and in December 2012, an appeals court sentenced him to two years in prison for participating in peaceful demonstrations and using his Twitter account to call on others to join. During his detention, Rajab was isolated from other prisoners of conscience and housed in a separate unit.

Rajab’s case is the norm rather than the exception for human rights defenders working in Bahrain. 

Languishing in prison

Like Rajab, scores of Bahrainis are languishing in prison simply for having marched in the street to call for economic, social and political reforms. Human rights defenders have become a major target of the regime, with one leading human rights defender after another being arrested for documenting the ongoing abuses. It seems that in today’s Bahrain, the surest way to prison is human rights work. 

In July 2011, after mounting pressure from the international community, Bahrain’s King Hamad bin Isa Al Khalifa empowered a group of international experts to investigate the events of 2011. The Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry (BICI) published its report in November 2011, clearly identifying the regime’s repressive practices: arbitrary arrests, torture, harassment, lack of access to independent courts respecting fundamental fair trial principles, unfair dismissals, and the list goes on.

Since the publication of this report, the disproportionate use of force by security forces has already resulted in the death of 24 individuals, mainly during protests and due to the excessive use of tear gas or rubber bullets.

Impunity remains the backdrop for these state-sponsored human rights violations. As of now, very few sentences have been rendered by courts for security officers accused of severe human rights violations and those convicted are low-ranking officers. Moreover, torture accusations by those unlawfully detained continue to be dismissed by the judicial system.

Political prisoners such as Abdulhadi al-Khawaja, a prominent human rights defender, and Ibrahim Sharif, the Secretary General of the Wa’ad party, have complained before the judges of torture during their arrest and detention. Indeed, I listened as Mahdi Abu Deeb, a leader of the Bahraini Teachers’ Association who remains imprisoned for calling for a strike, described the violent treatment that he was subjected to during his arrest and detention at a hearing in April 2012. 

The BICI did not just document facts, it also provided state authorities with a number of recommendations, including dismissal of charges related to political expression, review of all convictions and sentences issued by the National Security Court in ordinary courts, and the establishment of an independent and impartial body to investigate all claims of torture and similar mistreatment, ensure those arrested have prompt access to counsel and are informed of the legal basis for their arrest, and redress for the families of those killed. The Commission also urged the establishment of a national dialogue between the various parties. 

Arrests continue

Supported by the international community and human rights organisations, these recommendations have been formally approved by King Hamad. However, more than a year has passed and the recommendations have yet to be meaningfully implemented. Instead, arrests continue and the count of those killed since the uprising began in February 2011 now exceeds 80. 

Let’s be clear – the release of prisoners of conscience – many of them human rights defenders – is a prerequisite to ending this crisis. Without that, tensions between the communities will deepen and repression will continue. While a national dialogue has just resumed between the government and opposition groups, it is of utmost importance that discussions meet the legitimate expectations of all Bahrainis and lead to concrete improvements on the ground.  

The regime must stop the rhetoric. It must stop paying lip service to human rights while violating its citizens’ most basic rights and protections. The international community and Bahrain’s main partners – particularly the United Kingdom, the United States and France, which, contrary to its own rhetoric on respecting human rights, continue to provide military aid to Bahrain – must ensure that Bahrain allows its citizens to enjoy their full rights without fearing dire consequences.

A first step would be to release Rajab and other human rights defenders and protesters immediately. Only when all Bahrainis are allowed to exercise the full spectrum of rights, and human rights defenders allowed to do their important work, will the situation in Bahrain improve. 

Note: A report released by FIDH setting out the findings of its observation missions of the trial and appeal of Nabeel Rajab is available here.

© 2012 Al-Jazeera

Tesco vows more openness on supplies after horsemeat scandal

0

LONDON (Reuters) – Tesco, Britain’s biggest supermarket chain, has responded to the scandal of horsemeat being sold as beef with a pledge to offer customers insight into its global supply chain.

Regulators and companies in the food industry have been rushing to deal with issues thrown up by the crisis and ease consumer concerns about food quality.

In a blog on Friday, Tesco Chief Executive Philip Clarke promised to provide customers with a window to the workings of its suppliers, providing visibility and transparency to restore confidence in the provenance of its food.

He said the group, criticised in the past for squeezing the profit margins of suppliers, would establish a “world class” traceability and DNA testing system and build a new website that will showcase its tests.

“We pledge that over the weeks and months ahead, we will open up our supply chain and give you more information than any retailer has before to enable you to make informed choices about the food you buy,” said Clarke.

He said customers must have confidence “that if it isn’t on the label, it isn’t in the product.”

Tesco declined to say how much this would cost.

However, Clarke did say: “Let me be clear, this doesn’t mean more expensive food.”

The horsemeat scandal, which has triggered product recalls and damaged confidence across Europe’s food industry, erupted last month when tests carried out in Ireland revealed that some beef products also contained horsemeat.

Two Tesco products were found to contain horse: Everyday Value beefburgers and frozen Everyday Value Spaghetti Bolognese.

As the scandal continued to spread on Friday, the president of French meat processor Spanghero promised to disprove allegations that his firm knowingly sold horsemeat labelled as beef.

To view Philip Clarke’s video blog, click on: http://www.tescoplc.com/index.asp?pageid=187

(Editing by David Holmes)

Pakistan slams India over border killing

0

Indian soldiers patrol along a barbed-wire fence on the Line of Control between Pakistan and India. (File photo)

Pakistan’s Foreign Ministry has strongly condemned the killing of a Pakistani soldier by Indian forces near the Line of Control in the disputed Kashmir region.

The shooting which occurred in the Khoi Ratta sector on Thursday “goes against the understanding reached between Pakistan and India on speedy return of inadvertent line crossers,” the ministry said in a statement released on Friday evening.

The statement warned that the incident had “the potential to further vitiate the atmosphere.”

“Pakistan calls upon the Government of India to carry out a thorough investigation into this unfortunate incident and to ensure that such incidents do not recur,” it urged.

Earlier in the day, the Indian Army said that the soldier in question had been killed in a firefight in which one Indian soldier was also wounded.

“At that time we did not know he was a Pakistani soldier. We killed an infiltrator,” Indian Army spokesman, Lieutenant Colonel Rajesh Kalia, explained.

The Pakistani military, however, condemned the “inhuman and brutal act,” saying the soldier had become lost and crossed the line “inadvertently,” and that civilians at the scene had seen him being questioned by the Indian side.

In January the Pakistani military accused Indian troops of crossing the border and killing one of its soldiers. The incident came after two Indian soldiers were killed by Pakistani forces.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 60 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. The nuclear armed neighbors have fought three wars, two of which over the disputed territory of Kashmir, since their independence from Britain in 1947.

MRS/JR/SS

Meteorite Shower Hits Russia Injuring 950

0

More than 400 people have been injured after a meteor strike in central Russia, the country’s interior ministry says.

Fragments of at least one meteorite were seen falling from the morning sky in the Chelyabinsk region at around 9am local time, around 1,500km east of Moscow.

Witnesses described feeling a pressure wave and hearing explosions overhead as the object hurtled to earth. Windows shattered and there were localised power cuts, sparking panic among residents.

The emergencies ministry said that 20,000 rescue workers had been dispatched to help the injured and locate those needing help.

The defence ministry said it had sent soldiers to the sites of impact.

Police urged people to remain calm and asked those who had been injured to call a special hotline.

Russia’s Ministry of Interior said more than 400 people had reported injuries, with most requiring treatment for minor cuts and bruises caused by broken glass and damage to buildings. No serious injuries have been reported.

The local office of the National Emergencies Ministry said in a statement: “A meteorite disintegrated above the Urals (mountain range in central Russia), partially burning up in the lower atmosphere.

“Fragments of the meteorite reached Earth, falling in sparsely populated areas in the Chelyabinsk region.”

Many drivers in Russia have video recorders fitted in their cars in case of accidents or disputes with traffic police. Footage from these uploaded to YouTube show the fireball crashing to the ground.

There were reports of traffic in the Urals city of Chelyabinsk grinding to a halt and people seeking shelter in buildings as the fireballs lit up the sky.                 

The emergencies ministry confirmed the mobile phone network was temporarily cut.

Schools have been closed for the day across the region after the impact blew out windows.

The Chelyabinsk region is Russia’s industrial heartland, home to many factories and other huge facilities that include a nuclear power plant and the Mayak atomic waste storage and treatment centre.

A spokesman for Rosatom, the Russian nuclear energy state corporation, said that its operations remained unaffected.

“All Rosatom enterprises located in the Urals region – including the Mayak complex – are working as normal,” said a Rosatom spokesman.

Rand Paul Asks Serious Questions about Targeted Killings

0

The Politico went to some effort, it seems, to dismiss Rand Paul’s concerns about the drone program (as well as his threat to hold John Brennan’s nomination if and when it gets out of the Senate Intelligence Committee).

But Paul’s two letters on the subject are actually far more serious than those mocking them make out (the first one also brings the tally of congressional requests for the targeted killing memos to 19).

For example, Paul is one of the few people asking any questions about non-US citizens.

Do you believe that the president has the power to authorize lethal force, such as a drone strike, against a U.S. citizen on U.S. soil? What about the use of lethal force against a non-U.S. person on U.S. soil?

He also asks how the National Security Act and Posse Comitatus might play into a domestic strike.

Do you believe that the prohibition on CIA participation in domestic law enforcement, first established by the National Security Act of 1947, would apply to the use of lethal force, especially lethal force directed at an individual on a targeting list, if a U.S. citizen on a targeting list was found to be operating on U.S. soil? What if the individual on the targeting list was a non-U.S. person but found to be operating on U.S. soil? Do you consider such an operation to be domestic law enforcement, or would it only be subject to the president’s wartime powers?

[…] Do you believe that the Posse Comitatus Act, or any other prohibition on the use of the military in domestic law enforcement, would prohibit the use of military hardware and/or personnel in pursuing terrorism suspects–especially those on a targeting list–found to be operating on U.S. soil? If not, would you support the use of such assets in pursuit of either U.S. citizen or non-U.S. persons on U.S. soil suspected of terrorist activity?

And (here in his first letter to Brennan) Paul asks the seemingly unspeakable question: how 16-year-old American citizen Abdulrahman al-Awlaki came to be killed by a US drone.

What role did you play in approving the drone strike that led to the death of the underage, U.S. citizen son of Anwar al-Awlaki? Unlike his father, he had not renounced his U.S. citizenship. Was the younger al-Awlaki the intended target of the U.S. drone strike which took his life? Further, do you reject the subsequent claim, apparently originating from anonymous U.S. government sources, that the young man had actually been a “military age male” of 20 years or more of age, something that was later proven false by the release of his birth certificate?

Paul even asks a question limited largely to Yemen experts – whether or expanding campaign there is really about counterinsurgency rather than counterterrorism.

Is the U.S. drone strike strategy exclusively focused on targeting al Qaeda, or is it also conducting counterinsurgency operations against militants seeking to further undermine their government, such as in Yemen?

Finally, Paul slips this question in, which has nothing to do with targeted killings, but has everything to do with Brennan’s seeming disinterest in the privacy of the American people.

Do you support the Attorney General’s 2012 guidance to the NCTC that it may deliberately collect, store, and “continually assess” massive amounts of data on all U.S. citizens for potential correlations to terrorism, even if the U.S. citizens targeted have no known ties to terrorism?

Now, to Politico this may be a big game. But Paul is asking a lot of questions that no one else in DC is asking (note: he may have more leeway to ask such questions than, say, Ron Wyden, who has presumably been read into some of these answers).

Which is, I guess, how the Village now defines wacko: those people who asks the questions they’re too afraid to ask.

Be Careful What You Hope For – Buy-Back Mountain

0

We noted yesterday the apparent perfect (ill)-market-timing of increases in corporate buybacks and nowhere is this more evident than across Europe. The following chart might just make all those activist shareholder mom-and-pops, demanding CEOs ‘use’ their cash hordes, think twice… it appears the CEOs really don’t have better crystal balls than the rest of us…

Chart: Goldman Sachs

Your rating: None Average: 4 (1 vote)

US awards video game mentality: Analyst

0

A political analyst says the US administration uses the concepts of sacrifice and heroism to deceive people and awards video game mentality, Press TV reports.

“The entire idea of heroism, military awards, sacrifice, is totally a con. They have been selling this to people for, really, hundreds of years or longer,” Gordon Duff said in an interview with Press TV on Friday.

He slammed the US government’s issuing of awards to drone operators and cyber attack directors, saying the idea of giving a medal for being thousands of miles away from a battle front is nothing new in the United States.

“You could criticize, and certainly everyone is, the idea that the United States is going to be giving…they call it ‘the geek’s medal’, to cyber warriors,” Duff added.

He went on to say that the US administration is actually awarding the people who play video games with the lives of others.

The analyst further pointed out that the American population has forgotten about all the wars going on as such wars are not reported in the papers and nobody mentions them.

“We saw nothing in the papers, no one wants to hear about it and certainly there is no interest in members of the military, their welfare, veterans and their families. We hear nothing of it and the population frankly, to be honest, could care less,” Duff concluded.

The Pentagon announced on February 13 that it is creating the Distinguished Warfare Medal to be awarded to those US troops who launch assassination drone strikes and direct cyber attacks.

Outgoing US Defense Secretary Leon Panetta said Wednesday that the US drone operators and those who direct cyber attacks would be eligible to receive the medal for their direct impact on a US military operations from afar.

The United States uses its assassination drones in Yemen, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Somalia, claiming that they target ‘terrorists.’ The attacks, however, have mostly led to massive civilian casualties.

TNP/HGH/SS

Can America Go ‘Forward’ on Climate?

0

The Sierra Club, Bill Mckibben’s 350.org fight-climate-change crew, 130 other organizations, plus thousands of Americans from all walks are meeting at Noon on Sunday, February 17 in Washington, D.C. to make “Forward on Climate” the largest climate rally in history. 

Their first goal is to convince Obama to reject the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline once and for all, for it could unlock vast amounts of additional carbon the planet simply cannot afford to burn. But his final decision on the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline will only be a test of whether he’s truly serious about walking his talk. The Forward on Climate Rally will put unparalleled pressure on Obama to act on his word, and in an unprecedented way. It is their hope that he will do all in his power to face, and combat, global warming.

But before America can move “Forward” on climate issues — they must “face” the facts. Ignorance and denial abound in individuals and institutions across the country (there are, alas, institutions like Heartland dedicated to perpetuating skepticism and denial about climate change). A 2007 Harris poll found that 71% of Americans believe that continued burning of fossil fuels would cause the climate to change. By 2009 this figure dropped to 51%, and fell again in 2011 to just 44%. According to Scott Keeter, director of survey research at the Pew Research Center for People and the Press, this is “among the largest shifts over a short period of time seen in recent public opinion history.”

Obama shows no recognition of America’s five-planet lifestyle . . . no recognition that a small slice of the Earth’s population consumes a lions share, and wrecks the rest.

Meanwhile, record droughts, food scarcity, floods, severe super-storms, billions in damage, lives lost, and the hottest year on record in the United States have all come to pass in 2012. The amount of carbon dioxide in the earth’s atmosphere has increased by 40 percent in a century, due to our perpetual burning of coal, oil, and natural gas. NASA’s James Hansen explains that business as usual — such as burning the tar sands bitumen — will guarantee “game over for the climate.”

But America could be a major leader in a worldwide clean energy revolution, that is, if Obama chooses the people, the land, and the future of the planet, over corporate interest. This clean energy revolution could transform the nation, cut carbon pollution drastically, and resist or even reverse the inertia of impending climate disaster. Forward On Climate states, “we need President Obama to commit to that fight with all the ambition and determination he can bring.” But why do they put so must faith in Obama’s character and power? How are they so easily assuaged by his soaring rhetoric?

The president spoke somberly about climate change for half an hour this Tuesday during his State of the Union speech, earning him brownie points with some, but the eloquence of his promises have never been something to be contested. Despite his rhetoric, and avowal to address global warming and not betray future generations, he fails to face the elephant in the room. With less than five percent of the world’s population, it is the USA that consumes a quarter of the world’s fossil fuels. Where is his “mea culpa”moment? Instead, Obama shows no recognition of America’s five-planet lifestyle . . . no recognition that a small slice of the Earth’s population consumes a lions share, and wrecks the rest.

And yet on an even deeper level, Obama’s invocation of the need for “sustainable energy sources” suggests that he believes fossil fuels themselves are to blame. And perhaps he’s not at fault. This is what most people believe. But what about the root of our climatic, environmental problem: the exploitative economic paradigm we operate, the political stagnation that goes with that, the social inequalities we are forced to endure, the cult of hyper-consumption that defines American culture — it is this systemic destructiveness that endorses ravenous fossil fuel use in the first place.

Until Obama, and the activists putting pressure on him, stop confounding the symptoms with the disease, there will be a stark limit to how effective, enduring and powerful a revolutionary movement can be.

© 2013 Adbusters

Jobless man self-immolates in Paris

0

The picture shows office of state employment agency, Pole Emploi, in Nantes, France on February 13, 2013.

A 49-year-old unemployed man has set himself on fire in the France’s capital, Paris, in yet another incident which attests to the gravity of financial crisis in European countries.

On Friday, the jobless man set himself on fire in front of his home in Saint-Ouen, located some 6.6 kilometers from the capital after being told he was ineligible for unemployment benefits. Reports say that the man was transferred to a hospital for medical treatment.

On Wednesday, an unemployed French man succumbed to injuries he suffered after setting himself on fire in front of the state employment agency in the western city of Nantes.

Reports said that the man had informed the journalists of his decision, warning he would set himself on fire this week.

In August, another jobless man, aged 51, also died of self-immolation in the capital.

The number of jobless people in France has risen for the past 20 months, with economic analysts believing the rate would soon reach the record high set in 1997 of 3.2 million.

In December 2012, Government official unemployment figures showed that 3.13 million people were registered in the country’s jobless program in November, a rise of 29,300 compared to October.

The French unemployment rate has increased since President Francois Hollande took office in May 2012, despite his promises to create 100,000 new jobs per year.

Europe plunged into a financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered incidents of social unrest and massive protests in many European countries.

MAM/JR

Bahrainis mark revolution anniversary

0

Thousands of Bahrainis have rallied near the capital to mark the second anniversary of the revolution against the ruling Al Khalifa family.

The demonstration was held on the Budaiya highway, which links several villages with the capital, Manama, on Friday. It was organized by Bahrain’s main opposition bloc al-Wefaq.

Waving national flags, protesters chanted “Down with the dictatorship!” as they were led by Sheikh Ali Salman of al-Wefaq.

They also held funeral services for the latest victim of the regime’s crackdown on protest; the 16-year-old Hussein al-Jaziri who was shot dead on Thursday after security forces attacked anti-regime protesters in the village of Daih.

Witnesses said Saudi-backed Bahraini forces used tear gas and sound bombs to disperse the Friday protest. There were no immediate reports of casualties.

Bahrainis held mass anti-regime rallies also on Thursday coinciding with the actual anniversary of the start of the revolution on February 14, 2011.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demands for the establishment of a democratically-elected government and an end to rights violations are met.

HM/JR/SS

Iran, Pakistan to ink gas pipeline deal

0

File photo shows a construction site of Iran-Pakistan gas pipeline.

Iran and Pakistan are set to sign an agreement on the construction of a multi-billion-dollar natural gas pipeline between the two Asian countries.

Pakistan’s public sector firm Interstate Gas Systems and Tehran-based Tadbir Energy Development Group will sign the contract in Islamabad on Friday, the English-language Pak Tribune reported.

Adviser to the Pakistani Prime Minister on Petroleum and Natural Resources Asim Hussain said on Thursday that the Iranian company would complete the process of constructing the pipeline in 15 months.

Pakistani firms Frontier Works Organization (FWO), Sui Southern Gas Company (SSGC) and Sui Northern Gas Pipelines Limited (SNGPL) will also take part in the construction of the gas pipeline.

Tadbir Energy Development Group will reportedly undertake all engineering procurement and construction work for the first segment of the project, which starts from the Iran-Pakistan border and costs around USD250 million.

The Iranian firm will also carry out the second segment of the project, and extend the financing later to USD500 million.

The remaining amount is expected to be generated through Pakistan’s Gas Infrastructure Development Cess (GIDC).

The Iran-Pakistan gas pipeline, projected to cost USD1.2-1.5 billion, would enable the export of 21.5 million cubic meters of Iranian natural gas to Pakistan on a daily basis.

Iran has already constructed more than 900 kilometers of the pipeline on its soil.

MP/HGH/SS

Oscar Pistorius Breaks Down In Tears In Court

0

Olympic star Oscar Pistorius has arrived at court where he is charged with the murder of his girlfriend Reeva Steenkamp.

Lawyers for the athlete, who was being held at Boshkop police station in Pretoria, are expected to apply for bail at the hearing.

However, police have said that they will oppose the application.

The body of Miss Steenkamp, a top South African model, was discovered at the athlete’s property in the Silver Woods gated community in eastern Pretoria on Thursday morning.

She had been shot four times. A 9mm pistol was found at the scene.

Local media has reported that she was shot through a bathroom door.

Pistorius, 26, spent the night in custody and was subject to blood-alcohol, DNA and other tests, as forensics experts continued to work at the crime scene at his home in an upmarket gated estate.

His lawyer Kenny Oldwage said his client was “very well, obviously emotional, but fine”.

Police were called to Pistorius’s home at around 4am on Thursday by neighbours who heard gunshots. He is the only suspect in the case.

More follows…

Rosneft gets access to $100bn gas and oil field in Alaska

0

Russian President Vladimir Putin (center) at the signing ceremony of cooperation documents between OJSC Rosneft Oil Company and ExxonMobil Development Campaign company. Right - President of Rosneft Igor Sechin. Left - ExxonMobil Exploration Company President Stephen Greenlee.(RIA Novosti / Aleksey Nikolskyi)

Russian President Vladimir Putin (center) at the signing ceremony of cooperation documents between OJSC Rosneft Oil Company and ExxonMobil Development Campaign company. Right – President of Rosneft Igor Sechin. Left – ExxonMobil Exploration Company President Stephen Greenlee.(RIA Novosti / Aleksey Nikolskyi)

Rosneft has reached an agreement with Exxon Mobil to acquiring a 25% stake in the Point Thompson Alaska oil and natural gas field. The deal is part of the larger cooperation on exploring the Russian Arctic shelf.

­The head of Rosneft Igor Sechin and the President of ExxonMobil Stephen Greenlee have signed an agreement on joint exploration of new sectors of the Russian Arctic shelf, expanding the 2011 strategic partnership agreement.

Under the deal Rosneft gets access to one of the largest fields in Alaska which is currently operated by ExxonMobil. Participation in the project will let Rosneft develop up to a quarter of the proved gas resources of the Alaska North Slope, as well as get the latest technology for exploiting liquid gas fields in bad weather conditions, according to Igor Sechin.

In return, ExxonMobil gets the rights to explore 600,000 acres of land in the Russian Arctic, including the Severo-Karsky block in the Kara Sea, three blocks in the Chukchi Sea and two in the Laptev Sea, all of which are “among the most promising and least explored offshore blocks in the world.

According to Sechin, the agreements “take the unprecedented Rosneft and ExxonMobil partnership to a completely new level.” “The acreage in the Russian Arctic subject to geological exploration and subsequent development increased nearly six-fold,” Sechin added.

Point Thompson is a large oil and gas field in the Northern part of Alaska, which was discovered in the 1960s, which has been recently cleared for development after a legal battle between ExxonMobil and the State of Alaska. In 2012 the State, Exxon Mobil and other Point Thomson stakeholders agreed that natural gas production can begin by spring 2016, or the State could begin to take back leases. 

The field is estimated to hold a potential 8 trillion cubic feet of natural gas which is a quarter of the known reserves in the region, and also hundreds of millions of barrels of oil. If the estimates are correct the area could be worth more than $100 billion.

Gambling addiction cost San Diego mayor $1 billion

0

$1 billion in wins at a casino may sound like a jackpot — but not if the losses total $1.13 billion.

Former San Diego mayor Maureen O’Connor became so addicted to gambling that she stole $2.1 million from her late husband’s charity to feed her habit.

Now, the former mayor and council member is living in poverty and being forced to pay back the money she took from her deceased husband’s R.P. Foundation — a nonprofit organization that provides money to numerous other charities. Having suffered $13 million in total losses during a decade-long video poker spree, O’Connor hardly has the funds to return the ‘borrowed’ cash. The woman has already sold her $2.5 million property and borrowed money from friends, most of which was used to gamble.

“I always intended to pay it back,” she told reporters at a news conference. “And I still intend to pay it back.”

The 66-year-old retiree’s fortune has plummeted in the years since she was San Diego’s first female mayor from 1986 to 1992. She once had an estimated $40 to $50 million in her bank account, which she inherited from her now-deceased husband, Jack in the Box founder Robert O. Peterson.

But she gambled that money away. And when it was gone, she continued to use the funds from Peterson’s charity, only to lose that money as well. When the missing $2.1 million was linked to O’Connor, she was arrested — but pleaded not guilty to a money laundering charge.

The Justice Department on Thursday agreed to defer the prosecution for two years, giving the woman 24 months to repay the foundation and receive medical treatment for her gambling addiction. If she is unable to repay the ‘borrowed’ money, she could be heavily prosecuted. In the state of California, money laundering of $1 to $2.5 million dollars is punished with three years imprisonment.

“It’s a case in which we’ve agreed that charges will be filed, but they will be dismissed without a conviction, assuming that Maureen has appropriate treatment and conforms to the law for a period of two years,” Gener Iredale, O’Connor’s defense attorney, told reporters at Thursday’s news conference.

O’Connor expressed regret about her actions, shedding tears and claiming she had never intended to steal.

“Most of you know, I never meant to hurt the city,” said the elderly woman, who needs the assistance of a cane to walk.

The distraught woman then blamed her gambling addiction on a brain tumor she had growing.

“There are two Maureens — Maureen No. 1 and Maureen No. 2,” she said. “Maureen No. 2 is the Maureen who did not know she had a tumor growing in her brain.”

The tumor has since been removed, but O’Connor continues to suffer from a number of other ailments that make her unfit for court.

O’Connor has also been struggling with her late husband’s passing, who died of leukemia in 1994. She began to gamble in 2001, while still trying to come to terms with the pain and loneliness of her loss. One of O’Connor’s friends described her habit as “grief gambling”, according to a court filing acquired by the Associated Press.

But her long history of political service, followed by her years of grief, can do little to lift her out of the criminal consequences.

“No figure, regardless of how much good they’ve done or how much they’ve given to charity can escape criminal liability with impunity,” Attorney Laura Duffy told AP.

But O’Connor has found a light at the end of the tunnel: the former mayor has filed a lawsuit against investors who defaulted on the payments of a hotel she sold for $7.5 million in 2005. If O’Connor wins the case, she plans to use the damages to repay the charitable foundation.

Until then, San Diego’s first female mayor continues to live with her sister as she comes to terms with her multimillion-dollar debt and her public fall from grace.

US college student creates blueprints for a drone-proof city

0

Asher Kohn isn’t an urban planner, but he has managed to draw up designs for an entire city – and a drone-proof one, at that. But according to Kohn, a town that’s impermeable to the newest instruments of war isn’t just a novelty. It’s a necessity.

“Architecture against drones is not just a science-fiction scenario but a contemporary imperative,” says Kohn, a 25-year-old American-born law student who is currently living in the Netherlands. And although architecture and urban planning are rarely core classes of most law school curriculums, earlier this year Kohn handed in a simple blueprint for an assignment offered by a professor at the Sam Fox School of Design in St. Louis, Missouri.

“I was assigned ‘military architecture’ and realized that for every huge military advance that made it easier to blow up urban areas, there was usually a passive response invented within a generation,” he tells Britain’s Daily Mail. “So I was wondering what the response would be for drones if drones are the next great advance like artillery and airplanes were.”

A hypothetical answer is presented in Shura City, a fictional compound that Mr. Kohn’s drew up earlier this year and published online, garnering a fair share of attention from bloggers and reporters in the weeks since. But since Kohn isn’t exactly a trained architect – and says he wasn’t even taking the Sam Fox class for credit – his blueprint is one that doesn’t necessarily examine the most aesthetically pleasing building options. Instead, Kohn favors components that could keep a small civilization in tack as the use of drones escalates and the unmanned aircraft launch missiles around the world on a daily basis.

“As a law student, I am fascinated by drones’ existence in a post-legal world,” he writes in his report. “Architecture can adapt, and this project clearly aims to show just those adaptations, but American jurisprudence is simply not capable of making clear, comforting, adjudications on drones and the sorts of crimes they have been created to deter. Architecture as a discipline has a long history of being capable of developing within the cracks left by law.”

“In the case of drones, the current legal regime is just wholly unprepared for warfare by algorithm,” he explains. “Architecture can work where law cannot by giving dignity and safety to people physically when they are not afforded those privileges legally.”

Kohn’s explanation could be considered quite the bummer, but it isn’t without reason. With the United States governments largely defending the extrajudicial killings of American citizens with drones as the program expands overseas, the bad guys in the eyes of Uncle Sam aren’t just al-Qaeda’s top-guns anymore. In late 2011, a drone strike in Yemen killed Abdurahman al-Awlakis, the 16-year-old American son of a suspected al-Qaeda operative. The White House stands by the killing. Speaking of Shura, Kohn says, “Such creations are not needed for the John Connors but for the Abdurahman al-Awlakis.”

By using minarets and wind-catching cooling towers called badgirs, aerial drones would ideally be kept out of the Shura city limits because navigating through a series of obstacles would create a nuisance for the drone pilot, who could be located as far as thousands of miles away, in the case of the US drone wars. But those structures wouldn’t even be a starting point. From Kohn’s report:

“Somewhere between the figurative embrace of the St. Peter’s Square and the chain-link fortification of Pablo Escobar’s compound, there has to be a happy medium. Shura City needs a roof because without one it is just a gesture, a Disney-ified attempt at safety. An open sky is an invitation for the patient masters of the air, and those drones feel no need to RSVP.”

Within the city, he also calls on specially-made windows, ones that beam self-destruct codes at drones that have managed to enter Shura from the outside. By implementing QR codes – the same kind of technology that sends commands to smartphones with a single glimpse – he says he’d have yet another form of fortification. That isn’t to say, though, that there’d be no escape.

“The city is a ‘black box’ impenetrable to data miners and military-trained individuals but it is not a prison. It is instead a gated community, providing its society with sunshine and safety from the scary world outside,” he writes.

In other words, though, Kohn suggests that the need for a drone-proof city might soon be imperative. With the right planning, Shura could exist as a city that serves as a safe-haven and not a prison-walled facility where a step outside means guaranteed execution.

“If people are going to create new and exciting ways to kill people, I think there’s no harm in pushing the envelope of peace technology,” he tells Sarah Goodyear of The Atlantic Cities.

“I wanted to create a vibrant, colorful, fun and peaceful place for the populations victimized by drone warfare. I wanted to give them the opportunity to create their own community far from the invasive eyes, nose, and tongue of otherwise-faceless robots. I wanted to create the same gated community I was fortunate enough to grow up in and export it to people facing far worse fears than small drugs and sleazy parties.”

Speaking to RT, though, Kohn says his dream might not be a reality anytime soon. The odds of having his design implemented in real life are “pretty much slim-to-none,” he says.

“The relationship between drones/warfare-by-algorithm in cities is way too complex to allow this sort of thing to happen in urban areas,” says Kohn. “And there’s no way the sort of people who have a 24/7 eye in the sky would let something like this to be built in the rurality, which was where my idea was.”

“Technology will always out-pace [architecture],” he adds. “But what I think is interesting is how much can be done without technology. The assumptions of human behavior drone warfare relies on is simply not actual human behavior; thus the disconnect, thus the (literally) uncountable dead, the mistaken identities and ‘double-taps’ and ‘military-age males.’ And the State Theory the war has relied on also is remarkably disconnected from lived reality.”

Welsh Secretary Backed By Cameron Despite ‘Offensive’ Gay Comments

0

David Cameron backed Welsh Secretary David Jones despite the cabinet minister being accused of being “hugely offensive” after he appeared to suggest gay couples could not provide a safe home for children.

Downing Street pointed out that gay marriage was “free vote issue” after Jones said on ITV’s Face to Face he regarded marriage “as an institution that has developed over many centuries, essentially for the provision of a warm and safe environment for the upbringing of children, which is clearly something that two same-sex partners can’t do.”

welsh secretary

Welsh Secretary David Jones has come under fire

Asked whether Mr Cameron found the comments acceptable, a Downing Street source said: “Gay marriage and gay adoption are both conscience issues and, as such, have been treated as free votes.

“The Prime Minister is a supporter of both.”

Labour’s shadow equalities minister Kate Green branded Jones’ remarks “hugely insulting, offensive and wrong”.

Andrew White, the director of Stonewall Cymru, said: “We’re saddened that the secretary of state for Wales should make such an offensive and inaccurate remark.”

“There are many different types of family in Wales today, including many same sex couples raising children. It’s deeply undermining to families and children when they hear this sort of ill-informed comment.”

Jones was one of two Tory cabinet ministers, along with environment secretary Owen Paterson, to vote against David Cameron’s plan to introduce same-sex marriages last week.

The Clwyd West MP told ITV that his opposition to gay marriage did not mean he was “in any way opposed to stable and committed same-sex partnerships” and rejected the suggestion of homophobia.

“I’ve got a lot of people in my life who are very important to me who are gay, anyone who knows me would never accuse me of that [homophobia],” he said.

Responding to the criticism Jones said in a statement: “I was asked on the Face to Face programme why I voted against the same sex marriage proposals. I replied that I had done so on the basis that I took the view that marriage is an institution that has developed over the centuries so as to provide a safe and warm environment for the upbringing of children.

“I made the point of stressing that I was fully supportive of committed same sex relationships. I also strongly approve of civil partnerships.

“I did not say in the interview that same sex partners should not adopt children and that is not my view.

“I simply sought to point out that, since same sex partners could not biologically procreate children, the institution of marriage was one that, in my opinion, should be reserved to opposite sex partners.”

Meet The Icahnator: This Is What Happens When You Piss Off A Billionaire On Prime Time TV

0

Everyone recalls the slow motion trainwreck from the afternoon of January 25, when in an epic bitchfest, hedge fund titans Bill Ackman and Carl Icahn screamed at each other telephonically for about an hour on CNBC in what was nothing but one big pissing match. Just over two weeks later, Icahn forced a major squeeze in the stock when as we wrote previously and as we predicted, he disclosed a massive 13% stake, or some 14 million shares in the company built up through stock and calls (essentially costless thanks to Icahn’s recent profits on Netflix). What many may not know however, is that for Icahn, the HLF stake was nothing more than a $500 million dollar impulse buy. Why? Because as the chart below, which breaks down the cumulative purchases of HLF stock by various Icahn’s funds, shows, the billionaire only held some 1.7 million shares until the January 25 afternoon of his screamfest with Ackman. Then the Monday after the feud Icahn went ballistic, and proceeded to buy some 120,000 shares on Monday and 197,459 option-equivalent shares, after which he tapered off his stock purchases while ramping up the call buys, and buying an epic 10 million share-equivalent calls in the next two weeks, without pause, compassion or remorse, and with just one thought: crush, mangle and destroy Ackman!

Of course, by buying calls instead of stock, Icahn never gave a hint to either markets or dark pools what he was doing (although we commiserate for whoever sold all those calls in bulk as they are now facing tens of millions in margin calls). The other issue is that since Icahn does not control the shares outright, he can’t call them in and thus force the “epic squeeze” that would befall the stock if the float was suddenly less than the short interest.

Unless, of course, he and others exercise any of their in the money shares, demanding the physical underlying shares.

But the bigger issue is that the chart above shows for Icahn the HLF purchase is nothing but an escalation of the previous grudge match, with no regard for the fundamentals, and the impulse buy was, paradoxically, driven precisely by Ackman’s dare to tender for the company. Because he wants to, and because he can: for Icahn $500 million is literally pocket change.

To loosely paraphrase the Terminator:

That Icahn is out there. He can’t be bargained with. He can’t be reasoned with. He doesn’t feel pity, or remorse, or fear. And he absolutely will not stop, ever, until Ackman is destroyed.

Behold: the Icahnator

Your rating: None Average: 5 (3 votes)

Will Feb 17th Protest Stop the XL Pipeline and Shift Climate Debate?

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Patrick Bond is the Director of the Center for Civil Society and Professor at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa. Bond is the author and editor of the recently released books, Politics of Climate Justice and Durban’s Climate Gamble.

Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Spain Iberia Airline to cancel flights

0

The picture shows planes of Spain’s flag carrier Iberia parked on the tarmac of Madrid’s Barajas airport, following a one-day strike of the pilots of the company in 2011.

Spain’s Iberia Airline has planned to cancel hundreds of flights in the following days, after workers of the company decided to go on a strike to protest against job cuts.

According to a statement released by the Spanish national airline on Thursday, at least 415 flights including 19 long distance, 190 medium distance and 206 domestic are set to be cancelled.

This comes after labor unions at the airline said they would go on a 15-day strike.

On February 7, unions of land-based workers and cabin crew of the airline announced that they would go on a strike between February 18 and 22, March 4 and 8, and March 18 and 22.

The unions failed to reach an agreement on the company’s plans to reduce workforce and cut costs.

Iberia is, with British Airways, part of International Airlines Group (IAG), which announced in November last year plans to slash 4,500 jobs and to cut salaries by 25 to 35 percent at the airline.

Three Spanish unions — Workers’ Commissions union (CCOO), the Spanish Airline Pilots Union (SEPLA) and the General Union of Workers (UGT) — have spoken out against the move.

On November 14, 2012 six airlines operating in Spain cut more than 600 flights, including some 250 international routes, over austerity measures introduced by Spanish Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy’s government.

The Spanish government has been sharply criticized over austerity policies that are hitting the middle and working classes the hardest.

However, the government has remained adamant, saying the austerity measures are needed to carry it through the crisis.

MAM/JR

Sen. Warren Asks If Too Big To Fail Is Now Too Big To Try

0

Yesterday Sen. Elizabeth Warren took part in her first Senate Banking Committee hearing — and it was everything we could hope for. We’re surrounded by these Wall St. bullies, and here comes Sen. Warren to set things right:

WASHINGTON (MarketWatch) – In her first hearing as a U.S. senator Thursday, Elizabeth Warren criticized federal regulators for settling civil cases with Wall Street banks instead of taking them to trial.

“I want to note that there are district attorneys and U.S. attorneys who are out there everyday squeezing ordinary citizens on sometimes very thin grounds and taking them to trial to ‘make an example,’ as they put it,” she told bank regulators testifying at a Senate Banking Committee hearing. “I am really concerned that too-big-to-fail has become too-big-for-trial.”

It’s a double! Way to hit the ball, Madame Senator!

Warren, a Massachusetts Democrat, has long been known as a stanch defender of consumers. She was a lone voice in the wilderness for the creation of an independent agency to write rules for mortgages and credit-card products. That agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, is at the center of a firestorm of criticism from Republicans over its structure, funding and the appointment of its director. Before winning election as a senator, Warren oversaw a panel responsible for reviewing bank bailouts implemented to stem the financial crisis of 2008.

Warren acknowledged that trials are expensive but she insisted that if an agency is unwilling to go to trial it is because they are “too timid” or lack resources. She said that the consequence is that if large financial institutions can break the law and “drag in billions” in profits and settle, then they don’t have much incentive to follow the law.

“Every time there is a settlement and not a trial, it means we didn’t have the days and days and days of testimony about what those financial institutions were up to,” Warren said.

And she steals a base!

The Justice Department can take banks to trial on both criminal and civil charges, while bank regulators engage in civil enforcement actions, which can include trials. Bank regulators also can also make referrals to the Justice Department for criminal proceedings against banks or individuals.

Warren asked bank regulators how tough they are and raised the question about when was the last time any regulator took a Wall Street bank to trial.

“Anybody?” she asked. Warren’s comments received a smattering of applause.

“Bueller? Bueller?” Just a little dribbler, but it’s enough to get her on the scoreboard, and she has her first RBI in the big leagues. This woman has strong MVP potential.

Thomas Curry, the Comptroller of the Currency, which regulates national banks and thrifts, said the agency has not had to bring big banks to trial “as a practical matter” to achieve the regulator’s supervisory goals.

Curry added that the agency has had a fair number of consent orders “so we don’t have to bring people to a trial.” He said the primary motive of the agency’s enforcement actions is to identify the problem and demand a solution to it on an “on-going” basis.

Securities and Exchange Commission Chairman Elisse Walter said that she believes the agency has a “very vigorous enforcement program” and that the commission looks at the distinction between what could be achieved in trial vs. what the SEC could obtain without a trial.

An SEC spokesman said the agency is “fully prepared” to go to trial every time the commission files a lawsuit. However, he added that there is “no reason” under the SEC’s authority to delay justice and relief for investors when the agency can “get it all without a trial.”

And since there’s no trial and we don’t know what they were up to, they can keep right on doing it.

NOTE: Blue America is pretty damned proud of their work to elect her and need that kind of support for Ed Markey’s Senate race. Click here to donate.

‘Let Us Not Be Deceived’: Cornel West Names Obama as ‘War Criminal’

0

Cornel West says, “Let us not be deceived: Nixon, Bush, Obama, they’re war criminals.” (Marc A. Hermann/for New York Daily News)Philosophy professor, social critic and activist Cornel West says that like Richard Nixon and George W. Bush, there is no way to avoid the conclusion that President Obama–due to his execution of foreign wars and direction of clandestine military operations overseas resulting in the direct and foreseeable death of innocent people–should be called out for what he is: a ‘war criminal’.

Appearing on Tavis Smiley’s radio program on Thursday, West said: “We’ve been talking about this for a good while, the immorality of drones, dropping bombs on innocent people. It’s been over 200 children so far. These are war crimes.”

“I think we have to be very honest,” he said.

“… dropping bombs on innocent people. It’s been over 200 children so far. These are war crimes.”

A once ardent supporter of the president–campaigning strongly for Obama during his presidential run in 2008–West has been critical of a number of aspects of the president’s policies since taking office, including his refusal to adequately address poverty in the United States even as his administration acted mightily to save large financial institutions and Wall Street banks.

West’s comments on US foreign policy came as Smiley spoke about the ongoing confirmation process of John Brennan, Obama’s nomination to run the CIA and chief architect of the ongoing drone assassination program and what the radio host termed the president’s “license to kill”.

“Let us not be deceived: Nixon, Bush, Obama, they’re war criminals,” West said. “They have killed innocent people in the name of the struggle for freedom, but they’re suspending the law, very much like Wall Street criminals. The law is suspended for them, but the law applies for the rest of us.”

Just this week in Afganistan, five children were killed and five more wounded when a suspected missile from a US drone exploded in Kunar province. Four adult women were also reported killed in the attack along with a number of adult males who may or may not have been the intended targets.

Making the point, West concluded, “You or I, brother Travis, if we kill an innocent person, we’re going to jail. And we’re going to be in there forever.”

You can listen to the complete exchange between West and Smiley below:

____________________

Michigan hospital sued for bending to demands of swastika-tattooed father

0

Photo from facebook.com/HurleyMedicalCenter

Photo from facebook.com/HurleyMedicalCenter

An African American nurse is suing a Michigan hospital for folding to the request of a racist parent. The nurse was reportedly reassigned when a father with a swastika tattoo said that African Americans could not take care of his baby.

According to court documents, Tonya Battle was caring for the baby in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) of Hurley Medical Center in the city of Flint, when the man approached hospital administration with his demand. 

“The father told the [nurse in charge] that he did not want any African Americans taking care of his baby,” the lawsuit states. The man then pulled up his sleeve showing a tattoo believed to be a swastika.

The hospital responded by reassigning his baby to another nurse, the lawsuit states.

“[The nurse] was shocked, offended and in disbelief that she was so egregiously discriminated against based on her race and re-assigned,” court documents read.

The supervisor then held a meeting with hospital staff, informing them of the hospital’s decision not to allow African American employees to take care of the baby.

But it didn’t stop there. The hospital took Battle’s humiliation one step further, posting a note next to the baby’s name on the assignment clipboard which read, “No AfricanAmerican nurse to take care of baby.”

The hospital’s attorney later told staff that they could not agree to such discriminatory requests — but by that point, the damage had already been done.  

“The discriminatory request was, in fact, followed in practice for the balance of the time the that the baby was in the NICU and African Americans, like the Plaintiff, were intentionally not assigned to the baby,” the lawsuit reads.

When asked for comment by Michigan’s WNEM TV5, Hurley Medical Center said it “does not comment on past or current litigation.”

Battle, who has worked at the hospital since 1988, is seeking financial and punitive compensation, as well as reimbursement for legal fees.

Scientists Confirm: Arctic Sea Ice ‘Collapse’ at Our Door

0

Arctic sea ice volume in 1000s of cubic kilometers (via Robinson) The Arctic Sea is experiencing rapid ice loss at a pace so fast that the area will soon be ice-free in warmer months, scientists confirmed in a report this week–showing a collapse in total sea ice volume to one fifth of its level in 1980.

The alarming rate of melting was measured by the European Space Agency’s CryoSat-2 satellite, which uses new technology to measure the thickness of the sea ice in addition to how much of the region is covered.

While ice thickness is more difficult to see with the naked eye, its decline in volume is a harbinger of faster and more alarming ice loss, the scientists urged.

“Not only is the area getting smaller, but also its thickness is decreasing and making the ice more vulnerable to more rapid declines in the future,” Christian Haas, a geophysicist at York University in Canada, told NBC News.

The Arctic sea already hit record lows in 2012 with the lowest amount of ice on record, covering only half the average area covered between 1979 and 2012.

The newly released data confirms earlier reports–which included data from NASA’s ICESat satellite between 2003 to 2008–that the Arctic, which normally maintains vast amounts of ice throughout the year, may soon be ice-free during warmer months. Another team of scientist came to the same conclusion in September using the Pan-Arctic Ice Ocean Modeling and Assimilation System (PIOMAS) at the University of Washington’s Polar Science Center.

“As the satellite measurements show that not only the area decreases but also its thickness, it is actually becoming more likely that the ice will disappear sooner rather than later,” Haas told NBC News.

Researchers published the study online in Geophysical Research Letters. “Other people had argued that 75 to 80 percent ice volume loss was too aggressive,” said co-author Axel Schweiger in a press release. “What this new paper shows is that our ice loss estimates may have been too conservative, and that the recent decline is possibly more rapid.”

The Natural Environment Research Council (NERC), commented on the new findings in a press release:

Arctic sea ice volume has declined by 36 per cent in the autumn and 9 per cent in the winter between 2003 and 2012, a UK-led team of scientists has discovered….

The findings confirm the continuing decline in Arctic sea-ice volume simulated by the Pan-Arctic Ice-Ocean Modelling & Assimilation System (PIOMAS), which estimates the volume of Arctic sea ice and had been checked using earlier submarine, mooring, and satellite observations until 2008.

BBC News adds more details:

The data gathered so far by Cryosat were compared with information compiled by the US space agency’s (Nasa) Icesat spacecraft in the mid-2000s.

For autumn (October/November), the analysis found the Icesat years from 2003 to 2008 to have recorded an average volume of 11,900 cubic km.

But from 2010 to 2012, this average had dropped to 7,600 cu km – a decline of 4,300 cu km – as observed by Cryosat.

For winter (February/March), the 2003 to 2008 period saw an average of 16,300 cu km, dropping to 14,800 cu km between 2010 and 2012 – a difference of 1,500 cu km.

The smaller relative decline in winter volume highlights an interesting “negative feedback”.

New record low Arctic sea ice extent, reached in September 2012, compared to the average summer minimum extent for the last 30 years in yellow. Source: NASA Monthly sea ice volume anomalies from 1979 to the present (Axel Schweiger / UW)

Exciting News About Me, Dina Rasor and Truthout

0

Dina Rasor (left) and Maya Schenwar.Dina Rasor (left) and Maya Schenwar.Dear Friends,

I hope 2013 is treating you well so far! I have some exciting news to share with all of you: I’ll soon begin writing a book for Berrett-Koehler Publishers, about the disconnect between prisoners and the rest of society. It’ll look at how that disconnect impedes rehabilitation and endangers public safety, increasing crime and recidivism. Plus, I’ll be exploring alternative justice approaches that facilitate integration and connection. The book aligns closely with Truthout’s mission of both exposing deep injustices and introducing transformative ideas, on a topic that’s largely ignored by corporate media.

Since this project will absorb quite a bit of my energy, I will be taking a partial leave of absence from my Executive Director position at Truthout, beginning on March 1. During this time, I’ll continue doing some limited work with the organization, and will also continue to serve on Truthout’s Board of Directors. I will return to my full-time duties in March 2014.

During this time, Dina Rasor will be serving as Truthout’s Acting Executive Director. Dina is an accomplished investigative journalist, author, and founder of the Project on Government Oversight, a renowned independent government watchdog group, which has been a crucial good government advocate for more than 30 years. Dina has written the Solutions column on Truthout for the past two and a half years. I’m very happy that Dina has agreed to take on this position and I know she’ll do a tremendous job!

I am so honored and grateful to be a part of this Truthout community, along with all of you. Thank you so much for supporting us in our work to dig up truth and point the way toward justice!

All the best,
Maya Schenwar
Executive Director

ASTeRoiD THReaTS 2013

0
williambanzai7's picture

ASTEROID THREATS 2013

Your rating: None

Similar Articles You Might Enjoy:

Ten Years After Feb. 15 Global Protests, A New Call

0

WASHINGTON – February 15 –

We Are Many Trailer Feb 2013 from We Are Many on Vimeo.

Ten years ago, on Feb. 15, 2003, sometimes called “the day the world said ‘no’ to war,” millions marched around the world against the then-impending invasion of Iraq in what is widely regarded as the largest protest in history. Two days later The New York Times referred to “two superpowers on the planet: the United States and world public opinion.”

A “Feb. 15” statement, below, is being released tomorrow – signatories include Noam Chomsky, Daniel Ellsberg and Nobel Peace Prize winner Mairead Maguire. It reads: “We don’t just say ‘no’ to war – we say ‘yes’ to peace, we say yes to building economic and social systems that are not dominated by central banks and huge financial institutions. We don’t just say ‘no’ to war – we demand an end to massive resources being squandered on the military while billions are made poorer and poorer as a few reap huge wealth totally disproportionate to any labor or ingenuity of their own.” It raises the possibility of more such protests on a global level in coming months.

AMIR AMIRANI, [email]
Amirani is producer-director of the forthcoming documentary “We Are Many” about the Feb. 15, 2003 global protests. A trailer of the film will be released on Friday.

The following are among the signers of the new Feb. 15 statement:

DAVID MARTY, [email]
Marty is with the International Organization for a Participatory Society in Spain and is co-author of the new book Occupy Strategy.

BILL FLETCHER, [email]
Fletcher is co-founder of United for Peace & Justice as well as the Center for Labor Renewal. He will be speaking at an event commemorating the Feb. 15, 2003 protests on Friday.

SAM HUSSEINI, [email]
Husseini is communications director for the Institute for Public Accuracy.

The Feb. 15 Call for Global Protests for Democracy, Solidarity and Justice:

Ten years ago, millions of people around the world said “no” to war on February 15, 2003. Now, we say “yes” to peace; “yes” to demilitarizing, to having decent lives, including economic lives, determined by democratic principles.

The invasion of Iraq still began after the 2003 protests, but the violence wreaked by Bush was more limited than the U.S. government inflicted on Vietnam a generation earlier. Our vigilance was part of the reason for that. Had we acted sooner, we might have been able to avert the disastrous invasion. The lesson is we need more global protest and solidarity, not less. Indeed, had we continued vigorously protesting, we might not have seen the years since 2003 show a lack of accountability for the war makers, even as conscientious whilstleblowers are prosecuted.

This isn’t a reunion party. The same impulses that drove us to the streets in 2003 are still with us; the same war mindset prevails in world affairs. Politicians who backed the Iraq war dominate the U.S., UK and other foreign policy establishments. The dominant media’s demonization of Iran now is similar to what it did to Iraq. The U.S. escalated its war in Afghanistan and launched a series of smaller “dirty wars” in Yemen, Pakistan and elsewhere with illegal drone killings and now, with AFRICOM and other mechanisms, threatens perpetual war in Africa as well as the Mideast. The Obama administration’s “pivot East” threatens a Cold War or worse with China.

The Arab uprisings displaced some dictators – most successfully when done peacefully by the people in spite of violence by the regimes, as in Tunisia and Egypt. But the oppressive regimes of the Gulf have not only escaped real scrutiny, they are actually molding much of the rest of the region in conjunction with the U.S. and other outside powers – even as the U.S. proclaims its support for “democracy.” Much of the wealth from the Gulf states flows to Western banks, as well as the dictators and their cliques, rather than to benefit the people of that region. The Palestinian people continue to suffer not only neo-liberal dominance, as much of the world does, but also the settler colonialism of Israeli forces.

These issues are not unique to the Mideast – the U.S. has over 1000 bases around the world, some with explicitly colonial frameworks, as with “territories” like Puerto Rico. The U.S. and Russia have tens of thousands of nuclear warheads threatening life on earth. A fundamental transformation is needed. The United Nations has failed in its paramount duty to shield future generations from the scourge of war.

We don’t just say “no” to war – we say “yes” to peace, we say yes to building economic and social systems that are not dominated by central banks and huge financial institutions. We don’t just say “no” to war – we demand an end to massive resources being squandered on the military while billions are made poorer and poorer as a few reap huge wealth totally disproportionate to any labor or ingenuity of their own.

We don’t just say “no” to war – we reject an economic system that in the name of “economic competitiveness” pits workers against each other in regions and nations so they accept work for less and less pay in worse and worse conditions. From the seeds of antiwar that were planted ten years ago, we want a flowering of global democracy. So we can honestly say “We the People” without the hierarchies based on ethnicity, gender, class or nationality.

The rise of the “occupy” movement, the Indignados, Idle No More movement and others has been critical, but we must set up more durable structures, to go beyond merely occupying to liberating and to being connected across national borders. The quest for profit and perpetual financial growth has enriched a tiny minority while causing hardships to the vast majority. The quest for perpetual financial growth and profit has ravaged the earth so that we today face unprecedented threats to the possibility of sustaining a livable habitat for future generations. The quest for profit and perpetual financial growth has corrupted virtually every system in the society, from government to housing to transportation to education to the legal system. The dominance of finance and the military must end; the targeting of the social safety net must end. We, the people, must not pay for a crisis we did not cause, and for wars that are fought in the name of our security – but which ensure perpetual global insecurity and hardship.

Part of the needed building of durable structures that liberate is to globalize and coordinate protests. These could be done regularly, even monthly beginning March 15 and going onward.

Solidarity demands much greater communication between the people of the world, not elites planning for their continued dominance. The response to the decline of U.S. power is not a smarter use of power, or a balance of power with other elites with their own hierarchies. Instead, we issue “This call for a worldwide fellowship that lifts neighborly concern beyond one’s tribe, race, class, and nation” to establish meaningful solidarity with people worldwide.

See the full statement, with list of signatories.

Equity Volatility Plunges To 17 Year Low

0

It is perhaps no surprise that VIX has dropped to new six year lows today as the volatility of the underlying equity market has now been repressed to its lowest point is 17 years. Not since 1996 has short-term realized volatility been this low. The premium (between implied and realized volatility) continues to compress as options traders scalp the difference but increasingly that trade will feel like those nickels just ain’t worth the impending steam-roller’s wrath. As we noted last night, implied vol skews are as complacent to any downside risk as they have been since before the crisis was even being considered…

Realized Vol…

Implied Vol…

Downside Risk Complacency…

Charts: Bloomberg

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Extremists Hold a Mock Memorial For Woman Who Died From Abortion Complications

0

These people will stop at nothing.

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Anti-choice activists held an anti-funeral Monday outside the clinic where a 29-year-old woman died from abortion complications last week in Germantown, Maryland.

Hiding behind the façade of a “memorial service,” more than 150 anti-abortion crusaders exploited the death of a young woman to advance their hateful agenda. The anti-vigil draws comparison to the Westboro Baptist Church’s notorious funeral picketing. But, whereas the WBC overtly spreads their repulsive message, these anti-choice activists use far more insidious tactics.

“We understand how horrible this situation is,” said Michael Martelli, executive director of the Maryland Coalition for Life. “And really, we can’t imagine what the family is going through. The family is in no way any type of target.”

Yet, the protesters had no problem plastering the deceased woman’s face on signs brandished with the message: “Pregnant? Scared? We can help!” Apparently, the activists’ respect for family doesn’t go so far as not using a dead loved one as a political prop.

“We will not rest until this clinic is shut down and the license of [clinic leader] LeRoy Carhart is revoked. God let it be so,” said the Rev. Patrick Mahoney, director of the Christian Defense Coalition.

Mahoney’s invocation of the Almighty in a protest disguised as memorial represents the height of hypocrisy. Psalm 52:2 best describes the reverend’s words: “Your tongue plots destruction, like a sharp razor, you worker of deceit.”

Petula Dvorak, a columnist for the Washington Post notes that the protesters–by discussing intimate details of the woman’s medical records–could be violating federal privacy laws. Dvoark asks:

So how on earth did protesters get all of her medical records? How did they get enough detail to make huge posters of her face, give details about her marriage and employment, and make claims about what went on inside her body?

If Dvorak is right, then not only will these anti-choicers dishonor a dead woman for seeking an abortion, but they will break the law to do so. And this wouldn’t be the first time. Dvorak reports that groups associated with the protest, “have also bombarded the neighborhood of the landlord who leases space to the clinic, Todd Stave, with gory, Nazi-themed fliers. And they tracked down the school that Stave’s children attend and picketed the back-to-school nights.”

Fake funerals. Privacy violations. Harrassing children. Have these people no shame?

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

Anti-Choice Activists Hold a Fake Memorial For Woman Who Died From Abortion Complications

0

These people will stop at nothing.

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Anti-choice activists held an anti-funeral Monday outside the clinic where a 29-year-old woman died from abortion complications last week in Germantown, Maryland.

Hiding behind the façade of a “memorial service,” more than 150 anti-abortion crusaders exploited the death of a young woman to advance their hateful agenda. The anti-vigil draws comparison to the Westboro Baptist Church’s notorious funeral picketing. But, whereas the WBC overtly spreads their repulsive message, these anti-choice activists use far more insidious tactics.

“We understand how horrible this situation is,” said Michael Martelli, executive director of the Maryland Coalition for Life. “And really, we can’t imagine what the family is going through. The family is in no way any type of target.”

Yet, the protesters had no problem plastering the deceased woman’s face on signs brandished with the message: “Pregnant? Scared? We can help!” Apparently, the activists’ respect for family doesn’t go so far as not using a dead loved one as a political prop.

“We will not rest until this clinic is shut down and the license of [clinic leader] LeRoy Carhart is revoked. God let it be so,” said the Rev. Patrick Mahoney, director of the Christian Defense Coalition.

Mahoney’s invocation of the Almighty in a protest disguised as memorial represents the height of hypocrisy. Psalm 52:2 best describes the reverend’s words: “Your tongue plots destruction, like a sharp razor, you worker of deceit.”

Petula Dvorak, a columnist for the Washington Post notes that the protesters–by discussing intimate details of the woman’s medical records–could be violating federal privacy laws. Dvoark asks:

So how on earth did protesters get all of her medical records? How did they get enough detail to make huge posters of her face, give details about her marriage and employment, and make claims about what went on inside her body?

If Dvorak is right, then not only will these anti-choicers dishonor a dead woman for seeking an abortion, but they will break the law to do so. And this wouldn’t be the first time. Dvorak reports that groups associated with the protest, “have also bombarded the neighborhood of the landlord who leases space to the clinic, Todd Stave, with gory, Nazi-themed fliers. And they tracked down the school that Stave’s children attend and picketed the back-to-school nights.”

Fake funerals. Privacy violations. Harrassing children. Have these people no shame?

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

Cost of Financial Crisis Tops $22 Trillion

0

Cost of Financial Crisis Tops $22 Trillion

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
jDevaun (CC BY-ND 2.0)

The 2008 financial crisis cost the U.S. economy more than $22 trillion, a study by the Government Accountability Office published Thursday said.

“The 2007-2009 financial crisis, like past financial crises, was associated with not only a steep decline in output but also the most severe economic downturn since the Great Depression of the 1930s,” the report read. The toll on economic output may be as much a $13 trillion–an amount equal to a year’s GDP. Paper wealth lost by homeowners equaled $9.1 billion.

The report was published as part of a cost-benefit analysis of the Dodd-Frank financial reform law of 2010. The office tried to determine whether the costs of implementing that law would be greater or lesser than that of another economic crisis.

“If the cost of a future crisis is expected to be in the trillions of dollars, then the act likely would need to reduce the probability of a future financial crisis by only a small percent for its expected benefit to equal the act’s expected cost,” the GAO concluded.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

The Huffington Post:

Federal agencies have spent some $1.1 billion in implementing the law, the report found. Financial companies, and therefore the wider economy, will shoulder some costs, although the GAO noted “no comprehensive data are readily available on the costs that the financial services industry is incurring to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act.”

It’s unclear whether the report will mollify critics of the Dodd-Frank law.

… The GAO noted it was not the first to estimate costs of the financial crisis. Non-profit financial reform advocacy group Better Markets last year pegged the cost of the crisis at $12.8 trillion, but warned many economic costs were impossible to measure.

Read more

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Why Was the Biggest Protest in World History Ignored?

0

. Anti-war protesters gather in London at the start of a demonstration against war on Iraq, February 15, 2003. Millions of people are expected to take to the streets of towns and cities across the globe on Saturday to demonstrate against a looming U.S.-led war on Iraq in the biggest protests since the Vietnam war. (REUTERS/Peter Macdiarmid)Ten years ago today, the world saw what was by some accounts the largest single coordinated protest in history. Roughly ten to fifteen million people (estimates vary widely) assembled and marched in more than six hundred cities: as many as three million flooded the streets of Rome; more than a million massed in London and Barcelona; an estimated 200,000 rallied in San Francisco and New York. From Auckland to Vancouver–and everywhere in between–tens of thousands came out, joining their voices in one simple, global message: No to the Iraq War.

I was among the anti-war contingent that swarmed Manhattan’s midtown on Feb. 15, 2003, a wintry Saturday. We spread across miles of city blocks, trundling past abandoned police barricades as we tried to inch toward the United Nations, where ten days earlier then Secretary of State Colin Powell had presented what we now know was illusory intelligence about Iraq’s supposed weapons of mass destruction. The multitudes in New York were diverse and legion. There were anarchists and military veterans, vociferous students (I was then a freshman in college) and a motley cast of greying peaceniks–many, including one grandmother memorably puttering along in a wheelchair, had opposed American involvement in Vietnam. And there were myriad others: a band of preppy suburbanites with banners announcing themselves–”Soccer Moms Against the War”–musicians, street artists, and workaday New Yorkers. My uncle, a doctor with medical practices in both the U.K. and India, had flown in for the demonstration and was just another face in a vast crowd.

The overwhelming feeling on New York’s streets, despite the grimness of the NYPD and the bite of that February afternoon, was one of unity and hope. Word was seeping in about the scale of the demonstrations elsewhere and it was hard not to bask in our sense of collective purpose. An article in the New York Times would soon trumpet, “There are two superpowers: the United States and world public opinion.” Here’s Sofia Fenner, then a high school senior in Seattle (now a doctoral candidate at the University of Chicago, currently doing dissertation work in Cairo): “I was just proud to stand with all those people, proud that we as dissenting Americans were not staying home while what seemed like the whole world took up our cause.” In Los Angeles, a pregnant Laila Lalami walked a mile with fellow protesters down Hollywood Boulevard. “I thought–hundreds of thousands of people across the U.S. are making their voices heard. Surely they can’t be ignored,” the Moroccan-American novelist told TIME this week. “But they were.”

And there it was. We failed. Slightly more than a month later, the U.S. was shocking and awing its way through Iraqi cities and Saddam Hussein’s defenses and bedding in–though it didn’t know it yet–for a near decade-long occupation. The protests, which by any measure were a world historic event, were brushed aside with blithe nonchalance by the Bush Administration and a rubber-stamp Congress that approved the war. The U.N.’s Security Council was bypassed, and the largely feckless, acquiescent American mainstream media did little to muffle Washington’s drumbeats of war.

A decade later, it’s hard to understand why the display of people power on Feb. 15 proved so ineffectual. The gun-slinging righteousness of post-9/11 America has given way to a more humble West, burdened by unwinnable wars, financial crises and a semi-permanent funk of political dysfunction. Moreover, the explosion of social media in recent years has enabled previously obscure episodes of dissent to reach and reshape the global conversation. Protests matter again. Public spaces–from Cairo’s Tahrir Square to Madrid’s Puerta del Sol to New York’s tiny Zuccotti Park–became sites of a renewed democratic vitality. Yet the mass anti-austerity protests that have rocked Europe or even the largest actions of Occupy Wall Street have not been able to match the scale of what took place on Feb. 15, 2003.

There will be time yet to re-litigate the justifications behind the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq, ten years after the fact. The ranks of the war’s cheerleaders have thinned in the intervening years, with a host of journalists and pundits in the U.S. offering their mea culpas for supporting the war so unquestioningly. A dictator is gone, but more than 100,000 Iraqis are dead, as well as 4,804 U.S. and coalition soldiers. The U.S. spent nearly a trillion dollars on a pre-emptive war that didn’t need to happen and a nation-building exercise that has achieved only fragile, uncertain gains. Far from a “Mission Accomplished,” the American adventure in Iraq has become a cautionary tale of hubris and poor planning. It’s clear the West’s current reluctance to take more direct action in ending Syria’s bloody civil war is, in part, a legacy of the U.S. experience in Iraq, where the disintegration of a regime spawned a whole new phase of sectarian slaughter and chaos.

But there’s no satisfaction in looking back and saying, “I told you so”–not with the blood that has been spilled and continues to be spilled. That profound solidarity I felt ten years ago has faded into a form of resignation and sadness. In a region as complex and politically volatile as the Middle East, fixed moral positions are difficult. “Our demands were simple [on Feb. 15], and we were right,” says Fenner, the University of Chicago doctoral candidate. “What I didn’t realize at the time was that, when the war went ahead, nothing would ever be so simple again.”

© 2013 Time

Fossil Fuels ‘May Prove Worthless’

0

Fossil Fuels ‘May Prove Worthless’

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
The Webhamster (CC BY-SA 2.0)

By Alex Kirby, Climate News Network

This story first appeared at Climate News Network.

LONDON–The University of Oxford has begun a programme of research to identify high-carbon sectors and assets that could be devalued or written off if the world takes resolute action to limit emissions of greenhouse gases.

It seeks to help investors to avoid sinking money in potentially useless assets that might ultimately lose their entire value, turning into what are known as “stranded assets”.

Assets become stranded if they are replaced by greener alternatives or new technologies, or are subject to new regulations or resource constraints.

In 2012 the International Energy Agency said the world was on course for average temperature rises of at least 4°C, double the limit agreed by world governments. So, it said, a significant part of the world’s known fossil fuel stores would have to stay in the ground to fulfil international climate commitments and reduce dangerous impacts.

The Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research has calculated that to reduce the chance of exceeding 2°C warming to 20%, the global carbon budget for 2000-50 is 886 gigatonnes of CO2. Discounting emissions from the first decade of this century leaves a budget of 565 gigatonnes for the remaining 40 years to mid-century.

However, the known fossil fuel reserves declared by energy and mining companies is equivalent to 2,795 gigatonnes of CO2. If the world wants to keep climate change to below 2°C, then, 80% of those reserves can never be burned: they are in fact valueless.

According to the Carbon Tracker Initiative, “this means that governments and global markets are currently treating as assets reserves equivalent to nearly five times the carbon budget for the next 40 years. The investment consequences of using only 20% of these reserves have not yet been assessed.’’

Safer homes for funds

Asset stranding is currently little understood, but the implications are potentially very significant. It could have a direct effect on millions of small savers too, as many universities and pension funds have big investments in hydrocarbon companies (and see our story on 1 February).

The researchers, from Oxford’s Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, will try to find out which assets and sectors are most at risk and how to respond to the challenges.

The former MP John Gummer, now Lord Deben, chairs the Committee on Climate Change, an independent group which advises the UK Government. Speaking at the School, he stressed the need for businesses and policy makers to adapt to the new economic landscape.

He said: “Investors continue to deploy hundreds of billions of pounds into polluting and unsustainable sectors. In many cases these investments will not be worth what investors think.

“Climate change, scarcer resources and new disruptive technologies will reduce value and strand assets. If investors better understand the risks of investing in these assets they will be attracted to greener alternatives and see them as better business propositions and safer places for their funds.”

Professor Gordon Clark, director of the Smith School, said: “We are looking at how changes in regulation, pricing, technology, society and climate could be a risk to a range of polluting assets.. Our new programme is creating a critically important space for these issues to be understood and for appropriate responses to be developed.”

The four-year research programme’s first project is to focus on the international supply chain for the agricultural sector, examining methods of transport and production. Later projects will probably include transport, power generation, real estate and a range of commodities.

The researchers aim to create new tools to understand and manage the risks of asset stranding. They will also analyse investor portfolios to learn about risk exposures and will compile case studies of best practice.

The programme is being supported by Aviva Investors, Bunge Ltd, Climate Change Capital Ltd and HSBC Holdings plc, with non-financial partners including the Carbon Tracker Initiative, Trucost and WWF-UK.

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Obama Is Making More Sense Than the Loyal Opposition



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

New Report Blames Failed Policies For 790% Jump in Federal Prison Population

0

WASHINGTON – February 15 – A new report from the Congressional Research Service (CRS) attributes staggering growth in the federal prison population over the last 30 years in part to failed sentencing and correctional policies. The ACLU, a longtime advocate for significantly decreasing the federal prison population, supports some of the report’s recommendations, but not all–including transferring prisoners to private prisons, which are not subject to public scrutiny and accountability. The ACLU released a report in 2011 on the successful efforts of several states to reduce their prison populations and reform our country’s broken criminal justice system.

“States are truly leading the charge on this and leaving the federal government behind,” said Vanita Gupta, ACLU Deputy Legal Director. “While states are making smart reforms to their own ineffective and costly criminal justice systems, the federal criminal justice system is more bloated than ever. If we are going to safely end our addiction to incarceration, the feds should draw inspiration from the states and push for data-driven criminal justice policies that will focus on public safety and reduce the number of people behind bars.”

According to the report, the increase is due largely to changes in federal sentencing and correctional policy, including mandatory minimum sentences and the elimination of federal parole. The result has been a “historically unprecedented” increase that has impacted hundreds of thousands of lives and cost billions of dollars:

From 1980 to 2012, the federal prison population has ballooned from 25,000 to 219,000, a 790% increase.
Population has increased by approximately 6,100 inmates each year since 1980. In the 50 years before that, the population increased by 12,000 total.
From 2000 to 2011, appropriations for the Bureau of Prisons increased by more than $2.7 billion.

“This report details many reasons why we need criminal law reform in this country,” said Jesselyn McCurdy, ACLU Senior Legislative Counsel. “Some of the CRS recommendations, such as building more prisons or contracting with more private prisons, only serve as band-aid solutions to addressing the unsustainable federal prison population. Other proposals, such as reducing mandatory minimums, repealing redundant federal crimes, increasing good time credit and alternatives to prison are answers that will safely result in long term reductions.”

Enterprising Russians Put Meteor Fragments For Sale On Local Auction Sites

0

In a shining example of true form capitalism, Russian scammers opportunists took advantage of the cosmic fury at the ongoing G-20 meeting in Moscow expressed by an attempted bombardment via meteor (which allegedly left the hole shown in the picture below), and are already seeking to find the level of equilibrium demand for cosmic commodities and market clearing prices by offering pieces of the meteor for sale on local websites. From Moscow Times: “Enterprising businessmen in the Urals city of Chelyabinsk lost no time in finding a way to capitalize on the meteor strike that shook the city on Friday morning. By early afternoon, several websites were already selling “fragments of meteorite.” Two-centimeter fragments of the celestial body that hospitalized dozens and injured hundreds more in the Urals early on Friday were being offered for 500 rubles a piece by 2 p.m. Moscow time.”

From Moscow Times.

“I’m selling it because it’s useless to me. There are several scratch marks, but in general it’s in excellent condition,” wrote one Internet user calling himself Alexei and claiming to be from Magnitogorsk in the Chelyabinsk region. A picture of the “meteorite fragment” for sale can be found in the jewelry section of Avito.ru, an online store.

Another user called Dmitry was selling a 3.7-gram scrap of the meteor that he claimed to have found on the banks of lake Chebarkul, where the object reportedly landed, about 60 kilometers west of Chelyabinsk. He set no minimum price for bids.

The sales come despite warnings not to touch any fragments of the meteorite. Journalist Andrei Kondrashov, a local journalist, wrote on Twitter that an official had warned him not to touch the debris.

“Called Deputy Shingarkin: He notifies the Urals that there is no radiation, but debris must not be touched. Possible toxic contamination,” he wrote.

And the actual ad on Russian auction site Avito.ru:

From Gazeta.ru:

The site Avito.ru came the announcement “a piece of the meteorite for sale, new. Sergey. Chelyabinsk “.

In the picture a man holding a piece of stone, which asks for 300 thousand rubles.

Another resident of Chelyabinsk left ad: “Buy a fragment of a meteorite Chelyabinsk, found today at the crash site, photo later skins. Questions by mail, the price is also negotiable. “

Also through the website Avito.ru Chelyabinsk residents have begun to offer services for glass replacement.

As of this posting, the ad had been taken down, but it was unclear that was before or after Buffett’s pet rating agency, the one which would never dare offend the US department of “justice”, Moody’s, had already rated the seller AAAA++++ “would buy meteor fragments from seller again.”

Your rating: None Average: 5 (2 votes)

The Author Who Hates Public Libraries

0

The Author Who Hates Public Libraries

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013

Best-selling children’s book writer Terry Deary claims the concept of providing the “impoverished access to books” is outdated and irrelevant; despite hopes that the next pope will be less homophobic than the last, the likely candidate supports “Kill the Gays” laws; meanwhile, PayPal and Lenovo aim to finish off passwords in order to move on to more secure measures. These discoveries and more below.

On a regular basis, Truthdig brings you the news items and odds and ends that have found their way to Larry Gross, director of the USC Annenberg School for Communication. A specialist in media and culture, art and communication, visual communication and media portrayals of minorities, Gross helped found the field of gay and lesbian studies.

Libraries ‘Have Had Their Day’, says Horrible Histories Author
Libraries “have been around too long” and are “no longer relevant”, according to Horrible Histories author Terry Deary, an apparently lone literary voice to believe that libraries have “had their day”.

The Inside Story of Why Aaron Swartz Broke Into MIT and JSTOR
Despite the many hundreds of thousands of words that have been written about Aaron Swartz since his suicide last month, there remain a number of unanswered questions about the life of the computer-prodigy-turned-political-activist.

Registry Helps Guests Avoid Wearing the Same Dress
There’s one diplomatic disaster the new administration may be able to avoid: women arriving at an inaugural ball in the same dress.

Cars and Robust Cities Are Fundamentally Incompatible
Big roads and parking garages are so common in American cities that it’s easy to forget these places once functioned exceptionally well without them.

Gains for Minority Actors in NYC, but Whites Continue to Be Overrepresented
The percentage of minority actors working on Broadway and at the top 16 not-for-profit theater companies in New York City rose to 23 percent during the 2011-2012 season, but whites continue to be overrepresented, according to a new report.

The Real Trouble with Jonah Lehrer
He’s apologized for intellectual dishonesty. But not for intellectual laziness.

What Obama Said–and What He Meant–About Climate Change, War and Civil Liberties
The words in President Obama’s “State of the Union” speech were often lofty, spinning through the air with the greatest of ease and emitting dog whistles as they flew.

U.S. and Israel Push the Boundaries of International Law
In 2009 the former head of the international law department of Israel’s military establishment, Daniel Reisner, said that “International law progresses through violations.

The Last Time a Pope Resigned, Mass Media Was Called … Mass
A pope hasn’t stepped down from office for 600 years. What was the “media frenzy” like in 1415?

Top Papal Candidate Has Defended ‘Kill the Gays’ Laws in Africa
In the wake of Pope Benedict XVI’s unprecedented announcement yesterday that he would resign the papacy effective February 28, many people took to Facebook, Twitter, and other social media to express hope that the next pope would look more kindly on the LGBT community than the notoriously homophobic Benedict.

Greek Economy Finally Under Control
Workers’ control, that is.

PayPal, Lenovo Launch New Campaign to Kill the Password
A new standard that gives phones and PCs a bigger role in authentication could disarm attacks that rely on stealing passwords.

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Sen. Warren Slams Regulators for Failure to Prosecute Big Banks

0

At her debut on the Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee on Thursday, freshman Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) grilled a panel of top financial regulators on their lack of prosecution of banks’ criminal activities with repeated emphasis on one particular question: “When was the last time you took a Wall Street bank to trial?”

Educating the panel on the value of taking a bank to trial, Warren explains:

If [banks] can break the law and drag in billions in profits and then turn around and settle paying out of those profits, they don’t have that much incentive to follow the law. It’s also the case that when we have a settlement, and not a trial, it means that we don’t have those days and days and days of testimony of what those financial institutions have been up to.

The question I really want to ask is about how tough you are – about how much leverage you really have.

The regulators–representing the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Federal Reserve, and the Treasury among others–responded with predictable platitudes: “We have not had to do it as a practical matter to achieve our supervisory goals,” said one and, “When we look at these issues […] we look at the distinction between what we could get if we go to trial and what we could get if we don’t,” answered another.

Ryan Grim, writing for the Huffington Post, points out that open-Internet pioneer Aaron Swartz was one of Warren’s constituents who she reportedly both met and admired.

Swartz recently committed suicide after being hounded by federal prosecutors over a “harsh array of charges” because they wanted to “make an example” of his activism–a point that Warren may have referenced in her remarks.

“I want to note that there are district attorneys and US attorneys who are out there every day squeezing ordinary citizens on sometimes very thin grounds and taking them to trial to ‘make an example,’ as they put it,” Warren told the group.

“I am really concerned that too-big-to-fail has become too-big-for-trial. That just seems wrong to me.”

48 Arrested at Keystone Pipeline Protest as Sierra Club Lifts 120-Year Ban on Civil Disobedience

0

Forty-eight people, including civil rights leader Julian Bond and NASA climate scientist James Hansen, were arrested Wednesday in front of the White House as part of an ongoing protest calling on the Obama administration to reject the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline. The action came before a rally planned for Sunday on Washington’s National Mall, which organizers have dubbed “the largest climate rally in history.” We speak to Sierra Club Executive Director Michael Brune, who was arrested in the first act of civil disobedience in the organization’s 120-year history.

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: Forty-eight environmental activists were arrested Wednesday in front of the White House as part of an ongoing protest calling on the Obama administration to reject the Keystone XL pipeline. The proposed 1,700-mile pipeline would deliver tar sands oil from Canada to refineries in Texas. The action came before a rally planned for Sunday on Washington’s National Mall, which organizers have dubbed “the largest climate rally in history.”

Among those arrested on Wednesday were two top leaders from the Sierra Club: the group’s executive director, Michael Brune, and President Allison Chin.The protest marked the first time the Sierra Club has engaged in civil disobedience in its 120-year history.

Others arrested included civil rights leader Julian Bond, Bill McKibben of 350.org, NASA climate scientist James Hansen, lawyer Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and actress Daryl Hannah. They were charged with failure to disperse and obey lawful orders, and released on $100 bond each. This is Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and Julian Bond.

ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.: I think President Obama is going to kill the pipeline.

INTERVIEWER: Why do you say that?

ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.: Because I think it’s the right thing to do, and I think he knows that. And I think he–you know, I think he has a strong moral core, and I think John Kerry does, too. And I think, ultimately, he would not do something that is–that is this catastrophic and irresponsible and reckless.

JULIAN BOND: This is a decision that affects all Americans, and we want to make sure he does the right thing, which is to say no to the pipeline. It’s a great deal for Canada, great deal for Mexico; doesn’t do much for the United States.

AMY GOODMAN: That was former chair of the NAACP, Julian Bond; before that, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. The protest outside the White House came one day after President Obama addressed climate change during his State of the Union.

PRESIDENT BARACK OBAMA: But if Congress won’t act soon to protect future generations, I will. I will direct–I will direct my Cabinet to come up with executive actions we can take, now and in the future, to reduce pollution, prepare our communities for the consequences of climate change, and speed the transition to more sustainable sources of energy.

AMY GOODMAN: For more, we go now to Washington, D.C., where we’re joined by two of the protesters, now out of jail, who were arrested yesterday outside the White House. Michael Brune, executive director of the Sierra Club, his most recent book is called Coming Clean: Breaking America’s Addiction to Oil and Coal. And we’re joined by Daryl Hannah, the actress and activist, who was previously arrested in Texas in October for protesting the Keystone XL pipeline.

We welcome you both to Democracy Now! Let’s begin with Michael Brune. This is historic for your organization, Michael. In its 120-year history, you are the first leader of the organization to get arrested in a civil disobedience. Why?

MICHAEL BRUNE: Well, first, thanks for having me on the show.

And it might sound a little surprising that an organization like the Sierra Club, that’s been around for so long and has been a part of so many important fights, that it’s the first time we do civil disobedience. But we look at this project, the tar sands pipeline, and it’s a boondoggle. It’s such a–it would contribute to such a climate disaster that we realize we have to use every single tool of democracy in order to fight this thing. We’ll fight it in the courts. We’ll fight it in statehouses and here in the Beltway, in the streets. But we realize that we have to do every single thing that we can to make sure that instead of putting $7 billion into a dirty oil pipeline, that we’re investing in clean energy instead.

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: And the importance of this particular decision that the government must make on the XL pipeline in terms of the continuing crisis of climate change in the country and around the world?

MICHAEL BRUNE: Well, that’s the challenge here, is that last year we had record droughts and record wildfires and temperatures a full degree’s above the previous record in the lower 48, a thousand-mile storm that hit the Eastern Seaboard. And the first big test for the president of his commitment to fight climate change is whether or not we’re going to build a pipeline that would take almost a million barrels of oil every day, the dirtiest oil on the planet, ship it through the U.S. and have most of it be exported. So what we’re doing to–what we’re trying to do is to convince President Obama that he needs to put his full muscle and his full ambition to match the scale of this challenge.

It’s not just about the pipeline; it’s making sure that we’re turning away from fossil fuels, the most extreme sources of dirty energy everywhere–drilling in the Arctic, blowing the tops off of our mountains in Appalachia, building this tar sands pipeline. All of those would just deepen and extend our dependence on fossil fuels, when clean energy is growing by leaps and bounds. It’s coming online in record proportions. And so, we want to push Obama as aggressively as we can to embrace a clean energy future.

AMY GOODMAN: Michael Brune, have you gotten a chance to speak with President Obama? He made a very strong statement at the State of the Union address.

MICHAEL BRUNE: I have not–I have not talked with him since the–since his inauguration address, but we are talking to White House officials. And the clear message we want to deliver is that the president has an enormous amount of executive authority, and we want his ambition to match the scale of this challenge. I agree with what Bobby Kennedy said yesterday, that we believe that the president has a solid moral core, we believe that he is committed sincerely to fighting climate change. And in that context, you can’t build a pipeline from the tar sands. You shouldn’t drill for oil in the Arctic. You should not build liquefied natural gas export terminals that will make fracking happen everywhere across the country with even more intensity. So the challenge right now is to show the president that we’ve got his back. Every time he stands up to big polluters, we will mobilize to defend his strong policies. And at the same time, we’ll push the president to go as far as he needs to go.

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: Well, he did allude, obviously, in his State of the Union address to his ability to use his executive powers to be able to implement policies to help the country reduce greenhouse gas emissions. What is your–is this the first big test, as far as you’re concerned, of how serious he is about his threatened use of executive power?

MICHAEL BRUNE: Yeah. And so, look at the last two speeches that the president gave on this. In his inaugural address and then a couple nights ago in the State of the Union, he made the best argument for why we have to tackle climate change. He said we need to do it because we have a moral, ethical responsibility to future generations, to our own generation, but he also talked about the economic opportunity that’s inherent in a clean energy transition.

And so, what we need to do now is to say, “When you stand up to these large oil companies, massive coal and gas companies, we’ve got your back.” There are millions of people in the U.S. already that are being powered by clean energy, and there are hundreds of millions of people in the U.S. and around the world that will fight for a clean energy future. We have a big grassroots movement in this country. Many of them will show up on the National Mall on Sunday, February 17th, the largest climate rally in U.S. history. But the challenge now is to show that this movement is bigger than Big Oil, it’s bigger than Big Coal, it’s bigger than the gas industry. And we are just as creative, just as relentless, as any opposition that the president might face.

AMY GOODMAN: Michael Brune, in 2011, I asked Cindy Schild of the American Petroleum Institute why her organization and TransCanada are pushing so hard for this pipeline. She denied having any financial interest in having the project approved, saying API is looking out for the country’s energy security. This is an excerpt of what she said.

CINDY SCHILD: API doesn’t have a financial interest in the pipeline. I mean, we’re looking out for, again, energy security, national security. We also see supply flexibility and reliability benefits to being able to bring the third-largest resource base from Canada, and our number one trading partner, down to our largest refining center in the Gulf.

AMY GOODMAN: That’s Cindy Schild in the American Petroleum Institute. And, of course, President Obama stresses, above all else, jobs. Your response, Sierra Club Executive Director Michael Brune?

MICHAEL BRUNE: Look, this is a decision between what’s right and what’s easy, right? We’ve been building pipelines for more than a century. We’ve been building coal-fired power plants and refineries, oil refineries, for more than a century. We know how to do that. We know how to build out fossil fuel infrastructure. The whole point of fighting climate change is that we can’t do that anymore and expect to have a stable climate.

Last year, the International Energy Agency said that if we want to keep warming below two degrees Celsius, an increase in temperatures below two degrees Celsius, three-and-a-half degrees Fahrenheit, if we want to keep our temperature increases below three-and-a-half degrees Fahrenheit, at least two-thirds of the oil and coal and gas that we know about all around the world has to stay in the ground. Two-thirds of our fossil fuel reserves have to stay in the ground if we want to have a shot at keeping warming at three-and-a-half degrees Fahrenheit, which is a reckless goal considering that we’ve only had about an increase–a degree increase so far. So, in that context, why would we exploit new sources of oil that’s even dirtier than conventional oil? Why would we drill in the Arctic? Why would we blow off the tops of our mountains just to get a little bit of coal? If we’re going to win on climate change, we have to start taking bolder action. We have to start doing it now.

The good news here is that solar is cheaper than ever before. Wind is cheaper than ever before. Nine states get at least 10 percent of their power from wind. California will soon get 30 percent solar plus wind. Iowa is at 25 percent, just wind only. So, all around the country, millions of people are getting their power from clean energy. Millions more are working in the industry, the clean energy industry all around the world. The clean energy future isn’t decades away; it’s actually happening right now. So, we have a shot at arresting climate change, but we can’t kid ourselves and keep investing in fossil fuels at the same time.

AMY GOODMAN: Michael Brune, we want to thank you for being with us, executive director of the Sierra Club. It’s the first time in the organization’s 120-year history, an organization founded by the environmentalist John Muir, that a head of the organization has been arrested. When we come back from break, we’ll be joined by actress and activist Daryl Hannah. She was arrested in Texas protesting the Keystone XL pipeline, and yesterday she went to jail in Washington, D.C., for protesting the same pipeline, this time in front of the White House. Stay with us.

LIBOR Scandal More Than Fraud – Whole Game Is Rigged

0

Costas Lapavitsas: From multimillion dollar losses by cities like Baltimore to pension fund losses and much more, the LIBOR interest rate scandal shows that such mechanisms must be taken out of the hands of banks and be run in public interest.

TRANSCRIPT:

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore. And welcome to this week’s edition of The Lapavitsas Report on Economics with Costas Lapavitsas, who now joins us from London.

Costas is a professor of economics at the School of Oriental and African Studies at the University of London. He’s a member of Research on Money and Finance, and he’s a regular columnist for The Guardian newspaper.

Thanks, Costas.

COSTAS LAPAVITSAS, PROF. ECONOMICS, UNIV. OF LONDON: Pleasure to be here, Paul.

JAY: So what have you been working on this week?

LAPAVITSAS: I think one of the most interesting things to hit the news this week is the Libor manipulation case and the fine that has been imposed on the large British bank RBS for manipulating the Libor.

I think we need to talk a little bit about this so that people understand the significance of it, because it hasn’t really been widely appreciated by the public.

Now, the Libor is not a real interest rate. It’s a benchmark. It’s a benchmark that is set privately by the banks and in secret. There’s a committee of banks that does that. On the basis of the Libor, a whole host of other interest rates that are charged to people for their mortgages, to businesses, and so on are determined.

Now, the case and the fine imposed on RBS has discovered, has found that actually RBS has been colluding with brokers and others to manipulate the Libor. This is a criminal dimension. And they’ve been charged. The British government–.

JAY: Hang on one sec. Just for people that haven’t followed this story at all, just a little more on why this matters so much.

LAPAVITSAS: This matters enormously for a number of reasons. As I said to you, as I said, this is not a real interest rate; this is a benchmark. If the banks determine the benchmark in an untruthful way, then they can influence a whole host of other prices, and they can influence the receipts they make from people to whom they’ve lent money and from the various transactions they make in the derivatives markets. For the banks, the ability to manipulate the Libor is a key mechanism to make extra profits, basically. And they’ve got this ability to do it because they set the Libor privately and in a special committee, which they run themselves.

Now, the British government is making out that this is a criminal act, which it is, of course, because collusion with the aim of making extra profits is criminal. The point is, however–and this is something that the British government wishes to keep quiet–it isn’t simply criminality here. It looks as if the entire game is rigged from beginning to end. In other words, it isn’t simply collusion and illegality. The game is rotten.

And it is rotten for two reasons, I would argue. First, the banks have got an incentive to present falsely low rates, because they in this way appear to be stronger than their competitors. And the banks have got an incentive to manipulate the rate sometimes up, sometimes down, because they make different payments in this way on their derivatives portfolio. The banks, then, have got clear incentives to manipulate it, and they signal their incentives to each other.

So this committee doesn’t work. It doesn’t work systematically in the public interest; it works in the interest of banks. This is becoming increasingly clear, and this is going to be big news, I think, in the months to come, because, of course, there are more banks that would be hit–that will be charged fines in the months ahead.

JAY: How did we get to a situation that a group of banks, most of them private, or maybe all of them privately owned, get to determine what is essentially the most influential rate in the globe? I mean, in theory, central banks are supposed to establish rates, I would have thought.

LAPAVITSAS: Central banks establish the rates at which they themselves lend to the banking system. However, there is also a private market for funds. There’s the money market. And in the money market, banks interact with each other and work out the rate at which they lend to each other.

This is the most important price in the financial system. It’s more important than the rate at which central banks lend to banks. It’s the most important financial price. And presumably, in a neoliberal free-market system such as the one we’ve got today, it ought to be set through the free competition among the financial institutions. It isn’t.

And that’s the significance of this. This rate is actually manipulated. These banks have got a secretive committee. They work out the rate, which is the Libor. They don’t transact at this rate–this is a benchmark. And they announce it on a daily basis. They manipulate it. They handle it. And by manipulate it, they affect all other actual interest rates at which people undertake [unintel.] transactions.

JAY: Now, just to make this concrete for people, a city like Baltimore claims it’s lost millions of dollars that could have been spent on schools or roads or housing or whatever, and they’ve lost this money, they claim, because of this fraudulently set Libor rate. But how does that work? Why is Baltimore out money because of what some bankers are doing on this committee?

LAPAVITSAS: Because the prices Baltimore would have been charged on various loans it took or on derivatives transactions it engaged in–I don’t really know the particulars of the Baltimore case, but the prices it would have been charged and the rates it would have been charged would have been false. They would have not have been true rates. They would have been based on the Libor, a premium would have been added to the Libor, and the Libor rate that would have been used as the base for this would have been a false, manipulated rate. And by manipulating it, the banks would have seen to it that money would have gone into their coffers, that their coffers would have gone up. It’s a hidden, silent transfer of income and wealth from the public in general to the banks. It’s arguably one of the biggest scams in the history of finance.

JAY: And Baltimore’s leading a class action lawsuit of various cities, with Baltimore being the lead city, suing these banks to try to recover this money.

LAPAVITSAS: They’re right to do so. As I said, I mean, there is obviously outright criminality in some respects, because these banks have been proven to have colluded with one another to handle–they manipulate the rate directly.

But the point I repeat is that criminality aside, it looks as if the entire game is rigged, that the banks actually can know how to handle and manipulate the rate without actually directly colluding with each other. And that’s what’s wrong about it, and that’s what’s bad about it, because it shows that the so-called free market in finance simply doesn’t work.

I want to stress the importance of this. You see, neoliberalism and free markets, which is the mantra that we’ve been listening to and hearing for decades, pivots on the banks and the financial system. This is where it’s supposed to be free. This is the markets, these are the markets, and the institutions are supposed to be as free as possible. Well, they’re not. They’re actually managing this rate, manipulating this rate in their own interests. And they are doing it through a private meeting.

You know, Adam Smith wrote more than two centuries ago that when you let capitalists meet in a nontransparent way on a regular basis, then they will do two things: they will defraud the public and they will raise prices. He argued that two centuries ago. Well, there you are. When you let banks meet on a daily basis, privately, without transparency, without public scrutiny, what they will do is to manipulate this key rate, the fundamental rate of the financial market, to make extra profits. That’s what they’ve been doing.

This is one of the biggest scandals, as I said before, in the history of finance. It’s about time the public realized what’s happening and demanded intervention.

JAY: Alright. Thanks for joining us, Costas.

LAPAVITSAS: Thank you.

JAY: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

Campaign to Recall “America’s Toughest Sheriff”

0

Sheriff Arpaio of Maricopa County Arizona, accused of brutal law enforcement and racial profiling; faces a recall campaign from an independent coalition.

Gold At $1600, Recoupling With Stocks Post QE2

0

The media appears to be gorging on the 2% drop today in Gold and 11% drop in the last 4 months. Gold’s demise today appears triggered by JPY’s dump at around 8amET – though longer-term, it appears gold and stocks are recoupling in the reflation trade from around the start of QE2. At $1600, gold is back at August 2012 levels but +134% from the 2008 Lehman ‘event’.

Charts: Bloomberg

Your rating: None Average: 5 (4 votes)

Guest Post: The Global Endgame in Fourteen Points

0

Submitted by Charles Hugh-Smith of OfTwoMinds blog,

An over-indebted, overcapacity economy cannot generate real expansion. It can only generate speculative asset bubbles that will implode, destroying the latest round of phantom collateral.

I have endeavored to lay out the global endgame in four recent entries:

Is This the Terminal Phase of Global Capitalism 1.0? (February 8, 2013)

Note to Fed: Giving the Banks Free Money Won’t Make Us Hire More Workers (February 11, 2013)

Cheap, Abundant Credit Creates a Low-Return, Bubble-Prone World (February 12, 2013)

Europe Is Not “Fixed”: Two Charts (February 13, 2013)

For those seeking a summary, here is the global endgame in fourteen points:

1. In the initial “boost phase” of credit expansion, credit-based capital ( i.e. debt-money) pours into expanding production and increasing productivity: new production facilities are built, new machine and software tools are purchased, etc. These investments greatly boost production of goods and services and are thus initially highly profitable.

2. As credit continues to expand, competitors can easily borrow the capital needed to push into every profitable sector. Expanding production leads to overcapacity, falling profit margins and stagnant wages across the entire economy.

Resources (oil, copper, etc.) may command higher prices, raising the input costs of production and the price the consumer pays. These higher prices are negative in that they reduce disposable income while creating no added value.

3. As investing in material production yields diminishing returns, capital flows into financial speculation, i.e. financialization, which generates profits from rapidly expanding credit and leverage that is backed by either phantom collateral or claims against risky counterparties or future productivity.

In other words, financialization is untethered from the real economy of producing goods and services.

4. Initially, financialization generates enormous profits as credit and leverage are extended first to the creditworthy borrowers and then to marginal borrowers.

5. The rapid expansion of credit and leverage far outpace the expansion of productive assets. Fast-expanding debt-money (i.e. borrowed money) must chase a limited pool of productive assets/income streams, inflating asset bubbles.

6. These asset bubbles create phantom collateral which is then leveraged into even greater credit expansion. The housing bubble and home-equity extraction are prime examples of theis dynamic.

7. The speculative credit-based bubble implodes, revealing the collateral as phantom and removing the foundation of future borrowing. Borrowers’ assets vanish but their debt remains to be paid.

8. Since financialization extended credit to marginal borrowers (households, enterprises, governments), much of the outstanding debt is impaired: it cannot and will not be paid back. That leaves the lenders and their enabling Central Banks/States three choices:

A. The debt must be paid with vastly depreciated currency to preserve the appearance that it has been paid back.

B. The debt must be refinanced to preserve the illusion that it can and will be paid back at some later date.

C. The debt must be renounced, written down or written off and any remaining collateral liquidated.

9. Since wages have long been stagnant and the bubble-era debt must still be serviced, there is little non-speculative surplus income to drive more consumption.

10. In a desperate attempt to rekindle another cycle of credit/collateral expansion, Central Banks lower the yield on cash capital (savings) to near-zero and unleash wave after wave of essentially “free money” credit into the banking sector.

11. Since wages remain stagnant and creditworthy borrowers are scarce, banks have few places to make safe loans. The lower-risk strategy is to use the central bank funds to speculate in “risk-on” assets such as stocks, corporate bonds and real estate.

12. In a low-growth economy burdened with overcapacity in virtually every sector, all this debt-money is once again chasing a limited pool of productive assets/income streams.

13. This drives returns to near-zero while at the same time increasing the risk that the resulting asset bubbles will once again implode.

14. As a result, total credit owed remain high even as wages remain stagnant, along with the rest of the real economy. Credit growth falls, along with the velocity of money, as the central bank-issued credit (and the gains from the latest central-bank inflated asset bubbles) pools up in investment banks, hedge funds and corporations.

The net result: an over-indebted, overcapacity economy cannot generate real expansion. It can only generate speculative asset bubbles that will implode, destroying the latest round of phantom collateral.

Here are three charts that illustrate #14:

Eurozone credit since the inception of the euro. This is roughly equivalent to TCMDO (Total Credit Market Debt Owed) in the U.S.

Eurozone credit growth:

Money velocity in the U.S.:

That is the endgame in three charts. Checkmate, game over.

Your rating: None Average: 4.8 (5 votes)

The Great Tax-Cut Experiment

0

Since the late 1970s, during the Carter Administration, conservative economists have been warning that high taxes retard economic growth by discouraging productive work and investment. These arguments have resonated with politicians, who have steadily cut income taxes, especially those borne by the richest Americans. The highest marginal tax rate, which stood at 70% by the end of the 1970s, was cut to less than 30% in less than a decade. (The marginal rate for a person is the one applied to his or her last dollar of income. A marginal rate that applies to, say, the bracket above $250,000, then, is paid only on that portion of income. The portion of a person’s income below that threshold is taxed at the lower rates applying to lower tax brackets.) Despite increases in the early 1990s, the top marginal rate remained below 40%, when it was cut further during the administration of George W. Bush. These dramatic cuts in tax rates, however, have not led to an acceleration in economic growth, investment, or productivity.

Falling Tax Rates for the Richest: The federal government has been cutting taxes on the richest Americans since the end of World War II. The average tax paid by the richest taxpayers, as a percentage of income, is typically less than the top marginal rate. Some of their income (the portion below the threshold for the top marginal rate, any capital-gains income, etc.) is taxed at lower rates. Some is not subject to federal income tax because of deductions for state and local taxes, health-care costs, and other expenses. The decline in the average tax rate for the richest, however, does follow the cuts in the top marginal income-tax rate. (See Figure 1.)

Figure 1: Federal Taxes on Richest Americans,Marginal and Average Rates, 1945-2010

Comparisons with Other Countries: Americans pay a smaller proportion of total income in taxes than do people in any other advanced capitalist economy. As recently as the late 1960s, taxes accounted for as high a share of national income in the United States as in Western European countries. After decades of tax cuts, however, the United States now stands out for its low taxes and small government sector. (See Figure 2.)

Figure 2: Tax Revenue as a Percentage of GDP, 2008

Higher Growth When Taxes Are Higher: On average, the economy has grown faster during presidential administrations with higher tax rates on the richest Americans. Growth was unusually slow during George W. Bush’s two terms (Bush II) and during Obama’s first term, when the Bush tax cuts remained in effect. On average, every 10 percentage-point rise in the average tax rate on the richest has been associated with an increase in annual GDP growth of almost one percentage point. (See Figure 3.)

Figure 3: Average Tax Rates on Richest and Real GDP Growth, by President, 1947-2010

Declining Tax Rates Haven’t Stimulated Investment: Cutting taxes on the richest Americans has not led them to invest more in plant and equipment. Over the past 50 years, as tax rates have declined, there has been no increase in investment spending as a percentage of GDP. (The flat trend line shows that changes in the highest marginal income-tax rate have not affected investment much, one way or the other.) Instead, the investment share of the economy has been determined by other factors, such as aggregate demand, rather than tax policy. (See Figure 4.)

Figure 4: Top Marginal Income-Tax Rateand Investment Share of GDP, 1963-2011

Lower Taxes, Slower GDP Growth: Despite lower and declining tax rates, especially on the rich, the United States has had slower productivity growth over the last several decades than other advanced economies. Overall, lower taxes are associated with slower growth in GDP per hour worked. A 10 percentage point increase in taxes as a share of GDP is associated with an increase in the productivity growth rate of 0.2 percentage points. (See Figure 5.)

Figure 5: Tax Share of GDP and Productivity Growth

The Week In Funny Pictures

0

From Sid Owen photobombing Chris Brown at the Grammys to Charles and Camilla popping out to the shops, take a look at this week’s silliest snaps…

Loading Slideshow...

  • “What a goon!” Ed thought to himself.

  • There are new concerns about Prince Charles’s growing political influence after he’s spotted posing as an FSA inspector.

  • Angela Merkel blows on her hot beer to cool it down. This is why she’s in charge of Europe, and we’re not.

  • Boris Johnson, as unembarrassing as ever.

  • Adele, looking at Boris Johnson.

  • A couple get married in an IKEA store. Sadly, their marriage is likely to fall apart in 18 months’ time.

  • Fun fact: wallabies are the only marsupials to celebrate Valentine’s Day.

  • David Cameron takes off his jacket to become… Old Etonian Man! His superpower? Being <em>excellent</em> at ‘the biscuit game’.

  • Yes, it’s this year’s obligatory shot of an MP looking silly during a pancake race!

  • Not as silly as this chap, though.

  • Jennifer Lopez’s leg. Plus the rest of her.

  • Ladies and gentlemen, we give you Sid Owen – surely the man least likely to ever photobomb Chris Brown. And yet, he did.

  • George Osborne, completely baffled by the sight of something working.

  • Nope, still no clue.

  • You may laugh at this hairstyle, but it’s actually antennae. Who’s laughing now, eh?!

  • “These debutantes are getting younger every year,” muses Prince Charles.

  • This is surely just an accident waiting to happen.

  • Chipmunks. They’re complete nutters.

  • Not Cameron’s best face. Still, as you can see by the next slide…

  • …anyone can make themselves look awful <a href=”http://redirect.viglink.com?key=11fe087258b6fc0532a5ccfc924805c0&u=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.huffingtonpost.co.uk%2F2013%2F02%2F11%2Fpretty-girls-ugly-faces-funny-pictures_n_2662387.html”>if they try hard enough</a>.

  • The mechanic wasn’t too happy when he asked for a spanner – and they sent this guy over.

  • How many pretty ladies does it take to pick up an ELLE Style Award?

  • That’s right: three!

  • Boris Johnson’s influence stretches far and wide.

  • Just two Old English sheepdogs. <a href=”http://redirect.viglink.com?key=11fe087258b6fc0532a5ccfc924805c0&u=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.huffingtonpost.co.uk%2F2013%2F02%2F12%2Fenglish-sheepdogs-cute-picture_n_2669125.html%3Futm_hp_ref%3Dpics–giggles”>Hanging out</a>.

  • Just two celebrity pals. Hanging out.

  • Camilla was so engrossed in buying 400 loaves of bread that she didn’t notice Charles heading off towards the Duchy Originals stall.

Tea Party Group “Deeply Embarrassed” by Failure to Plan Pro-Gun Rallies

0

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Awwwww:

TheTeaParty.net, a well-known conservative group, reached out to supporters to say that it is “deeply embarrassed” to have failed to raise enough money in the last several weeks to fund a nationwide series of pro-gun rallies scheduled for Feb. 23.

“Last week we announced that we needed to raise $100,000 to market the Day of Resistance to make sure that there are HUGE crowds at all of these rallies,” read the Wednesday email from outreach director Dustin Stockman. “Unfortunately we remain well short of our goal. As of writing we have only raised $26,125.72 towards the $100,000 goal.”

Day of Resistance has not explained exactly what the money would be spent on.

The announcement came shortly after Sen. Rand Paul, the Kentucky Republican, offered the tea party response to President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address.

Since its successes in 2010, the tea party has been plagued by bitter splintering, the kind of behavior that decades ago helped make the American left so ineffective. The recent brouhaha over former House majority leader Dick Armey’s departure from FreedomWorks, the David Koch-backed tea party campaign operation, is just one example of the internal strife. There was then, of course, that weakness at the ballot box last year.

In politics as in all else, money, money, money makes the world go round. If tea party outfits can’t even adequately fund a few gun rallies, you know they’re on the ropes.

The U.S. Military Invented a Medal for Drone “Pilots”?!?

0

The joystick wielding “pilots” who kill civilians thousands of miles away are now eligible for a medal of honor.

Photo Credit: Department of Defense

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Outgoing Defense Secretary Leon Panetta announced this week a new medal for desk-bound warriors who control killer robots responsible for the deaths of thousands in South Asia, North Africa and the Middle East.

The Distinguished Warfare Medal will recognize drone pilots for their “extraordinary achievements that directly impact on combat operations, but do not involve acts of valor or physical risks that combat entails.”

In other words, what Glenn Greenwald once described as “sitting safely ensconced in a bunker on U.S. soil and launching bombs with a video joystick at human beings thousands of miles away” is now considered an “extraordinary achievement.”

The drone medal will rank above the Bronze Medal and Purple Heart, meaning computer screen heroes will receive awards more prestigious than troops who get shot in battle. Even members of the military community, including Veterans of Foreign Wars, are blasting the absurdity of the medal’s rank.

“It’s a boneheaded decision,” VFW spokesman Joe Davis told Fox News. “This is going to affect morale and it’s sending troops in the field a horrible message.”

Even more horrible is the message sent to citizens of countries facing regular drone attacks, including Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia. A report from Stanford and NYU released in September estimates that from June 2004 through September 2012, drone strikes killed 2,562 — 3,325 people in Pakistan, including 474 — 881 civilians, 176 of whom were children. The report also says that “high-level” targets account for about 2 percent of drone casualties.

Rather than owning up to the unconscionable devastation of Obama’s signature weapon, U.S. lawmakers have downplayed civilian casualties from drone strikes. Senator Diane Feinstein disgracefully claims that annual deaths have been in the “single digits.”

Apparently, it’s not enough for the U.S. government to willfully ignore the extent of its carnage. Now, it’s awarding medals to the literal armchair warriors who carry it out.

The Stanford/NYU report has the testimony of a Pakistani resident living in a heavy-drone strike region:

“Before this we were all very happy. But after these drones attacks a lot of people are victims and have lost members of their family.”

Maybe it’s time for the U.S. military to rethink what constitutes bravery.

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

WATCH: Invasion Of The Old Etonians!

0

Now, we don’t want to alarm you, peasants. But in case you hadn’t noticed, the Etonians are in charge now – and nothing can stop them.

Watch the video above (made by Blakewill & Harris and Finite Funnies) to discover the terrifying truth about David Cameron, Justin Welby… and Damian Lewis.

It is, we think you’ll agree, the stuff of nightmares. And B movies.

We Can Fix This? In SOTU, Obama Shoves Voting Reform into “Sock Drawer,” Leaving Many Disappointed

0

President Obama announced plans for a nonpartisan commission to “improve the Election Day experience” in his State of the Union address, a response to the long lines and heavy burdens that states imposed on voters during the 2012 elections. But his proposal — which some have called “the policy equivalent of a sock drawer” — falls short of what many had hoped.

The president certainly got the rhetoric right.

“We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home,” Obama said. “That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote.”

He referred to Desiline Victor, a 102-year-old Haitian immigrant who became a citizen in 2005 and waited three hours to cast her ballot in Miami. She watched the address from the First Lady’s viewing box. More than 200,000 people didn’t vote in Florida because of long lines, which resulted in wait times as long as seven hours.

“When any Americans, no matter where they live or what their party, are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals.”

But the solution — an election commission — left much to be desired. As Charles Pierce notes at Esquire, “A bipartisan commission is the Washington policy equivalent of a sock drawer:” where ideas are shoved away and ignored. A similar-sounding federal agency was formed after the voting problems highlighted in the 2000 elections and Bush v Gore debacle, but all four commissioner spots are vacant and it hasn’t had an executive director since 2011, largely because of Republican obstructionism. A bill to kill the agency passed the Republican-controlled House in 2011.

Weak Commission Leaves Much to be Desired

Elections are administered by the states, which has resulted in a patchwork of outdated, paper-based election systems, as well as partisan application of voting registration and early voting procedures (which vary state-to-state), and new laws that make it harder for disfavored populations to access the ballot box, such as strict voter ID restrictions advanced by the American Legislative Exchange Council. Along with partisanship, outdated election administration is rife with malfeasance or incompetence — like when Waukesha County Clerk Kathy Nickolaus flipped the results of the Wisconsin Supreme Court race in 2011 after she insisted on keeping vote tallies on a personal laptop and said she forgot to include an entire city in the initial count submitted to the state and press.

Groups like the Brennan Center for Justice have called for federal legislation and national standards to limit some of the problems experienced in recent elections. Its proposal would enact a computerized national voting registration system (which, incidentally, would reduce opportunities for the in-person “fraud” that Republicans espouse), mandatory early voting, and minimum standards for polling places. Rep. Keith Ellison (D-Minn.) has proposed legislation to require same day legislation across the country and prohibit voter ID laws, and Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA) has introduced a bill that would task the Attorney General with creating minimum national standards to prevent wait times of more than one hour, both of which would advance the ball much farther than a bipartisan commission.

The president’s commission is tasked with much more modest goals. According to the Executive Order creating the commission, it will “identify practical, commonsense steps that state and local election officials can take to improve the Election Day experience. The Commission will also identify the practices of voting jurisdictions where voters have the best Election Day experience.”

Identifying best practices is important but it won’t change many of the problems with state-run elections. The Pew Charitable Trusts just released an election performance index along these lines, and ranked Wisconsin as one of the highest-performing states in the nation during the 2008 and 2010 election cycles. This is in large part because the state is one of nine that allows voters to register at the polls on election day. But as the Center for Media and Democracy recently outlined in its report Rig the Vote, Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker and Assembly Speaker Robin Vos have both voiced support for ending the highly successful election day registration program, despite it being nationally recognized as helping the state achieve the second-highest voter turnout rate in the nation.

Voting rights advocates recognize that an Election Commission is not enough. Although the Brennan Center urged the Commission to think “boldly,” it called on “Congress to do its part by enacting minimum national standards to modernize elections.” The League of Women Voters was less conciliatory, stating in a release that “Setting up a commission is not a bold step; it is business as usual.”

Republican Lawyer Co-Chair Is a “Puzzling” Choice

The makeup of the Commission itself has led others to question its efficacy. It will be chaired by Bob Bauer, the top attorney for Obama’s campaign, and Ben Ginsberg, former election lawyer for Mitt Romney’s 2012 operation.

But Ari Berman at The Nation explained why Ginsberg is a “puzzling” choice. He writes:

For over two decades, Ginsberg has been a top lawyer for the Republican Party — the same party, you may recall, that has led the effort to restrict voting rights of late. Ginsberg helped lead the 2000 recall effort for George W. Bush. He was forced to resign from the Bush campaign in 2004 after it was revealed that he was also advising the vile Swift Boat Veterans for Truth. In 2006, Ginsberg said, “just like really with the Voting Rights Act, Republicans have some fundamental philosophical difficulties with the whole notion of Equal Protection.” And in 2012, he was counsel to the Romney campaign when it absurdly claimed that the Obama campaign was trying to suppress military voters by pushing for early voting for all Ohioans. Does that sound like the kind of guy you want leading a “non-partisan” voting commission?

With the Voting Rights Act being challenged before the U.S. Supreme Court and a variety of proposals to make it harder to vote (and change how electoral votes are counted) being considered in the states, a bipartisan commission is certainly not enough.

Many are hoping that, beyond this commission idea, Obama will truly follow through on his State of the Union promise that “We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy.”

Nadine Dorries Denies Expenses Abuse, Says Authorities Targeting Her Fame

0

Tory MP Nadine Dorries is facing an investigation into her expenses claim by the parliamentary expenses watchdog.

The Independent Parliamentary Standards Authority (Ipsa) compliance officer Peter Davis said he had reason to believe Ms Dorries may have been paid travel and accommodation costs she was not entitled to.

“An investigation will be conducted into claims submitted under the following areas of the third and fourth editions of the MPs’ scheme of business costs and expense – accommodation expenditure, travel and subsistence,” he said in a statement.

A defiant Ms Dorries vowed to “go after” Ipsa, claiming the expenses body had simply targeted a high-profile MP to justify its funding.

She insisted she was “totally relaxed” about the allegations, saying they were completely unfounded.

One relates to a travel ticket claim that was submitted twice in error by a member of staff who had accidentally “pressed the button twice”, she said.

“Ipsa was asleep on the bloody job not filtering out claims like that,” she added.

Ms Dorries said Ipsa was also accusing her of subletting her flat because an electricity bill for a three-month period when her daughter was home from university was higher than her normal bills.

“I have never misclaimed one penny on my expenses,” she said.

Ms Dorries remains suspended from the Tory whip following her appearance last year on ITV’s I’m A Celebrity Get Me Out of Here!.

She added: “They need a high-profile MP to go after to justify their millions in funding. Well I’m going to go after them.

“All they want to do is get attention to show Ipsa is doing its job.”

Canada Vows Readiness In Case of Zombie Apocalypse

0

The Canadian Foreign Minister took to the floor of the House of Commons yesterday and vowed that a Zombie Apocalypse will never happen under his watch. Security exercises based on zombie attacks have been run in Quebec, British Columbia, and the United States. Canadians will no doubt be relieved to know that in the case of attack our governments are taking this matter seriously.

via The National Post

In a bizarre exchange in a place known for bizarre exchanges, Foreign Affairs Minister John Baird told the House of Commons Wednesday that “Canada will never be a safe haven for zombies.”

“I want to assure this member and all Canadians that I am dead-icated to ensuring that this never happens,” Baird said.

Baird was responding to a question from NDP MP Pat Martin (who else, really?) who asked if Canada is working with the U.S. to ensure that its citizens don’t suffer from a case of the zombie apocalypse.

“I don’t need to tell you, Mr. Speaker, that zombies don’t don’t recognize borders and that a zombie invasion in the United States can easily turn into a continent-wide pandemic if it is not contained,” Martin said to chuckles and eventually cheers.

“So on behalf of concerned Canadians everywhere, I want to ask the Minister for Foreign Affairs, is he working with his American counterparts to develop an international zombie strategy so that a zombie invasion does not turn into a zombie apocalypse?”

Obama, the US and the Muslim World: the Animosity Deepens

0

In his first inaugural address, back in 2009, Barack Obama announced: “To the Muslim world, we seek a new way forward, based on mutual interest and mutual respect.” Improving how the US was perceived among the world’s 1.6 billion Muslims was not about winning an international popularity contest but was deemed as vital to US national security. Even the Pentagon has long recognized that the primary cause of anti-American Terrorism is the “negative attitude” toward the US: obviously, the reason people in that part of the world Pakistani protesters burn a representation of an American flag during a rally to condemn US drone attacks in Pakistani tribal belt of Waziristan on Thursday, July 7, 2011 in Mutan, Pakistan. (Photo: Khalid Tanveer/ AP)want to attack the US – as opposed to Peru or South Africa or China – is because they perceive a reason to do so.

Obama’s most devoted supporters have long hailed his supposedly unique ability to improve America’s standing in that part of the world. In his first of what would be many paeans to Obama, Andrew Sullivan wrote back in 2007 that among Obama’s countless assets, “first and foremost [is] his face”, which would provide “the most effective potential re-branding of the United States since Reagan”. Sullivan specifically imagined a “young Pakistani Muslim” seeing Obama as “the new face of America”; instantly, proclaimed Sullivan, “America’s soft power has been ratcheted up not a notch, but a logarithm”. Obama would be “the crudest but most effective weapon against the demonization of America that fuels Islamist ideology” because it “proves them wrong about what America is in ways no words can”. Sullivan made clear why this matters so much: “such a re-branding is not trivial – it’s central to an effective war strategy.”

None of that has happened. In fact, the opposite has taken place: although it seemed impossible to achieve, Obama has presided over an America that, in many respects, is now even more unpopular in the Muslim world than it was under George Bush and Dick Cheney.

That is simply a fact. Poll after poll has proven it. In July, 2011, the Washington Post reported: “The hope that the Arab world had not long ago put in the United States and President Obama has all but evaporated.” Citing a poll of numerous Middle East countries that had just been released, the Post explained: “In most countries surveyed, favorable attitudes toward the United States dropped to levels lower than they were during the last year of the Bush administration.”

Egypt poll

A 2011 Arab American Institute poll found that “US favorable ratings across the Arab world have plummeted. In most countries they are lower than at the end of the Bush Administration, and lower than Iran’s favorable ratings.” The same year, a poll of public opinion in Egypt – arguably the most strategically important nation in the region and the site of Obama’s 2009 Cairo speech – found pervasively unfavorable views of the US at or even below the levels of the Bush years. A 2012 Pew poll of six predominantly Muslim nations found not only similar or worse perceptions of the US as compared to the Bush years, but also documented that China is vastly more popular in that part of the world than the US. In that region, the US and Israel are still considered, by far, to be the two greatest threats to peace.

In sum, while Europeans still adore Obama, the US is more unpopular than ever in the Muslim world. A newly released Gallup poll from Thursday, this one surveying public opinion in Pakistan, provides yet more powerful evidence of this dangerous trend. As Gallup summarized: “more than nine in 10 Pakistanis (92%) disapprove of US leadership and 4% approve, the lowest approval rating Pakistanis have ever given“. Worse, “a majority (55%) say interaction between Muslim and Western societies is ‘more of a threat’ [than a benefit], up significantly from 39% in 2011.” Disapproval of the US in this nuclear-armed nation has exploded under Obama to record highs:

gallup pakistan

It is not hard to understand why this is happening. Indeed, the slightest capacity for empathy makes it easy. It is not – as self-loving westerners like to tell themselves – because there is some engrained, inherent, primitive anti-Americanism in these cultures. To the contrary, there is substantial affection for US culture and “the American people” in these same countries, especially among the young.

What accounts for this pervasive hostility toward the US is clear: US actions in their country. As a Rumsfeld-era Pentagon study concluded: “Muslims do not ‘hate our freedom,’ but rather, they hate our policies.” In particular, it is “American direct intervention in the Muslim world” – justified in the name of stopping Terrorism – that “paradoxically elevate[s] the stature of and support for Islamic radicals”.

Just consider how Americans view their relentless bombing attacks via drone versus how the rest of the world perceives them. It is not hyperbole to say that America is a rogue nation when it comes to its drone wars, standing almost alone in supporting it. The Pew poll from last June documented that “in nearly all countries, there is considerable opposition to a major component of the Obama administration’s anti-terrorism policy: drone strikes.” The finding was stark: “in 17 of 20 countries, more than half disapprove of U.S. drone attacks targeting extremist leaders and groups in nations such as Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia.” That means that “Americans are the clear outliers on this issue”:

Pew drones

In sum, if you continually bomb another country and kill their civilians, not only the people of that country but the part of the world that identifies with it will increasingly despise the country doing it. That’s the ultimate irony, the most warped paradox, of US discourse on these issues: the very policies that Americans constantly justify by spouting the Terrorism slogan are exactly what causes anti-American hatred and anti-American Terrorism in the first place. The most basic understanding of human nature renders that self-evident, but this polling data indisputably confirms it.

Last month, the Atlantic’s Robert Wright announced that he would cease regularly writing for that magazine in order to finish his book on Buddhism. When doing so, he wrote an extraordinarily (though typically) great essay containing all sorts of thought-provoking observations. Yesterday, the blogger Digby flagged the key passage relating to the issue I’m raising today; please read this:

“[1] The world’s biggest single problem is the failure of people or groups to look at things from the point of view of other people or groups – i.e. to put themselves in the shoes of ‘the other’. I’m not talking about empathy in the sense of literally sharing people’s emotions – feeling their pain, etc. I’m just talking about the ability to comprehend and appreciate the perspective of the other. So, for Americans, that might mean grasping that if you lived in a country occupied by American troops, or visited by American drone strikes, you might not share the assumption of many Americans that these deployments of force are well-intentioned and for the greater good. You might even get bitterly resentful. You might even start hating America.

“[2] Grass-roots hatred is a much greater threat to the United States – and to nations in general, and hence to world peace and stability – than it used to be. The reasons are in large part technological, and there are two main manifestations: (1) technology has made it easier for grass-roots hatred to morph into the organized deployment (by non-state actors) of massively lethal force; (2) technology has eroded authoritarian power, rendering governments more responsive to popular will, hence making their policies more reflective of grass roots sentiment in their countries. The upshot of these two factors is that public sentiment toward America abroad matters much more (to America’s national security) than it did a few decades ago.

“[3] If the United States doesn’t use its inevitably fading dominance to build a world in which the rule of law is respected, and in which global norms are strong, the United States (and the world) will suffer for it. So when, for example, we do things to other nations that we ourselves have defined as acts of war (like cybersabotage), that is not, in the long run, making us or our allies safer. The same goes for when we invade countries, or bomb them, in clear violation of international law. And at some point we have to get serious about building a truly comprehensive nuclear nonproliferation regime – one that we expect our friends, not just our enemies, to be members-in-good-standing of.”

Whenever I write about how the US is so deeply unpopular in the Muslim world (and getting more unpopular), it invariably prompts tough-talking, swaggering, pseudo-warriors who dismiss the concern as irrelevant: who cares what They think of Us? The reason to care is exactly what Wright explained: even if you dismiss as irrelevant the morality of constantly bombing and killing other people, nothing undermines US interests and security more than spreading anti-US hatred in the world. Put another way, it is precisely those people who support US aggression by invoking the fear-mongering The Terrorists! cliché who do the most to ensure that this threat is maintained and inexorably worsens. And, as Wright says, it is only a complete lack of empathy for other people’s perspectives that can explain this failure to make that connection.

Probably the single best ad of the 2012 presidential cycle was this one, entitled “Imagine”, produced independently by supporters of the Paul campaign:

© 2013 The Guardian

Shades of Tunguska: Chelyabinsk crash recalls most powerful meteorite explosion in history

0

The trace of a flying object in the sky over Chelyabinsk (still from a dashboard camera). Photo courtesy of Nakanune.RU.(RIA Novosti / Oleg Vinogradov)

The trace of a flying object in the sky over Chelyabinsk (still from a dashboard camera). Photo courtesy of Nakanune.RU.(RIA Novosti / Oleg Vinogradov)

Scientists have compared the recent Chelyabinsk meteorite incident to the century-old Tunguska event, a huge explosion allegedly caused by a fragment of a comet or meteor.

­“It looks like it was something like Tunguska — a 60-meter diameter cosmic body, which fell into the Tunguska taiga in 1908,” said Professor Oleg Malkov, Head of the Star Clusters Physics Department at the Russian Science Academy Institute of Astronomy, as cited by Komsomolskaya Pravda daily. 

According to estimates, the energy of the Tunguska blast may have been as high as 50 megatons of TNT, equal to a nuclear explosion. Some 80 million trees were leveled over a 2,000-square-kilometer area. The Tunguska blast remains one of the most mysterious events in history, prompting a wide array of hypotheses on its cause, including a black hole passing through Earth and the wreck of an alien spacecraft.

It is believed that if the Tunguska event had happened four hours later, due to the rotation of the Earth it would have completely destroyed the city of Vyborg and significantly damaged St. Petersburg.  

The Tunguska event also prompted debate and research into preventing or mitigating asteroid impacts.

A huge celestial body known as the Tungus meteorite fell on this spot in Siberia in 1908. Its enigma defies researchers from all branches of science to this day. The comprenensive Tungus Meteorite Expedition has its laboratory on this taiga lake near the Podkamennaya Tunguska river.(RIA Novosti)
A huge celestial body known as the Tungus meteorite fell on this spot in Siberia in 1908. Its enigma defies researchers from all branches of science to this day. The comprenensive Tungus Meteorite Expedition has its laboratory on this taiga lake near the Podkamennaya Tunguska river.(RIA Novosti)

Between Tunguska and Chelyabinsk, Russia has witnessed at least three such events. In 1922, a meteor shower rained down on the village of Tsaryov near Volgograd in Southern Russia. Some 1.6 tons of meteor fragments were found there, with the biggest weighing almost 300 kilograms. 

Siberia appears to be a real meteor magnet: In 1947, the Sikhote-Alin Mountains were hit by an iron meteor. An estimated 23 tons of extraterrestrial material were eventually found in the area. And just over a decade ago, another asteroid fell near the Siberian village of Vitim. The explosion of the Vitimsky meteorite was relatively weak, reaching only approximately 200 tons of TNT.

As for smaller meteorites, hundreds of them strike the Earth’s surface every year, though only 10 to 20 are detected.

“It’s impossible to trace them. We only know of big asteroids approaching. I mean space is swarming with little stones — it’s no revelation, it’s a fact we have to come to terms with. The earth is hit by relatively little space objects every hour,” said Kosmopoisk (‘Cosmosearch’) NGO head Vadim Chernobrov, Kommersant daily reported. 

Such meteorites usually reach the surface Earth burned down by the atmosphere and too small to cause damage. According to statistics, only 1 in 100,000 asteroids is potentially destructive. 

The oldest discovered meteor was 4.6 billion years old. The largest, the Hoba meteorite in Namibia, weighs over 60 tons. The largest-ever accumulation of meteors was found in the Antarctic in 1979. 

Finding a fragment of freshly-fallen meteorite takes a great deal of luck — considering that 97 percent of space rocks found on Earth have fallen long ago. At the same time, being injured by a falling meteorite is an even rarer event: According to NASA, there is a “1 in 3,200 chance of anyone being hit.”

Russia cautiously optimistic on upcoming P5+1 talks on Iran

0

Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.(AFP Photo / Gianluigi Guercia)

Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.(AFP Photo / Gianluigi Guercia)

Russia’s Deputy Foreign Minister is hopeful negotiations between the P5+1 group (the UN Security Council’s five permanent members plus Germany) and Iranian officials in Almaty, Kazakhstan, on February 26 will produce concrete results.

­“We are approaching the moment when we will have to make different decisions,” Sergey Ryabkov told Interfax on Friday. “In any case, we would like the participants of the Almaty talks to share this understanding concerning the specifics of the moment.”

 The Russian diplomat said that Russia has forwarded a plan that forms the core of the P5+1 group’s position in that it envisions “gradual and mutual measures” to resolve the Iranian standoff.

At the same time, Ryabkov noted that the Iranians “proposed their own ideas,” which included “lengthy and voluminous presentations” during past negotiations. 

The Deputy Foreign Minister emphasized that “real talks” will begin only when both sides explain why the measures proposed is “correct”. At that point, members of the P5+1 and Iran can attempt to “build upon what we have in common.”

Asked whether the international negotiators will continue to make demands on Tehran regarding its nuclear research, Ryabkov responded that “we cannot put up for review the requirements set by resolutions of the UN Security Council and the IAEA [International Atomic Energy Agency] Board of Governors.”  

Russia believes these demands are “fair and legitimate,” especially in the absence of signs that demonstrate Iran’s readiness to meet them. 

The P5+1 will continue to demand that Iran halt production of 20% enriched uranium, allow the existing stockpiles of this uranium to be shipped out of the country and shut down the Fordow nuclear facility.

“We will continue tackling the previously set tasks, but we will also try to hold these talks using somewhat new materials,” Ryabkov noted. “There can be different ways to achieve the same goals.”

The approach the P5+1 group will present in Almaty should be more appealing to Iran than the previous one, the diplomat added.

Russia’s Deputy Foreign Minister, while assuring that the upcoming talks will not be “a repeat of the previous round” (e.g., a failure), the risk of repeating the developments of the last round is “really high.”

Ryabkov said the breakdown in the talks is due to a “political factor that will not influence the atmosphere in the best way.”

Robert Bridge, RT

Mike’s Blog Round Up

0

The Hagel filibuster/filibluster… Honestly, what more is there to say about the Republicans? Their contempt for democracy and the Constitution, alongside their ideological fanaticism and party-über-alles obstructionism, is truly and utterly shameful.

P.M. Carpenter: Mired in civil war, will the GOP recover from its current death throes?

Bark Bark Woof Woof: Does Wayne LaPierre really believe his crap or is he a charlatan exploiting the greed, fear, and paranoia of the American public?

Squatlo-Rant: Wait, conservatives made a video of two female interns simulating sex dressed as Hillary Clinton and a giant panda?

And from me: Is Marco Rubio the stupidest savior of them all?

Round-up by Michael J.W. Stickings of The Reaction (@mjwstickings). I’ll be here through the weekend.

Send tips to mbru AT crooksandliars DOT com.

Welsh Secretary: Gay Couples Can Not Provide ‘Safe’ Environment For Children (VIDEO)

0

Conservative Welsh secretary David Jones has been accused of being “hugely offensive” after he appeared to suggest gay couples could not provide a “safe” home for children.

In an interview with ITV’s Face to Face programme broadcast on Thursday evening, Jones was asked about his opposition to gay marriage.

He said: “I regard marriage as an institution that has developed over many centuries, essentially for the provision of a warm and safe environment for the upbringing of children, which is clearly something that two same-sex partners can’t do.”

Labour’s shadow equalities minister Kate Green branded Jones’ remarks “hugely insulting, offensive and wrong”.

Andrew White, the director of Stonewall Cymru, said: “We’re saddened that the secretary of state for Wales should make such an offensive and inaccurate remark.”

“There are many different types of family in Wales today, including many same sex couples raising children. It’s deeply undermining to families and children when they hear this sort of ill-informed comment.”

Jones was one of two Tory cabinet ministers, along with environment secretary Owen Paterson, to vote against David Cameron’s plan to introduce same-sex marriages last week.

The Clwyd West MP told ITV that his opposition to gay marriage did not mean he was “in any way opposed to stable and committed same-sex partnerships” and rejected the suggestion of homophobia.

“I’ve got a lot of people in my life who are very important to me who are gay, anyone who knows me would never accuse me of that [homophobia],” he said.

Responding to the criticism Jones said in a statement: “I was asked on the Face to Face programme why I voted against the same sex marriage proposals. I replied that I had done so on the basis that I took the view that marriage is an institution that has developed over the centuries so as to provide a safe and warm environment for the upbringing of children.

“I made the point of stressing that I was fully supportive of committed same sex relationships. I also strongly approve of civil partnerships.

“I did not say in the interview that same sex partners should not adopt children and that is not my view.

“I simply sought to point out that, since same sex partners could not biologically procreate children, the institution of marriage was one that, in my opinion, should be reserved to opposite sex partners.”

Related on HuffPost:

Funny Tweets Of The Week: The Pope, Russian Meteor And More

0

We think Michael Moran said it best when he tweeted:


Michael Moran

Pope resigns. Lighting strikes Vatican. Biggest meteor strike in living memory. Bit of a dull week.

Yes, indeed. PLUS it was Pancake Day.

We rounded up some of our favourite Pope funnies (and Pancake Day jokes) earlier in the week – but a few more have crêped crept into our round-up, below. Well, it is the time of giving… up.

From Valentine’s Day to Chinese New Year, the Russian meteor strike to the papal resignation – via the North Korean nuclear test, the BAFTAS, Frank Lampard and more (including, yes, a few more horse meat gags. But they’re good ones. Honest) – here are just some of the tweets that made us giggle this week…

Loading Slideshow...

The State of the ‘Homeland’

0

In our home the State of the Union address was not followed by the Republican reply. We skipped Marco Rubio’s rebuttal in favor of watching a DVD of old “Homeland” episodes. We’re finally catching up on the first season of the “CIA versus terrorists” drama that everyone else has been watching and raving about for the past two years.

The incongruity of watching the SOTU and “Homeland” in the same evening was a stark reminder of how much has changed in America in just a few years. “Homeland” would have made a wholly congruous nightcap to any SOTU speech by George W. Bush.

That’s not to say Obama’s “war on terror” policies are very different from W.’s. The depressing similarities are all too obvious and well known. But the tone of American life has changed noticeably now that we have a “hope and change” president instead of a “war president.” And that does make a difference. In the long run it could make more difference than we now suspect.

“Homeland” takes us back to the dramatic world that W. invited us into: a world where evildoers lurk unseen beneath the surface of American life, a life that is constantly (if sometimes only slightly) on edge, because no one knows for sure where and when sudden death may strike again, as it did on September 11, 2001. W. fit easily as an actor in that world. Indeed he gave himself a leading role in the drama.

Americans may not have been happier in that world of so recent yesteryear. But “Homeland” reminds us why so many Americans found it gripping and exciting: It seemed like a matter of life and death. That’s the stuff great theater is made of.

Barack Obama’s SOTU, like every SOTU, was meant to be great theater too. Yet there was something less than satisfying about the show, judged purely as entertainment. Watching “Homeland” made it clear what was missing in Obama’s show: The death-dealing bad guys were nearly invisible. Obama mentioned the “terrorists” very briefly, mostly to assure us that the problem could be solved by technical means, like any other technical problem, without any compromise of our cherished American values.

The real bad guys lurking constantly between the lines of the speech were the Republicans. But they were never called out by name. And their evil — the fact that their proposed policies would kill many more Americans than “terrorists” ever will — was hidden so deeply between the lines, it was practically invisible. So they could hardly perform effectively as the villains in the piece.

The Republicans’ evil had to be hidden because the world that the president created in his address was such a utopian world, where everything wrong in American life is just a technical problem that can be fixed with relatively little effort. In the world of this year’s SOTU evil is simply a temporary error, a lapse in clear thinking, easily corrected under the guidance of a skillful tutor.

Obama took us back to the days of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, when all we had to do was to reason together. We would surely recognize the logic of his proffered solutions, he seemed to say with every breath. Then, with only the slightest application of good will, all our problems could be quickly resolved. He made it all sound so simple, so obvious.

The world of “Homeland” — W.’s world — is the world of Franklin D. Roosevelt (and Winston Churchill), where evil is far more than a mistake in logic. It is a permanent, intractable element of human life. We cannot reason together, because some of us are moved by an impulse to evil that defies all reason. So evil is not a problem to be solved. It is an enemy to be defeated by any means necessary — perhaps even extra-constitutional means, though that remains a matter for debate.  

Few Americans watched the SOTU and “Homeland” in the same evening. But all got a taste of this stark contrast in national narratives when they watched the evening news, where Obama had to share the headlines with an evildoer defeated in the mountains outside Los Angeles. Any TV news editor worth his or her professional salt would probably lead with the story of the dead LA ex-cop, not the SOTU. The battle of good against evil is the heart and soul of all television drama, even on the news.

Yet the utopian impulse can create great theater, too. After all, it rests on imagination and fantasy, which are the root not only of theater but of all entertainment. Utopia is only entertaining, though, if it offers a vision of a completely perfect world that can be attained some day, no matter how distant, without compromise.

Barack Obama would not give us that emotional satisfaction. Though the tone he set left an unmistakable sense of utopian aspiration, it remained nothing but a vague impression. Every time he approached the edge of utopia he backed away, as he always does, for the sake of “realistic” compromise with the GOP evildoers.

The question Obama’s SOTU speech poses is whether the utopian impulse can be resurrected in a nation that has been gripped for so long by the drama of good against evil, a nation that has made the war against evildoers the essence of its national narrative.

Obama himself can never be the agent of utopia’s resurrection. When he leaves the rhetoric behind and actually has to make policy, he is too much of a pragmatic “realist.” But John F. Kennedy was certainly far from a true utopian either. And his rhetoric played a role — a major role, some historians think — in creating the brief era of the late 1960s, when the utopian impulse flourished throughout the land once again. 

Of course JFK had MLK to do the heavy utopian rhetorical lifting. Dr. King echoed the faith of the Christian utopians of TR and Wilson’s day. Like them, he preached that some day evil will be overcome, not by war but by the reason and good will of humanity. No one can say how long it will take. The arc of the moral universe is long. But it bends toward justice and the perfection of the beloved community.

Obama has no one with nearly the stature of MLK to offer such a message to America today. But his tantalizing hints of utopian visions and his insistence that they are very real possibilities — indeed the only logical course any thoughtful person would pursue — are now stamped with the presidential seal of approval.

When JFK set his presidential seal on similarly utopian words, no one could predict the radical effect his words would eventually have. It all depended on what millions of ordinary Americans — especially young Americans — made of those words. Will Obama’s words have a similar impact? Stay tuned for the next exciting episode, to be written by we, the people.

Medvedev demands more state transparency

0

Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev, Deputy Prime Minister Arkady Dvorkovich, Interros President Vladimir Potanin (front, left to right) at the signing of joint agreements at the Krasnoyarsk Economic Forum.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Astafev)

Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev, Deputy Prime Minister Arkady Dvorkovich, Interros President Vladimir Potanin (front, left to right) at the signing of joint agreements at the Krasnoyarsk Economic Forum.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Astafev)

The Russian PM says all levels of the state should provide more open data as public control over government tenders is a crucial part of a transparent government system.

Dmitry Medvedev told the Krasnayarsk Economic Forum on Friday that Russia needs to improve its government system on all levels as further progress was impossible without this.

“This must be the enlargement of the volume of open data about the activities of authorities at all levels. This is the realization of the national plan of introducing the mechanisms of open state management and this is the constant public control in the sphere of state purchase and state investment,” Medvedev said in his speech. “It is important to not only analyze draft laws and government programs , but also to monitor the legal practice on the basis of opinions of people who represent various social groups, professional communities and regions,” the head of the government said.

Russian authorities have uncovered a number of corrupt schemes with the help of ordinary people. This includes the previously widespread practice of deliberately altering data in state tenders published in the internetby replacing Cyrillic symbols with Latin and vice versa to make search impossible and to limit the number of bidders.

Public control also made it possible to uncover large-scale graft in the Russian medical sector — it turned out that many officials were receiving kickbacks for the purchase of expensive MRT hardware for large medical centers. The corruption reached as high as the Healthcare Ministry and the Control Directorate of the Presidential Property Department and several top officials were detained during a 2010 probe.

When Dmitry Medvedev, who was Russian President at that time, learned about the scandal he called the embezzlement “shameless theft” and ordered the Investigative Committee and the Prosecutor General’s Office to spare no effort in uncovering details of the scheme.

Current Russian President Vladimir Putin told the press in mid-December that the ongoing anti-corruption campaign in Russia was not just for show, but was a continuing process that would end in prison terms for all those found guilty. Putin added that all state departments will be subject to anti-corruption probes.

LIBOR Scandal More Than Fraud – Whole Game is Rigged

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Costas Lapavitsas is a professor in economics at the University of London School of Oriental and African Studies. He teaches the political economy of finance, and he’s a regular columnist for The Guardian.

Transcript

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore. And welcome to this week’s edition of The Lapavitsas Report on Economics with Costas Lapavitsas, who now joins us from London.

Costas is a professor of economics at the School of Oriental and African Studies at the University of London. He’s a member of Research on Money and Finance, and he’s a regular columnist for The Guardian newspaper.Thanks, Costas.COSTAS LAPAVITSAS, PROF. ECONOMICS, UNIV. OF LONDON: Pleasure to be here, Paul.JAY: So what have you been working on this week?LAPAVITSAS: I think one of the most interesting things to hit the news this week is the Libor manipulation case and the fine that has been imposed on the large British bank RBS for manipulating the Libor.I think we need to talk a little bit about this so that people understand the significance of it, because it hasn’t really been widely appreciated by the public.Now, the Libor is not a real interest rate. It’s a benchmark. It’s a benchmark that is set privately by the banks and in secret. There’s a committee of banks that does that. On the basis of the Libor, a whole host of other interest rates that are charged to people for their mortgages, to businesses, and so on are determined.Now, the case and the fine imposed on RBS has discovered, has found that actually RBS has been colluding with brokers and others to manipulate the Libor. This is a criminal dimension. And they’ve been charged. The British government–.JAY: Hang on one sec. Just for people that haven’t followed this story at all, just a little more on why this matters so much.LAPAVITSAS: This matters enormously for a number of reasons. As I said to you, as I said, this is not a real interest rate; this is a benchmark. If the banks determine the benchmark in an untruthful way, then they can influence a whole host of other prices, and they can influence the receipts they make from people to whom they’ve lent money and from the various transactions they make in the derivatives markets. For the banks, the ability to manipulate the Libor is a key mechanism to make extra profits, basically. And they’ve got this ability to do it because they set the Libor privately and in a special committee, which they run themselves.Now, the British government is making out that this is a criminal act, which it is, of course, because collusion with the aim of making extra profits is criminal. The point is, however–and this is something that the British government wishes to keep quiet–it isn’t simply criminality here. It looks as if the entire game is rigged from beginning to end. In other words, it isn’t simply collusion and illegality. The game is rotten. And it is rotten for two reasons, I would argue. First, the banks have got an incentive to present falsely low rates, because they in this way appear to be stronger than their competitors. And the banks have got an incentive to manipulate the rate sometimes up, sometimes down, because they make different payments in this way on their derivatives portfolio. The banks, then, have got clear incentives to manipulate it, and they signal their incentives to each other. So this committee doesn’t work. It doesn’t work systematically in the public interest; it works in the interest of banks. This is becoming increasingly clear, and this is going to be big news, I think, in the months to come, because, of course, there are more banks that would be hit–that will be charged fines in the months ahead.JAY: How did we get to a situation that a group of banks, most of them private, or maybe all of them privately owned, get to determine what is essentially the most influential rate in the globe? I mean, in theory, central banks are supposed to establish rates, I would have thought.LAPAVITSAS: Central banks establish the rates at which they themselves lend to the banking system. However, there is also a private market for funds. There’s the money market. And in the money market, banks interact with each other and work out the rate at which they lend to each other. This is the most important price in the financial system. It’s more important than the rate at which central banks lend to banks. It’s the most important financial price. And presumably, in a neoliberal free-market system such as the one we’ve got today, it ought to be set through the free competition among the financial institutions. It isn’t. And that’s the significance of this. This rate is actually manipulated. These banks have got a secretive committee. They work out the rate, which is the Libor. They don’t transact at this rate–this is a benchmark. And they announce it on a daily basis. They manipulate it. They handle it. And by manipulate it, they affect all other actual interest rates at which people undertake [unintel.] transactions.JAY: Now, just to make this concrete for people, a city like Baltimore claims it’s lost millions of dollars that could have been spent on schools or roads or housing or whatever, and they’ve lost this money, they claim, because of this fraudulently set Libor rate. But how does that work? Why is Baltimore out money because of what some bankers are doing on this committee?LAPAVITSAS: Because the prices Baltimore would have been charged on various loans it took or on derivatives transactions it engaged in–I don’t really know the particulars of the Baltimore case, but the prices it would have been charged and the rates it would have been charged would have been false. They would have not have been true rates. They would have been based on the Libor, a premium would have been added to the Libor, and the Libor rate that would have been used as the base for this would have been a false, manipulated rate. And by manipulating it, the banks would have seen to it that money would have gone into their coffers, that their coffers would have gone up. It’s a hidden, silent transfer of income and wealth from the public in general to the banks. It’s arguably one of the biggest scams in the history of finance.JAY: And Baltimore’s leading a class action lawsuit of various cities, with Baltimore being the lead city, suing these banks to try to recover this money.LAPAVITSAS: They’re right to do so. As I said, I mean, there is obviously outright criminality in some respects, because these banks have been proven to have colluded with one another to handle–they manipulate the rate directly. But the point I repeat is that criminality aside, it looks as if the entire game is rigged, that the banks actually can know how to handle and manipulate the rate without actually directly colluding with each other. And that’s what’s wrong about it, and that’s what’s bad about it, because it shows that the so-called free market in finance simply doesn’t work. I want to stress the importance of this. You see, neoliberalism and free markets, which is the mantra that we’ve been listening to and hearing for decades, pivots on the banks and the financial system. This is where it’s supposed to be free. This is the markets, these are the markets, and the institutions are supposed to be as free as possible. Well, they’re not. They’re actually managing this rate, manipulating this rate in their own interests. And they are doing it through a private meeting. You know, Adam Smith wrote more than two centuries ago that when you let capitalists meet in a nontransparent way on a regular basis, then they will do two things: they will defraud the public and they will raise prices. He argued that two centuries ago. Well, there you are. When you let banks meet on a daily basis, privately, without transparency, without public scrutiny, what they will do is to manipulate this key rate, the fundamental rate of the financial market, to make extra profits. That’s what they’ve been doing. This is one of the biggest scandals, as I said before, in the history of finance. It’s about time the public realized what’s happening and demanded intervention.JAY: Alright. Thanks for joining us, Costas.LAPAVITSAS: Thank you.JAY: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

End

DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Campaign to recall “America’s toughest sheriff”

0
RealNewsNetwork.com, Real News Network, Real News, Real News For Real People, IWT are trademarks and service marks of IWT.TV inc. “The Real News” is the flagship show of IWT and Real News Network.

All original content on this site is copyright of The Real News Network. Click here for more

Problems with this site? Please let us know

Linux VPS Hosting by Star Dot Hosting

Quinoa: To Buy or Not to Buy… Is This the Right Question?

0

We’ve been hearing a lot about quinoa lately. While US consumers prize it as a delicious ‘super-food,’ there is growing anxiety about the impact of the quinoa boom in the Andes, and particularly Bolivia, the world’s top producing country. The media has focused primarily on the fact that global demand is driving up the price of quinoa, placing it beyond the reach of poor Bolivians–even of quinoa farmers themselves–leaving them to consume nutritionally vacuous, but cheap, refined wheat products such as bread and pasta. By this logic, some suggest, northern consumers should boycott the ‘golden grain’ to depress its price and make it accessible once again. 

Others point out that the impoverished farmers of Bolivia’s highlands are at long last getting a fair price for their crop–one of the few crops adapted to their arid, high altitude environment. In this view, global markets are finally “working” for peasants, and a consumer boycott would only hurt the hemisphere’s poorest farmers.

In short, the debate has largely been reduced to the invisible hand of the marketplace, in which the only options for shaping our global food system are driven by (affluent) consumers either buying more or buying less. It’s the same logic that makes us feel like we’ve done our civic duty by buying a pound of fair trade coffee. This isn’t to dismiss the many benefits of fair trade or other forms of ethical consumption, but the so-called quinoa quandary demonstrates the limits of consumption-driven politics. Because whichever way you press the lever (buy more/buy less) there are bound to be negative consequences, particularly for poor farmers in the Global South. To address the problem we have to analyze the system itself, and the very structures that constrain consumer and producer choices. Women weighing a bag of quinoa in a local market in Batallas, Bolivia. (Photo: Noah Friedman-Rudovsky for The New York Times)

 The rising demand for quinoa is indeed contributing to higher prices, which have tripled in the last six years. But even more troubling than the price impact on Bolivian quinoa consumption, is the impact on land use. Quinoa production is expanding at a break-neck pace in one of the most vulnerable ecosystems on the planet: the fragile soils and native pastures of the Bolivian high plateau (Altiplano). These lands were once carefully managed with fallow (rest) periods of eight years or more. Now many areas are in near-constant production, threatening to destroy the soil’s fertility. The llama herds that have provided manure to fertilize subsistence quinoa plots for millennia have dwindled to make way for large quinoa monocultures. Government programs are doling out tractors, and this mechanization is allowing for the cultivation of larger and larger fields.

In a public ceremony in early February, President Evo Morales presented 65 John Deere tractors to communities in the highland department of Oruro to promote the expansion of quinoa. The UN Food and Agriculture Organization’s (FAO) announcement that 2013 would be named the International Year of Quinoa goes hand in glove with this big push for mechanization.

Meanwhile, sand storms are increasingly common in the southern Altiplano, an indicator of the progressive desertification of the region. Desertification–characterized by saline soils, loss of nutrients, erosion and decreasing yields–is triggered by the increased mechanization of farming practices, as well as a disruption of the delicate balance between pastoralism and agriculture. Whereas quinoa was once grown primarily on small hillside terraces, it is now moving into large areas formerly dedicated to llama grazing. In so doing, it is wiping out the high biodiversity of native pastures, shrublands (tholares) and wetlands (bofedales)–a diversity necessary for this system’s sustainability and resilience to climate change.

So while no one would argue that Bolivian farmers shouldn’t get a good price for their crop, these trends cannot be ignored–or left up to global market forces. Perhaps most tragic of all is that this boom (and booms are always followed by a bust) is leading the poorest, most vulnerable farmers to degrade their own environment–i.e. the material basis for their very survival and cultural identity–in the name of short-term food security.

Peasants everywhere tend to have an intimate and reciprocal relationship with the natural world–known in the Andes as Pachamama. When this relationship begins to break down, it’s usually because peasants have few or no options. What’s missing from most northern media accounts of quinoa is a discussion of what the range of possible options might look like–that is, beyond the two unsavory extremes of dismal poverty on the one hand, and environmental destruction (invariably leading back to dismal poverty) on the other.

One of the rarely discussed alternative paths is agrarian reform. Bolivia, like most Latin American countries, has a highly unequal distribution of land, with thousands of farmers eking out a living on tiny highland plots, while wealthy elites (including many foreign investors) control enormous lowland plantations, primarily dedicated to export-oriented soy and sugarcane. Over the last few decades, this inequality has generated waves of rural migrants from highland regions to the lowlands, including tropical coca-growing areas, and to the swelling outskirts of cities like La Paz and Santa Cruz. It’s also fed a growing landless movement, now organized as the Bolivian MST (landless worker movement), modeled on the Brazilian example. This movement is actively pushing the Bolivian government to make good on its agrarian reform promises, as a solution to rural poverty and degradation.

Another option–and these are not mutually exclusive–would be to rebuild local food markets that have been decimated by decades of nefarious U.S. aid and trade policies. Might we envision a future in which cheap, highly subsidized U.S. wheat products don’t pour into Bolivia, directly undercutting producers of Andean foods in their own markets? This would require, of course, the political will and capacity to regulate imports (admittedly, import dependence and dietary changes are difficult things to undo). It would also require support for small farmers not only in producing commodities for export but, more importantly, for producing a wide variety of plants and animals for domestic consumption, in a way that is suitable to local ecologies. This is actually something Andean peasants are spectacularly good at–having produced food for thousands of years in one of the most diverse and challenging environments on earth.

Bolivia has a number of laws in place (such as the recently passed Law for Mother Earth, Integrated Development and ‘Living Well’) demonstrating that political will exists on the part of President Evo Morales to promote food sovereignty and peasant production for local markets. But as University of California, Berkeley agroecologist Miguel Altieri notes: 

Discourse must now translate into action. A starting point would be to capitalize on the sustainable peasant production strategies that have stood the test of time–mobilizing indigenous knowledge and ancestral practices (use of animal manure, rotations and fallows, terrace construction, etc.) and spreading these experiences through horizontal, farmer to farmer exchanges.

So while there is no easy solution to the quinoa quandary–much less a solution driven by northern consumers–the issue has generated an important debate about our global food system. At its core, it’s a debate about which strategies are most effective for creating a just and sustainable food system. And consumption-driven strategies, while part of the toolbox for effecting change, are not the only tools. Only by facing the reality that we can’t consume our way to a more just and sustainable world–and examining the full range of political options and strategies–can we start coming up with real solutions.

Corporations Advise School Closings, While Private Charters Suck Public Schools Away

0

As charter proponents aim to cash in on major investment returns, Philly braces for a massive schools shakeup.

February 15, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On Dec. 13, 2012, Philadelphia became the latest major American city to recommend sweeping school closures for the next academic year. Under this new proposal, a total of 37, or about 16 percent, of the district’s 237 public schools will be shuttered this June. That’s down from the 40 schools the city designated for closure back in May, but still represents an unprecedented move in Philadelphia’s history. The School Commission Reform, an outside body appointed to govern Philadelphia schools, has scheduled its final vote for March 7.

Overall, 44 schools will be affected by the shakeup: Of the 37 to be closed, three will relocate by merging with other Philadelphia schools. Beyond this, seven other schools will face major restructuring — i.e., though these school programs will remain intact, the schools themselves will be uprooted and moved to other buildings, merged with other schools, and/or forced to add or subtract grade levels. About 15,000 students will be affected by the proposed changes. And though official numbers have not been released, hundreds of teacher and staff layoffs are also expected.

There is nothing democratic about how this happened to the City of Brotherly Love. Though officials gave lip service to the idea of “parental empowerment” through “ school choice,” in the end, parents had no role in deciding what policies would be enforced. Everything was outsourced. As a Pew study reports, the city consulted with “URS Corp., a California-based engineering design firm, and DeJong-Richter, an Ohio-based company that specializes in school-closing issues” to come to its final consensus. Though town hall meetings were organized between 2010 and 2012 to hear citizen concerns, the closures, relocations and reconfigurations  were ultimately decided by the consulting firms, with no serious input from locals.

This is how DeJong describes its contributions to the situation in Philadelphia on its Web site:

DeJong-Richter is assisting the District in creating a plan for more efficient use of facilities that better align demographics and curriculum. The School District of Philadelphia, like many urban districts across the country has experienced loss of enrollment in some regions and experienced tremendous growth in others. The long-range facilities planning process will review current and future enrollment/population trends and align this with programmatic and facility data that will lead to more efficient use of educational facilities in the District. This process will potentially engage thousands of community members in the City of Philadelphia.

Minus the jargon: The citizens of Philadelphia paid DeJong-Richter to provide consultants who studied Philadelphia school enrollment patterns, took note of low-enrollment and low test scores, and informed Philadelphia officials which school closures could save the city the most money. According to Education Week, “Officials project that the moves would save the district roughly $28 million in personnel and maintenance costs next year, with those savings recurring in future years.”

What Education Week and DeJong-Richter fail to mention is that enrollment in Philadelphia’s public schools is not low by happenstance. Yes, enrollment is low –about 70,000 students under capacity, by some estimates. But this is not an accidental occurrence. So where have all the children gone? Simply put, to (largely unproven) charter schools. And as more traditional public schools are closed, expect even more charters to take their place.

As is happening in virtually every major urban area in the United States, non-union charter schools are popping up across Philadelphia, and in the name of “school choice,” enticing parents to pull their children from under-funded traditional schools and place them in charters instead. Though there is no evidence that charter schools are the panacea they promise to be, they continue to sprout up — helped along by investments from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, among other education reform funders. For example, in early December, just days before the proposed school closures were announced, the Gates Foundation announced new plans to award Philadelphia about $2.5 million in charter school funding — specifically targeted to help the city replace closing schools, and ostensibly, save money.

Thousands of N. Koreans celebrate nuclear test amid global condemnation (PHOTOS)

0

This picture, taken on North Korea's official Korean Central News Agency on February 14, 2013.(AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns)

This picture, taken on North Korea’s official Korean Central News Agency on February 14, 2013.(AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns)

Over 100,000 people gathered in Pyongyang to hail the success of a recent nuclear test. Reports have surfaced that North Korea is expanding a rocket launching site, reigniting fears Pyongyang is close to mounting a warhead on a ballistic missile.

Troops and civilians alike flooded into Pyongyang’s Kim Il-sung central square on Thursday to celebrate the successful launch, Korean News Agency (KCNA) reported.

High-ranking government officials spoke at the rally, extolling praise for Supreme Leader Kim Jong-un for the “brilliant fruition of the extraordinary decision,” KCNA wrote, adding that “it serves as a striking demonstration of the might of a scientific and technological power and a military power capable of manufacturing any strike.”

Pyongyang’s third nuclear test drew immediate condemnation from the UN, which introduced a new set of sanctions against the rogue nation in January.

AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns
AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns

Fueling fears over North Korea’s nuclear weapons ambitions, US experts reported on Thursday that Pyongyang was upgrading one of its two rocket launch sites. Analysts from the US-Korea Institute at the John Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies in Baltimore said “important progress” had been made at the Tonghae Satellite Launching Ground since last October.

The Institute revealed that based on satellite imagery, the modifications would allow North Korea to test rockets “perhaps three to four times the size of the Unha [launched in December 2012] when construction is completed, possibly in 2016.”

“That activity may be related to another round of modifications intended to support future launches of the Unha rocket or possibly another liquid-fuelled missile,” the Institute wrote on its website.

The report also hinted that North Korea may be receiving aid from Iran, as the Korean site resembles the Semnan Launch Complex in Iran

AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns
AFP Photo / Kcna via Kns

­

South Korea on guard

In the face of the growing nuclear threat posed by its northern neighbor, South Korea has pledged to develop longer range missiles to strike at Pyongyang in the event of an attack.

Seoul had previously been restricted to missiles with a range of 300km, as part of an agreement with the US; this restriction has now been extended to 800km.

Currently, both Seoul and Tokyo and trying to determine whether Pyongyang’s new test was a success. South Korea has deployed specialists on the ground to test for elevated radiation levels, while Japan has sent fighter jets to gather atmospheric samples.

Experts are keen to discern if the test was carried out with uranium or plutonium, as a uranium nuclear device would represent a significant technological advance for the rebel nation.

G20 leaders to question austerity in Moscow

0

Screenshot from www.g20.org

Screenshot from www.g20.org

The need and the scope of belt — tightening in crisis stricken countries is due to be one of the central topics during the G20 summit in Moscow, as economic growth around the world is getting increasingly stifled by austerity measures.

It is becoming increasingly evident that austerity brings almost no fruit. A two — day G20 meeting in the Russian capital is going to examine the problem.

“We’ll propose to change the Toronto agreements, possibly by changing its parameters. They are not met at the moment, and they should be changed,” the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) quotes Anton Siluanov, Russia’s Finance Minister.

In 2012 G20 leaders agreed in Toronto to cut their budget deficits 50% by 2013, as well as at least stabilize their government debts by 2016.

Economists calculated then that a €1 cut in the budget would cost about 50 European cents in lost growth, the real figure looks more like €1.50 for each €1 cut, according to the IMF and the G20’s economic advisers.

The most recent economic data shows recovery has so far been anaemic, with Thursday’s figures showing the steepest year on year contraction in the eurozone since 1Q 2009. Even the area’s economic powerhouses — Germany and France — slid into the red in the last quarter of 2012, compared to the previous 3-month period. The latest report on the US economy was also an icy shower, as the country’s GDP showed a 0.1% contraction in 4Q 2012, while everybody expected it to grow 1.1% during the quarter.

“A third of the G20 is in recession. We need to do more to get people back to work and Toronto 2.0 is not the right answer,” U.S. Treasury Under-Secretary Lael Brainard told a briefing earlier this week. “We must avoid jeopardizing the recovery with a premature shift to restraint.”

Though not on the official agenda, the need to avoid currency manipulations, or so-called currency wars, would be one of the central topics at a Moscow G20 meeting. Member states are under pressure from host Russia to use “stronger and more specific language” on the issue, as the WSJ refers to a senior G20 official. This week the G7 reaffirmed that they won’t target exchange rates warmed up talks around the issue.

Among other issues to be discussed in the framework of G20 is stress testing for Russia’s financial institutions, as well as the ways to regulate rating agencies operations.

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

0

It is bizarre that Chuck Hagel, a war hero with a long record of sensible views on the deployment of military power, gets blocked as the president’s nominee to run the Pentagon, while Jack Lew, steeped in Wall Street greed, sails through as Treasury secretary. Chuck Hagel, a former two-term GOP senator from Nebraska and President Obama’s choice for Defense Secretary, testifies before the Senate Armed Services Committee during his confirmation hearing on Capitol Hill in Washington. A Senate panel on Wednesday, Feb. 6, 2013, abruptly postponed a vote on Chuck Hagel’s nomination to be defense secretary. (Photo: AP/J. Scott Applewhite)

There is, of course, nothing new about a Treasury secretary having profited from high-level Wall Street connections. After all, Robert Rubin and Hank Paulson, two former honchos at Goldman Sachs, headed the Treasury in the Clinton and Bush administrations, respectively. And Timothy Geithner, whom Lew would be replacing, was head of the New York Federal Reserve when it acted to bail out the too-big-to-fail financial hustlers led by AIG and Citigroup. The revolving door between Wall Street and the Treasury is the key cause of the Great Recession.

So, what’s the big deal that Lew ran two divisions at Citigroup for three years when homeowners were swindled out of their life savings? What’s a $2 million payout to Lew compared with the well over $100 million that Rubin got at that same bank during the years he helped steer it to disaster? In Lew’s case there was also the matter of his investing in one of Citigroup’s offshore schemes on the Cayman Islands that President Obama had roundly condemned, but the few Republicans who brought it up at the nominee’s confirmation hearing this week offered only a mild rebuke for such chicanery.

The big deal, ignored by Democrats on the Senate Finance Committee and underplayed by the Republican critics, is that the Treasury Department, under two presidents during this financial crisis, has bailed out the banksters while doing next to nothing to help the victims of those institutions. Even now, in the third stage of a “quantitative easing” that will leave $4 trillion in taxpayer debt, the Federal Reserve, with the Treasury’s blessing, continues to bail out the banks by taking toxic assets off their books while the banks refuse to undertake any serious mortgage readjustments. 

The appointment of Lew might make sense if he had learned from his Wall Street experience that the era of unfettered greed ushered in by the deregulation mania of the Clinton and Bush years has proved a disaster. But Lew is anything but a Wall Street turncoat and continues to feign ignorance as to the causes of the banking disaster. Even though he profited mightily from his years at Citigroup–whose merger between investment and commercial banking was made legal only by the reversal of Glass-Steagall–he denies that deregulation had anything to do with that bank’s ruinous practices.

Asked at a previous confirmation hearing by Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., whether deregulation had contributed to the crisis, Lew responded: “I don’t personally know the extent to which deregulation drove it, but I don’t think deregulation was the proximate cause.” Yet Obama now inexplicably turns to Lew to help reregulate the system. Why look to a perp rather than a victim to redress the crime?

The irony in the simultaneous rejection of Hagel by some senators is that he has been a victim of the irrational application of military power. Hagel, severely wounded during the Vietnam War that few today would argue ever made any national security sense, has long urged caution in foreign military involvement. Hawks complain that he opposed the surge in the U.S. presence in Iraq after having at first gone along with the war. Hagel should be admired for having honored the “fool me once” maxim in not wanting to escalate an invasion justified by blatant lies, but instead his prudence has been scorned.

The case is the same with Hagel’s courage to dare to suggest that Israel’s outsized influence on U.S. Mideast policy may be counterproductive to efforts to find a way to end almost a half-century of occupation of the Palestinian people. There are plenty of well-informed citizens on the front lines in Israel who would agree, but few in ruling U.S. political circles.  

The Republicans have turned on Hagel because he dared turn on them in the 2008 election when he refused to endorse Sen. John McCain. All other objections to his nomination are just noise, and what is really at issue is the failure to consider the national interest in its most dangerous manifestation: the waging of war. In contrast to their tepid objections to Lew, who will be easily confirmed, the Republicans still seem determined to derail the Hagel nomination. It is clear that their motivation in both confirmation processes is nothing but partisan and that the public interest will once again be ignored.

© 2012 TruthDig.com

Asteroid ‘Close Shave’ with Earth

RINF Alternative News

pv_panel15

A 150 foot wide asteroid is due to fly past the Earth today and is the largest one that’s been ever detected this close to the planet.

Asteroid 2012 DA14 is travelling at 5 miles per second and will be visible from parts of Europe and Africa, at around 19:24 GMT.

There’s no chance of it hitting the Earth and will miss us by around 17,230 miles.

In cosmic terms, the distance is incredibly small, Prof. Scott Hubbard of Stanford University, a former NASA manager, calls it a close shave:

“You say 17,000 miles, that is huge. But remember all of those satellites out there that give us our global positioning, that tell our iPhones where we are, those are at 22,000 miles, so it is going to pass between Earth and the satellites that give us Direct TV every day. That’s a close shave.”

The asteroid’s trajectory will put it an extra 5,000 miles closer, for some perspective, the moon is 238,607 miles from Earth.

According to NASA there’s little danger of satellites being damaged, they released this statement:

“There is very little chance that asteroid 2012 DA14 will impact a satellite or spacecraft. Because the asteroid is approaching from below Earth, it will pass between the outer constellation of satellites located in geosynchronous orbit (22,245 miles/35,800 kilometers) and the large concentration of satellites orbiting much closer to Earth. (The International Space Station, for example, orbits at the close-in altitude of 240 miles/386 kilometers.). There are almost no satellites orbiting at the distance at which the asteroid will pass.”

Dwayne Brown, a spokesman for Nasa’s science department, believes the event is a unique opportunity that might help us learn how to protect Earth from collisions in the future:

“This can tell us about asteroid trajectories, how the Sun affects them, and their origin in nature. If we can better understand the approach, that helps us with an asteroid on collision course. You can nudge it onto another course with even a light touch.”

 

 

Horsemeat: Tesco Promises Open Approach

0

Tesco has released a video featuring its CEO promising the company will take a more open approach to food processing in the wake of the horsemeat scandal.

Downing Street has attacked meat retailers for keeping customers in the dark over the extent of the meat scandal.

A source at Number 10 questioned why most of the major supermarkets have failed to appear on TV and in the media generally to reassure shoppers.

Tesco released the video on its website earlier, but said it was recorded before Downing Street’s comments.

CEO Philip Clarke promises a new approach in the video.

“I have asked my team to review our approach to the supply chain, to ensure we have visibility and transparency, and to come back with a plan to build a world class traceability and DNA testing system,” he said.

“We are building a new website, which will enable our customers to see the progress we are making with our testing programme, and which products have been tested so you can be sure of where we are in the process

“We pledge that over the weeks and months ahead, we will open up our supply chain, and give you more information than any retailer has before to enable you to make informed choices about the food you buy for your family.”

More follows…

Child Murderer Subhan Anwar Killed In Jail

0

A child murderer has been killed in Worcestershire’s Long Lartin Prison, the Ministry of Justice says.

Two prisoners are being held in police custody after the death of Subhan Anwar, who was jailed in 2009 for torturing and killing a two-year-old girl.

Anwar is understood to have been held hostage in his cell at the Category A jail before he was killed.

A Prison Service spokeswoman said: “An incident at HMP Long Lartin on Thursday February 14 resulted in the death of prisoner Subhan Anwar.

“Two prisoners are now in police custody and the matter is being investigated by police.”

A West Mercia Police spokesman said: “West Mercia Police has launched a murder investigation after a 24-year-old man died in Long Lartin prison last night.

“The body of the man was found by prison officers just before 8pm on Thursday, February 14.

“Two men aged 47 and 45 have been arrested on suspicion of murder and are currently in police custody.”

Anwar was jailed for a minimum of 23 years for the murder of his partner’s daughter Sanam Navsarka.

His partner Zahbeena Navsarka was cleared of her daughter’s murder but found guilty of manslaughter and jailed for nine years.

Anwar and Navsarka, from Huddersfield, West Yorkshire, were condemned for their cruel and selfish treatment of Sanam.

The violence inflicted on the youngster happened near the end of her life.

Her tiny hand prints and bloodstains were found inside cupboards at the home in Huddersfield and also at a former property in Batley, West Yorkshire.

Both her thigh bones had been fractured, causing fatty deposits to enter her bloodstream and resulting in her death, and she had fractures to both her arms.

Our Atomic Dominoes Are Falling

0

Two more atomic dominoes have hit the deck.

At least a half-dozen more teeter on the brink, which would take the US reactor count under 100.

But can we bury them before the next Fukushima erupts?

And will we still laugh when Fox “News” says there’s more sun in Germany than California?  

Wisconsin’s fully licensed Kewaunee reactor will now shut because it can’t compete in the marketplace.

Florida’s Crystal River will die because its owners poked holes in the containment during a botched repair job.

UBS and other financial experts say Entergy is bleeding cash at Vermont Yankee. After blacking out the SuperBowl, Entergy has no problem stiffing a state that has sued to shut its only reactor.

But in the face being crushed by renewables and gas, the money men may finally pull the plug.

The same could happen to New York’s Fitzpatrick and Ginna reactors, as well as the two at Indian Point, which need water permits and more from an increasingly hostile state. New Jersey’s Oyster Creek, slammed by Hurricane Sandy, and Nebraska’s Ft. Calhoun, recently flooded, are also on the brink.

The list of crippled, non-competitive and near-dead reactors lengthens daily. Few are more critical than San Onofre Units Two and Three, perched on an ocean cliff in the earthquake-tsunami zone between Los Angeles and San Diego.  

More than 8 million people live within a 50-mile radius of where San Onofre’s owners botched a $600 million steam generator replacement. As radiation leaked, they may have lied to federal regulators, prompting US Senator Barbara Boxer (D-CA) and Representative Ed Markey (D-MA) to demand an investigation.  

After being down more than a year, Unit Three will almost certainly never reopen. Unit Two may well stay shut at least through the summer.  

If a rising grassroots movement can bury them both, it will mark a huge turning point in a state where renewables are booming with new revenue and jobs.  

Which gets us to the Murdochian weather report. A recent “Fox & Friends” was mystified by Germany’s popular (and very profitable) decision to phase out nukes while turning to solar, wind, increased efficiency and other Solartopian technologies.

Finally, Shibani Joshi figured it out: “They’re a small country, and they’ve got lots of sun. Right? They’ve got a lot more sun than we do.”

The staggering laugh line that cold, dark Germany has more sunlight than a nation stretching from Hawaii to California to Florida could come only from an industry at dangerous odds with the planet on which it malfunctions.

This latest stretch of shut downs does not mean the death of the industry. Both Georgia and Florida are being assaulted with legislation that would allow utilities to build new reactors while ratepayers foot the bill.  

And some activists concerned about global warming still dream of carbon-free reactors they hope might someday alleviate the situation.

But they miss the reality that such plants will likely never exist. Every promise this industry has made—from “too cheap to meter” to “reactors don’t explode” to “radiation is good for you”—has turned toxic.  

They also forget that a fragile pool laden with enough fuel rods to poison countless millions still sways 100 feet in the air at Fukushima. It remains horrifically vulnerable to seismic activity that could send it crashing down to a permanently contaminated earth.  

Overall the industry’s back is dangerously to the wall. We know it will squeeze every last cent from these dying reactors with less and less care for safety, especially since the federal government still insures them against the financial consequences of a major catastrophe. Every day they operate heightens the odds on something truly apocalyptic to follow in the wake of Three Mile Island, Chernobyl and Fukushima.  

Meanwhile they continue to spew out huge quantities of heat and waste. They divert precious capital from the proven green technologies that are now revolutionizing our energy economy in the only ways that can possibly save us from climate chaos.

This may yet become the first year in decades that the US has fewer than 100 operating commercial reactors. It will also be the biggest year worldwide for the booming Solartopian industries that are transforming how we get our energy, create our jobs and grow our economy.

Lets just make sure we win that transition before the next radioactive mishap does its worst.

Sports Court orders return of Katusha’s World Tour license

0

Spain's Joaquim Rodriguez, race leader riding for the Russian team Katusha, competes at Stage 20 of the 2012 Giro d'Italia cycling race.(RIA Novosti / Konstantin Chalabov)

Spain’s Joaquim Rodriguez, race leader riding for the Russian team Katusha, competes at Stage 20 of the 2012 Giro d’Italia cycling race.(RIA Novosti / Konstantin Chalabov)

The Court of Arbitration for Sport has upheld the Russian Katusha team’s appeal against the International Cycling Union’s refusal to grant it a 2013 World Tour license.

­“The CAS (Court of Arbitration for Sport) Panel did not reach the same conclusions as the UCI Licensing Commission and decided to uphold the appeal,” said a statement on the Court of Arbitration for Sport website. “According to the CAS decision, the application of Katusha Management SA to be registered as a UCI ProTeam for the season 2013 of the UCI World Tour is granted.”  

The hearing on the issue took place in Lausanne, Switzerland on February 8, with panel members Professor Luigi Fumagalli of Italy, and Switzerland’s Luc Argand and Michele Bernasconi.

The International Cycling Union denied Katusha a World Tour license on December 10, 2012 on the grounds the team had an unclear financial situation and was making insufficient anti-doping efforts.

Katusha considered the decision unfair and appealed to the CAS in order to be registered as a UCI ProTeam in 2013.

Katusha are one of the leading cycling teams, with their rider, Joaquim Rodriguez of Spain, finishing high in the UCI 2012 world rankings.

Beneath the ‘Fair Trade’ Label, Union-Busting Lurks

0

A new International Labor Rights Forum report claims that Theo Chocolate’s management practices contradict its trendy “fair trade” image. (TheLivingRoominKenmore / Flickr / Creative CommonSince the 1990s, an unprecedented–but sometimes uneasy–alliance of activists and industry has tried to braid together business and humanitarianism under the label of “fair trade,” a system of standards aimed at injecting ethical checks into the sprawling global trade structure. Today, fair-trade branded coffees, skincare products and designer chocolates are hot commodities. But beneath the label lie ideological tensions over what “fair” means.

According to the International Labor Rights Forum (ILRF), the fair-trade certification system is riddled with loopholes that enable corporations to suppress labor rights and union activism. The ILRF’s new report focuses on the Seattle-based Theo Chocolate and its fair trade certification body, Switzerland-based Institute for Market Ecology (IMO). According to workers interviewed for the report, a campaign to form a union affiliated with the Teamsters in early 2010 at Theo’s Seattle factory was met with discrimination, intimidation and anti-union propaganda.

A campaign to discourage unionization would not be unusual in a typical U.S. workplace, but the ILRF has called out Theo Chocolate for simultaneously deterring unionization in its workplace while publicizing itself as a “fair trade” brand. ILRF also criticizes Theo’s much-touted partnership with the IMO in a certification system designed to ensure compliance with fair trade standards–its Fair for Life certification program. The ILRF’s report grew out of its work with the Teamsters to help Theo workers complain to the IMO about the management’s alleged anti-union actions.

According to the ILRF, in early 2010, a group of Theo workers sought to form a union to address problems they had discussed among themselves, including “safety issues in the factory, short notice shift and furlough changes, untenable workloads, low wages… and suspicion of wage discrimination against non-English speaking workers.” In the end, the report says, 19 out of 30 eligible workers signed cards affirming their approval of union representation. In a company like Theo, with a brand built on a hip, youthful image of global social responsibility, workers might well have expected that such organizing would be welcomed.

Instead, according to the report, Theo’s management fought to keep out the union through tried-and-true pressure strategies, including hiring a consultant to aid with union-deterrence efforts. One psychological tactic described in the report was painting unionization as an act of grave disloyalty:

Workers were made to feel that forming a union would ruin the gains that fair trade principles had made for cocoa farmers supplying Theo its cocoa…. A senior manager told one union supporter, “You can’t imagine how hard life is in Africa–your situation pales in comparison to theirs.”

True, Theo’s working conditions may be a cut above your average cocoa plantation. But according to testimonies in the ILRF report, the company still failed to address the supposedly pettier complaints that employees raised with management. The report criticized the company’s attempt to resolve the conflicts by setting up non-union mediations that seemed aimed primarily at preempting the union, not comprehensively addressing workplace grievances.

The ILRF’s report focuses on the role of the IMO and the dubious integrity of fair trade certification when it comes to workplace fairness. When the ILRF and the Teamsters brought workers’ allegations of union-busting to the IMO, they found there was no effective way to seek fair recourse. Despite explicit provisions on freedom of association in the Fair for Life code, the ILRF says, “IMO’s certification of Theo Chocolate provided no independent mechanism for workers to challenge IMO’s flawed investigation of Theo’s violations of workers’ human rights.”

According to private email correspondence provided to In These Times, the IMO recently indicated it was open to reviewing some provisions of Fair for Life, without saying whether it would consider major changes in accordance with ILRF’s concerns. Underscoring some of the intrinsic conflicts highlighted by labor activists, the IMO referred to “confidentiality” protocols for client companies, which complicated issues of transparency in the auditing process.

Theo has criticized the report and its allegations as unfair and unfounded. In a statement sent to In These Times, Vice President of Sales and Marketing Debra Music argued that Theo honors labor rights, pointing out that in October 2010 (well after the initial pro-union vote described in the ILRF report), “our employees initiated, drafted, and distributed a petition indicating they did not want to unionize.” According to Music, this petition (like the management) denied “[a]ccusations made about Theo’s reaction to the proposed introduction of a union” and claimed that when employees met to discuss the issue, “it was made clear that the majority of [workers] were not interested in a Teamsters union.” (Statement posted here.)

To the ILRF, Theo’s labor dispute represents a broader dilemma in the fair trade world–a lack of attention to the labor rights of hired workers, who play a significant role in sectors targeted by global fair-trade campaigns. Because the fair trade movement was born from initiatives to promote small cooperative farms in the Global South, the system has historically been oriented toward traditional grassroots agriculture, rather than wage labor or industrialized workplaces.

Now a deeper controversy is brewing within the movement over dealing with issues of equity and rights for hired labor, which turns on the authority and scope of third-party certification programs.

The ILRF recommends that the fair-trade community partner with groups in the labor movement to set up an independent system for pursuing recourse against fair trade violators, which might operate parallel to legal structures like the National Labor Relations Board. The report also points out that the industry and its auditors must “identify, recognize and address the inherent conflicts of interest that arise when a fair trade certifier or auditor, working with or paid by the employer, is also the judge between a worker-management dispute about worker organizing or collective bargaining.”

“Fair trade is meant to be a social movement,” ILRF Executive Director Judy Gearhart tells ITT. “It’s therefore looked [toward] to be answerable to the poorest individuals meant to benefit from [the] system.”

As a consumer-driven effort to draw an ethical baseline in global commerce, fair trade certification alone can’t answer all of the labor and economic justice issues that corrode industrial supply chains. But the principles of fairness in trade should take us deeper into a global conversation about what we value as consumers and as workers, and whether the labels we choose reflect those ideas.

‘150 killed in fight over Aleppo airport’

0

Activists say some 150 people have been killed during the fighting over the control of the international airport in Syria’s northwestern city of Aleppo.

MKA/MA

Tar Sands: Poisoning Earth and Canada’s Good Name

0

On Sunday tens of thousands are set to converge on the White House in what organizers are promoting as “the largest climate rally in U.S. history.” The protesters will be calling on Barack Obama to reject the Keystone XL pipeline.(Image: priceofoil.org)

Alongside one of this country’s biggest corporations, Stephen Harper’s government has entangled Canada in one of the most controversial decisions of Obama’s presidency. The Conservatives have lobbied vigorously in support of Calgary-based TransCanada’s plan to build a $7 billion pipeline to take up to 800,000 barrels of oil a day from Alberta to refineries on the Gulf Coast. The prime minister has pressed Obama to approve Keystone XL while his ministers have visited Washington to pursue the matter with the Secretary of State. During two visits to Washington in recent weeks foreign minister John Baird said Keystone XL was his main priority.

Canada’s ambassador in Washington, Gary Doer, has also spent a large amount of his time pushing the pipeline, prompting TransCanada to send him a “thank you” note on August 30, 2011. “Gary,” reads an email from the pipeline firm, “I just wanted to send a quick note to thank you and your team for all of the hard work and perseverance in helping get us this far, I know it has made a big difference.”

The ambassador responded to critical media commentary and pressed state officials to support the pipeline. When Nebraska’s Republican governor Dave Heineman initially came out against the project Doer visited him in Omaha. Similarly, the 28 members of Congress who urged the State Department to consider the “major environmental and health hazards” posed by Keystone XL received an immediate letter from Canada’s ambassador and Alberta’s minister of intergovernmental relations. “I believe it necessary to address several points in your letter,” Doer wrote. The ambassador’s letter trumpeted Canada’s plan to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020. “[This is] a benchmark we intend to meet,” Doer wrote, even though planned tar sands expansion will make this objective impossible to reach.

Canada’s 22 consular offices in the US have also been ordered to take up the cause. When the New York Times ran an editorial titled “Say No to the Keystone XL” Canada’s consul general in New York wrote a letter supporting the project.

TransCanada has been equally aggressive in its lobbying. Last week the company’s chief executive Russ Girling told reporters in Washington that rejecting the pipeline would be “the craziest thing I could think of for the largest consumer of oil on earth.”

The company has spent millions to convince federal and state politicians. In Nebraska alone TransCanada has spent almost $1 million lobbying lawmakers and also helped set up a non-profit called Nebraskans for Jobs and Energy Independence. The group paid for a robocall that contained the following: “Please Press 1 now to authorize us to send a letter to Secretary of State Hilary Clinton in support of the Keystone XL Pipeline, which will help to lower gas prices, create American jobs and reduce our dependence on foreign oil.”

On the other side environmentalists  have used social media and traditional protests to heap scorn on TransCanada and Canada. A November 23 New York Times article headlined “Pipeline Protest Draws Pepper Spray From Deputies” reported on protests outside Wells, Texas. The paper reported that 40 protesters “chanted ‘Go back to Canada’ and waved signs with messages like … ‘Don’t mix Canadian tar with Texas water.’”

Many Canadians share American environmentalists concerns about the tar sands’ ecological footprint. But, even those who do not should worry about the impact the Harper government’s lobbying will have on this country’s reputation.

S Korea calls for regime change in North

0

The Photo shows North Korean rocket Unha-3, carrying the satellite Kwangmyongsong-3 Unit 2, lift off from it launch pad in North Pyongan Province, December 12, 2012.

South Korean President Lee Myung-Bak has called for a regime change in North Korea in the wake of Pyongyang’s latest nuclear test.

The outgoing president said on Friday that “it has become impossible to have North Korea give up its nuclear weapons through dialogue and negotiations,” adding that the best way is to incite unrest among the North Koreans.

He further noted that Seoul cannot hope that Pyongyang would stop its nuclear program until “its regime changes or collapses.”

The South Korean president also said, “We can help change the North Korean people, if not the North Korean regime itself.”

On February 12, North Korea announced that it had successfully carried out its third underground nuclear test, which involved a “miniaturized” device and was conducted in a “perfect manner.”

The nuclear test drew immediate condemnations from UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon along with several countries including the United States, South Korea, Russia and Japan.

On Thursday, South Korea announced that it had deployed a new cruise missile which is capable of hitting targets in North Korea “anywhere, anytime.”

South Korean Major General Ryu Young-Jeo told reporters, “With this missile, we could hit any facility, equipment or individual target in the North anywhere at any time of our choosing.”

Defense Ministry spokesman Kim Min-Seok also said the cruise missile “is a precision-guided weapon that can identify and strike the window of the office of North Korea’s leadership.”

North Korea had carried out two previous nuclear tests on October 9, 2006 and May 25, 2009.

Tough UN sanctions were imposed on Pyongyang after its latest rocket launch in December 2012, and North Korea will most likely face more restrictions as a result of Tuesday’s nuclear test.

MR/HMV

How the State of the Union Worked

0

Political journalists have a job to do – to examine the SOTU’s long list of proposals. They are doing that job, many are doing it well, and I’ll leave it to them. Instead, I want to discuss what in the long run is a deeper question: How did the SOTU help to change public discourse? What is the change? And technically, how did it work?

The address was coherent. There was a single frame that fit together all the different ideas, from economics to the environment to education to gun safety to voting rights. The big change in public discourse was the establishment of that underlying frame, a frame that will, over the long haul, accommodate many more specific proposals.

Briefly, the speech worked via frame evocation. Not statement, evocation – the unconscious and automatic activation in the brains of listeners of a morally-based progressive frame that made sense of what the president said.

When a frame is repeatedly activated, it is strengthened. Obama’s progressive frame was strengthened not only in die-hard progressives, but also in partial progressives, those who are progressive on some issues and conservative on others – the so-called moderates, swing voters, independents, and centrists. As a result, 77 per cent of listeners approved of the speech, 53 percent strongly positive and 24 percent somewhat positive, with only 22 percent negative. When that deep progressive frame is understood and accepted by a 77 percent margin, the president has begun to move America toward a progressive moral vision.

If progressives are going to maintain and build on the president’s change in public discourse so far, we need to understand just what that change has been and how he accomplished it.

It hasn’t happened all at once.

In 2008, candidate Obama made overt statements. He spoke overtly about empathy and the responsibility to act on it as the basis of democracy. He spoke about the need for an “ethic of excellence.” He spoke about the role of government to protect and empower everyone equally.

After using the word “empathy” in the Sotomayor nomination, he dropped it when conservatives confused it with sympathy and unfairness. But the idea didn’t disappear.

By the 2013 Inaugural Address, he directly quoted the Declaration and Lincoln, overtly linking patriotism and the essence of democracy to empathy, to Americans caring for one another and taking responsibility for one another as well as themselves. He spoke overtly about how private success depends on public provisions. He carried out these themes with examples. And he had pretty much stopped making the mistake of using conservative language, even to negate it. The change in public discourse became palpable.

The 2013 SOTU followed this evolution a crucial step further. Instead of stating the frames overly, he took them for granted and the nation understood. Public discourse had shifted; brains had changed. So much so that John Boehner looked shamed as he slumped, sulking in his chair, as if trying to disappear. Changed so much that Marco Rubio’s response was stale and defensive: the old language wasn’t working and Rubio kept talking in rising tones indicating uncertainty.

Here is how Obama got to 77 per cent approval as an unapologetic progressive.

The president set his theme powerfully in the first few sentences – in about 30 seconds.

“Fifty-one years ago, John F. Kennedy declared to this Chamber that ‘the Constitution makes us not rivals for power but partners for progress…It is my task,’ he said, ‘to report the State of the Union – to improve it is the task of us all.’ Tonight, thanks to the grit and determination of the American people, there is much progress to report. …”

First, Obama recalled Kennedy – a strong, unapologetic liberal. “Partners” evokes working together, an implicit attack on conservative stonewalling, while “for progress” makes clear his progressive direction. “To improve it is the task of us all” evokes the progressive theme that we’re all in this together with the goal of improving the common good. “The grit and determination of the American people” again says we work together, while incorporating the “grit and determination” stereotype of Americans pulling themselves up by their bootstraps – overcoming a “grinding war” and “grueling recession.” He specifically and wisely did not pin the war and recession on the Bush era republicans, as he reasonably could have. That would have divided Democrats from Republicans. Instead, he treated war and recession as if they were forces of nature that all Americans joined together to overcome. Then he moved on seamlessly to the “millions of Americans whose hard work and dedication have not yet been rewarded,” which makes rewarding that work and determination “the task of us all.”

This turn in discourse started working last year. Empathy and social responsibility as central American values reappeared in spades in the 2012 campaign right after Mitt Romney made his 47 percent gaff, that 47 percent of Americans were not succeeding because they were not talking personal responsibility for their lives. This allowed Obama to reframe people out of work, sick, injured, or retired as hard working and responsible and very much part of the American ideal, evoking empathy for them from most other Americans. It allowed him to meld the hard working and struggling Americans with the hard working and just getting by Americans into a progressive stereotype of hard working Americans in general who need help to overcome external forces holding them back. It is a patriotic stereotype that joins economic opportunity with equality, freedom and civil rights: “if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, what you look like, or who you love.”

It is an all-American vision:

“It is our unfinished task to make sure that this government works on behalf of the many, and not just the few; that it encourages free enterprise, rewards individual initiative, and opens the doors of opportunity to every child across this great nation.” 

“Our unfinished task” refers to citizens – us – as ruling the government, not the reverse. “We” are making the government do what is right. To work “on behalf of the many, and not just the few.” And he takes from the progressive vision the heart of the conservative message. “We” require the government to encourage free enterprise, reward individual initiative, and provide opportunity for all. It is the reverse of the conservative view of the government ruling us. In a progressive democracy, the government is the instrument of the people, not the reverse.

In barely a minute, he provided a patriotic American progressive vision that seamlessly adapts the heart of the conservative message. Within this framework comes the list of policies, each presented with empathy for ideal Americans. In each case, we, the citizens who care about our fellow citizens, must make our imperfect government do the best it can for fellow Americans who do meet, or can with help meet, the American ideal. 

With this setting of the frame, each item on the list of policies fits right in. We, the citizens, use the government to protect us and maximally enable us all to make use of individual initiative and free enterprise.

The fact that the policy list was both understood and approved of by 77 percent of those watching means that one-third of those who did not vote for the president have assimilated his American progressive moral vision.

The president’s list of economic policies was criticized by some as a lull – a dull, low energy section of the speech. But the list had a vital communicative function beyond the policies themselves. Each item on the list evoked, and thereby strengthened in the brains of most listeners, the all-American progressive vision of the first section of the speech. Besides, if you’re going to build to a smash finish, you have to build from a lull.

And it was a smash finish! Highlighting his gun safety legislation by introducing one after another of the people whose lives were shattered by well-reported gun violence. With each introduction came the reframe “They deserve a vote” over and over and over. He was chiding the Republicans not just for being against the gun safety legislation, but for being unwilling to even state their opposition in public, which a vote would require. The president is all too aware that, even in republican districts, there is great support for gun safety reform, support that threatens conservative representatives. “They deserve a vote” is a call for moral accounting from conservative legislators. It is a call for empathy for the victims in a political form, a form that would reveal the heartlessness, the lack of republican empathy for the victims. “They deserve a vote” shamed the republicans in the House. As victim after victim stood up while the republicans sat slumped and close-mouthed in their seats, shame fell on the republicans.

And then it got worse for republicans. Saving the most important for last – voting reform – President Obama introduced Desiline Victor, a 102-year spunky African American Florida woman who was told she would have to wait six hours to vote. She hung in there, exhausted but not defeated, for many hours and eventually voted. The room burst into raucous applause, putting to shame the republicans who are adopting practices and passing laws to discourage voting by minority groups.

And with the applause still ringing, he introduced police officer Brian Murphy who held off armed attackers at the Sikh Temple in Minneapolis, taking twelve bullets and lying in a puddle of his blood while still protecting the Sikhs. When asked how he did it, he replied, “That’s just how we’re made.”

That gave the president a finale to end where he began.

“We may do different jobs, and wear different uniforms, and hold different views than the person beside us. But as Americans, we all share the same proud title: We are citizens. It’s a word that doesn’t just describe our nationality or legal status. It describes the way we’re made. It describes what we believe. It captures the enduring idea that this country only works when we accept certain obligations to one another and to future generations; that our rights are wrapped up in the rights of others; and that well into our third century as a nation, it remains the task of us all, as citizens of these United States, to be the authors of the next great chapter in our American story.”

It was a finale that gave the lie to the conservative story of America, that democracy is an individual matter, that it gives each of us the liberty to seek his own interests and well-being without being responsible for anyone else or anyone else being responsible for him, from which it follows that the government should not be in the job of helping its citizens. Marco Rubio came right after and tried out this conservative anthem that has been so dominant since the Reagan years. It fell flat.

President Obama, in this speech, created what cognitive scientists call a “prototype” – an ideal American defined by a contemporary progressive vision that incorporates a progressive market with individual opportunity and initiative. It envisions an ideal citizenry that is in charge of the government, forcing the president and the Congress to do the right thing.

That is how the president has changed public discourse. He has changed it at the level that counts, the deepest level, the moral level. What can make that change persist? What will allow such an ideal citizenry to come into existence?

The president can’t do it. Congress can’t do it. Only we can as citizens, by adopting the president’s vision, thinking in his moral frames, and speaking out from that vision whenever possible. Speaking out is at the heart of being a citizen, speaking out is political action, and only if an overwhelming number of us speak out, and live out, this American vision, will the president and the Congress be forced to do what is best for all.

By all means, discuss the policies. Praise them when you like them, criticize them when they fall short. Don’t hold back. Talk in public. Write to others. But be sure to make clear the basic principles behind the policies.

And don’t use the language of the other side, even to negate it. Remember that if you say “Don’t Think of an Elephant,” people will think of an elephant.

Structure is important. Start with the general principles, move to policy details, finish with the general principles.

Snow Hit Retail Sales In January – Down 0.5%

0

UK retail sales, excluding fuel, fell 0.5% month-on-month in January with food sales hard hit and snow affecting small grocers.

The Office for National Statistics (ONS) said disruption caused by the weather had a measurable impact.

Food sales tumbled by their biggest monthly margin since May 2011.

Including fuel sales volumes fell by 0.6%. This comes following a downward-revised fall of 0.3% in December, the ONS said today.

The official figures are in sharp contrast to those released earlier this month by the British Retail Consortium, which found that total retail sales rose by 3% in January.

The pound hit a 6.5-month low against the dollar and gilts extended gains after the sales data was released, wrongfooting market players who had positioned for a better ONS number.

It was the biggest yearly fall in overall retail sales volumes since April 2012 and the biggest consecutive three-month fall in retail sales since March 2010.

The January drop has already prompted fears of Britain entering a so-called triple-dip recession.

Berenberg bank economist Rob Wood said: “This probably brings the question of triple-dip back on the table again.

“If this is the sort of disruption we see from snow, and it’s reflected in output in the rest of the economy, then it could be bad news for Q1.”

Jens Larsen from RBC added: “There is never a lot of signal in retail sales for consumption demand, and here we have to be particularly careful because of the weather effect.

“But it does look a surprisingly weak number and not all of it can be a weather effect. There is no escaping that this is a weak start to Q1.”

Apocalyptic Week Winds Down

0

The resignation of the Pope was followed by a lightning strike on the Vatican. A meteor storm has hurt hundreds of people in Russia. UK retail sales collapse in January, falling 0.6% increased of rising 0.5% as the consensus expected. Insult was added to injury as the November and December series were revised lower.

Sterling made a new low for the move, to bring its loss against the dollar since the second of January to 5.6%. How much worse can the news get for the sterling? It is not simply the retail sales report. Most of the economic data has disappointed.

The economy remains stagnant to worse and fiscal policy remains pro-cyclical. King says more monetary easing can be provided if needed. Hello? Where is the bar? If it is not needed now, under what conditions would it be needed? King welcomed sterling’s weakness, suggesting that it was helping the UK, though inflation will likely remain above target for the next two years.

Sterling is showing some resilience today. It has already traded on both sides of yesterday’s range as the North American session gets under way sterling is a bit higher than where they left it yesterday. ?A close above $1.5545, roughly yesterday’s high would be a technical constructive development. If sterling cannot sustain downticks on a poor news stream, it is at least flashing a yellow light, warning bears should be cautious. We had suggested a technical objective near $1.53. Sterling has moved within 1% of this target by declining a little less than a dime this year.

Official comments from the G20 meeting that concludes tomorrow dominates the headlines. Without the French at the microphones (yet) and aside from Brazil’s Mantega, nearly everyone seems to be reading from the same chorus book.  Countries can pursue the monetary and fiscal policies as their domestic economy and political decision making allows. They should not target foreign exchange prices, which should be determined by the market. The foreign exchange market needs to be able to clear global trade and capital flows. At the same time, excessive volatility needs to be avoided. 

This is largely boiler plate stuff and the G20 statement is unlikely to be substantively different that the G7 statement. Japan will not be singled out as that is not the modus operandi of such G7 or G20 statements. Many parties besides Japan can be said to have violated the spirit of the general understanding. In most discussions of currency wars the focus is on the high income countries, yet the reluctance of large current account surplus countries in lower income countries to allow their currencies to participate in the adjustment process is an important part of the underlying tension.

The dollar slipped to new lows for the week against the yen today, but held last Friday’s low set just below JPY92.20. The euro briefly fell through JPY123 to set a new low for February Indeed, it traded below the 20-day moving average for the first time since the Japanese election was announced on November 15. The 20-day moving average comes in near JPY123.55. It appears to have stabilized in the European morning and a move back above that average now may mitigate some of the technical damage.

Meanwhile the euro itself continues to track the short-term interest rate spreads. The 2-year swap rate or interest rate differential has been moving in the US direction in recent days and at almost 9 bp is the biggest US premium since January 16. Not that there is a one-to-one correspondence between a specific spread level and a particular euro-dollar rate, we note that on January 16, the euro finished the North American session just below $1.33. 

Your rating: None

US urges Iran to engage in ‘real dialogue’

0

US Secretary of State John Kerry has called for a ‘real dialogue’ between Iran and the P5+1 group ahead of the next round of talks on the Iranian nuclear energy program.

Kerry told reporters on Thursday that the talks “can only make progress” if Iran engages in “a real dialogue.”

On February 7, Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei said, “Negotiation is meaningful when the two sides talk with goodwill, under equal conditions and without seeking to deceive each other. Therefore, ‘negotiation for the sake of negotiation’, ‘tactical negotiation’ and negotiation offer in order to sell a superpower’s gesture to the world is a deceptive move.”

Kerry’s remarks came a day after Iranian Ambassador to the UN Mohammad Khazaei urged the P5+1 to be “serious and realistic” in the upcoming talks.

Iran and the P5+1 – Britain, China, France, Russia, the United States and Germany – are scheduled to hold another round of talks in Almaty, Kazakhstan, on February 26. The last round of the negotiations was held in Moscow in June 2012.

On Thursday, Iran’s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad said hegemonic powers are unable to halt Tehran’s nuclear energy program and emphasized that the Iranian nation would not yield to pressure.

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have falsely accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program. Under the unfounded allegation, the US and its European allies have imposed sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it is entitled to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

SF/HSN/MA

Turkey targets Syria with shells: Report

0

The file photo shows a border crossing between Turkey and Syria.

Turkish artillery has pounded Syria after a shell fired from the crisis-hit country landed near a town in southern Turkey, Turkish media report.

Turkish state media reported on Friday that a shell fired from neighboring Syria hit the town of Yayladag in Hatay Province near the Syrian border.

No casualties were reported following the incident.

On February 11, at least 13 people were killed and dozens injured when a Syrian mini-bus exploded at a crossing on Turkey’s border with Syria.

In October 2012, several Syrian soldiers reportedly lost their lives in an attack by Turkish forces on a military post near the border town of Tel Abyad.

The attack followed a mortar strike from Syria that killed five people in the southeastern Turkish town of Akcakale in Sanliurfa Province.

Ankara has openly voiced support for the militants fighting against Damascus.

Many people, including large numbers of security staff, have been killed in the foreign-backed unrest that broke out In Syria nearly two years ago.

The Syrian government blames certain Western states, especially the United States, and their regional allies for fueling the violence.

MKA/HMV/MA

Israel lobbies try to stop Iran AMIA deal

0

Pro-Israel lobbies in Argentina have strongly condemned a government’s agreement with Iran on the establishment of a truth commission to investigate the 1994 bombing of a Jewish community center in Buenos Aires, Press TV reports.

On January 27, Iran and Argentina signed a memorandum of understanding to shed light on the bombing on the building of the Israeli-Argentine Mutual Association (AMIA) in Buenos Aires that killed 85 people. The Israeli regime reacted angrily to the deal a day after it was signed.

However, Argentine President Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner and Foreign Minister Hector Timerman have supported the agreement.

In a debate on the agreement at an Argentinean senate committee, Guillermo Borger, the head of AMIA, and Julio Schlosser, the head of DAIA Jewish organization, strongly rejected the agreement. Their efforts to make the Argentine government to scrap the deal sparked criticism from lawmakers.

Miguel Angel Pichetto, the leader of the Victory Front, told Press TV, “Strong things have been said. The AMIA president has talked about the possibility of a third attack. The Jewish people know about the importance of the word and silence. Many words are destructive or anticipate destructive events. We are interested in asking what he knows. You have to be responsible when you talk.”

Luis D’Elia, the leader of the political party of Movement of Latin American Integration for Social Expression (MILES), also blasted the position of local organizations that only respond to Tel Aviv.

“The organizations of the Jewish community in Argentina like AMIA and DAIA are not interested in the truth, memory and justice for the victims’ families. They are only interested in being in line with Israel’s foreign policy.”

D’Elia added that the US and Israeli spy agencies, CIA and Mossad, were interfering in the AMIA case to hinder cooperation between Iran and Argentina.

The agreement will be addressed by Argentina’s senate next week. The commission will need approval of both houses of the congress.

Under intense political pressure imposed by the US and Israel, Argentina had formally accused Iran of having carried out the bomb attack. The Islamic Republic has categorically denied any involvement in the terrorist bombing.

AR/HSN/MA

Former US mayor gambles away $1bn

0

Former San Diego mayor Maureen O’Connorgambled away $1 billion, including $2 million skimmed from a charity fund set up by her late husband.

Former mayor of a major US city has gambled away nearly a billion dollars, including millions from a charity fund set up by her late husband.

Maureen O’Connor, the first female mayor of the southern California city of San Diego, spent “countless hours seated in front of video-poker machines” gambling the huge amount over a nine-year period after she left the mayoral office, The Los Angeles Times reported Friday, quoting federal prosecutors.

The 66-year-old ex-mayor tearfully acknowledged in court on Thursday that she skimmed over USD2 million from a charity established by her deceased husband, Robert Peterson, who founded the famous American fast-food chain Jack in the Box.

O’Connor, according to the report, admitted in a plea bargain deal with federal prosecutors that she had a “gambling addiction” and is nearly bankrupt.

The 1-billion-dollar “gambling binge” began from 2000 and continued until 2009, according to court documents.

In 2008 and 2009, the report adds, when the fortune she had inherited was not enough, “she began taking from the R.P. [charity] Foundation to cover her losses.”

“She was considered such a high roller that Las Vegas casinos would send a private jet to pick her up in San Diego,” according to the report.

O’Connor’s attorney suggested that a brain tumor may have impaired her reasoning by offering reporters copies of her brain scan from a 2011 surgery following the court hearing.

Her deteriorating medical condition “renders it highly improbable – if not impossible – that she could be brought to trial,” according to court documents filed by federal prosecutors.

Prosecutors, according to the report, agreed to postpone her prosecution for two years. “If O’Connor violates no further laws and makes restitution, the charge of making illegal financial transactions may be dismissed.”

MFB/MFB

Russia’s top rights watchdog pushes for protection for govt critics

0

RIA Novosti / Sergey Guneev

RIA Novosti / Sergey Guneev

Russia’s Presidential Council for Human Rights has suggested the reduced sentencing for libel and the decriminalization of insulting state officials. The body also proposes to oblige civil servants to respond to criticism in the media.

Under instruction from President Vladimir Putin, the council’s working group also developed a clearer definition of ‘libel’, writes Kommersant daily on Friday. Last year the adoption of a law that re-criminalized defamation in Russia stirred up a wave of criticism, with opponents of the move seeing it as “repressive.”

Currently, the Penal Code defines slander as “the distribution of false information that discredits the honor and dignity of another person, or damages one’s reputation.” Under amendments proposed by the rights advocates, it should be described as “the distribution of false information about a person’s private life with the aim to smear their honor and dignity.”

Besides that, the Rights Council suggested to reduce the maximum punishment for slander from the current 480 hours of community service or a fine of 5 million roubles (over US$166,000) to 240 hours and 120,000 roubles (US$ 3,990).

The authors of the document would prefer to remove libel from the Penal Code — which had been done back in 2011.

“The past six months [since its re-criminalization] have shown why it has been returned. It’s a baton against everyone who talks too much — journalists and public activists,” believes Pavel Chikov, a member of the council’s commission on the freedom of information. “At least, the council has suggested to remove [from the law] patent absurdity,” he told the daily.

The rights watchdog is also pushing for the repeal of the article imposing criminal liability for insulting a representative of authority. After insults to any other citizens were de-criminalized in December 2011, it now appears unfair.

At the same time, in the view of the authors of the amendments, everyone who criticizes the government should be protected by law. They suggest introducing a punishment of an up to $66,000 fine or up to 2 years of corrective labor — for “pursuing for criticism.”

In case the amendments get support from over a half of the 62-member Rights Council, they will be forwarded to the Presidential Administration for consideration.

Tax the world: EU’s controversial ‘Tobin’ tax might take effect in 2014

0

European Commission President Jose Manuel Barroso gestures during a press conference with EU Trade commissioner on a major transatlantic trade initiative on February 13, 2013 at EU Headquarters in Brussels.(AFP Photo / John Thys)

European Commission President Jose Manuel Barroso gestures during a press conference with EU Trade commissioner on a major transatlantic trade initiative on February 13, 2013 at EU Headquarters in Brussels.(AFP Photo / John Thys)

The controversial ‘Tobin’ tax on financial transactions which could raise over $40 billion a year has been agreed upon by 11 EU member states.

­The European Commission agreed a proposal for a financial transaction tax (FTT) to be introduced in eleven EU member states in 2014 despite wide spread opposition. The countries that supported the initiative are France, Germany, Belgium, Estonia, Greece, Spain, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia. Together they make up roughly two-thirds of the EU’s GDP.

Now the law needs to be unanimously ratified by the governments of the 11 members of the FTT zone.

According to the Commission, the main aim of the tax is to raise public funds and encourage more responsible trading by financial institutions. The tax will affect all financial transactions carried out by financial institutions on all financial instruments and markets, except transactions involving the European Central Bank (ECB), the European Financial Stability Facility (EFSF), and the European Stability Mechanism (ESM).

“On the table is an unquestionably fair and technically sound tax, which will strengthen our single market and temper irresponsible trading,” said Algirdas Semeta, EU Commissioner responsible for taxation.

According to the European Commission the FTT “will not apply to day-to-day financial activities of citizens and businesses,” to protect “the real economy.” Also exempt from the tax will be “traditional investment banking activities in the context of the raising of capital or to financial transactions carried out as part-restructuring operations.”

The tax is to levy 0.1 percent on stock and bond trades and 0.01 percent on derivatives transactions involving one financial institution with its headquarters in the FTT zone, or trading on behalf of a client based there.

The tax also includes tough anti-avoidance measures that would apply to trades executed outside Europe when no eurozone entity is buying or selling the product, which is causing the most controversy.

The long arm of the levy has raised the concerns not only in Britain, Luxembourg and other EU states, but also as far away as the US. Wall Street and the US administration joined others warning that the tax overreaches borders, flouts international treaties and “breaks the bonds that bind our global economy.”

A US Treasury spokesperson said the tax would “harm US investors in the US and elsewhere who have purchased affected securities.”
The jurisdiction issues raise concern among big financial groups about double- and multiple taxation and trade protectionism.

“These novel and unilateral theories of tax jurisdiction are both unprecedented and inconsistent with existing norms of international tax law and long-standing treaty commitments,” the groups argue in a letter to Algirdas Semeta, the EU tax commissioner. “There is a high risk that their adoption could lead to -double and multiple taxation and a deterioration of international tax co-operation and trade -protectionism.”

EU officials argue the tax will not place additional burdens on ordinary citizens, although many are concerned the tax “will hit savers and pensions.” Jorge Morley-Smith, head of tax at Britain’s Investment Management Association, told Reuters.

“The impact could be devastating in reducing activity … and could erode up to six out of every 30 years’ worth of contributions to an actively managed retirement savings plan,” he said. Further, stock lending could become uneconomical because the average fee was less than the planned tax.

According to Insurance Europe, which represents the bulk of the bloc’s insurance sector, “the tax would harm savings products at a time when people should be encouraged to save for retirement,” Reuters reported.

Anna Bodrova, analyst from Investcafe, believes there should not be any rush in introducing the ‘Tobin’ tax in its current form.

“In its present shape the ‘Tobin’ initiative might be harmful for capital markets. For example, introducing a tax on stocks will increase the cost of capital raising for companies, and the situation with bonds will be even more complex,” Bodrova told RT.

“This measure is quite ambiguous, but it can bring good results if it is implemented step by step, in a course of 2-3 years, so that to avoid provoke sharp market reaction,” Bodrova added.

Alexandria Carr, a former UK Treasury lawyer now at law firm Mayer Brown, told CNN that those 11 countries moving ahead under so-called “enhanced co-operation” are legally bound to respect the rights of member states that do not participate.

“If [the] proposal has the expected extraterritorial reach, it would appear to ride roughshod over the competences of the 16 member states who have opted out,” she said.

“This tax is actually quite draconian and bad for the eurozone. It will drive a coach and horses through the single market and force banks to relocate outside the FTT zone,” Chas Roy-Chowdhury, head of taxation at the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) told the BBC. 

The ‘Tobin’ tax is named after the US economist James Tobin who proposed a global tax on currency trades in the 1970s. It was proposed by the EC in September 2011 and last January it was adopted by majority of EU’s Council of Finance Ministers in Brussels. However, as 27 member states could not agree, 11 eurozone countries applied to go it alone under “enhanced co-operation” rules.

While Left And Right Fight, Power Wins

0

Paul Craig Roberts
rinf.com

My experience with the American left and right leads to the conclusion that the left sees private power as the source of oppression and government as the countervailing and rectifying power, while the right sees government as the source of oppression and a free and unregulated private sector as the countervailing and rectifying power. Both are concerned with restraining the power to oppress, but they take opposite positions on the source of the oppressive power and remedy.

The right is correct that government power is the problem, and the left is correct that private power is the problem. Therefore, whether power is located within the government or private sectors cannot reduce, constrain, or minimize power.

How does the progressive Obama Regime differ from the tax-cut, deregulation Bush/Cheney Regime? Both are complicit in the maximization of executive branch power and in the minimization of citizens’ civil liberties and, thus, of the people’s power. Did the progressive Obama reverse the right-wing Bush’s destruction of habeas corpus and due process? No. Obama further minimized the people’s power. Bush could throw us in prison for life without proof of cause. Obama can execute us without proof of cause. They do this in the name of protecting us from terrorism, but not from their terrorism.

Americans who have no experience with, or knowledge of, tyranny believe that only terrorists will experience the unchecked power of the state. They will believe this until it happens to them, or their children, or their friends.

The view of human nature held by the right and the left depends on whether the human nature is located in the private sector or the government sector (“public sector”). For the right (and for libertarians) human nature in the private sector is good and serves the public; in the government sector human nature is evil and oppressive. For the left, it is the opposite. As the same people go back and forth from one sector to the other, one marvels at the transformations of their character and morality. A good man becomes evil, and an evil man becomes good, depending on the location of his activities.

One of my professors, James M. Buchanan who won a Nobel Prize, pointed out that people are just as self-serving whether they are in the private sector or in government. The problem is how to constrain government and private power to the best extent possible.

Our Founding Fathers’ solution was to minimize the power of government and to rely on contending factions among private interests to prevent the rise of an oligarchy. In the event that contending private interests failed, the oligarchy that seized the government would not have much public power to exercise.

The Founding Fathers’ design more or less worked except for interludes of civil war and economic crisis until the cold war built up the power of government and the deregulation of the Clinton and Bush presidencies built up the power of private interests. It all came together with the accumulation of new, dictatorial powers in the executive branch in the name of protecting us from terrorists and with deregulation’s creation of powerful corporations “too big to fail.”

Now we have a government, whose elected members are beholden to a private oligarchy, consisting of the military/security complex, Wall Street and the financial sector, the Israel Lobby, agribusiness, pharmaceuticals, and the energy, mining, and timber businesses, with the power to shut down people’s protests at their exploitation by robber barons and government alike.

Vast amounts of government debt have been added to taxpayers’ burdens in order to fight wars that only benefit the military/security complex and the Israel Lobby. More vast amounts have been added in order to force taxpayers to cover the reckless gambling bets of the financial sector. Taxpayers are denied interest on their savings in order to protect the balance sheets of a corrupt financial sector. Legitimate protestors are brutalized by police and equated by Homeland Security with “domestic extremists,” defined by Homeland Security as a close relation to terrorists.

Today Americans are not safe from government or private power and suffer at the hands of both.

What can be done? From within probably very little. The right blames the left, and the left blames the right. The two sides are locked in ideological combat while power grows in the private and public sectors, but not the benevolent power that the two ideologies suppose. Instead, a two-headed power monster has risen.

If the power that has been established over the American people is to be shattered, it will come from outside. The Federal Reserve’s continuing monetization of the enormous debt that Washington is generating can destroy the dollar’s exchange value, sending up interest rates, collapsing the bond, stock, and real estate markets, and sinking the economy into deep depression at a time in history when Americans have exhausted their savings and are deeply in debt with high levels of joblessness and homelessness. The rise in import prices from a drop in the dollar’s exchange value would make survival an issue for a large percentage of the population.

Overnight the US could transition from superpower to third world penitent begging for a rescue program.

Who would grant it? The Russians encircled by US military bases and whose internal serenity is disrupted by inflows of American money to dissident groups in an effort to destabilize the Russian State? The Chinese, the government of which is routinely denounced by a hypocritical Washington for human rights abuses while Washington surrounds China with newly constructed military bases and new deployments of troops and naval vessels? South America, a long-suffering victim of Washington’s oppression? Europe, exhausted by conflicts and by Washington’s organization of them as puppet states and use of them as mercenaries in Washington’s wars for hegemony?

No country, except perhaps the bought-and-paid-for puppets of Britain, Canada, Australia, and Japan, would come to Washington’s aid.

In the ensuing collapse, the power of Washington and the power of the private robber barons would evaporate. Americans would suffer, but they would be rid of the power that has been established over them and that has changed them from a free people to exploited serfs.

This is, perhaps, an optimistic conclusion, but those relatively few Americans who are aware need some hope. This is the best that I can do. The majority of Americans remain trapped in their unawareness, which implies a bleak future. The insouciance of the American population is its downfall.

LAPD High Crimes

0

Stephen Lendman
rinf.com

Michael Ruppert is a former LAPD cop. He knows its dark side well. He witnessed it firsthand.

Its rap sheet includes corruption, abuse of power, complicity with CIA drugs trafficking, unjustified arrests, beatings, murder, perjury, witness tampering, evidence planting, frame-ups, coverups, racism, sadism, and other crimes.

It wants its dirty secrets kept hidden. They’re ugly and longstanding. Many examples bear witness. In March 2000, news reports revealed LAPD Rampart Division Community Resources Against Street Hoodlums (CRASH) unit criminality.

It included unjustified arrests, beatings, drug dealing, witness intimidation, murder, evidence planting, frame-ups and perjury.

An organized criminal subculture exists. Anti-gang officers and supervisors run it. They “celebrate” shootings. They get away with murder.

Earlier LAPD criminality surfaced. Officers shot unarmed gang members, committed perjury, filed false reports, stole drugs from dealers, obstructed justice, beat, framed and robbed people, and were involved in other misconduct.

Two decades ago, Rodney King’s beating made headlines. Similar ones go unnoticed. They happen ad nauseam. People of color are most vulnerable. Victims are called perpetrators. LA cops beat, kill and abuse with impunity. It’s standard practice.

Ruppert commented on Christopher Dorner. He told Russia Today:

“From my own experience as a Los Angeles police Officer and deep familiarity with both LAPD culture and history, I can say that with regards to Christopher Dorner’s allegations regarding internal corruption, favoritism, racism and concealment of excessive force, I believe him 100%.”

“My life as an investigative journalist focusing extensively on military, paramilitary and covert operations gives me absolute certainty that this man is an extremely dangerous weapon.”

“He is killing here in the United States the way too many US service members have killed routinely and with much less concern about Rules of Engagement overseas for decades.”

“I am also certain that his presence on the streets and any
new engagements will put stresses on huge fault lines within law enforcement agencies in Southern California.”

“This man needs to be brought in alive and he needs to be heard.”

He never got a chance. LAPD cops killed him. Ruppert predicted they would. They wanted him silenced. A SWAT team may have gunned him down.

They surrounded his cabin. Gas was pumped in. LAPD cops made reference to “burners.” One voice said “We’re going to burn him out. Another shouted “f…king burn this motherf…king house down.” One more said “Seven burners were deployed and we have a fire.”

Voices were loud enough for CBS affiliate KCAL 9 to broadcast them live on air. Immediately the audio feed was cut.

What happened was reminiscent of immolating Branch Davidian’s Mount Carmel Waco ranch compound in 1993.

Eighty-four innocent men, women and children died. They were murdered in cold blood. Attorney General Janet Reno’s special counsel whitewashed a federal investigation.

Key facts were suppressed. Wrongdoing was ignored. Atrocities passed under the radar. Washington got away with murder.

So did LAPD cops. They set Dorner’s cabin ablaze. Fire department units were ordered not to respond. Dorner was incinerated. He never had a chance. Hours later his charred body was found.

He expected to die. He said so on Facebook. Different versions of his manifesto exist. It denounces dozens of LAPD cops for corruption, racism and violence.

On February 7, two Riverside police officers were shot. One died. Dorner was blamed. A massive manhunt ensued. High-tech surveillance and indiscriminate shootings followed.

Rogue cops don’t apologize for wrongdoing. Dorner knew how they operated. He went public explaining it. Doing so marked him for death. LAPD officials wanted him silenced. Extrajudicial killing is policy. Dead men tell no tales.

LA police don’t protect and serve. They abuse. They target suspicious suspects and people of color brutally. They use deadly force. Dorner witnessed things firsthand. His experience made him violent.

In 2007, he witnessed white training officer, Sgt. Teresa Evans, kick an unarmed/handcuffed person of color in the stomach and face.

He reported what he saw. He was fired for doing so. An LAPD Board of Rights said he lied.

Truth-telling is hazardous. He said he “saw some of the most vile things humans can inflict on others.”

Enemy combatants in LA aren’t citizens and suspects. They’re rogue cops. LAPD’s culture breeds them. The department’s been that way for decades.

Brutal cops get promoted to supervisory and command positions. An officer involved in Rodney King’s beating became a captain.

Who said crime doesn’t pay? It does when rogue cops commit it. Many examples bear witness. On February 7, police opened fire without warning.

They fired dozens of rounds at 71-year old Emma Hernandez and her daughter Margie Carranza. They were delivering newspapers at the time.

They had no connection to Dorner. Cops claimed their vehicle matched his. So do many others.

They were put on administrative leave. Hand slap punishment at most will follow. Hernandez was shot twice in the back. She’s in intensive care. Carranza had minor wounds. No one else was hit.

A Torrence police cruiser responded to LAPD’s backup call. It rammed a pickup truck indiscriminately. Officers opened fire through its front window.

Fortunately the driver wasn’t hit. He ducked and avoided injury. He could have been killed. Fire, ready, aim is official LAPD policy. Anyone close by is vulnerable.

Mike Davis is a political activist, urban theorist, and historian. On February 11, he headlined “Exterminating Angels.”

He referenced Dorner’s manifesto. It reflects “unendurable depression that descended on (him) after his” LAPD dismissal.

Sneering acronyms taunt his former comrades. Other comments extend “sentimental acknowledgments to friends. Fan notes are included. He “passionate(ly) advocate(d) gun control.”

Perhaps he had LAPD cops in mind. Police criminality isn’t new. It’s rife in US cities and communities. It pervades them like crabgrass infests lawns.

Dorner explained “how a police Explorer Scout” went from LAPD rookie to persona non grata “for being an honest cop.” He debunked notions about a kinder, gentler, more diverse LAPD.

He witnessed indiscriminate sadism, racism, corruption, extrajudicial killing, conspiracies, and other high crimes. He raged at injustice. He wanted revenge.

He began by killing a cop’s daughter and fiance. Doing so doomed him. “Does anyone cheer Dorner,” Davis asked? He’s dead.

Stories like his have short shelf lives. Family, friends, people of conscience, and killer cops alone will remember.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

300 Disciplined for Drink or Drugs on Royal Navy Submarines

0

sub

A freedom of information request filed by the BBC has revealed over 300 disciplinary incidents in the past three years through drugs or alcohol on Royal Navy submarines.

Some of the submarines carry nuclear weapons.

‘Turkish shells land on Syrian soil’

0

Turkish artillery shells have landed on the Syrian soil after a shell fired from the Arab country landed near a town in Turkey’s southern province of Hatay, Turkish state media say.

MKA/HSN

Q&A: ‘No’ Director Pablo Larraín

0

Q&A: ‘No’ Director Pablo Larraín

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 15, 2013
Photo by Tomás Dittburn, Courtesy of Sony Pictures Classics

Gael Garcia Bernal as René Saavedra in director Pablo Larraín’s latest film, “No.”

By Emily Wilson

In 1988 after a 15-year regime characterized by human rights abuses, exile and the “desaparecidos” (victims of forced disappearance), Chilean Gen. Augusto Pinochet, under pressure from the United States, held a referendum on his regime. Every day for a month before the vote, the pro-Pinochet side and the anti each received 15 minutes of TV airtime to get their messages out.

Chilean director Pablo Larraín was barely a teenager at the time, but the referendum had a big impact on him. In his other films–“Tony Manero” (about a serial killer obsessed with John Travolta and the movie “Saturday Night Fever” at the height of Pinochet’s reign) and “Post Mortem” (about the military coup in 1973 that brought Pinochet to power)–Larraín sought to understand the dictatorship and its effects on the country.

In his latest film, “No,” Larraín continues that examination of Pinochet, this time looking at the campaign to oust him. The movie, which came out last year and is up for an Oscar this month for best foreign language film, stars Gael García Bernal as a slick advertising man recruited to head the “No on Pinochet” effort for the referendum. Rather than show the torture, tanks and tear gas of the dictator’s regime, Bernal’s character, René Saavedra, goes a completely different way–his message, complete with rainbows and jingles, aims to tell Chileans they will be happy if the No side wins.

Larraín sat down with Truthdig to talk about Pinochet, how much the No campaign affected him and Chile, and the importance of democracy.

Emily Wilson: How did growing up with Pinochet affect you?

Pablo Larraín: It’s hard to say because I grew up in a very safe environment. I was never exposed to violence, and then when the dictatorship was over I was 14, maybe just 13. When the referendum happened, I was 12. Pinochet left in 1990. I do think I grew up in a country that during the dictatorship and after, it was totally divided by the fact of the dictatorship and that division created a lot of anger among us, and a lot of other things I wouldn’t consider positive. When I became an adult, I started having questions about this and since I’m a person who wants to make movies, I thought it was reasonable to try and get close to those days and that idea throughout my work.

Wilson: What drew you to this story of the referendum and someone working for the No campaign?

Larraín: Well, everything. You can imagine when the campaign was aired. I don’t remember much, but I do remember how emotional and bright and lively and beautiful it was compared with all the propaganda from Pinochet. It was not only the Yes campaign; it was the entire dictatorship for 15 years. We had them on TV and everything was just around them, so there wasn’t anything new at all. The only new thing was that instead of attacking them, the No campaign came out with this optimistic and positive message. That was just unforgettable. Afterwards when we went back to democracy, there were TV specials all the time commemorated it. This is huge for us. So it became something in between pop culture and political culture. It became something very respected and interesting. We always wondered how they did it. There was a play by a Chilean writer Antonio Skármeta who wrote this very short play, which had the perspective of the ad guy. We thought it was very interesting but at the same time politically dangerous. So we decided to go after these guys to know how they did it. So we interviewed most of the people who did the campaign, and with all that information [screenwriter] Pedro Peirano did an amazing job of compressing it into a script. At the beginning it was quite scary because we were going to deal with something that was very important to a lot of people, and it’s something that still divides us. Not only in was it right or wrong, but also what was the meaning of the campaign and the logic. There are a lot of opinions about it. We say in Chile, it’s like walking over eggs. You say that here?

Wilson: Walking on eggshells, yeah.

Larraín: So we started like that, but at some point we said, “If we’re going to do this, we have to forget the pressure and just do it. “

Wilson: Was René Saavedra a real person?

Larraín: He’s based on two real people. Every character represents two, three, four, six people. I’m not Robert Altman–I wouldn’t be making a movie with 30 characters, so we just compressed it.

Wilson: He was apolitical. What was your reaction to that?

Larraín: I made three movies on the subject, and all of the characters shared that. I think there are a lot of people like him–people just not concerned about their political surroundings, and they think no matter what is going on around them it won’t affect them. I think democracy is something we all do all the time. In this case, this kind of apathy he has and this mystery, I thought it was very interesting and important. Especially since he’s the guy who’s going to create the campaign to get Pinochet out. He’s a character who has an existential kind of issue; he doesn’t know exactly what he wants. He wants to get back together with his wife, he likes his work, but he has problems with his boss. He’s in the middle of a storm, and somebody comes and says, “Hey you want to do this?”

Also, it’s interesting because we were in this socialist project with [Salvador] Allende, and Pinochet came on board and brought the capitalist system and with the capitalist system there are a lot of things too with it–the advertising, the marketing. So Pinochet created his own way out. He created the tools that got him out. It’s an interesting paradox, and paradoxes are very important in moviemaking.

1 2 NEXT PAGE >>>

More Below the Ad

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: David Foster Wallace: A Life



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Record Dollar Value Gold Demand In 2012 – India, China and Central Banks Buy

0

Gold edged up on Thursday, as bargain hunters showed buying interest and gold was particularly strong in euro terms after data from Europe confirmed the continent remains very vulnerable to economic shocks.

The euro area recession deepened and data showed that the euro area economy shrank the most since 2009 and its three biggest economies, Germany, France and Italy, suffered slumping output.

G20 nations should take a stronger stance against currency manipulation the Russian Finance Minister said this morning after G7 conflicting statements about currency wars in recent days.

Hong Kong opened trading today and is seeing the physical jewellery demand pick up, but the bulk of Asia is still closed for the entrance of the Year of the Snake for the lunar New Year.

U.S. weekly jobless claims are reported at 1330 GMT.  

The world’s largest gold-backed ETF, SPDR, said its holdings edged off 0.07% to 1325.99 tonnes on Wednesday from 1326.89 tonnes on Tuesday, but remains near record highs.


Central Bank Gold Demand (1971 to Today)

According to the World Gold Council’s Q4 2012 report issued today, Global gold demand in Q4 2012 reached 1,195.9 tonnes, up 4% from Q4 2011. In value terms gold demand for the quarter was 6% higher year-on-year at $66.2bn marking the highest ever Q4 total and driving annual demand in 2012 to a record value of US$236.4bn.

Gold demand ended a challenging year on a strong note, with a level of demand in Q4 2012 second only to the record level in Q3 2011, highlighting gold’s ongoing attraction and resilience to economic uncertainty. Overall gold demand remains above the five year average with demand in Q4 2012 driven by India, China and the official sector.

In India, investment and jewellery demand reached their highest levels for six quarters with overall demand up 41% on Q4 2011. China recovered from a difficult start to the year, with strong demand in investment and jewellery, both up marginally on the high levels from the final quarter in the previous year. 


Indian Gold Demand (2005 to Today)

Central bank purchasing was up 29% on Q4 2011 marking the eighth consecutive quarter of official sector net purchasing, with full year 2012 seeing the highest levels of central bank purchasing since 1964.

The key findings from the report are as follows:
– Whilst Indian full year demand was down 12% on the previous year, the market performed strongly in the final quarter with total demand at 261.9t, an increase of 41% on the same period last year.  Both jewellery and investment demand reached their highest levels for six quarters. Demand for jewellery was up 35% year-on-year to reach 153.0t, and strong retail demand led to 108.9t of investment buying.  In India the prospect of duty increases, which came in to force in January 2013, may have added to strong buying in the final quarter to beat the anticipated price rises.

– Chinese demand was flat year-on—year, reflecting the impact of economic slowdown. However looking at Q4, total demand was up 1% on the previous quarter to 202.5t. Jewellery demand was137.0t up 1% on Q4 2011 and investment demand was 65.5t, up 2% on the previous year. These increases may reflect the fact that the economic slowdown in China appears to have been shorter than expected.

– Central bank buying for the full year rose by 17% compared to 2011, totaling 534.6t, the highest level since 1964. Central bank purchases stood at 145.0t in Q4, up 29% on the corresponding quarter in the previous year, making this the eighth consecutive quarter in which central banks have been net purchasers of gold. 

– Global investment in ETFs in 2012 was up significantly by 51% on the preceding year, though Q4 was down 16% to 88.1t when compared with the high levels recorded in Q3 2012.

The World Gold Council’s Gold Demand Trends report for Q4 2012 and full year 2012 is now available to download from here.

Your rating: None

Shock as retail sales fall 0.6%

0

There was further gloom on the UK high street as figures revealed an unexpected fall in sales last month after retailers suffered a snow-hit start to the year.

Retail sales volumes fell 0.6% between December and January, in stark contrast to predictions that sales would rebound, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) said.

The ONS said the icy conditions hit many smaller food shops, with some forced to close as snow blanketed parts of Britain, pushing food sales volumes down 1.6%.

The figures will reignite fears that the UK economy is on course for a triple-dip recession after the first estimate of gross domestic product (GDP) in the final three months of last year showed the economy contracted.

Boy dies after collapsing at home

0

A nine-year-old boy has died in hospital after he was found collapsed at home.

West Midlands Police said they were called to an address in Tyburn Road, Birmingham, at 5.45pm on Monday, where the boy was discovered.

He was taken to Birmingham Children’s Hospital but died the following day.

Detective Inspector David Wallbank said: “We are working closely with specialists from the health services, children’s services and the Birmingham Safeguarding Children Board to fully investigate the circumstances of this tragic death.”

The coroner has been informed.

A West Midlands Ambulance Service spokesman said: “We were called to an address in Tyburn Road, Birmingham, to a suspected cardiac arrest.

“The patient, a boy, was taken to Birmingham Children’s Hospital, drugs were administered, and CPR and resuscitation was carried out en-route.

“Birmingham Children’s was pre-alerted to his arrival and he was handed over to clinicians at the hospital.”

A Birmingham Safeguarding Children Board spokesman said: “The BSCB will review the circumstances of this case.”

US urged to boost Africa spying 15-fold

0

Gen. David Rodriguez will lead US Africa Command force if confirmed by the Senate.

A US general nominated to lead American military’s Africa Command has called for a 15-fold surge in US spying missions in Africa amid reports of Pentagon’s plans to further expand its growing military presence in the continent.

Army General David Rodriguez estimated in a written statement submitted to the US Senate Arms Services Committee during his confirmation hearing on Thursday that the American military needs to boost its “intelligence-gathering and spying missions in Africa by nearly 15-fold,” The Washington Post reports Friday.

“I believe additional intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance capabilities are necessary to protect American interests and assist our close allies and partners,” said the four-star general who has previously commanded US-led intervention forces in Panama, Iraq and Afghanistan.

“The recent crises in North Africa demonstrate the volatility of the African security environment,” he added.

Rodrigues further emphasized during the hearing that Africa Command requires additional drones, other spying aircraft and more satellite imagery, adding that the US command currently gets only half of its “stated need” for North Africa and just seven percent of its total “requirements” for the entire continent, the report says.

The surging US military involvement in Africa has emerged despite earlier instructions by the Obama administration for the Pentagon to “pivot its forces and reorient its strategy toward fast-growing Asia,” the daily underlines.

The development comes as the American military has intervened over the past two years in internal conflicts in African nations of Somalia, Libya and Mali, as well as central Africa.

This is while the US Air Force is building its fourth assassination and spying drone base in the poor African state of Niger as American Navy warships are expanding their missions along the coastlines of East and West Africa, according to the report.

Despite insistence by US military authorities that they did not have plans to establish bases or move troops to Africa when they created the Africa Command in 2007, the Pentagon has since built a network of “staging bases,” including assassination drone facilities in Ethiopia and the Seychelles, and “a forward operating base for special operations forces in Kenya,” the report notes.

It further adds that the Pentagon has also expanded its military operations and construction at “the only permanent US base on the continent, Camp Lemonnier in Djibouti, which serves as a hub for ‘counterterrorism missions’ in Somalia and Yemen.”

Now, the daily emphasizes, there is a growing pressure to add even more bases in North and West Africa as the US military is set to build an assassination drone base in the West African country of Niger, which borders Mali, Libya and Nigeria, all nations that the Obama administration claims are threatened by an increasing influx of al-Qaeda-linked Muslim militants.

The US Africa Command has been based in Stuttgart, Germany since it was established in 2007. Efforts to move the headquarters to an African country faced hurdles as numerous nations “expressed concern that the Pentagon was seeking to militarize US policy or infringe on their sovereignty,” according to the report.

MFB/MFB

‘Indian forces kill Pakistani soldier’

0

An Indian soldier on the Indian side of Line of Control (LOC) near Kaman Post (file photo)

The Indian army says its forces have killed a Pakistani soldier in the Indian-administered area of the disputed Kashmir region.

“We detected some suspicious movement yesterday near the LoC (Line of Control) inside our territory and the challengers from our side fired and in the ensuing firefight he was killed,” spokesman for the Indian army, Lieutenant Colonel Rajesh Kalia, said on Friday.

The spokesman added that an AK-47 rifle was found alongside the body of the soldier.

However, a Pakistani security official said that the soldier had been killed after he “inadvertently crossed the Line of Control in Khoi Ratta sector.”

The recent death is expected to intensify tensions between Islamabad and New Delhi.

Last month, the Pakistani military said Indian troops had crossed the border, killing one of its soldiers. The incident came after two Indian soldiers were killed by Pakistani forces.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 60 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official count, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 90,000.

SZH/HMV

Google Wallet Intentionally Shares Private Information

RINF Alternative News

Google-privacy

An Australian software developer has raised concerns over Google’s app store, after being sent the full names, email and some postal code information of everyone who bought his mobile app.

Dan Nolan, the developer who discovered the ‘buried’ policy, wrote:

“This is a massive oversight by Google. Under no circumstances should I be able to get the information of the people who are buying my apps unless they opt into it and it’s made crystal clear to them that I’m getting this information.

“The way the system is designed, it (the information) is not what a user would expect to hand over. If you buy something on the iOS app store, you purchase it off Apple, and they pass the money to the developer.”

The controversy is just the latest in a long line of Google privacy concerns, including the payment a $22.5 million fine for bypassing the privacy settings on Apple’s Safari browser.

Marc Rotenberg, executive director of the Electronic Privacy Information Center, has criticised Google’s policy:

“Meaningful consent is about people understanding what they’re getting into. It’s about not tricking them. In a situation like this, where people just don’t know what information is being transferred or who it’s going to or for what purpose, it seems ridiculous to say that Google has consent.”

He also believes that Google might be violating its settlement with the FTC, which it made in 2011.

Google gave defended the policy stating:

“Google Wallet shares the information needed to process transactions, and this is clearly stated in the Google Wallet Privacy Notice.”

US in jeopardy? Republicans block Hagel’s appointment as Defense Sec

0

Former U.S. Senator Chuck Hagel.(Reuters / Kevin Lamarque)

Former U.S. Senator Chuck Hagel.(Reuters / Kevin Lamarque)

Republican lawmakers have delayed a vote on Chuck Hagel’s candidacy defense secretary, defying President Obama’s nomination. Democrats decried the Republicans as jeopardizing US national security by delaying Hagel’s appointment.

In a near-party-line vote, a majority of Republicans moved to filibuster Hagel’s nomination. The vote tallied 58 in favor to 40 opposed, falling just short of the 60 votes necessary to escape a filibuster and move Hagel’s nomination through the Senate for final approval.

Republicans justified their decision by saying they required the release of further information on the September 2012 attack on the US diplomatic mission in Benghazi.

The Republican move was met with fury by Democrats, who slammed it as “tragic,” and an attempt to obstruct the political process. It was the first time this political tactic had been used to delay the appointment of a US Defense Secretary.

“Senate Republicans have made it clear they intend to mount a full-scale filibuster, and block the Senate from holding a final passage vote on Senator Hagel’s nomination,” Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid said while addressing the Senate after the vote. He stressed that Republicans were embarking on an attempt at “filibustering while submitting extraneous requests that will never be satisfied.”

President Obama echoed the anti-Republican sentiment in a question-and-answer session organized by Google+, in which he expressed regret that the politics of the vote “intrudes at a time when I’m still presiding over a war in Afghanistan.”

“My expectation and hope is that Chuck Hagel, who richly deserves to get a vote on the floor of the Senate, will be confirmed as our defense secretary,” Obama said.

Since President Obama announced ex-Republican Senator Chuck Hagel as his nominee for Secretary of Defense, the Republican Party has been up in arms over his nomination.

The Vietnam veteran is a known anti-war activist, and had previously clashed with Republican lawmakers over his criticism of the “Jewish lobby” in Washington, and for refusing to push for a strike against Iran.

Additionally, his performance at his confirmation hearing raised doubts over his nomination. Critics said that Hagel reacted poorly under aggressive questioning, and appeared unprepared at times.

Hagel severed his links with the Republican Party over ex-President George W. Bush’s handling of the Iraq War, angering many party members.
Despite being known as an anti-war advocate, since his nomination, Hagel has made warmongering remarks such as claiming the US should be prepared for a possible strike on Iran. He also stressed the importance of the US-Israel relationship, contradicting his previous opposition to Washington’s “Jewish lobby.”

This about-face in policy has led to confusion amongst US lawmakers, as well as speculation that he may be pandering to his former Republican colleagues.

‘Iran must be in Syria Action Group’

0

Russia has called for another meeting of the ‘Action Group on Syria’ with the participation of Iran to help resolve the ongoing unrest in the Arab country.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov said Thursday that the meeting should convene in an enlarged format within the shortest possible time to prevent the worsening of the situation in Syria.

The Russian official said Iran, Egypt and Saudi Arabia need to be included into the group.

Many people, including large numbers of Syrian security forces, have been killed in the turmoil that began in Syria nearly two years ago. The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country.

The group first met in Geneva on June 30, 2012, with the participation of secretary generals of the United Nations and the Arab League, foreign ministers of Russia, Britain, China, France, Turkey, Iraq, Kuwait, Qatar, the US secretary of state and the EU foreign policy chief.

The participants of the Geneva meeting agreed on the formation of a transitional governing body in Syria on the “basis of mutual consent.”

Despite insistence on the part of former UN-Arab League Envoy to Syria Kofi Annan, UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon, and Russia to engage Iran, the United States and its Western allies objected to inviting the Islamic Republic to the meeting.

AR/HSN/MA

Meteor shower injures 250 in Russia

0

Flames shoot across the sky after at least one meteor hit the ground in central Russia on February 15, 2013.

A meteor shower has rained down over Russia’s Ural Mountains, causing flashes and sharp explosions in the sky and injuring some 250 people.

The Russian Emergencies Ministry said in a statement on Friday that fragments of the meteor fell in the region of Chelyabinsk in the morning, shattered windows and injured about 250 people.

“A meteorite [sic] disintegrated above the Urals, partially burning up in the lower atmosphere… Fragments of the meteorite reached earth, falling in sparsely populated areas in the Chelyabinsk region,” the statement said.

Some 20,000 emergency staff and three aircraft were sent to the region, the ministry added. “No further pieces of the meteor are expected to fall.”

Reports said the fragments fell near the town of Satka, about 200 kilometers from the regional capital city of Chelyabinsk.

Reports say around 600 square meters of a roof at a factory had fallen down in the region following the incident.

Meanwhile, a medical source said more than 100 people came to the hospital for treatment and most of them were injured by broken glass from the shower’s shockwaves.

SAB/HSN

Moscow Stock Exchange IPO twice oversubscribed

0

Russia's Micex-RTS stock exchange in Moscow.(AFP Photo / Alexander Nemenov)

Russia’s Micex-RTS stock exchange in Moscow.(AFP Photo / Alexander Nemenov)

The volume of bids for a stake in the Moscow Stock Exchange has reached about $1bn, which is double the initially planned $500mn.

The placement price stands at about $1.83 per share, making the Stock Exchange capitalization to about $4.2bn.

There has been a lot of interest from domestic and international investors in the first placement in Russia in 2013. Among the big names are the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), China Investment Corporation (CIC), CartesianCapital and BlackRock funds, that were all attracted through Russia Direct Investment Fund (RDIF).

Credit Suisse, JPMorgan, Sberbank CIB and VTB Capital acted as both coordinators and book runners, with Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Renaissance Capital and UBS just running the books.

“The interest by international investors proves the attractiveness of both the Moscow Stock Exchange and the whole Russian stock market,” said Kirill Dmitriev, CEO at Russian Direct Investment Fund (RDIF).

The Fund also participated acquiring about 4.5% of the Moscow Exchange. Retail brokers and domestic players such as Otkrytie and Finam also entered the game, Vedomosti daily added.

Experts agree the IPO looks promising, as trade volumes in a spot market are growing and the business infrastructure is being actively developed after the merger of the formerly separate RTS and MICEX floors.

Investcafe analysts expect revenues to increase by about 10% a year. But that growth could slow as uncertainty around stock operations in Russia persists.

“… development prospects for the Moscow Stock Exchange for the next 2-3 years, to our mind, look quite vague,” says Ekaterina Kondrashova of Investcafe.

“In particular, there’s no certainty about the privatization period for state assets and companies’ obligations to place in Russia. Since 2005 about 60% of issuers have preferred to place in London and there’s the risk that the tendency will continue,” Kondrashova concluded.

Bloody Sunday families given cheap deal

0

Families of the victims of British army forces’ indiscriminate shooting at civilians in 1972 that left 14 civil rights protesters dead in Northern Ireland will get £50,000 apiece in compensation from the government.

On January 30, 1972, British soldiers from the First Battalion of the Parachute Regiment shot 26 unarmed civil rights protestors and bystanders in Londonderry, killing 14, including seven teenagers.

The British army formerly maintained that the civil rights protestors were armed, had become violent and had instigated a gunfight.

However, following a public inquiry the Prime Minister finally apologized to the families in June 2010, cleared the protestors’ names and said the shooting by the army was an “unjustified and unjustifiable” attack on unarmed protesters.

The British Ministry of Defense has made the compensation offers to the victims’ families but reports said the sums are a not final settlement and could change as lawyers of the families are negotiating them.

The ministry has also included those seriously injured as eligible to recieve the damages.

This comes as the offer has angered the families of the victims that say the figure is derisory and an insult to the dead and their relatives.

AMR/HE

Horsemeat: Test Results Expected On UK Meals

0

Test results for horsemeat in British processed meals are due today – as detectives continue questioning three men over the scandal.

The Food Standards Agency (FSA) will report on UK products after asking retailers and suppliers to provide “meaningful results” from tests to detect the presence of horsemeat in processed meals labelled as beef.

The FSA said it wanted the food industry to show that the food it sells and serves is what it says it is on the label.

The test results, for significant levels of horsemeat, will come from all beef products such as burgers, meatballs and lasagne.

Prime Minister David Cameron reportedly believes supermarkets have been too silent on the scandal.

“It is not acceptable for retailers to remain silent while their customers have been misled,” a senior Downing Street source told The Daily Telegraph. “The supermarkets need to justify their action and reassure the public.”

The eagerly-awaited test results will emerge as police in Wales question three men arrested on suspicion of offences under the Fraud Act.

The trio were taken into custody from two plants inspected and temporarily shut down by the FSA on Tuesday.

Sources said Dafydd Raw-Rees, 64, owner of Farmbox Meats near Aberystwyth, was arrested along with a 42-year-old man.

A 63-year-old man was also arrested on suspicion of the same offence at Peter Boddy Slaughterhouse in Todmorden, West Yorkshire.

On Wednesday, owner Mr Boddy, 63, said he had done nothing wrong and insisted the FSA inspection was merely to look at his records, but he was last night unavailable for comment.

His firm is also contracted to remove fatally injured horses from the Grand National.

It removes the carcasses of some horses which have been put down during the world famous meeting, at Aintree Racecourse, and said it was “confident” no unfit meat had entered the food chain.

The arrests were made by Dyfed-Powys Police in a joint operation with the FSA.

The two plants became the first UK suppliers suspected of passing off horsemeat for beef.

Production at both plants was suspended pending the outcome of investigations into claims that they supplied and used horse carcasses in meat products purporting to be beef for burgers and kebabs.

The FSA said on Tuesday it had “detained” all meat found at the premises and seized paperwork and customer lists from the two companies.

Last night’s arrests were made as Asda withdrew its 500g beef bolognese sauce from shelves after tests revealed the presence of horse DNA, the supermarket chain said.

The company apologised to customers and said it was taking a “belt-and-braces approach” by removing a further three beef products made by the same supplier, the Greencore plant in Bristol, as a precaution.

On Thursday it emerged that a significant amount of horsemeat containing the painkiller phenylbutazone – or “bute” – could have been entering the food chain for some time.

Authorities in Britain and France are trying to trace the carcasses of six horses contaminated with bute – which were slaughtered in a UK abattoir and may have entered the human food chain across the Channel.

The drug, which is potentially harmful to human health, was detected in eight horses out of 206 tested by the FSA in the first week of this month.

Two were intercepted and destroyed before leaving the slaughterhouse but the other six were sent to France, where horsemeat is commonly eaten.

Announcing the results of the bute tests in the House of Commons, agriculture minister David Heath said the Government had instigated the “biggest investigation ever” into criminal activity in Europe over horsemeat contamination of beef products.

FSA chief executive Catherine Brown said the agency increased testing of horse carcasses over a three-month period last year after intelligence from abattoirs suggested bute was getting into the food chain.

Of 63 tested – amounting to 5% of all carcasses – four (6%) tested positive for the painkiller, prompting the FSA to start testing 100% of horsemeat in January, which revealed the eight contaminated carcasses.

Ms Brown said: “That would say there has been a significant amount of carcasses with bute going into the food chain for some time.”

However, tests on Findus processed beef products withdrawn from sale in the UK after the discovery of traces of horsemeat found no evidence of the substance.

Chief Medical Officer Dame Sally Davies played down the risk, saying: “If you ate 100% horse burgers of 250g, you would have to eat, in one day, more than 500 or 600 to get to a human dose.”

The highest level of bute found in tests was 1.9 milligrammes per kilo of meat.

Ms Brown said both vets and horse owners have to sign horse passports if an animal is treated with bute, to ensure it is not subsequently sold on for human consumption.

“If both these people have done the right thing, horses with bute in don’t make their way into the food chain,” she said.

“Someone has always broken the rules.”

St Pete hockey youth team net 60 goals

0

(RIA Novosti / Grigoriy Sokolov)

(RIA Novosti / Grigoriy Sokolov)

The Silver Lions 95 under-17 hockey squad have produced an amazing score in the maiden Turkmenistan President’s Cup as the Saint Petersburgers put 60 goals past the United Arab Emirates national team.

­The regular time of a hockey match is 60 minutes, which means the Russian players scored a goal every minute on average.

The 60-0 win came in the last game of the group stages, while it’s going to be a lot harder for the Silver Lions 95 in the semis as they take on countrymen from Khimki Moscow Region.  

The UAE hammering is still far from hockey’s all time record, with the biggest score in the game’s history recorded in 1998.

Then South Korea topped Thailand 92-0 as part of the Asia and Oceania championships.

Scotland Avalanche: Three People Killed

0

A man and a woman who were caught up in an avalanche in the Scottish Highlands have died, police said.

The avalanche was reported shortly after 12.30pm in the Chalamain Gap area of the Cairngorms.

The two victims had been airlifted to Aberdeen Royal Infirmary after mountain rescue teams carried out a search in the area, Northern Constabulary said.

Another man who was flown to the same hospital remains in a critical condition.

A police spokesman said no further information would be given about those involved until their families have been notified.

Police had launched a search with mountain rescue teams, rescue dogs and a helicopter.

The rescue operation has been stood down, police said.

It was the latest incident in the Scottish mountains in recent weeks.

Earlier this week, a hillwalker died during an expedition with a mountaineering club in the Cairngorms.

Graham Connell, 31, from Castleford, West Yorkshire, was found dead in the Jacob’s Ladder area on Monday, after a large-scale search for him and five other people who were reported overdue on Sunday afternoon.

The other members in the party, who were unhurt, were picked up by an RAF rescue helicopter after being located by Braemar Mountain Rescue Team on a hill near Carn Tarsuinn.

Earlier this month, three men survived falling 150m in an avalanche in the Coire an t-Sneachda area of the Cairngorms.

The men, who were wearing helmets, were airlifted to hospital with leg injuries.

In January, four people were killed in an avalanche in Glencoe.

Iran film awarded at Vesoul Festival

0

Iranian filmmaker Mani Haghighi’s latest movie Modest Reception has been awarded at the 2013 Vesoul International Film Festival of Asian Cinema in France.

The Iranian drama received Coup de Coeur INALCO Award at the 19th edition of the film festival held on February 4-12.

The middle class drama recounts the story of a mysterious couple from the capital city of Tehran who distribute large bags of money among people in a poor mountain border town.

Vesoul International Film Festival is an annual special-interest event focusing on Asian cinema.

Modest Reception was also screened in some movie theaters in Switzerland last year, and is scheduled to hit the movie theaters in Germany and Austria later in 2013.

The movie has so far received five International awards, and has been presented in 36 film festivals and events across the world.

The movie received Free Spirit Award from the 2012 edition of Warsaw International Film Festival. It was also awarded at the 2012 edition of Berlin International Film Festival, where it was described as ‘an intelligent provocation’ by the festival’s organizers.

The movie won the Network for the Promotion of Asian Cinema (NETPAC) Award of the event’s International Forum of New Cinema section.

In India, the 2012 Osian’s Cinefan Film Festival honored Taraneh Alidousti, the movie’s lead actress, and Haqiqi with Best Actress and Best Actress Awards.

SAB/HSN

‘Shock and frustration’: Locals report on meteorite crash in Russian Urals (VIDEO)

0

Photo from Twitter.com user @varlamov

Photo from Twitter.com user @varlamov

A meteorite shower exploding across the skies is quite an unusual wakeup call — many people in the Russian Urals region woke up to this sight on Friday morning. The powerful blast smashed windows and rattled houses, causing widespread panic.

Meteorite crash in Russia: UFO fears spark panic in the Urals (VIDEO, PHOTOS)

Russian meteorite crash: LIVE UPDATES

Locals first reported on the incident at 9:30am (3:30 GMT) local time, as people wrote on social media of hearing explosions, complained about blown-out windows and wondered about the cause of the disturbance.

“The most unusual morning ever — to wake up from the wind and the rumble, to yell hysterically while all the family is running around shocked,” Nastya Grabluk wrote on Twitter minutes after the incident.

In the city of Chelyabinsk, many said they were shocked and frustrated this morning. “I am still young, I don’t want to die!” Zimnukhova Elena wrote on Twitter, adding: “It is a nightmare… I am still shaking and sobbing periodically.”

The sound of the explosion and the shaking of buildings triggered a wave of speculation on Twitter. “I was stunned… They say it is meteorite!! Oh yes, it had to necessarily fall on Chelyabinsk,” city resident Arina Pazhova tweeted.

“Well, it is either a plane or a meteorite,” Bogdan Sevastyanov wrote on his Twitter account.

Mobile connections in some areas of Chelyabinsk shut down after a meteorite reportedly crashed into an antenna. For many people, the Internet has become the only way to make sure that their friends and family are fine.

In the initial hours after the explosion, people posted hundreds of messages on Twitter asking their loved ones if they were safe.

As the shock receded, many began to crack jokes: “You would rather like to see Bruce Willis in such situation than Russian Emergency Ministry,” Alina Vostrina said on Twitter.

RIA Novosti
RIA Novosti

Photo from znak.com
Photo from znak.com

Screenshot from YouTube user Eproskochil
Screenshot from YouTube user Eproskochil

Russian meteorite crash: LIVE UPDATES

0

Screenshot from YouTube user kinomanfilms

Screenshot from YouTube user kinomanfilms

The Russian Urals region has been stricken by a sudden cosmic attack. Unidentified flying objects exploded over several major cities, including Chelyabinsk, where the blast waves blew out windows and disrupted mobile connections.

­The Emergency Ministry said the incident was caused by a shower of meteorite debris. Unconfirmed reports suggested that a meteorite was shot down by Russian air defenses. Multiple dashboard videos appeared online, showing huge fireballs flying over buildings and exploding with a strong blast. A local zinc factory was the worst-hit, with some of its walls collapsed.

Photo from znak.com
Photo from znak.com

embed video

CCTV cameras register the moment of explosion

­8:10 GMT: Oleg Malkov, an aerospace scientist at Moscow State University, told Komsomolskaya Pravda newspaper that the meteorite went undetected by space scanners, likely because it was coming from the direction of the Sun. “We can only register stones coming from the direction of the night sky,” he explained. Malkov confirmed that the meteor shower in the Urals was not connected to the 2012DA14 asteroid that will approach Earth in a few hours.

­8:03 GMT:Up to 250 injured, 3 in critical condition after meteorite hits

­7:46 GMT: Ekaterinburg’s observatory has officially deemed the incident a fireball meteor shower. No evacuations were called for, and radiation levels were determined to be normal.

­7:40 GMT: Vice Premier Dmitry Rogozin wrote on Twitter that he will offer suggestions to Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev on how to prevent or mitigate meteorite damage in future.

­7:30 GMT: ­The number of people seeking medical attention has risen to 150.

Broken windows and debris are seen inside a sports hall following sightings of a falling object in the sky in the Urals city of Chelyabinsk February 15, 2013.(Reuters / OOO Spetszakaz)
Broken windows and debris are seen inside a sports hall following sightings of a falling object in the sky in the Urals city of Chelyabinsk February 15, 2013.(Reuters / OOO Spetszakaz)

Photo from znak.com
Photo from znak.com

Screenshot from YouTube user kinomanfilms
Screenshot from YouTube user kinomanfilms

‘Prisoner X linked to Hamas chief death’

0

The father of Mahmoud al-Mabhouh, a Hamas commander, holds up a photograph of his murdered son. (File photo)

The Australian-Israeli ‘Mossad agent’ who has become known as ‘Prisoner X’ may have been linked to the assassination of a Hamas commander in Dubai in 2010, the same year he was found dead in a maximum security jail near Tel Aviv, a report says.

According to a report by the New York Times quoting the Kuwaiti daily Al Jarida on Thursday, Ben Zygier, identified as Prisoner X, was among the 26 suspects in a murder plot in which Mahmoud al-Mabhouh, a Hamas official, was tracked and killed in his hotel room hours after his arrival in Dubai, the United Arab Emirates, in January 2010.

The assassins had reportedly used fake passports from Australia, Britain, Ireland, Germany and France, among other countries.

The report added that ‘Prisoner X’, who apparently spent a decade working for Mossad, had provided the officials in Dubai with “names and pictures and accurate details” in exchange for protection.

However, the Israeli regime kidnapped him from his hideout and jailed him over treason nearly a month after the operation over the speculation that he had been on the verge of exposing Tel Aviv’s secrets about the passports.

Australian media also quoted a security official familiar with the case as saying that Zygier “may well have been about to blow the whistle, but he never got the chance.”

On Thursday, Australian media also reported that Zygier had been under investigation by Australia’s intelligence services over passport fraud.

The murder plot in Dubai led to diplomatic sanctions against the Tel Aviv regime due to the use of forged passports from European countries and Australia in the operation.

On February 12, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation (ABC) reported that Ben Zygier was “found hanged in a cell with state-of-the-art surveillance systems” near Tel Aviv in late 2010.

Originally born in Melbourne, the 34-year-old Zygier had worked for the Israeli spy agency, Mossad, the ABC said.

The Israeli regime was forced to admit on Wednesday that Zygier had been jailed under a false identity “for security reasons” after Australian media disclosed the secret despite Israel’s great efforts to keep a lid on the story.

When the story of Dubai plot emerged in 2010, Australian media quoted former Mossad case officer Victor Ostrovsky as saying that the spy agency regularly forges Australian passports for its agents.

‘They need passports because you can’t go around with an Israeli passport, not even a forged one, and get away or get involved with people from the Arab world,” Ostrovsky said.

“So most of these (Mossad) operations are carried out on what’s called false flag, which means you pretend to be of another country which is less belligerent to those countries that you’re trying to recruit from,” he added.

According to Ostrovsky, Mossad has a “very, very expensive research department” dedicated to manufacturing the fake documents.

The Israeli regime, which never accepted responsibility for the Dubai operation, has not commented on the recent report so far.

MKA/HMV/MA

Obama Is Making More Sense Than the Loyal Opposition

0

Obama Is Making More Sense Than the Loyal Opposition

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

By Richard Reeves

President Obama said “jobs” 47 times in his State of the Union message last Tuesday night, so we know what’s on his mind.

Whether he has the political strength and will to make those ideas–some pretty good–into policy and law is the question of the coming year, maybe the coming four years. Press reaction from coast to coast was generally, but cautiously, positive. The New York Times editorial reaction was under a generous headline:

“The President’s Challenge to Congress–In the State of the Union address, Mr. Obama points to a way out of austerity and stalemate.”

On the West Coast, the Los Angeles Times editorial reaction was more skeptical, praising the speech but using the headline:

“Obama’s New Vision: Doable?”

The vision, it seemed to me, was middle-range. In fact, the president strikes me as a middle-range thinker–which is long-range compared to most politicians–but not a visionary, if any exist anymore in national politics. He promoted a good deal of common (and popular) sense about jobs, globalization, climate change, the minimum wage, immigration and guns. This practically makes him Plato compared to his Republican and congressional opposition, which is officially and consistently looking backward to vanilla old days.

The president’s address did not come at an easy time. Yes, things do seem to be getting a little better economically, but the Republicans, judging by Sen. Marco Rubio’s reaction speech, are going to do their best to block anything proposed by the president–good, bad or indifferent.

Sen. Rubio, touted by Time magazine as the Republican “savior,” repeated old words and ideas, in English and Spanish, that will be little remembered, though his desperate televised lunge for a bottle of water will probably be never forgotten. Good film is like that. In fact, the man from Florida made a fool of himself a couple of times, particularly when he said government can do nothing about the effects of weather.

Out here among the palm trees, the real Republican effort on jobs was being made last week at the Beverly Hills Hotel, where Texas Gov. Rick Perry was holed up, trying to persuade California industrialists and employers to move their companies and jobs to Texas. I’m assuming that he wants them to do that before his state makes good on its threats to secede from the Union to become the Lonely Star Republic.

Ironically, the Texas lure is a fraud, based largely on the fact that the lonely stars have no income tax, a real attraction for big bosses and other overpaid folk. Maybe Gerard Depardieu should be looking for a ranch in Perry’s domain.

But, as the Los Angeles Times and its economics columnist Michael Hiltzik have shown, the Texas pitch is being made with Confederate dollars.

“The campaign exposes an important shortcoming of Texas’ job-development program,” wrote Hiltzik recently. “It focuses on using incentives to steal jobs from other states because it’s not so hot at creating jobs from scratch. Some of the jobs it has managed to attract are low-skilled manufacturing, call centers, etc., which can just as easily leave when another state decides to offer a better incentive than Texas.”

Hiltzik, more specifically, points out that 53 percent of venture investment nationwide was made in California in 2012, where such investments totaled $14 billion compared with $1 billion in Texas. And state business taxes are almost identical in the two states, though they tax different things. Also 40 percent of Texas’ budget is supplied by the federal government, compared with 32 percent in California.

The Golden State has a lot of problems, great and small, but it is still making new ships while Texas tries to rearrange deck chairs on the Titanic. Nationally, the Republican Party wants to throw the chairs overboard for everyone not in First Class.

© 2013 UNIVERSAL UCLICK


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Mehdi’s Morning Memo: Mili’s Mansion Gamble

0

The five things you need to know on Friday 15 February 2013…

1) MILI’S MANSION GAMBLE

If you’re Ed Miliband, trailing on the economy in the polls and attacked for being a policy-free zone, what do you do? How do manage, as the Labour leader did yesterday, to unite the Telegraph’s Dan Hodges, the Independent’s Owen Jones and ConHome’s Tim Montgomerie behind you? Why, you give a major speech on the economy in which you, in the words of the Guardian, “undo one of Gordon Brown’s greatest mistakes by announcing that Labour intends to reintroduce a 10p tax band funded by a new mansion tax on properties valued at more than £2m”.

The paper’s political editor Patrick Wintour writes:

“Brown abolished the 10p rate in 2007, prompting a revolt of Labour MPs and the low-paid. On Thursday Miliband described it as a mistake and the shadow chancellor, Ed Balls, said the abolition meant ‘people understandably thought Labour was no longer on the side of the hard-working people we have always sought to help’.”

And the paper’s leader argues:

“Mr Miliband has begun to write something specific on what for too long has been Labour’s fiscal blank page. For that alone, he deserves credit for a good day’s work.”

Lefty Lib Dems, such as the business secretary Vince Cable who first pitched the idea of a mansion tax in opposition, wil look with envy at Mili’s mansion tax proposal.

Not everyone’s happy – the Times calls the move a “sleight of hand”. The Institute for Fiscal Studies calls it “a remarkable failure to learn from history”.

Writing for the Huffington Post UK, Tory backbencher Robert Halfon MP, who has led the campaign for the restoration of the 10p tax rate, dismissed Miliband’s proposal as “a PR wheeze written on the back of an envelope”.

The Sun agrees with Halfon:

“[W]hy won’t [Miliband] wholeheartedly commit his party to it – rather than describing it as an ‘ambition?’ Perhaps because it’s a cynical stunt hurriedly thrown together to woo wavering voters at next week’s Eastleigh by-election.”

“Nevertheless,” the paper adds, “The Sun welcomes Ed’s idea of a 10p rate.”

And, ultimately, you might say, from Labour’s perspective, that’s all that matters…

Note: For various technical reasons, today’s Memo contains only five, not ten, things you need to know. Apologies.

2) DON’T YOU DARE COME HERE

‘Compassionate’ Cameron seems like a distant memory; now we have a populist PM who sounds like a Daily Mail leader writer.

From the Times splash:

“David Cameron was challenged by Brussels last night over his increasing efforts to impose tougher curbs on immigrants.

“The Prime Minister thrust the issue to the forefront of the Eastleigh byelection yesterday, saying that Britain must do more to deter immigrants by cutting their access to benefits and services.

“There’s a lot more to do to make sure that we are not a soft touch,” Mr Cameron told voters on his first campaign visit to the constituency in Hampshire.

“It was too easy for migrants from overseas ‘to come here and take advantage of us’, he added.”

But the paper quotes EU Justice Commissioner Viviane Reding as saying: “There are one million British citizens living in other member states. Do you think those member states can discriminate against them because they are British citizens? You treat them the same as you treat national citizens.”

Hear, hear!

3) DAVE VS THE SUPERMARKETS

It isn’t just EU migrants who are in the PM’s crosshairs – from the Telegraph splash:

“As Asda withdrew four beef products following the discovery of horse DNA in bolognese sauce, David Cameron was said to be increasingly angered at the way consumers had been ‘misled’ about what they were buying.

“The Prime Minister believes that senior executives of major stores should have given media interviews to explain why horse meat had got on to British plates and what checks were made with suppliers.”

“A senior No 10 source said on Thursday: ‘It is not acceptable for retailers to remain silent while their customers have been misled. The supermarkets need to justify their action and reassure the public.’

“The comments came as the food industry prepared to reveal the results of 1,000 tests carried out on products stocked by 13 retailers. They are expected to show that the horse meat scandal is more widespread than previously thought.”

BECAUSE YOU’VE READ THIS FAR…

Watch this video of a ginger cat attacking a large potato.

4) AUSTERITY WATCH, PART 413

From the Times:

“More than a fifth of local authorities are set to defy the Government’s policy to freeze council tax from April. George Osborne had hoped that town halls would accept subsidies to stave off any council tax rises for a third year. But at least 81 councils in England and Wales – nearly three times as many as last year – have announced that they intend to put up taxes from April.”

Meanwhile, the BBC reports:

“Government attempts to stimulate the economy have been criticised as ‘expensive experiments’ by an influential group of MPs.

“The Public Accounts Committee said the Treasury could not say what the effect of the Bank of England’s quantitative easing programme had been.

“A flagship lending scheme had also ‘failed’ the MPs said.”

5) ‘MOVING THE GOALPOSTS’

Shock! Horror! A lack of money is a central factor in child poverty, say a group of experts. Are you listening, IDS?

From the Guardian:

“The government’s desire to alter the official definition of child poverty risks deliberately downplaying the importance of money just as a series of government policies will reduce the incomes of poor families, a group of senior academics warn in a letter to the Guardian today… The letter, signed by some of the country’s leading academics in this field, agrees [with the government] that in addition to the current measures used to count the number of children living in poverty, it would be ‘helpful to track what is happening to the factors that lead to poverty and the barriers to children’s life chances’.

“But they warn: ‘It does not make sense to combine all of these into a single measure. To do so would open up the government to the accusation that it aims to dilute the importance of income in monitoring the extent of ‘poverty’ at precisely the time that many of its policies will be reducing the real incomes of poor families.’

“Professor Jonathan Bradshaw, the lead consultant on the UK’s contribution to Unicef’s Child Well-Being report, said he believed that the government was ‘trying to move the goalposts’ at a time when child poverty was increasing rapidly.”

** “WAS IT WORTH IT? IRAQ, TEN YEARS ON”

Today’s the tenth anniversary of the march against the Iraq war – for all the Huffington Post UK’s special coverage of the march and the conflict, click here. For my latest column, ‘On Iraq, the Hawks Were Wrong About Everything’, click here.

The Guardian, meanwhile, has a poll showing:

“A majority of voters, 55%, agree with suggestions that ‘the London marchers were right’, because ‘a war sold on a false prospectus delivered little but bloodshed’. That is almost twice the 28% who believe the marchers were wrong, on the basis that the war’s achievement in ‘toppling the dictatorship of Saddam Hussein’ eventually made the world a better place.”

PUBLIC OPINION WATCH

From the latest Sun/YouGov poll:

Labour 42
Conservatives 31
Lib Dems 11
Ukip 10

That would give Labour a majority of 114.

From yesterday’s Evening Standard/Ipsos MORI poll:

Labour 42
Conservatives 30
Ukip 9
Lib Dems 7

That would give Labour a majority of 112.

140 CHARACTERS OR LESS

@steverichards14 Ed M has signalled distance from Brown era while using a Brown ploy- a popular tax rise and tax cut to symbolise fairness. Clever politics.

@schofieldkevinWhen Gordon Brown scrapped the 10p tax rate in 2008, @Ed_Miliband said: “Overall these changes make the tax system fairer.”

@mrjohnofarrell: Fear I have already turned into political robot. Valentines card to wife just said ‘Vote Labour in #Eastleigh for a One Nation alternative’.’

900 WORDS OR MORE

Polly Toynbee, writing in the Guardian, says: “Ed Miliband is a man with the makings of a brave and visionary leader.”

Fraser Nelson, writing in the Telegraph, says: “Slavery, not horse meat, is the real scandal on our doorstep.”

Liz Truss, writing in the Independent, says: “The curriculum we are introducing captures British history in all it’s multi-layered, omni-racial glory.”

Got something you want to share? Please send any stories/tips/quotes/pix/plugs/gossip to Mehdi Hasan (mehdi.hasan@huffingtonpost.com) or Ned Simons (ned.simons@huffingtonpost.com). You can also follow us on Twitter: @mehdirhasan, @nedsimons and @huffpostukpol

Dismal Indeed: Why Dick Cheney Disdains the ‘Second-Rate’ Obama Team

0

Dismal Indeed: Why Dick Cheney Disdains the ‘Second-Rate’ Obama Team

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

By Joe Conason

No doubt President Obama was deeply stung over the weekend to hear Dick Cheney criticize his new national security team. At a Wyoming Republican Party dinner, the former vice president briskly dismissed Obama’s choices as “dismal,” saying that America needs “good people” rather than the “second-rate” figures selected by the president, particularly Vietnam veteran and long-time U.S. senator Chuck Hagel, nominated by the president as Secretary of Defense.

For sage advice on security policy and personnel, after all, there is no living person whose approval could be more meaningful than Cheney. It is hard to imagine a record as profoundly impressive as that of the Bush-Cheney administration, back when everyone knew that he was really in charge of everything important–especially the war on terrorism, the war in Iraq and the war in Afghanistan.

True, Cheney’s intelligence apparatus failed to capture or kill Osama bin Laden after 9/11–indeed, failed to prevent the 9/11 attacks, despite ample warnings that began with Bill Clinton’s farewell message in January 2001 and culminated in a blaring President’s Daily Brief from the CIA in August 2001. True, Cheney’s defense command allowed bin Laden and Mullah Omar to escape following the invasion of Afghanistan, while American and NATO troops slogged through that deadly conflict without a plausible goal or even an exit strategy. And true, the national security cabinet run by Cheney misled the nation into war against Iraq, on false premises, without adequate preparation or clear objectives, at a cost of many thousands of lives and trillions of dollars. And true, too, the ultimate result was to embarrass the United States repeatedly while increasing the regional power of the mullahs in Iran.

How can Obama presume to compare his own record with all of that?

Obviously Cheney’s success cannot be measured by achievement alone. That wouldn’t be fair at all. No, his success resides in the capacity to commit disastrous misconduct and malfeasance in office and still be taken seriously by the serious people in Washington, D.C.

If only the president were sensible enough to appoint figures of the same caliber as Cheney’s choices in the Bush years–men such as Donald Rumsfeld, whose capacity to deceive the public remains unequaled a full decade after he first declared utter certainty about the whereabouts of Saddam Hussein’s huge, perilous cache of “weapons of mass destruction.”

“We know where they are. They’re in the area around Tikrit and Baghdad and east, west, south and north somewhat,” explained Rummy somewhat inanely. He also assured us that the Iraqi people would warmly welcome U.S. troops, that the war would require a commitment of no more than six months and that we wouldn’t need to send an overwhelming force of troops to prevail.

Like his old comrade and boss Cheney, Rumsfeld remained perfectly arrogant and absolutely rigid to the end and beyond, even as all his predictions and promises proved tragically hollow. Even when he came under attack by the neoconservative propaganda apparatus, led by Weekly Standard editor William Kristol, for “glibly passing the buck” for administration failures, Rumsfeld never admitted any fault or responsibility. Leaving office in disgrace, he spent years composing a farrago of falsehoods to be published between hard covers, seeking to justify his reign of error–and topped the bestseller lists following a triumphant tour of television and radio.

Now there was a first-rate Defense Secretary. President Obama, please take note.

© 2013 CREATORS.COM


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Game Over

0

Game Over

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

By Mr. Fish

 

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Ted Nugent

Modern Olympics

Valentine’s Day

NRA Shoppe

More Below the Ad

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Six UK water firms paying zero tax

0

British water companies are evading millions of pounds in tax by the fraudulent method of getting loans from their owners abroad and listing themselves as under debt.

Following a public outcry over billions of pounds of corporate tax avoidance in Britain, involving names such as Google and Starbucks, research group Corporate Watch said that six British water companies have taken out high-interest loans from their owners through the Channel Islands stock exchange so that they could dodge tax using a legal loophole that reduces taxable profits in proportion to interest payments abroad.

That means their owners get fully untaxed profits from Britain by pretending that their subsidiaries in the country are under debt.

According to Corporate Watch, the six water companies of Northumbria, Yorkshire, Anglia, Thames, South Staffs and Sutton and East Surrey have got £3.4 billion in loans from overseas.

The group said the Northumbrian case is the “most brazen” as it has promised an 11 percent interest on a loan of over £1 billion from a Hong Kong-based group that belongs to Li Ka-shing, the world’s ninth-richest person.

The situation also directly affects British tax-payers who should foot the bill for the high-interest loans taken out by water companies.

Corporate Watch said water companies could secure loans with much lower interests if they were government-run adding the current situation is costing British consumers an additional £2 billion a year.

AMR/HE

Avalanche claims a third victim

0

A man injured in an avalanche in the Scottish Highlands which killed another man and a woman has died, police have said.

The trio were airlifted from the Chalamain Gap area of the Cairngorms to Aberdeen Royal Infirmary shortly after 12.30pm on Thursday, where a man and the woman died.

The second man, left in a critical condition, died from his injuries, Northern Constabulary said. His family was being informed.

Police, Cairngorm Mountain Rescue Team, search and rescue dogs, RAF Lossiemouth’s rescue team and a helicopter were involved in the operation yesterday.

David Rutledge, the training officer for Cairngorm Mountain Rescue Team, was involved in controlling the operation from the team’s base.

He said: “We started mobilising within 15 minutes of the call coming through. We had a helicopter here incredibly quickly. We had three doctors available straight away who were able to get to the scene.

“This was a fairly contained scenario. We were able to deal with an incident which was relatively close to the roadside, within 2km of the ski road and in a very contained area. From that perspective, no search was necessary. The key aspect to this was to get people there as quickly as possible.”

Two helicopters from RAF Lossiemouth, Rescue 137 and 138, were involved in the operation, he said.

Mr Rutledge said two parties of six were involved in the incident Those not taken to hospital were walked off the hill.

Iran discusses Syria with Turkey, Egypt

0

Iran’s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has exchanged views with his Egyptian and Turkish counterparts on the latest developments in the region.

Salehi held separate telephone conversations with Egyptian Foreign Minister Mohamed Kamel Amron and his Turkish counterpart Ahmet Davutoglu on Thursday.

The major topic of the telephone conversations was the issue of the crisis in Syria, which began nearly two years ago. Many people, including large numbers of Syrian security forces, have been killed in the turmoil.

On Wednesday, United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon called on the UN Security Council to take action on the situation in Syria. “It is essential for the Security Council to overcome the deadlock and find the unity that will make meaningful action possible.”

Ban also stated that the international community must make efforts to bring about a political solution in Syria.

Iran has always stressed the importance of resolving the unrest through political channels.

In addition, the Islamic Republic has repeatedly rejected any foreign interference in Syria and denounced the support of certain countries for militant groups that are involved in terrorist activities in the country.

The Iranian foreign minister also held a telephone conversation with his Venezuelan counterpart Elias Jaua and discussed ways to strengthen ties between Tehran and Caracas.

Salehi wished for the immediate recovery of Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez, who has undergone a fourth round of cancer surgery.

SF/HSN/MA

Iran urges rules against cyber attacks

0

Iran calls for a new international legal instrument to counter trans-border cyber attacks across the world.

Iran has underlined the need for a new international legal instrument to counter the increasing wave of cross-border cyber attacks in the world.

Alireza Miryousefi, the head of the press office for the Iranian mission to the UN, and Hossein Gharibi, the counselor of the mission, said in an opinion piece published on the Christian Science Monitor on Thursday that the world “needs a new international legal instrument on cyberspace, in light of the new waves of trans-border cyber attacks that have become a disturbing aspect of international relations in the 21st century.”

The two Iranian diplomats also described cyber attacks as a global “concern” and a “new phenomenon in the history of modern warfare,” which “threaten global peace and security and require new norms under international law and principles of the UN Charter.”

The article stressed the need for a “collective international effort” to combat the so-called digital battlefield.

As the current chair of the Non-Aligned Movement and a responsible member of the international community whose important industrial and economic sectors have been targeted by “state-sponsored” cyber attacks, Iran is strongly committed to the goal of reinforcing international binding legal rules dealing with cyber security, the Iranian diplomats stated.

They said that Iran has never conducted a cyber attack against any country, including the United States, or retaliated such “illegal” moves, while Washington supported cyber offensives like the Stuxnet attack against the Islamic Republic.

Iran has been the target of several cyber attacks over the past few years.

In June 2012, a report by the Washington Post said the US and the Israeli regime had cooperated in creating the computer virus Flame to spy on Iran. US National Security Agency, the CIA and the Israeli military worked together to create the Flame virus, the paper added.

In addition, the New York Times also revealed in the same month that US President Barack Obama secretly ordered a cyber attack with the Stuxnet computer virus against Iran to sabotage the country’s nuclear energy program.

AR/HSN/MA

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

0

Senate Republicans Take a Stand Against the Public Interest

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013
AP/J. Scott Applewhite

Chuck Hagel, a former two-term GOP senator from Nebraska and President Obama’s choice for Defense Secretary, testifies before the Senate Armed Services Committee during his confirmation hearing on Capitol Hill in Washington. A Senate panel on Wednesday, Feb. 6, 2013, abruptly postponed a vote on Chuck Hagel’s nomination to be defense secretary.

By Robert Scheer

It is bizarre that Chuck Hagel, a war hero with a long record of sensible views on the deployment of military power, gets blocked as the president’s nominee to run the Pentagon, while Jack Lew, steeped in Wall Street greed, sails through as Treasury secretary. 

There is, of course, nothing new about a Treasury secretary having profited from high-level Wall Street connections. After all, Robert Rubin and Hank Paulson, two former honchos at Goldman Sachs, headed the Treasury in the Clinton and Bush administrations, respectively. And Timothy Geithner, whom Lew would be replacing, was head of the New York Federal Reserve when it acted to bail out the too-big-to-fail financial hustlers led by AIG and Citigroup. The revolving door between Wall Street and the Treasury is the key cause of the Great Recession.

So, what’s the big deal that Lew ran two divisions at Citigroup for three years when homeowners were swindled out of their life savings? What’s a $2 million payout to Lew compared with the well over $100 million that Rubin got at that same bank during the years he helped steer it to disaster? In Lew’s case there was also the matter of his investing in one of Citigroup’s offshore schemes on the Cayman Islands that President Obama had roundly condemned, but the few Republicans who brought it up at the nominee’s confirmation hearing this week offered only a mild rebuke for such chicanery.

The big deal, ignored by Democrats on the Senate Finance Committee and underplayed by the Republican critics, is that the Treasury Department, under two presidents during this financial crisis, has bailed out the banksters while doing next to nothing to help the victims of those institutions. Even now, in the third stage of a “quantitative easing” that will leave $4 trillion in taxpayer debt, the Federal Reserve, with the Treasury’s blessing, continues to bail out the banks by taking toxic assets off their books while the banks refuse to undertake any serious mortgage readjustments. 

The appointment of Lew might make sense if he had learned from his Wall Street experience that the era of unfettered greed ushered in by the deregulation mania of the Clinton and Bush years has proved a disaster. But Lew is anything but a Wall Street turncoat and continues to feign ignorance as to the causes of the banking disaster. Even though he profited mightily from his years at Citigroup–whose merger between investment and commercial banking was made legal only by the reversal of Glass-Steagall–he denies that deregulation had anything to do with that bank’s ruinous practices.

Asked at a previous confirmation hearing by Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., whether deregulation had contributed to the crisis, Lew responded: “I don’t personally know the extent to which deregulation drove it, but I don’t think deregulation was the proximate cause.” Yet Obama now inexplicably turns to Lew to help reregulate the system. Why look to a perp rather than a victim to redress the crime?

The irony in the simultaneous rejection of Hagel by some senators is that he has been a victim of the irrational application of military power. Hagel, severely wounded during the Vietnam War that few today would argue ever made any national security sense, has long urged caution in foreign military involvement. Hawks complain that he opposed the surge in the U.S. presence in Iraq after having at first gone along with the war. Hagel should be admired for having honored the “fool me once” maxim in not wanting to escalate an invasion justified by blatant lies, but instead his prudence has been scorned.

The case is the same with Hagel’s courage to dare to suggest that Israel’s outsized influence on U.S. Mideast policy may be counterproductive to efforts to find a way to end almost a half-century of occupation of the Palestinian people. There are plenty of well-informed citizens on the front lines in Israel who would agree, but few in ruling U.S. political circles.  

The Republicans have turned on Hagel because he dared turn on them in the 2008 election when he refused to endorse Sen. John McCain. All other objections to his nomination are just noise, and what is really at issue is the failure to consider the national interest in its most dangerous manifestation: the waging of war. In contrast to their tepid objections to Lew, who will be easily confirmed, the Republicans still seem determined to derail the Hagel nomination. It is clear that their motivation in both confirmation processes is nothing but partisan and that the public interest will once again be ignored.

Click here to check out Robert Scheer’s new book,
“The Great American Stickup: How Reagan Republicans and Clinton Democrats Enriched Wall Street While Mugging Main Street.”

Keep up with Robert Scheer’s latest columns, interviews, tour dates and more at www.truthdig.com/robert_scheer.

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Targeted Killings: A Legal History

Next item: Dismal Indeed: Why Dick Cheney Disdains the ‘Second-Rate’ Obama Team



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Market Buzz: Eurozone GDP woes bring everyone down

0

AFP Photo / Spencer Platt

AFP Photo / Spencer Platt

News of another consecutive contraction in Europe for Q4 2012 depressed major indices around the world on Thursday, as investors grow increasingly doubtful about a recovery in 2013.

The eurozone’s GDP contracted 0.9% year-on-year during the last quarter of 2012, while most expected it to lose only 0.7%. “This fall turned out to be a maximum one since 1Q 2009, when the world financial crisis was at its full swing. Given this the perspective, a further recovery in 2013 becomes more uncertain,” Investcafe analyst Darya Pichugina wrote in an email.

In quarter-on-quarter terms, the eurozone GDP shrank 0.6% in Q4 2012, marking the third consecutive quarter of declining growth.

Russian stocks ended Thursday trading in the red. The RTS lost 1.51% to 1,588.31 and the MICEX was down 1.22% to 1,519.22.

The contraction in Europe’s biggest economies such as Germany and France “acted as a reminder that no one is immune to the eurozone debt crisis,” said Angus Campbell, head of market analysis at Capital Spreads.

Germany’s GDP fell 0.6% quarter-on-quarter Q4 2012, but in annual terms the economy grew 0.4%. In France, the GDP was down 0.3% both from the last quarter and from a year earlier.

European markets finished broadly lower on Thursday, with shares in Germany leading the slide. The DAX lost 1.05%, while France’s CAC 40 fell 0.78% and London’s FTSE 100 slipped 0.50%.

On Wall Street, major indices traded mixed. The Dow Jones Industrial Average lost 0.1%, while the S&P 500 and Nasdaq grew 0.1%.

Better-than-expected figures from the US labor market almost lost their allure in the wake of the disappointing news from Europe. The Labor Department reported that the number of people in the US filing for first-time unemployment claims fell by 27,000 to 341,000 in the most recent week. Economists had predicted 365,000 claims.

Japanese shares are lower today as the Nikkei 225 fell 1.60%. Stock markets in Hong Kong and Shanghai are closed.

Meteorite hits Russian Urals: Fireball explosion wreaks havoc, up to 500 injured (PHOTOS, VIDEO)

0

Meteorite crash in Russia: UFO fears spark panic in Chelyabinsk

Meteorite crash in Russia: UFO fears spark panic in Chelyabinsk

A series of explosions in the skies of Russia’s Urals region, reportedly caused by a meteor shower, has sparked panic in three major cities. Witnesses said that houses shuddered, windows were blown out and cellphones stopped working.

“According to preliminary data, the flashes seen over the Urals were caused by [a] meteorite shower,” the Emergency Ministry told Itar-Tass news agency

DETAILS TO FOLLOW.

Platinum & Palladium’s Breakout Year

0

Via Sprott Physical Bullion Trusts,

Hard assets are gaining momentum once again as market participants digest the potential impact of central bank printing initiatives. After last year’s record level of central bank intervention, 2013 is gearing up to be an even more prolific year on the money-printing front. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe recently unveiled Japan’s tenth Quantitative Easing program to follow the country’s current $224 billion stimulus announced on January 11th. The US Federal Reserve is steadily printing US$85 billion a month under its QE3 & QE4 programs, and reports indicate that the European Central Bank is close to launching its much-awaited Open Market Transaction (OMT) program to purchase European sovereign debt. It’s a money-printing party and everyone’s invited. Even the new Bank of England head, Mark Carney, has hinted of plans to launch more monetary stimulus.

Professional investors have noticed and are expressing concern over the consequences of concerted currency devaluation and the continuation of zero-percent interest rates. PIMCO’s Bill Gross, aka “The Bond King”, is now regularly touting gold and hard assets as a prudent investment in 2013. While his advice appears to have fallen on deaf ears, interest in inflation protection is once again on the rise. We continue to believe that precious metals remain the place to be invested in this environment and are always interested in different avenues with which to participate in the sector’s inevitable rise.

Despite being long-time precious metals enthusiasts and active investors in gold and silver, we did not focus on “the other precious metals”, platinum or palladium, until very recently. Our interest in the space was ignited by a client’s request to assess investment opportunities in the debt and equity of Platinum Group Metal (PGM) mining companies – an exercise that came up almost completely dry. As long-time resource equity investors, we are familiar with the mining industry’s supply/demand cyclicality and the impact it has on commodity prices. Looking more closely at the PGM miners, the platinum and palladium industry reminds us of the uranium industry back in 2003. Like uranium, platinum and palladium are crucial to a number of important industrial applications where demand for them is relatively inelastic to price. And like uranium in 2003, palladium is also marked by an opaque, but rapidly diminishing foreign supply stockpile, which had previously balanced out the market and effectively capped the price. Investors will remember that uranium proceeded to perform extremely well from 2003 onwards based on the fundamental supply/demand imbalances that ensued. Our assessment of the PGM industry has led us to believe that platinum and palladium have the potential to do the same. The one difference being, however, that whereas in uranium, where we chose to build our exposure primarily through uranium mining equities, platinum and palladium exposure appears to be best gained through the metals themselves… hence the launch of the Sprott Physical Platinum & Palladium Trust this past December (NYSE Arca: SPPP, TSX: PPT.U).

PLATINUM

On January 15th, the world’s largest platinum producer, Anglo American Platinum Ltd. (Amplats), announced plans to shut down several of its mines, resulting in the layoff of 14,000 mine workers and the reduction of approximately 400,000 ounces of annual platinum production. Given that global platinum mine production has averaged approximately 6.2 million ounces per year, the Amplats announcement is equivalent to almost 6% of global annual mine production in 2012, representing a substantial shortfall to the metal’s supply/demand balance. The platinum spot price appreciated by over $30/oz following this announcement out of South Africa.

Our desire to launch the Sprott Physical Platinum & Palladium Trust was partly based on an expectation of further supply disruptions out of South Africa, which produces close to 75% of the world’s annual platinum supply and 37% of the world’s palladium. Union-led labour strife has become a growing concern in the country, where some 46 people were killed this past summer in violent strikes at Lonmin’s platinum mine in Marikana. The labour unrest has come at a time when the industry is already suffering from persistent operating challenges and declining profit margins (see Figure A). The geological nature and depth of many of the country’s platinum mines requires large amounts of manual labour, and South African mine workers have become increasingly politicized in their struggle for higher wages. At today’s platinum price, however, most platinum miners are unprofitable after netting out the costs of labour, electricity and equipment required to produce the metal. Many are cash flow negative and cannot meet the workers’ request for higher wages without sustaining further losses. Roger Baxter, senior executive at the Chamber of Mines of South Africa, recently stated that at least 50% of the country’s platinum industry is marginal or in a loss-making position today. In addition, many of the mining operations are suffering from declining ore grades, further lowering mine output. The result has been a 25% decline in annual South African platinum production since 2006. As the Amplats decision plainly underscored, at today’s prices, platinum mining in South Africa is simply no longer a profitable affair.

FIGURE A: PRODUCTION MARGIN AND BASKET PRICE
breakout-year-chart 1  

Source: CIBC World Markets Equity Research 2012, PGM Basket consists of Platinum (~60%), Palladium (~30%) and Rhodium (~10%)

FIGURE B
breakout-year fig b
Source: Johnson Matthey Platinum 2012 Interim Review

The impact of South Africa’s mining woes has completely shifted the platinum market’s supply fundamentals over the past year, moving it from a state of oversupply in 2011 to a net supply deficit in 2012 (see Figure B). The recent developments in South Africa strongly suggest platinum’s supply deficit will continue into 2013, supporting the platinum spot price and potentially moving it to much higher levels. In fact, some industry estimates have suggested the platinum market will experience a deficit as high as 760,000 ounces in 2013. Platinum miners will not be able to increase production unless the platinum price rises to a level capable of incentivizing further development.

 On the demand side, platinum has benefitted from a steady demand for auto catalysts, which constitutes the metal’s primary industrial usage. Platinum and palladium both possess chemical properties that help reduce pollutants produced by gasoline and diesel engines, significantly lowering the air pollution produced by automobiles. Just as we believe the platinum price must go up to incentivize new mine production out of South Africa, the platinum price is further supported by the fact that it CAN go up, because of the relative inelasticity of the demand for its catalytic utility. The average automobile (worldwide) carries a mere $212 worth of platinum group metals per vehicle, making the impact of any platinum price increase on the total wholesale cost of an automobile relatively marginal. In China, for example, where pollution is a critical problem, air pollution levels of 300 or above regularly prompt the US embassy to issue warnings to minimize outdoor or strenuous activity. Air particulate levels in Beijing have often been above 500 recently, sometimes crossing over 700. In response, Beijing has recently tightened emissions standards for new cars to meet European Union Standards, or Euro V, starting February 1st. Increasing the platinum/palladium loadings per catalytic converter is one feasible way of directly addressing this growing problem, as the demand for automobiles in China is expected to grow steadily over the next five years. Platinum has also benefitted from increasing demand for its usage in jewelry, particularly in China, where it is considered to be superior to gold. According to refiner Johnson Matthey, China is expected to have consumed 1.92 million ounces of platinum in 2012, representing 70% of the overall global platinum jewellery consumption of 2.73 million ounces. That total is likely to increase as demand rises in other countries as well. In India, for example, platinum demand is estimated to have increased by 25% this past year, representing a new high of 100,000 ounces. As emerging markets growth continues, we expect platinum jewellery demand to increase along with it.

PALLADIUM

The palladium story is similar to that for platinum from a demand perspective, but has a different supply picture that makes it more compelling in our view. Palladium generally occurs with platinum and other PGM metals and is usually associated with nickel and copper. Like platinum, palladium’s main industrial usage is in catalytic converters, most notably in gasoline engines. It is also used in jewellery, watchmaking, dentistry, surgical instruments and electrical contacts.

Almost 40% of the world’s annual palladium mine supply comes from Russia, primarily through operations at Norilsk. Russia, naturally, does not provide much information on its palladium stockpiles, but various reporting agencies are able to piece together reliable estimates for annual supply and demand.

The palladium market is tight, and appears to be getting tighter. It has gone from a 1.26 million ounce surplus in 2011 to a 915,000 ounce deficit in 2012. This represents a swing of over 2 million ounces this year due to contracting supply, increasing gross demand and diminished recycling, resulting in a supply decrease of 790,000 ounces (see Figure E). If you factor in the ~200,000 ounces we purchased in our Trust, the deficit for 2012 increases to 1.15 million oz.

As bullish as we are on the supply dynamics of platinum, it is palladium that appears to be poised to move higher in the short-term. The palladium market is now in supply deficit globally and will experience a residual deficit in 2013 even after existing stockpile sales are taken into account. Russia has historically maintained a sizeable palladium stockpile which has represented a key source of supply over the past two decades. 2012 reports suggested that that stockpile was nearing depletion, with sales expected to fall below 100,000 ounces in 2013, versus the 250,000 ounces that are believed to have been sold last year. Those numbers were also supported by Swiss PGM data, where the most recent 2012 numbers show Russian palladium shipments running 72% lower than the same period in 2011. All of this was recently confirmed by Norilsk itself, when an executive conceded in an interview on November 29th (and later confirmed by industry watchers like GFMS this past January) that the supply overhang from Russian stockpiles is officially close to being depleted. If this proves to be true, it will represent a significant shift in supply, since those stockpiles were a main contributor in balancing the palladium market for the last ten years.

FIGURE E
breakout-year fig e
Source: Johnson Matthey Platinum 2012 Interim Review

One other bullish palladium supply factor relates to the Norilsk mines themselves, which produce more palladium than the next four largest palladium producers combined. Norilsk’s 2012 palladium production is expected to account for 42% of global supply. Despite higher prices, Norilsk is not expected to expand its annual palladium production for at least 10 years, because that’s how long it will take to develop the new mines it requires to increase production. In addition, the existing operations are reported to be having difficulty maintaining their average 2.7 million ounces of annual production due to diminishing ore grades at depth within the ore bodies Norilsk is mining. With Russian state supplies dwindling, and Norilsk’s palladium production flat at best, the supply picture in 2013 has a very high probability of tightening further. This is especially likely if South Africa’s 1.5 million ounces of palladium production is also impacted by further strikes and mine shutdowns.

Palladium demand has been robust, having risen by 15% year-over-year in 2012 to 9.73 million ounces. The growth has been primarily driven by increased use in autocatalysts, the demand for which alone is forecasted to increase by 7% in 2013. Given the probability of tightening supply in the years ahead, we could potentially see a hoarding reaction by industry users as supply constraints become more pronounced. In year 2000, a similar reaction by industry users led palladium to trade over $1,000/ ounce. It is also interesting to note that palladium has the second highest amount of short positions in the futures market in relation to total annual production – second only to that for silver. The reversal of those short contracts may represent a significant source of investment demand as prices continue to rise.

SUMMARY

The timing of the launch of the Sprott Physical Platinum & Palladium Trust has been favourable thus far. Supply problems out of South Africa will be the driving force behind platinum’s price appreciation, while palladium will benefit from the depletion of Russian stockpiles and flat production from Norilsk. Both metals have the potential to see significant demand increases as the autocatalyst market benefits from growing global auto sales, which reached a record 80 million units sold in 2012.

As at February 2013, the Sprott Physical Platinum & Palladium Trust now holds 81,486 ounces of platinum and 186,098 ounces of palladium in bullion form. The Trust is structured similar to our existing Sprott Physical Gold Trust (NYSE Arca: PHYS, TSX: PHY.U) and Sprott Physical Silver Trust (NYCE Arca: PSLV, TSX PHS.U), but differs in that it initially holds approximately equal dollar amounts of platinum and palladium.

We aim to publish more updates in the coming months to analyze developments in the markets for both metals. Although platinum and palladium share gold and silver’s “precious metal” categorization, they represent significantly smaller markets in terms of physical production, making them much more responsive to the supply constraints and demand increases that we foresee for both. It is also worth noting that relatively little of the total annual platinum and palladium supply actually makes it to “market” – with the vast majority sold directly to fabricators. Our Trust’s December purchases represent 1.3% of 2012’s platinum mine supply and almost 3% of palladium supply. If investment demand for platinum/palladium were to grow in an environment where supply is further constrained, it could indeed have a large impact on the spot price for both metals going forward.

Precious metal investors are encouraged to review platinum and palladium’s unique supply/demand dynamics. We believe 2013 will be an exciting year for both metals, and that’s without even considering what could happen to the precious metals sector as a whole.

Your rating: None

C&L’s Late Night Music Club With J. Geils Band

0

My wife and I had very little money in our years together. She wouldn’t let me buy her gifts. So I created a special dessert that was for her and her alone: Dessert crepes with vanilla creme cheese filling and raspberry sauce. All made by hand. And strictly for special occasions like this. I made her gifts by hand for birthdays, holidays. We spent what little money we had on the kids.

We’re divorced 3 1/2 years now. All week long she’s been dealing with her new husband, his two sick daughters, the sick toddler they had together, his sick son, and his visiting parents, along with our sick daughter, on top of her job, and her classes at school. So for today, I gave her her favorite breakfast treat; Chocolate Chocolate Chip muffins. (I didn’t make them special, I just had them already made when she came over.)

Went over today to watch all the sick kids, theirs and mine. She had to go in to work AND had classes today. His eldest daughter (age 7) gave me a hand drawn Valentines Day card that said: “Happy Valentines Day, I love you. P.S. I’m not allowed to say I love you, but I’m doing it anyway.”

Her mother (Who doesn’t know me at all, has only seen me one time), doesn’t approve of me for some reason.”

As for Valentines Day, it means nothing but pain to me.

Guest Post: The Deflationary Spiral Bogey

0

Authored by Robert Blumen of the Ludwig von Mises Institute,

What is deflation? According to dictionary.com, it is “a fall in the general price level or a contraction of credit and available money.”

Falling prices. That sounds good, especially if you have set some cash set aside and are thinking about a major purchase.

But as some additional research with Google would seem to demonstrate, that would be a naïve and simple-minded conclusion. According to received wisdom, deflation is a serious economic disease. As the St. Louis Fed would have us believe,

While the idea of lower prices may sound attractive, deflation is a real concern for several reasons. Deflation discourages spending and investment because consumers, expecting prices to fall further, delay purchases, preferring instead to save and wait for even lower prices. Decreased spending, in turn, lowers company sales and profits, which eventually increases unemployment.

The problem with deflation, then, is that it feeds on itself, destroying the economy along the way. It is the macro equivalent of a roach motel: perilously easy to enter but impossible to leave. The problem, you see, is that deflation reduces consumption, which reduces production, eventually shutting down all economic activity.

Wikipedia explains it this way:

Because the price of goods is falling, consumers have an incentive to delay purchases and consumption until prices fall further, which in turn reduces overall economic activity. Since this idles the productive capacity, investment also falls, leading to further reductions in aggregate demand. This is the deflationary spiral.

Deflation is far worse than its counterpart, inflation, because the Fed can fight inflation by raising interest rates. Deflation is nearly impossible to stop once it has started because interest rates can only be cut to zero, no lower. For this reason, “The Ben Bernank” believes that monetary policy should be biased toward preventing deflation more than preventing inflation.

Economist Mark Thornton cites the prominent New York Times blogger Paul Krugman who compares deflation to a black hole, a type of astrophysical object whose gravitational field is so strong that no matter or energy that comes near it can escape. Krugman writes,

… the economy crosses the black hole’s event horizon: the point of no return, beyond which deflation feeds on itself. Prices fall in the face of excess capacity; businesses and individuals become reluctant to borrow, because falling prices raise the real burden of repayment; with spending sluggish, the economy becomes increasingly depressed, and prices fall all the faster.

In case you’re not already scared straight, the deflationary doomsday has already happened in America when (according to the New York Times) it caused the Great Depression.

Japan, according to Bloomberg “has been battling deflation for more than a decade, with the average annual 0.3 percent decline in prices since 2000 damaging economic growth.” The New York Times reports that Japan’s new prime minister Abe “has galvanized markets by encouraging bold monetary measures to beat deflation.”

I hope that everyone is clear on this.

Now that you understand the basics, I have some questions for the people who came up with this stuff.

Why do falling prices make people expect falling prices?

The observation that prices are falling, means that in the recent past, prices have fallen.

One person noticing that the price of a good, that appears somewhere on their value scale has fallen for some time, might interpret that information and conclude that in the future, the price of that good will be lower. But a second individual might see the same thing and expect the price to level off and stay where it is, and a third might interpret falling prices as an indicator that in the future prices will be higher.

Why should a price having fallen indicate that it will continue to fall? That is only one of three possible future trends. Why should past trends continue indefinitely?

Why will the public mainly choose the first of these three outlooks, more than the other two?

According to economist Jeffrey Herbener, the assumption that falling prices create expectations of more of the same is a feature of certain popular macroeconomic theories in which price expectations are modeled as part of the theory. In his testimony to Congress, Herbener observes that “the downward spiral of prices is merely the logical implication of assumptions about expectations within formal economic models. If you assume that the agents operating in an economic model suffer from expectations that are self-reinforcing, then the model will produce a downward spiral.”

Are expectations self-reinforcing? It would make just as much sense to say that expectations are self-reversing–after people have seen prices go down for a while, they will expect prices to go up.

Are these formal models a good description of human action? Contrary to what these models say, there is no fixed response to an event. In my own experience, I can think of many times I, or someone that I know, jumped on a low price because we did not expect the opportunity to last.

But what about wages?

The postponement theory depends on the assumption that a fall in prices will benefit buyers who wait. This is true if we are talking about people who have lots of cash and can sit on it indefinitely. But most of us have ongoing monthly expenses and we depend on our wages to replenish our cash reserves. Our purchasing power, at the time when we want to make a delayed purchase, comes from our cash savings and our wages. A fall in wages, if substantial, would wipe out any gains in purchasing power realized from lower prices.

If consumers do not buy today because they expect lower prices tomorrow, then what are their expectations about their wages? Do they anticipate that their wages will be the same, higher, or lower? If lower, then by how much? As much as prices have fallen?

If consumers forecast lower prices and stable wages, then why are consumer prices included in the models, but wages are not? Does deflation only affect consumer goods prices, leaving all other prices untouched?

According to the deflationary death spiral theory, decisions not to buy drag the economy into a death spiral. Does anyone expect that could happen without affecting wages?

And what about asset prices?

In addition to cash savings and wages, individuals decide how much to spend and save taking into account the amount that they have already saved. Someone who is trying to save to meet their family’s future needs will feel less comfortable about spending.

Most people hold some of their savings in cash. That portion of their savings increases in purchasing power when prices fall. But people also save by purchasing financial assets, such as stocks and bonds, or real assets such as property, and rental housing. All of these assets have a price, which could rise or fall. Depending on the mix of cash and other assets that an individual holds, a fall in asset prices could wipe out any gains in purchasing power from the cash portion of their savings.

Do people take value of their past savings into account when deciding whether to buy or wait? Or do people form expectations about consumer prices only and ignore what might happen to their savings in a deflation?

If falling consumer prices generate expectations of more of the same, what impact do falling prices have on expectations about asset prices? Do buyers who delay purchases expect the prices of their saved assets to be lower as well? If not, then do they expect that consumer prices will be lower and asset prices will be higher?

If deflation causes the economy to disintegrate, will asset prices be spared?

Is it only buying behavior that is affected?

The deflation death star begins to destroy the earth when buying is postponed.

But is it only buying that is affected by expectations about the future? If buying is affected but not selling, then why not?

If consumers expect lower prices of most things, including things that they already own, it is equally logical that they would sell their possessions and their assets in order to buy them back later at a lower price. Selling your home and renting a similar one would be the place to start. Selling your car and leasing would be the next step. Finally, selling your assets for cash would be equally profitable. Expectations of lower prices should lead to a spiral of selling, driving prices down even faster, leading to more deflationary expectations and more selling until everyone has no possessions and no assets other than cash.

If this happened, then who would buy?

Do prices ever get low enough?

If buyers expect lower prices, then how much lower? Any number in particular? If a buyer expects a specific lower price, and the price reaches that level, will he buy? Or does he always expect prices to go even lower than they are today, no matter how far they have fallen already?

If expectations of lower prices turn out to be correct, and prices drop to even lower levels, then is there any point where a minority of contrarian buyers defect from the consensus and begin to see a bottom, or even an uptrend? Or do these expectations go on forever adapting to lower prices causing prices to drop indefinitely?

The point of delaying a purchase is so that you can make the purchase in the future and have some additional cash left over to make another purchase or to save. What is the point of delaying a purchase that you never make?

We have all had the experience of buying a new computer, or some other device, the day before the next version was released and it costs less and does more. If you knew would you have waited? Maybe, but maybe not. If you need a computer for work, then you will buy it sooner rather than later.

Many people delayed their purchase of the iPhone 4 in order to buy the iPhone 5, then when available they bought the iPhone 5. My iPhone4 was worn out by that time and I needed a new phone.

What about the Law of Demand?

According to the law of demand, a greater quantity of a good is demanded at a lower price than at a higher price. If that were true, then people would buy more, rather than postponing purchases.

What happens to the law of demand in a deflation? It turns out that the law of demand has a loophole: it requires that all other things remain equal. In a deflation death spiral, all things are not equal. Consumer preferences change in response to prices. Stationary supply and demand curves do not exist in such a world. For prices to fall and yet still fail to induce buyers to buy, the quantity demanded must always fall by more than enough to compensate for the lower asking price. The demand curve is always shifting downward faster than the price falls, to prevent an equilibrium price from ever forming. Economist W. H. Hutt calls this “an infinitely elastic demand for money.”

Does this describe the world that we live in, or any world that we could imagine? Do people really react in such a mechanical way to price changes? How do we explain, for example, shoppers competing to buy at low prices?

Why do sellers not lower prices?

Why is it only buyers whose expectations of lower prices are based on falling prices? Are the expectations of sellers included in the model?

If not, is that because the models assume that sellers do not have expectations? Or do the expectations of sellers not match the expectations of buyers?

If sellers have the expectations of lower prices, why do they not lower their prices immediately in order to sell inventory ahead of their competitors?

According to the deflation spiral theory, expectations frustrate market clearing. Yet, as Rothbard argues, speculation about future prices helps prices to converge to market clearing values. If buyers and sellers both expect future prices to be lower, why do market prices not converge upon this new, lower level immediately?

If customers are postponing purchases expecting lower prices in the future, but sellers do not cooperate, then inventories will accumulate. If this began to happen, then why would sellers not lower their prices immediately in order to clear out inventories?

All of us are both buyers and sellers, of different things at different times. To say that only the expectations of buyers are affected by falling prices, is to say that the same person, early in the day, has expectations about his own future purchases, but later the same day, does not have expectations about his own current and future sales. Does the model assume that we have all been lobotomized so the two sides of our brain do not communicate with each other?

Do producers have any control over their costs?

Previously, I asked if sellers could anticipate lower prices as well as buyers. If the producers anticipated lower prices, why did they go ahead and produce the item, or order raw materials with such high costs that they could not make a profit?

If a single business firm is experiencing fewer sales, they may not be able to reduce their costs because a single firm is close to being a price taker in the markets for labor and capital. There are usually alternative uses for their factors that value them more highly, at or close to current prices. But if prices, and sales are falling everywhere, or if everyone expects this to be the case, then why will suppliers not lower their prices if they expect their costs to be lower?

What are people doing with the money that they did not spend?

Suppose that people postpone spending. What do they do with the money they did not spend? Are they increasing their cash holdings? Or are they spending on investment goods? Saving and investing is a form of spending, only the expenditure is for capital goods rather than consumer goods. In this case, there would be no general decline in total spending or employment. Workers would have to change jobs from working in the consumption industry, to working in the capital goods industry, as Hayek explains in his essay but production would continue.

How lower prices are necessary to induce people to postpone purchases?

There is a return on the purchase of a consumption good that results in the services provided by the good. This must be balanced against the return on the cash by holding until prices are lower. As noted by the Center for Economic Policy Research (CEPR), a small price change is not much of a motivation to wait, if you need a new product:

[postponement of purchases] would be true for rapid rates of deflation, but Japan’s deflation has almost always been less than 1.0 percent a year. In 2011 its inflation rate was -0.2 percent. This means that if someone was considering buying a $20,000 car, they could save $40 by waiting a year. It is unlikely that this rate of deflation affected the timing of many purchases to any significant extent.

Why do quantities adjust but not costs?

If there is a generalized increase in money demand, then prices need to adjust downward. Why is it that all the quantity of goods bought and the quantity of labor employed can adjust, but prices cannot?

According to The Asia Times, when deflation strikes, factories lay workers off in order to cut costs. Why cannot producers lower their bid prices to their labor force and their suppliers in order to preserve production? If they could lower their costs, then they could produce profitably at a lower price level.

The general price level does not matter to business firms, so long as their costs are below their sale prices. Why does a deflationary meltdown assume that business can not operate profitably at any nominal price level? Why can business not lower costs?

Is this really what caused the Great Depression?

What about the credit bubble of the 1920s?

What about bank failures? The great contraction of the money supply?

The Smoot-Hawley tarrif?

What about regime uncertainty?

How about new deal wage and price policies that prevented prices from falling, which would have allowed employment to recover?

Conclusion

The deflation death spiral is a theoretical description of a situation but it does not describe the reality of human action, for any number of reasons:

1. There is in reality always a diversity of expectations among the public. While some people will expect prices to continue in the same direction, others will form the opposite view. Everyone’s expectations will change not only in response to changes in the data, but taking into account their entire life experience, their own ideas, and their situation.

2. Expectations are not entirely driven by prices. A broad range of things influences our expectations about price.

3. Lower prices are not always sufficient motivation to delay purchases because everyone prefers to have what they want now, rather than later.

4. Expectations of buyers tend to be met by sellers, if not at first, then fairly soon. In some cases, buyers can hold onto their cash for a bit longer, but most businesses have no choice but to sell their inventories at what the buyer will pay. In other cases, buyers may not be able to delay purchases, or may not wish to, and will pay what they must in order to buy.

5. Everyone–buyers and sellers (and every one of us acts in both of these roles at different times)–has expectations not only about consumer prices, but about wages, employment prospects, even asset prices, the economy in general, the progress of our own life, and the future of our family. A coherent plan of saving and spending takes all of these things into account.

6. Expectations can be met. Buyers have a buying price. Even if not known in advance, they know it when they see it posted. Even if they do not know what they plan to buy in the future, a bargain price will be met by buyers.

7. People only need so much cash. Beyond that, they start to look around for either consumption goods, or investments.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Government Dream Team: Take These People Off the Shelf and Put Them in the Cabinet: Absurdity Today, Episode 34

0

Last week, legendary whistle blower and current plaintiff in the Hedges v. Obama trial, spoke out about the effect perpetual war, governmental secrecy, and executive overreach is having on our civil liberties. The picture he painted was even less attractive than “Dubbia in the Bath”. Fortunately he believes at least one of Obama’s cabinet appointments is a promising sign for a policy shift. In this our latest version of Absurdity Today, we bring you our OWN picks for a dream team cabinet and show Ellsberg’s poignant response to our suggesting him for Secretary of Defense.

Do you agree? Opinions Welcome.

Shiller On Housing: Back? On Track? Or Still Cracked?

0

Following on from our earlier discussion of the boomerang foreclosure problem, we thought a recent interview between Goldman and Bob Shiller well worth considering – given his relative independence and honesty.

Source: Goldman Sachs

Excerpted from a Goldman Sachs interview with Bob Shiller:

What’s been driving the improvement in the US housing market over the past six to nine months?

Part of the improvement is just the benefit of the summer season. Summer and early fall have traditionally been periods of increasing home prices. Another factor is the ongoing decline in foreclosures. Foreclosed properties tend to sell at low prices and as the foreclosure rate declines, we might expect to see aggregate home prices increase. I also think that price increases that were likely caused by the decline in foreclosures may have been mistakenly taken by the public as a note of optimism, leading them to react to the thought that home prices might be rising again. Inventories of homes for sale are also low, in part because sellers have been holding off on putting their houses on the market in the hopes of further price increases or because millions of mortgages are still under water so many homeowners feel “stuck” in their homes until/unless prices rise more strongly and they can pay off their mortgage with the proceeds of their sale.

Has the US housing market bottomed?

Maybe, but I still worry about further price declines. There’s no really concrete reason for an upturn now; a recent survey of home buyers didn’t find any sudden change in optimism and there seems to be a souring on the idea of home ownership. That might reverse again as the crisis ends. But I suspect that it’s not easily reversed because the whole idea of proudly owning a home has been tarnished. And now Congress is talking about eliminating the whole mortgage deduction or government support for Fannie and Freddie. These are all clouds on the horizon. That’s why I think home prices may still go down.

And on buying a home now?

People think of housing as a form of investment, but really it’s a consumption good. Houses are built to please you and then they wear out, go out of style, and are expensive to maintain. They have a capital value but capital gains on housing adjusted for inflation over the last century, from 1890 to 1990, was about zero. So housing is not really an investment.

Should every American own a home?

Definitely not. There’s something to be said for home ownership; it continues to symbolize our detachment from the old world where landlords lorded over us. That sense of independence is an important part of our culture and I don’t think it is going away anytime soon, although it may be diminishing. But the emphasis on the “American dream” of home ownership was overdone. We were so single-mindedly pursuing home ownership that we allowed our lending practices to deteriorate to a tragic end. And there are many advantages to renting, which oftentimes allows more flexibility and more convenience. Renting also allows people to diversify investments. For many people, buying a home involves tying up all of their cash into one asset — their home.

Your rating: None

Germany, Spain Set To Pull The Plug On Green Energy

0

Over ten years ago, when Europe was a bright and shining example of experimental monetarist “brilliance”, and when the money was flowing, the continent decided to do the ethical thing and actively promote the pursuit and development of renewable energy through countless government subsidies. As a result, Germany and Spain became the undisputed leaders in the race for a green future, and both created similar laws to encourage the development of renewable energy. There were two problems: i) green energy, while noble in theory, is about the worst idea possible when it comes to profitability and capital self-sustainability and constantly needs governmental subsidies, and ii) it was the end consumers who would pay for the government’s generosity, in the form of a surcharge on electric bills. In Germany, for example, as the industry grew (in size, and thus in losses) demand for the subsidy increased, driving the surcharge higher. In January, the surcharge, which amounts to about 14% of electricity prices, nearly doubled to 5.28 euro cents per kilowatt hour.

And, as the WSJ so deftly explains, “that means ordinary consumers shoulder the lion’s share of the costs for what the German government calls its “energy revolution.” And here is where a third problem comes into play, because while German and Spanish consumers were happy to pay a surcharge in the golden days of a Dr. Jekyll Europe when everything was great, soon Europe become a doomed Mr. Hyde-ian Frankenstein monster, with imploding economies, 60%+ youth unemployment and resurgent neo-nazi powers. In short: the German and Spanish consumers have had it with funding an infinite money drain (even bigger than Greece), when cash flow is scarce and getting worse, and have just said “Basta” and “Nein“, respectively.

Which means it is now a political issue in Spain, where the scandal ridden Rajoy has never been more unpopular, and certainly in Germany where Merkel faces an election in September and can’t allow the public opinion to shift against her. As a result “with Spain in the grips of recession, the government wants to lower consumers’ light bills. In Germany, Chancellor Angela Merkel faces an election in September and hopes to win points with voters by putting a stop to rising electricity bills.” Specifically, “Ms. Merkel’s government on Thursday proposed putting a cap on the green-energy surcharge until the end of 2014 and then restricting any rise in the surcharge after that to no more than 2.5% a year. The government also plans to tighten exemptions, which would force more companies to pay, and achieve a cut in green subsidies of €1.8 billion ($2.42 billion). The plan is a quick fix pending comprehensive reform after the election, government officials said.”

Spain is not far behind:

The Spanish parliament took a similar step on Thursday, passing a law that aims to curb rising household electricity costs by cutting aid to the renewable-energy industry.

Renewable-energy producers “are going to receive less revenue, but these measures are better for consumers” said Energy Minister José Manuel Soria.

Among the changes in the Spanish system, the new law indexes certain subsidies and compensation to an inflation estimate that strips out the effects of energy, food commodities, and tax changes.

Naturally the response from the subsidized industries has been swift and damning:

Renewable-energy companies said that the government was backing away from previous promises that it would ensure them a reasonable return on their investments.

“Spain’s government is trying to smash the renewable-energy sector through legislative modifications,” said José Miguel Villarig, chairman of the country´s Association of Renewable-Energy Producers.

Actually all the Spanish government is thing to do is stay in power, and in order to do so, it must stop demanding that its people pay for the development of financial black hole industries.

The immediate result of these steps will be a widespread collapse in the alternative energy space in Europe, which is barely sustainable on an “as is” basis (see Solyndra) with ongoing government funding, and will melt as fast as a snowball in the Iceland thermal when the money is even modestly cut off.

Because like all truly money losing government ventures, one can’t mothball a project that by definition has to lose money in hope one day it will be a new money-winning paradigm, especially since the imminent deleveraging wave which will hit the world once Chinese inflation wakes from its slumber, will mean conventional energy costs will once again have no choice but to drop (see: “On This Day In History…. Gas Prices Have Never Been Higher“).

Yet all this means is that the government will merely have to find other, more creative ways to lose money now that the alternative energy fad is virtually dead. Luckily, spending money with absolutely nothing to show for it is one thing that every government in the current insolvent global regime, has a peculiar knack for. It also means that thousands of former government workers with no real marketable skills are about to hit the streets demanding more handouts from the nanny state, and lead to yet another wave of European civil unrest just as the ‘other people’s money’ is about to run out.

Your rating: None Average: 4.7 (3 votes)

How Obama Got To A Progressive Economic Narrative In The SOTU

0

No surprise that a populist progressive Democrat like me would like President Obama’s State of the Union address that talked so much about lifting up the middle class. But there’s a background story on getting to the president’s message last night that is little known but worth telling.

January of 2011 was a very bleak moment for progressive leaders. The Tea Party Republicans had just taken over the U.S. House as well as way too many state legislative chambers and governors’ seats, but that wasn’t the only reason we were depressed. President Obama, clearly shaken by the massive losses of 2010, was in retreat both in his messaging and in his political strategy. He had decided to spend almost as much of his rhetorical firepower as the Republicans on the deficit issue, and was eagerly looking to compromise with them — “meet them more than halfway,” as he was fond of saying. Obama had just given in on a two-year extension of the Bush tax cuts for the top 2 percent, and it was clear he was willing to give up a lot more.

By the summer of 2011, Obama’s political low point, he had given up an enormous amount in spending cuts for progressive priorities on both a budget-cutting compromise in the spring and the debt ceiling deal in the summer, and gotten no concessions at all from the Republicans on tax increases for the wealthy.

Three things happened, though, that turned the political tide and brought us to our present political moment: a handily re-elected and confident president with his highest approval ratings ever and a strong populist progressive message.

First, this president and his political team showed themselves quite good at learning from their mistakes, as they switched strategies and message. Second, the Republicans seriously over-reached, following their far-right base over the political cliff on issues, and nominating the ultimate symbol of Wall Street arrogance as their party’s standard bearer. And third, progressives showed that they could create a way to influence the debate and pull the president toward a stronger, clearer message.

The first of these two things are well known and well documented. The third is not, but it is a story progressives should hear and understand as they move forward to work on influencing the debate over the next few years. It all starts in that bleak month of January, 2011. Faced with Tea Party Republicans on a roll and a defensive back-tracking president, progressive leaders from the labor movement, other progressive organizations, and the Netroots movement met together to talk about how we could create a progressive populist center of gravity powerful enough to pull the president in our direction.

What we believed is that we had not been effective over the previous couple of years in telling our story of how the economy works and why Americans should choose progressive policies that focused on helping low- and middle-income families. We invited to the discussions smart message folks like Stan Greenberg, Celinda Lake, Paul Begala, Drew Weston, and Van Jones to help us craft a narrative that would have a strong appeal to the vast majority of American voters.

This is what we came up with, a progressive economic narrative that we could all rally around. And the progressive movement came together to tell that story. Labor union presidents started telling that story in their speeches, and union organizers began telling that story in their organizing work. Online organizations like Rebuild the Dream and Moveon started using some of this language in their emails. Bloggers started writing about it in their blog posts. Broad progressive coalitions on the budget fights started getting briefed on how to use it in their budget messaging. Networks of state and local progressive organizations like USAction and the Center for Community Change started using it in their local organizing work. Progressive think tanks like Campaign for America’s Future and Center for American Progress told the story in some of their messaging work. Progressive academics like Jacob Hacker used some of the language in his landmark economic planProsperity Economics: Building an Economy for All.

It took a while, and of course (as it should be) every group and leader using the narrative had their own angle on the story. We weren’t all marching lockstep, and that was the way it should be. But these same basic ideas were a part of our collective story telling: that a rising, prosperous middle class as the engine of our economy; how we need to expand that middle class by bringing the poor and the young into it, not shrink it by having a low-wage economy; that we needed not only jobs but good jobs with rising wages; that all Americans deserved the opportunity to reach our full potential; that government needs to be on the side of all Americans, not only the wealthy and powerful; that we needed to promote American manufacturing, and invest in our infrastructure and our schools.

And now they are at the heart of the story President Obama has been telling the American people in his SOTU, in his second inaugural address, on the campaign trail last year. From last night: “It is our generation’s task, then, to reignite the true engine of America’s economic growth — a rising, thriving middle class.” And “A growing economy that creates good, middle-class jobs — that must be the North Star that guides our efforts.” And “no one who works full time should have to live in poverty…” And “Stronger families. Stronger communities. A stronger America.

It is this kind of prosperity — broad, shared, and built on a thriving middle class — that has always been the source of our progress at home.” You are speaking our language, Mr. President.It wasn’t because the president’s speech writers saw the website and thought it sounded good. It was because they are reading the same polling we are, because they are seeing the same focus groups. It is because this is where the American people have come around to after flirting with the Tea Party “no government is ever good” rhetoric. America’s middle class knows it is getting crushed, and it knows that wealthy and powerful special interests have been making out like bandits on the backs of the rest of us. People are rallying around the story we are telling because it is common sense. The progressive center of gravity we built with this narrative pulled the president and the public in our direction because the story is true, and because it has powerful resonance in people’s lives.

What Democrats and progressives need to do is what President Obama has been doing ever since he made his turn to this message in his speech in the fall of 2011 in Osawatomie, Kansas: keep telling the story over and over again. And here’s what else we, and the president, need to do: follow up by pushing big, politically bold ideas for rebuilding that middle class and holding the big special interests accountable. Government policies can and should promote higher wages through the minimum wage increase, stronger unions, and government contractors being forced to pay their workers better; government investments in manufacturing, green energy, infrastructure, and education need to be made; corporate crooks including those on Wall Street need to be prosecuted for their crimes, and companies that are so big that they are able to manipulate markets need to be broken up.This is what progressives should be fighting for, and this is the story we should be telling. It is our moment, and the American people are listening.

Japan’s Amari Backtracks On “Stock Market Targeting”, Says Government Has No Price Target For The Nikkei

0

If anyone is confused why the BOJ refused to do anything of note until January 1, 2013 at which point it would proceed with open-ended monetization a la the Fed and the ECB’s OMT, the reason is simple: it allows the country’s (transitory) leaders to jawbone, threaten, cajole and coax, in what will be daily attempts to talk the currency lower without actually implementing any monetary action: just like the ECB has done so far. Case in point: the now daily speeches by Japan’s economic and fiscal policy minister Akira Amari, who every single day of the past week has been talking to reporters, on many case openly contradicting himself, and whose only purpose is to spook any remaining Yen longs into submission. Sure enough here comes today’s sermon:

  • AMARI: ABE CAREFULLY CONSIDERING BOJ GOVERNOR CANDIDATES
  • AMARI: ABILITY OF BOJ CANDIDATES MORE IMPORTANT THAN BACKGROUND

But funniest of all:

  • AMARI: GOVERNMENT HAS NO TARGET FOR STOCK MARKET

Wait, back up, what? It was just four days ago that Amari himself made it very clear that he would not sleep until the Nikkei hit 13,000 by the end of March. From Japan Times:

Economic and fiscal policy minister Akira Amari said Saturday the government will step up economic recovery efforts so that the benchmark Nikkei index jumps an additional 17 percent to 13,000 points by the end of March.

“It will be important to show our mettle and see the Nikkei reach the 13,000 mark by the end of the fiscal year (March 31),” Amari said in a speech.

The Nikkei 225 stock average, which last week climbed to its highest level since September 2008, finished at 11,153.16 on Friday.

“We want to continue taking (new) steps to help stock prices rise” further, Amari stressed, referring to the core policies of the Liberal Democratic Party administration – the promotion of bold monetary easing, fiscal spending and greater private sector investment.

Amari said the Nikkei’s recent surge translates into combined share appraisal gains of some ¥38 trillion among domestic corporations, including financial institutions.

The key index started rallying from around 8,600 points in mid-November when then-Prime Minister Yoshihiko Noda decided to hold a general election Dec. 16 that saw his ruling Democratic Party of Japan trounced by the LDP. Share prices have risen largely in response to the yen’s depreciation against other major currencies on expectations for aggressive monetary easing measures by the Bank of Japan since the LDP’s return to power.

Ignoring for a minute the fact that an status quo minister finally let one slip and told the truth behind all the lies of inflation, personal consumption, NGDP, and other “targeting” and admitted it really is all about “stock market targeting“, it is simply humiliating and surreal that government leaders treat those who listen to their daily lies like lobotomized cattle, who can’t remember what they said a few days ago. But the bigger issue here is that it appears that even the Japanese economy minister has backed off his stock market target, because suddenly he doesn’t feel so confident it can be achieved.

Does this mean the Nikkei will drop, and drag the USDJPY, and the yield on the 30 Year down with it. All signs suddenly point to yes.

The only question is why the flip-flop. We hope to find out soon, although the answer may be as simple as the political pushback that Abe is getting in his pick of the next BOJ, as we explained a week ago, which as most know is Kuroda.

Should Abe’s pick for his personal printing lackey not be chosen, then all bets about the Japanese reflation are immediately off as the political wedge will once again be inserted and all attempts to send domestic energy prices into the stratosphere will be crushed.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Maddow: Rubio Selling His Working Class Home For $675,000

0

On Tuesday night, Florida GOP Golden Child Sen. Marco Rubio delivered a pre-written “response” to President Obama’s State of the Union address where he bravely knocked down strawman after strawman, criticizing the president for things he didn’t say, and for failing to address subjects that he, in fact, did (like “Medicare” and “early education”).

During the senator’s speech, he made a point of mentioning that he doesn’t live among “millionaires” but instead among immigrants, retirees and senior citizens on fixed incomes. One would be forgiven if they came away believing that Senator Rubio lives in the barrio, among some of the poorest people in Miami.

Mr. President, I still live in the same working class neighborhood I grew up in. My neighbors aren’t millionaires. They’re retirees who depend on Social Security and Medicare. They’re workers who have to get up early and go to work to pay the bills. They’re immigrants who came here because they were stuck in poverty in countries where the government dominated the economy.

Problem is, Rubio’s working class home has been up for sale at the bargain price of more than two thirds of a million dollars as he seeks to move out of that neighborhood to DC.

Rush Limbaugh Echoes Desperate Wingnut Trope About Obama Being Like Stalin

0

I know it’s Rush Limbaugh, but he isn’t the only one to go in this direction. If there’s a Frank Luntz for extreme wingnut talking points, that person has invokec Stalin, Hitler, and the devil himself.

Rush claims here that all “great dictators” are beloved by their people, including Mao, Fidel, and of course, Stalin. Rush bemoans Stalin starving farmers by sending them “either to the Gulag or to the grave.” Rush goes on to say that “[Stalin] literally found ways to get rid of all the farmers.”

The reason for Stalin’s success? According to Rush, he had a “compliant press,” while killing off farmers in order to “punish the rich.”

Aha! I see. The problem here is that the press is looking away while rich folks kill off the poor working folks. Am I right? Oh, I guess not, because the crux of Rush’s argument is that Obama is just like Stalin, punishing rich people while maintaining the proper optics so the press will remain compliant.

Really? Between Rush Limbaugh, Judson Phillips, and Wayne LaPierre, I think beefing up mental health services for blowhard right wing media lobbyist types might be a top priority.

Take another Oxy, Rush, and calm down. Pre-K for all is nothing like Stalin’s reign of terror, and normal people know that.

Notes from the Brink: The Economy in the Winter of 2013

0


Workers’ Woes

Workers at a non-union Toyota plant in Kentucky have been offered incentives to retire early in order for management to replace them with new hires at a lower starting wage. The labor cost advantages formerly enjoyed by Toyota–the non-union premium–is no longer available to non-union plants in the auto industry. It seems the wages and benefits long ago won by a more aggressive UAW have retreated to the extent that non-union plants must now secure lower compensation in order to compete!

Since the UAW has conceded starting pay in the unionized industry down to about $14-16 per hour, Toyota seeks to replace older workers making around $26 per hour in their Kentucky plant with new hires at $16 per hour. Thus, the union shops are paradoxically pressuring downward the wages and benefits of non-union employees .

As reported in The Wall Street Journal, industry experts claim that the non-union manufacturers enjoyed a $29 an hour competitive advantage in wages and benefits as recently as 2008. By the end of 2011, they report that non-union labor costs were about equal with General Motors and actually higher than Chrysler!

It is hard to imagine a more demoralizing consequence for the union movement in the US: if only the market, and not a fighting union, is to competitively determine wages and benefits, how does one entice workers to join the union? For the bankrupt UAW leadership, union growth comes only from striking a deal with the employers– a deal that would promise collaboration and stability at the expense of workers’ pay and benefits.

The decimation of the living standards of US unionized auto workers came with the bailout and subsequent temporary stewardship of the auto industry by a Democratic Party administration. That same administration demanded plant closings and layoffs as a condition of the bailout.

With friends like these, workers are sadly in dire straits.

Clearly, radical changes are in order, changes that cry out for class struggle unionism and independent political action. Without a new direction, US workers will continue the descent towards Depression-era living standards.

Currency Wars 

The 1917 text of Lenin’s Imperialism projected intense struggles between rival capitalist powers. Written during an unprecedented total war between the most economically advanced countries, a war that when settled cost the lives of millions of  people, Lenin’s tract explained the First World War as a contest between empires seeking global advantage for the spoils of capitalist exploitation.

Less than twenty years later, the same empire-building forces were again unleashed to carve the world in a desperate attempt to secure markets and sources of strategic resources. World War Two further confirmed Lenin’s thesis that competing capitalist powers were unable to collaborate and cooperate for some greater, universal good. Instead, competition always begets aggression, national chauvinism, and war.

Many were dismissive of Lenin’s prophecies when witnessing the Cold War expediencies of inter-imperial cooperation against the emerging post-war socialist community. With well over a third of the world’s population in the socialist camp, the imperial rivals found a temporary basis of unity around fears and resistance to the success of socialist revolution. The survival of capitalism tamed the inherent rivalries for that moment.

The demise of that threat with the collapse of Eastern European socialism and the accommodation with capitalism by Asian Communists has unleashed the beast of imperial competition. The global economic crisis only serves to fuel the tensions and expose the rivalries.

I wrote in November of 2008 of the “global crackup”, noting that the US was no longer in a position to impose its will on the rest of the world, unable to slough its problems easily upon others. I drew attention to the logic of capitalist competition that, in the long run, denies any hope of cooperation and common solutions.

Today, that tendency– aggressive imperialist rivalry–has found its expression in a new war, a war waged around the relative value of national currencies.

Rulers understand that in a climate of stagnant or declining world trade, nation-states will draw an advantage from devaluing national currencies; by cheapening money–the medium of exchange– domestic enterprises will be able to offer their products at a more favorable price in international markets.

The US tepid “recovery” from the depths of the crisis has largely been won by hyper-exploitation of a docile work force and the dramatic expansion of exports through the Federal Reserve’s massive devaluation of the dollar via the printing press. The Qualitative Easing programs aim to suppress interest rates and remove the corporate garbage generated by the financial promiscuity of the period before the collapse of 2008. But they also have the not-so-unintended consequence of bolstering the competitiveness of US export manufacturing.

At the same time, US policy makers pointed an accusatory finger at the Peoples’ Republic of China, charging its leaders with currency manipulation. While the charge got little traction from those who closely studied these relationships, it served as a useful diversion from US policies and bolstered rounds of anti-China bashing by do-nothing politicians and labor mis-leaders.

European Union leaders, occupied with the desperate effort to save the Euro, offered little resistance to US currency manipulation.

But with the election of Shinzo Abe in Japan, the currency war was joined. Abe, a right-wing nationalist, exploited the Japanese public’s frustration with years of ineffective governance and economic stagnation to scorn cooperation and offer an aggressive economic program geared towards restoring Japanese competitiveness. Assuming the office of Prime Minister, he launched an aggressive campaign to devalue the Yen. His pressure on the Bank of Japan has already (in less than two months!) produced a drop of 10% in the Yen’s value against the dollar and 15% against the Euro. This means that Japanese products are enjoying a growing competitive advantage in international markets.

International bankers see these moves clearly as the opening salvos in a major escalation of the currency/trade wars. Politicians in countries throughout the world have quietly made similar moves to spur competitiveness, but never with the open audacity shown by Abe.

Perhaps even more disturbing is the unabashed belligerence and arrogant nationalism accompanying these economic moves. The Japanese government has provoked disputes with nearly every Asian Pacific government over barren islands claimed as part of Greater Japan. Imperial aggression is as great a danger today as it was nearly a hundred years ago when Lenin established it as a structural feature of mature capitalism.

A Hushed Mea Culpa       

Capital’s policeman, the International Monetary Fund, has offered a quiet confession of an arcane theoretical mistake of enormous consequence. As the leading cheerleader for decades of the “fiscal responsibility” approach to public programs, the IMF can take dubious credit for the policy of austerity as a general panacea for economic duress. A cursory look at the IMF legacy shows a constant, unrelenting enforcement of balanced budgets and meager public spending. Developing countries seeking IMF loans have felt the lash of austerity as a condition of relief.

A cornerstone of IMF thinking was a little discussed macro-economic assumption of the compounding effects of debt reduction. Where “unschooled” common sense might suggest that removing a dollar of public spending from economic activity would remove at least a dollar from a nation’s gross domestic product, the IMF postulated that it would reduce economic activity by only half of a dollar. That is, the “multiplier” for a reduction of public spending was only .5. The assumption, of course, is the neo-liberal axiom that the dollar spent elsewhere in the private sector MUST always be far more productive, must always be greater than unity and, therefore, must always outweigh the loss of “inefficient” public sector spending.

Unfortunately, the axiom is wrong. IMF empirical studies show that, in fact, the multiplier of public spending reductions ranges between .9 and 1.7. In other words, the negative impact of public spending cuts was underestimated by two to three times! The IMF confessed as much in its October report. Unstated, however, is the negative impact of this “error” on hundreds of thousands, perhaps millions, of people who have lost public benefits to the discipline of IMF imposed “fiscal responsibility”. Even more have suffered from the constraint on economic growth produced by the regimen of austerity.

And yet debt reduction through choking government spending remains a priority of political parties from the far right to the social democratic left.

The Sky is Falling, but not on Everyone yet!  

You would never know it from the Wall Street pundits loudly proclaiming the best January stock market in two years, but the US GDP shrank in the final quarter of 2012 (as it did in the UK, the EU, and even the seemingly bullet-proof German economy).

Generally, negative GDP panics investors and disrupts markets, but we live in special times. To the extent that labor remains quiescent and social movements fail to translate into anti-capitalist uprisings, investors and the capitalist class have made their peace with historically unacceptable unemployment and stagnating, but stable economic growth. It’s the earnings that catch the eye of the investors and the wealthy. And they have been holding up rather well so far.

In fact, they are creating the conditions for another round of risk-taking. Money market funds are flush with cash and seeking greater returns, securitization of debt is on the rise again (securities built on auto loans are greater than at any time since 2005), and banks are again growing their real-estate loan portfolios. Capitalism and the lust for ever greater accumulation never sleep!

Of course it is the very mechanism of accumulation, the search for yield on swelling capital (and the accompanying pressures on profitability), that announces the next round in the crisis.

Zoltan Zigedy
zoltanzigedy@gmail.com




    

   
    

Zero Dark Thirty: OK, It’s Evil, But Is It Any Good?

0

Forget the Joker, forget Doctor Octopus: Osama’s the mama of all supervillains.

February 14, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

OK, movie fans, you’ve all heard about Zero Dark Thirty‘s blasé attitude about torture, blah, blah, all true, but what the f**k? Enough already, with the depressing sh*t — let’s talk about what you GET if you buy your ticket and a box of popcorn.

Well, first of all, you get Osama. The Bin Man! 20,000 watts of the old Bin Laden star power. This guy doesn’t even have to show up, and you already got the premise for a pretty crazy and very wild manhunt. Forget the Joker. Forget Doctor Octopus; forget the wacko in Skyfall!! Osama’s the mama of all supervillains. Watching the Bin-ster read the Kor’an gave you chills, right? F**kin’ A, the dude could read the Manhattan White Pages and make you sh*t your pants. Somebody tell Freddy Kruger to put his finger-slashers in his pockets and slink on outta here — America’s “Mister Nightmare on Canal Street” just became the star of his own picture.  

OK, so let the Greatest Manhunt in History begin! How’re you going to tell the final chapter of Osama’s story?

Well, right off the bat, you buy a few selected 9/11 emergency calls from the poor bastards in the towering infernos to the 9-1-1 dispatchers. You open your picture by playing those tapes — over what? Over a f**king BLACK screen, that’s what, because that way you can hear them better! And when you hear them, whoa! It takes you back. Back, back, maybe 11 years, to THAT DAY.  Your guts start squirming around in your stomach and your blood starts pumping. People are screaming for their lives, burning up. This is the real reality show stuff. Then, the phones go dead.

9-1-1 operator says, “Is anybody there?” No answer! Silence.

The horror of that day! How will we ever get over it? Talk about PTSD. OK, f**k it! We’re gonna get the monster who did this, and we’re gonna blow his ass all the way to the Muslim Kingdom Come!

If we can only find the f**ker.

He is so f**king evil and so f**king cunning, we’re gonna have to pull some serious strings to figure out where his hidey-hole is.

So, OK, black screen, over, next off the bat, we see an Arab-looking dude strung up with some serious looking ropes tied around his wrist bones and he’s got blood and lumps on his face. Good. Mother-f**king Arab, probably knows where the f**king Arab Potentate, Godfather “Binny” is hiding out! Go, CIA! Kick his f**king ass, make him squeal!  

OK, this movie is off to a flying start, and it’s only, like, minute three!

So, OK, apoiler alert! Now, some boring shit happens. They torture the guy, he doesn’t talk; they torture the guy some more, he doesn’t talk. It gets a little repetitious, if you know what I mean, unless you’re into that pain-inflicting thing.

BUT, never fear, the picture has another thing going for it: Jessica f**king Chastain. Hottest babe 2012, maybe 2013, too. SO hot, she made the so-called “Professional” so-called “Film Critics” cream their pants. Just HOW hot is Chastain? Hot enough to make these jaded old dudes get wood again. Here’s Kenneth Turan, the critic of the Los Angeles Times, no less. He tells you this: The big-deal attack on Bin Laden’s compound AND all the hoo-hah about torture are “both overshadowed by the performance of Jessica Chastain … she [her character, Maya] is a force among forces, and Chastain makes her frankly thrilling to behold.”

Chastain is not only Kenneth’s Playmate of the Year, she’s the Playmate of his Career — “thrilling to behold”!

Another geezer critic who dotes on Chastain is David Denby, in the New Yorker. His horny praises are so moving, I have to quote him in a poetical form (word-for-word, I swear):

“There is someone else 
At that interrogation session: 
An observer, 
Who wears a black hood 
And removes it
To shake out 
A glorious curtain 
Of reddish-gold hair.”

“A glorious curtain”! AND “frankly thrilling to behold”! And these guys are licensed critics.

So far, then, the picture has two predominating advantages — Jessica and Osama. Beauty and the Beast. (And all those torture scenes, for your sado-masochistic friends.)

Is that enough to keep you sitting and eating your popcorn??? Let’s see. After Maya and her teacher Dan torture the Arab guy, they go to the Office, the dark, dusty CIA office in Wherever-abad. Now the picture starts to bog down again. You get a lot of bullsh*t office politics, uptight CIA bureaucrats with no balls, but with the power to f*ck Chastain over. They don’t even seem to get that she is the hottest f**king White Woman in all of Kissmybuttistan.

So here you got male-pig office politics dragging down the pace of the chase. Then Chastain starts staring at torture videos. And you know these videos are “real” because they’re super-fuzzy. So: Office politics, torture videos, more office politics, more torture videos. Then, a terrorist attack they didn’t see coming, and more office politics (with more pressure — we gotta get those terrorists before they strike again!) and more torture videos. The only thing worth watching is Chastain watching videos.  

Finally, they catch a Big Fish, named Faraj. Now it’s Chastain’s’s turn. She gets to torture a guy all by herself, “One-on-one, with Faraj,” her boss says. And this is where you, sadly, begin to wonder if this All-American Beauty has any heavy-duty acting chops. (I LOVED her in The Help, but that was cute, funny lightweight stuff.) She has Faraj beaten up; she has Faraj waterboarded; she even has her torture-flunkies pour a thick brown stuff into a funnel they stick down his throat. E-e-e-w!

But Faraj is tough; he doesn’t squeal. So she uses more and more “measures” on him (but not on camera, sorry). She tells her mentor, Dan, “Faraj is still withholding, and that’s using every measure we have.”

Is Enough Being Done To Tackle Anti-Social Behaviour?

0

Low-level anti-social behaviour “crushes lives” and “breeds criminality”, MPs have warned.

The Home Affairs Select Committee said the government’s flagship ‘community trigger’ – set up to replace the Asbo – was not enough to tackle the yobs on its own.

keith vaz

Keith Vaz chairs the Home Affairs Select Committee

Labour criticised the new policy, which is being trialled in some parts of the UK, saying it was barely being used.

But ministers said it was intended as a ‘safety net’, not the first port of call.

Under the community trigger, the police have to take action if more than five complaints are received.

But the report by the select committee says victims should have to complain five times before being guaranteed help.

A beefed-up policy would help cases such as the deaths of Fiona Pilkington and her disabled daughter from happening again, the MPs said.

In its review of the government’s draft anti-social behaviour bill, the committee said agencies should be named and held to account when they fail to act.

Meanwhile, Labour have released figures on the scheme’s pilot.

It said there were 23,648 recorded incidents of anti-social behaviour in Manchester between June and October last year, while the community trigger was successfully activated just three times during that period.

Shadow Home Office minister Gloria De Piero said: “The Home Secretary’s proposed community trigger is not the answer.

“Recommending that people have to wait until five complaints have been made before agencies have to act does not reflect the misery that can be caused by anti-social behaviour.”

But Crime Prevention Minister Jeremy Browne said: “The community trigger is intended to be a safety net for the public if police and local authorities do not take action, not the first response when a problem occurs. It is one of a range of new measures which will make it easier and quicker for agencies to protect victims and communities from the blight of anti-social behaviour.”

Home Affairs Select Committee chairman Keith Vaz said the cases of Ms Pilkington and Dr Suzanne Dow, who took their own lives after months of torment from locals, were “a wake-up call”.

He said: “Anti-social behaviour is not something trivial that can be ignored – it can crush lives and breed criminality in our communities.

“The community trigger is meant to be the last line of defence to protect the public from anti-social behaviour. No one should have to complain more than five times before they see action.”

Lessons from Megabanks’ Megascandals

0

Updates on big bank misdeeds, internet provider monopoly, and social effects of unemployment. Critical analysis of proposal to break up big banks, capitalism and the tomato industry, and expose of real goals of austerity policies. Response to listeners with example of successful worker coop (WSDE), Union Cabs of Madison, WI., differences between ESOPs and WSDEs, and beginning of analysis of how WSDE’s raise the capital they need to start and continue.

On Economic Update with Professor Richard Wolff, Wolff and guests will discuss the current state of the economy, both locally and globally in relation to the economic crisis.

Wolff will focus on wages, jobs, taxes, and debts – and on interest rates, prices, and profits. We aim to explain why certain economic changes are happening and other changes get postponed or blocked and we will explore alternative ways to organize enterprises, markets, and government policies. Economic Update is a weekly show for people who want to understand and change not only their own financial situation but also the larger economy we all depend on.

To listen in live on Saturdays at noon, visit WBAI’s Live Stream

Economic Update is in partnership with Truthout.org

Your radio station needs Economic Update! If you are a radio station, check this out. If you want to hear Economic Update on your favorite local station, send them this.

Federal Medical Marijuana Bills Introduced Today in Anticipation of Patient-Led Congressional Lobbying Effort

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – More than a dozen Members of Congress co-introduced legislation today that would reclassify marijuana for medical use and provide federal defendants the right to use state law compliance as evidence in medical marijuana trials, a right they’re currently denied. Rep. Earl Blumenauer (D-OR) authored H.R. 689, the “States’ Medical Marijuana Patient Protection Act,” which in addition to rescheduling marijuana will allow states to establish production and distribution laws without interference by the federal government, and will remove current obstacles to research. Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA) authored the “Truth in Trials Act,” a separate bill which seeks to overturn the prohibition on medical marijuana evidence in federal court. Both bills were introduced in anticipation of a national medical marijuana conference to be held next week in Washington, D.C. during which hundreds of advocates are expected to meet with their Congressional representatives about the legislation.

“Nineteen jurisdictions have passed laws recognizing the importance of providing access to medical marijuana for the hundreds of thousands of patients who rely on it,” said Congressman Blumenauer. “It is time for the federal government to respect these decisions, and stop inhibiting safe access.” Initial co-sponsors of H.R. 689 include Representatives Cohen (D-TN), Farr (D-CA), Grijalva (D-AZ), Hastings (D-FL), Honda (D-CA), Huffman (D-CA), Lee (D-CA), Moran (D-VA), Nadler (D-NY), Polis (D-CO), Rohrabacher (R-CA), and Schakowsky (D-IL). On the “Truth in Trials Act,” Congressman Farr said that, “The federal government for too long has denied due process to defendants who can demonstrate that they were using medical marijuana legally under local or state law. This bill would ensure that all the evidence is heard in a case and not just the evidence that favors conviction.”

“Congress has the opportunity to establish a sensible public health policy on medical marijuana, and do what the Obama Administration has been afraid or unwilling to do,” said Steph Sherer, Executive Director of Americans for Safe Access (ASA), which has been working with Members of Congress to advance this legislation. “Patient advocates intend to push Congress to take heed of the abundant scientific evidence showing marijuana’s medical value, and act in accordance with the overwhelming popular support this issue receives.”

H.R. 689 is partly a response to the Drug Enforcement Administration’s (DEA) recent denial of a petition to reclassify marijuana for medical use. In 2002, the Coalition for Rescheduling Cannabis (CRC) filed a petition, which was denied by the DEA in July 2011. The denial was appealed in January 2012 and just last month the D.C. Circuit refused to reclassify, instead ruling in favor of the Obama Administration’s effort to keep medical marijuana out of reach for millions of Americans. The bill also dismantles a cumbersome and often prohibitive research application process for medical marijuana, currently run by the National Institute on Drug Abuse, which almost exclusively favors studies on the alleged harmfulness of cannabis.

The “Truth in Trials Act” attempts to bring ‘fairness’ to federal medical marijuana trials. Because of the government’s insistence that marijuana has no medical value, federal prosecutors are easily able to exclude any reference to medical marijuana in trials involving cultivators and distributors who have been acting in accordance with their own state laws. Because of this, federal defendants are all but guaranteed a conviction at trial and, as a result, are forced to take plea bargains that impose years of prison time. Just in the past few months, several defendants were convicted and sentenced to between 5-10 years in prison. Since he took office, President Obama has been responsible for nearly 100 medical marijuana-related prosecutions, despite establishing a Justice Department policy that indicated he would do otherwise.

Similar versions of both bills have been introduced in prior Congressional sessions, but the Obama Administration’s aggressive and intolerant stance on medical marijuana has brought the issue to a head. Next week, ASA will be holding a National Medical Cannabis Unity Conference, “Bridging the Gap Between Public & Policy,” in Washington, D.C. from February 22nd-25th. The conference will feature medical and legal experts, Members of Congress and other policymakers, as well as a wide array of workshops and panels focusing on scientific research, strategic planning, and skills building. On Monday, February 25th, ASA will host a press conference, followed by a lobby day with hundreds of patient advocates seeking co-sponsors and demanding policy changes of their Congressional representatives.

Further information:
States’ Medical Marijuana Patient Protection Act: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/States_MMJ_Patient_Protectio…
Truth in Trials Act: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Truth_in_Trials_2013.pdf
Statement by Rep. Blumenauer (D-OR): http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Blumenauer_Statement.pdf
ASA Report on federal government’s obstruction to medical marijuana research: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Research_Obstruction_Report.pdf

Americans for Safe Access is the nation’s largest organization of patients, medical professionals, scientists and concerned citizens promoting safe and legal access to cannabis for therapeutic use and research.

Federal Medical Marijuana Bills Introduced Today in Anticipation of Patient-Led Congressional Lobbying Effort

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – More than a dozen Members of Congress co-introduced legislation today that would reclassify marijuana for medical use and provide federal defendants the right to use state law compliance as evidence in medical marijuana trials, a right they’re currently denied. Rep. Earl Blumenauer (D-OR) authored H.R. 689, the “States’ Medical Marijuana Patient Protection Act,” which in addition to rescheduling marijuana will allow states to establish production and distribution laws without interference by the federal government, and will remove current obstacles to research. Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA) authored the “Truth in Trials Act,” a separate bill which seeks to overturn the prohibition on medical marijuana evidence in federal court. Both bills were introduced in anticipation of a national medical marijuana conference to be held next week in Washington, D.C. during which hundreds of advocates are expected to meet with their Congressional representatives about the legislation.

“Nineteen jurisdictions have passed laws recognizing the importance of providing access to medical marijuana for the hundreds of thousands of patients who rely on it,” said Congressman Blumenauer. “It is time for the federal government to respect these decisions, and stop inhibiting safe access.” Initial co-sponsors of H.R. 689 include Representatives Cohen (D-TN), Farr (D-CA), Grijalva (D-AZ), Hastings (D-FL), Honda (D-CA), Huffman (D-CA), Lee (D-CA), Moran (D-VA), Nadler (D-NY), Polis (D-CO), Rohrabacher (R-CA), and Schakowsky (D-IL). On the “Truth in Trials Act,” Congressman Farr said that, “The federal government for too long has denied due process to defendants who can demonstrate that they were using medical marijuana legally under local or state law. This bill would ensure that all the evidence is heard in a case and not just the evidence that favors conviction.”

“Congress has the opportunity to establish a sensible public health policy on medical marijuana, and do what the Obama Administration has been afraid or unwilling to do,” said Steph Sherer, Executive Director of Americans for Safe Access (ASA), which has been working with Members of Congress to advance this legislation. “Patient advocates intend to push Congress to take heed of the abundant scientific evidence showing marijuana’s medical value, and act in accordance with the overwhelming popular support this issue receives.”

H.R. 689 is partly a response to the Drug Enforcement Administration’s (DEA) recent denial of a petition to reclassify marijuana for medical use. In 2002, the Coalition for Rescheduling Cannabis (CRC) filed a petition, which was denied by the DEA in July 2011. The denial was appealed in January 2012 and just last month the D.C. Circuit refused to reclassify, instead ruling in favor of the Obama Administration’s effort to keep medical marijuana out of reach for millions of Americans. The bill also dismantles a cumbersome and often prohibitive research application process for medical marijuana, currently run by the National Institute on Drug Abuse, which almost exclusively favors studies on the alleged harmfulness of cannabis.

The “Truth in Trials Act” attempts to bring ‘fairness’ to federal medical marijuana trials. Because of the government’s insistence that marijuana has no medical value, federal prosecutors are easily able to exclude any reference to medical marijuana in trials involving cultivators and distributors who have been acting in accordance with their own state laws. Because of this, federal defendants are all but guaranteed a conviction at trial and, as a result, are forced to take plea bargains that impose years of prison time. Just in the past few months, several defendants were convicted and sentenced to between 5-10 years in prison. Since he took office, President Obama has been responsible for nearly 100 medical marijuana-related prosecutions, despite establishing a Justice Department policy that indicated he would do otherwise.

Similar versions of both bills have been introduced in prior Congressional sessions, but the Obama Administration’s aggressive and intolerant stance on medical marijuana has brought the issue to a head. Next week, ASA will be holding a National Medical Cannabis Unity Conference, “Bridging the Gap Between Public & Policy,” in Washington, D.C. from February 22nd-25th. The conference will feature medical and legal experts, Members of Congress and other policymakers, as well as a wide array of workshops and panels focusing on scientific research, strategic planning, and skills building. On Monday, February 25th, ASA will host a press conference, followed by a lobby day with hundreds of patient advocates seeking co-sponsors and demanding policy changes of their Congressional representatives.

Further information:
States’ Medical Marijuana Patient Protection Act: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/States_MMJ_Patient_Protectio…
Truth in Trials Act: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Truth_in_Trials_2013.pdf
Statement by Rep. Blumenauer (D-OR): http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Blumenauer_Statement.pdf
ASA Report on federal government’s obstruction to medical marijuana research: http://AmericansForSafeAccess.org/downloads/Research_Obstruction_Report.pdf

Americans for Safe Access is the nation’s largest organization of patients, medical professionals, scientists and concerned citizens promoting safe and legal access to cannabis for therapeutic use and research.

Matt Taibbi: How One of the World’s Largest Banks Got Away with Murder

0

The bank HSBC laundered money for drug traffickers and terrorist groups and received a slight slap on the wrist

February 14, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In the latest issue of Rolling Stone, Matt Taibbi takes the Justice Department to task over settling with HSBC late last year in the “largest drug-and-terrorism money-laundering case ever.”

“The HSBC case went miles beyond the usual paper-pushing, keypad-punching­ sort-of crime, committed by geeks in ties, normally associated­ with Wall Street,” he writes, “In this case, the bank literally got away with murder — well, aiding and abetting it, anyway.”

The lengthy post details how the bank again and again flouted cease-and-desist orders from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) to cut ties with Islamist militant groups and drug trafficking operations in Mexico. For years, the OCC did not more than the “take deep breath, strap on its big-boy pants and . . . issue a second cease-and-desist order!”

Taibbi notes why the eventual criminal investigation ended with a fine (of “$1.9 billion, or about five weeks’ profit”) and not any jail time or fines for individuals involved:

What is different about this settlement is that the Justice Department, for the first time, admitted why it decided to go soft on this particular kind of criminal. It was worried that anything more than a wrist slap for HSBC might undermine the world economy. “Had the U.S. authorities decided to press criminal charges,” said Assistant Attorney General Lanny Breuer at a press conference to announce the settlement, “HSBC would almost certainly have lost its banking license in the U.S., the future of the institution would have been under threat and the entire banking system would have been destabilized.”

During a Democracy Now! appearance Thursday, Taibbi said, “What HSBC has now admitted to is more or less the worst behavior that any bank can possibly be guilty of.”

Natasha Lennard is Brooklyn-based writer and a project officer for the International News Safety Institute — North America. Visit INSI-NA’s for more information.

On the News With Thom Hartmann: Republican War on Woman Went into Overdrive in Arkansas, and More

0

Here’s Thom for Thursday…

You need to know this. It may comes as a surprise to Wayne LaPierre, but the NRA is not a political party. Apparently no one’s informed him of that, as he’ll be delivering the gun-group’s official response to the State of The Union tonight. Talking Points Memo is reporting that LaPierre will respond to the President’s Tuesday night speech from the annual convention of the National Wild Turkey Federation. The news of LaPierre’s speech was released in conjunction with an op-ed he published on The Daily Caller. The op-ed, which the Think Progress Blog called a “bizarre, paranoid screed,” outlines some strange, unlikely reasons why LaPeirre thinks every American should own a gun. The fear-mongering gun advocate listed reasons ranging from violent Latino gangs – to the end of police protection – to the complete collapse of civilization. Apparently, Wayne LaPierre is very afraid, and he wants you to be to. In his column, he wrote, “Hurricanes. Tornadoes. Riots. Terrorists. Gangs. Lone criminals. These are the perils we are sure to face — not just maybe. It’s not paranoia to buy a gun. It’s survival.” Thankfully, the NRA has lost the power it once knew, and voters are now less inclined to support a candidate because they’re backed by the organization. In his address Tuesday night, Obama said gun violence victims deserve a vote. Wayne LaPierre and the NRA deserve to fade into obscurity, where they belong.

In screwed news… Leaders in the Republican party are speaking out against paying workers a living wage. Two days ago, President Obama called for increasing the federal minimum wage to $9 an hour, but at least two GOP top-leaders, Rep. Paul Ryan and Sen. Marco Rubio, have spoken out against Obama’s proposal. According to Paul Ryan, the pay increase wouldn’t actually help people. He said, “I think it’s actually counterproductive in many ways. You end up costing jobs from people who are the bottom rung of the economic ladder.” And Marco Rubio echoed those thoughts, saying, “The question is, is a minimum wage the best way to do it? And history has said the answer is absolutely not. In fact, the impact of minimum wage usually is that businesses hire less people.” In fact, both of those statements couldn’t be further from the truth. According to multiple studies by the Review of Economics and Statistics, there was “no detectable employment loss” in response to a wage increase. And another study by economists David Card and Alan Krueger, found that increasing the minimum wage actually strengthened job creation. As Obama said Tuesday night, in the wealthiest nation on Earth, it’s unacceptable that anyone who works full-time should live in poverty. If Republicans want to keep the minimum wage below poverty levels, perhaps they should try living on it for a while.

In the best of the rest of the news…

The fight to keep toxic tar sands oil from being pumped through our nation just got some much-needed attention. After President Obama failed to mention the Keystone XL pipeline during his State of the Union address, a group of environmental activists gathered outside the White House to protest. During the protest, some of the activists tied themselves to the fence, while others refused to follow police orders to vacate the sidewalk. As a result, 48 activists were arrested, including environmental activist Bill McKibben, environmental attorney Robert F. Kennedy Jr., and actress-and-activist Daryl Hannah. As a crowd gathered to watch, Kennedy Jr. said, “Climate change is not just an economic issue, it is a moral issue. I do not believe that Keystone XL will happen. I believe that President Obama and Secretary Kerry will do the right thing. And we need to show our support.” And environmentalists throughout our nation are hoping he’s right. The recent appointment of Secretary of State John Kerry, who’s been a leading voice on climate change during his 28 years in the Senate, provides some hope that the Keystone pipeline will be stopped. Let’s keep up the fight to prevent Big Oil from pumping toxic tar sands through our communities. Go to TarsandsBlockade.org.

The Republican war on woman just went into overdrive in Arkansas. The State’s legislature has passed one of the nation’s most restrictive abortion bans. And the law could take effect regardless of whether or not the state’s governor, Mike Beebe, vetoes the legislation. In Arkansas, a simple majority of legislators can override the governor’s veto. So even if he’s against the radical “fetal heartbeat” bill, women in the state would be banned from having an abortion after the first 12 weeks of pregnancy. The bill’s sponsor, Republican State Senator Jason Rapert, is working to increase support for the bill, by removing the mandate for an invasive ultrasound probe, and taking criminal penalties for abortion doctors out of the legislation. Sen. Rapert hopes to gain enough support to avoid the threat of a veto, saying, “We feel like that we definitely now have a bill that has even broader support than it did a few weeks ago when it came out of the Senate.” If Arkansas lawmakers really want to reduce the number of abortions, they’ll increase access to birth control, and start providing kids with something besides abstinence-only sex-education.

And finally…Georgia Representative Paul Broun really, really wants you to forget about his record. As the Tea Party Republican prepares to run for Saxby Chambliss’ Senate Seat, he’s trying to convince voters he’s a reach-accross-the-aisle-bipartisan kinda guy. This is the same Paul Broun who wanted to abolish the Departments of Energy and Education. He’s also referred to evolution as “lies straight from the pit of Hell.” And, as The Think Progress Blog points out, Paul Braun bragged to supporters about being the first Member of Congress to call Obama a “socialist who embraces Marxist-Leninist policies,” and accused the President of upholding the Soviet Constitution. Doesn’t that just scream bi-partisan?? I guess Rep. Broun’s idea of bi-partisan is bringing together the far-Right, and the crazy-far-Right.

And that’s the way it is today — Thursday, February 14th, 2013. I’m Thom Hartmann — on the news.

Congress Can Avert Dangerous Automatic Cuts and Protect Investments in Jobs and Education by Closing Tax Loopholes

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – Unless Congress acts, on March 1 automatic and indiscriminate spending cuts will hit key programs, costing our economy more than 1 million jobs and cutting essential services for millions of low- and middle-income families. But a new infographic released today by the Center for American Progress explains how Congress can act to avert these dangerous cuts and protect investments. The infographic, “Tax Loopholes for Corporate Jets or Investments in Jobs and Education?”, illustrates how through a balanced approach to deficit reduction–an approach that eliminates wasteful tax loopholes that only benefit a wealthy few–Congress can protect critical investments that create jobs and lift up the most vulnerable Americans.

“Congress has a choice to make. They can ensure that 600,000 women and children don’t go hungry, that 125,000 American families don’t lose their homes, and that 7,400 teachers and staff who support students with disabilities don’t lose their jobs, or they can protect an irresponsible tax loophole,” said Melissa Boteach, Director of CAP’s Poverty to Prosperity program. “This choice should be easy.”

Just by eliminating a loophole that gives special treatment to corporate jets, for example–at a cost to taxpayers of $3.2 billion over 10 years–Congress could avert cuts that would cost thousands of jobs, hurt millions of disadvantaged students, and force hundreds of thousands of vulnerable families to lose critical nutrition and housing supports this year. Here’s the math:

Congress has some key choices to make in the coming weeks. If they don’t close the loophole for corporate jets:

  • 600,000 women and children will lose the critical nutrition assistance they need
  • 125,000 families will lose their permanent housing
  • More than 100,000 formerly homeless people, including veterans, will be at risk to go back on the streets
  • Students with disabilities will lose critical instruction and support from more than 7,400 teachers and staff
  • 1 million disadvantaged students will lose critical education funding and 10,500 teachers and staff will be at risk for losing their jobs
  • 70,000 poor children will lose their Head Start and Early Head Start slots as the jobs of 14,000 teachers and other staff are put at risk

To speak to CAP experts about this issue, please contact Madeline Meth mmeth@americanprogress.org or 202.741.6277.

Related resources:

  • Follow Half in Ten’s #TalkPoverty campaign here.

The Center for American Progress is a think tank dedicated to improving the lives of Americans through ideas and action. We combine bold policy ideas with a modern communications platform to help shape the national debate, expose the hollowness of conservative governing philosophy, and challenge the media to cover the issues that truly matter.

Congress Can Avert Dangerous Automatic Cuts and Protect Investments in Jobs and Education by Closing Tax Loopholes

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – Unless Congress acts, on March 1 automatic and indiscriminate spending cuts will hit key programs, costing our economy more than 1 million jobs and cutting essential services for millions of low- and middle-income families. But a new infographic released today by the Center for American Progress explains how Congress can act to avert these dangerous cuts and protect investments. The infographic, “Tax Loopholes for Corporate Jets or Investments in Jobs and Education?”, illustrates how through a balanced approach to deficit reduction–an approach that eliminates wasteful tax loopholes that only benefit a wealthy few–Congress can protect critical investments that create jobs and lift up the most vulnerable Americans.

“Congress has a choice to make. They can ensure that 600,000 women and children don’t go hungry, that 125,000 American families don’t lose their homes, and that 7,400 teachers and staff who support students with disabilities don’t lose their jobs, or they can protect an irresponsible tax loophole,” said Melissa Boteach, Director of CAP’s Poverty to Prosperity program. “This choice should be easy.”

Just by eliminating a loophole that gives special treatment to corporate jets, for example–at a cost to taxpayers of $3.2 billion over 10 years–Congress could avert cuts that would cost thousands of jobs, hurt millions of disadvantaged students, and force hundreds of thousands of vulnerable families to lose critical nutrition and housing supports this year. Here’s the math:

Congress has some key choices to make in the coming weeks. If they don’t close the loophole for corporate jets:

  • 600,000 women and children will lose the critical nutrition assistance they need
  • 125,000 families will lose their permanent housing
  • More than 100,000 formerly homeless people, including veterans, will be at risk to go back on the streets
  • Students with disabilities will lose critical instruction and support from more than 7,400 teachers and staff
  • 1 million disadvantaged students will lose critical education funding and 10,500 teachers and staff will be at risk for losing their jobs
  • 70,000 poor children will lose their Head Start and Early Head Start slots as the jobs of 14,000 teachers and other staff are put at risk

To speak to CAP experts about this issue, please contact Madeline Meth mmeth@americanprogress.org or 202.741.6277.

Related resources:

  • Follow Half in Ten’s #TalkPoverty campaign here.

The Center for American Progress is a think tank dedicated to improving the lives of Americans through ideas and action. We combine bold policy ideas with a modern communications platform to help shape the national debate, expose the hollowness of conservative governing philosophy, and challenge the media to cover the issues that truly matter.

NRA Working to Elect Pro-Gun Judges and Prosecutors

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – Today, as the gun control debate continues on the national stage, the Center for American Progress released “NRA Working to Elect Pro-Gun Judges and Prosecutors,” which traces the millions of dollars that the Law Enforcement Alliance of America, or LEAA, has spent in state races–with the help of the National Rifle Association–to elect candidates that grant broad rights to gun owners and curtail the rights of criminal defendants. This analysis also details the LEAA’s NRA-funded efforts to keep cities and counties from adopting gun-control reforms to keep their communities safer.

Founded and heavily funded by the National Rifle Association, the LEAA operates at the state and local level opposing common-sense gun reforms such as background checks, bans on assault weapons, and measures to keep guns out of the hands of people on the federal government’s “Terrorist Watchlist.” While the LEAA’s refusal to disclose the source of its funding makes it difficult to ascertain the full extent to which the NRA has supported the organization, the NRA’s tax documents reveal that it gave at least $2 million to the organization between 2000 and 2010. Previous media reports indicate that the NRA donated $500,000 annually to the organization from 1995 to 2002, which would total more than $5 million.

By funding the LEAA, the NRA has helped purchase ads supporting pro-gun candidates for state supreme courts and state attorneys general. The judges and prosecutors elected with the aid of LEAA funding have carried out their duties in accord with the values of the LEAA and the NRA. Some examples include:

  • Former Republican Virginia Attorney General Jerry Kilgore was elected with the aid of the LEAA, and his campaigns have also received $11,000 directly from the NRA and its employees. Upon taking office in 2002, Kilgore moved to limit the reach of the “Uniform Machine Gun Act,” which prohibits “aggressive” use of a machine gun. Kilgore also issued a ruling that the Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation had no power to ban concealed handguns in state parks.
  • Republican Attorney General Bill Schuette of Michigan was elected in 2010 after the LEAA ran ads attacking his opponent. In 2011 he granted gun owners in his state the right to use silencers if licensed by the federal government. The press release from Schuette’s office on the topic quoted an NRA spokesperson describing silencers as “useful safety devices.”
  • Texas Attorney General Greg Abbott, also a Republican, was first elected in 2002, after the LEAA ran ads attacking his opponent. In November 2012 he issued an opinion stating that employers could not enact policies that prohibited employees from keeping concealed weapons in their vehicles.
  • The Mississippi Supreme Court–with three judges elected after millions in ads paid for by the LEAA–ruled in September 2012 that a local Wal-Mart store was not liable for knowingly selling ammunition to a “straw purchaser” later used in a murder.

Since the LEAA was launched with NRA funding in 1991, restrictions on political spending by corporations and independent spending groups have been struck down by federal courts in cases such as Citizens United. The NRA has been a vocal opponent of proposed legislation to shed some light on the opaque funding of independent spenders. Without more effective disclosure rules, elections for judicial and prosecutorial offices can expect more attack ads from anonymous donors intent on shaping our state justice systems.

Read the full analysis here.

Related resources:

To speak with CAP experts on this topic, please contact Christina DiPasquale at 202.481.8181 or cdipasquale@americanprogress.org.

The Center for American Progress is a think tank dedicated to improving the lives of Americans through ideas and action. We combine bold policy ideas with a modern communications platform to help shape the national debate, expose the hollowness of conservative governing philosophy, and challenge the media to cover the issues that truly matter.

NRA Working to Elect Pro-Gun Judges and Prosecutors

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – Today, as the gun control debate continues on the national stage, the Center for American Progress released “NRA Working to Elect Pro-Gun Judges and Prosecutors,” which traces the millions of dollars that the Law Enforcement Alliance of America, or LEAA, has spent in state races–with the help of the National Rifle Association–to elect candidates that grant broad rights to gun owners and curtail the rights of criminal defendants. This analysis also details the LEAA’s NRA-funded efforts to keep cities and counties from adopting gun-control reforms to keep their communities safer.

Founded and heavily funded by the National Rifle Association, the LEAA operates at the state and local level opposing common-sense gun reforms such as background checks, bans on assault weapons, and measures to keep guns out of the hands of people on the federal government’s “Terrorist Watchlist.” While the LEAA’s refusal to disclose the source of its funding makes it difficult to ascertain the full extent to which the NRA has supported the organization, the NRA’s tax documents reveal that it gave at least $2 million to the organization between 2000 and 2010. Previous media reports indicate that the NRA donated $500,000 annually to the organization from 1995 to 2002, which would total more than $5 million.

By funding the LEAA, the NRA has helped purchase ads supporting pro-gun candidates for state supreme courts and state attorneys general. The judges and prosecutors elected with the aid of LEAA funding have carried out their duties in accord with the values of the LEAA and the NRA. Some examples include:

  • Former Republican Virginia Attorney General Jerry Kilgore was elected with the aid of the LEAA, and his campaigns have also received $11,000 directly from the NRA and its employees. Upon taking office in 2002, Kilgore moved to limit the reach of the “Uniform Machine Gun Act,” which prohibits “aggressive” use of a machine gun. Kilgore also issued a ruling that the Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation had no power to ban concealed handguns in state parks.
  • Republican Attorney General Bill Schuette of Michigan was elected in 2010 after the LEAA ran ads attacking his opponent. In 2011 he granted gun owners in his state the right to use silencers if licensed by the federal government. The press release from Schuette’s office on the topic quoted an NRA spokesperson describing silencers as “useful safety devices.”
  • Texas Attorney General Greg Abbott, also a Republican, was first elected in 2002, after the LEAA ran ads attacking his opponent. In November 2012 he issued an opinion stating that employers could not enact policies that prohibited employees from keeping concealed weapons in their vehicles.
  • The Mississippi Supreme Court–with three judges elected after millions in ads paid for by the LEAA–ruled in September 2012 that a local Wal-Mart store was not liable for knowingly selling ammunition to a “straw purchaser” later used in a murder.

Since the LEAA was launched with NRA funding in 1991, restrictions on political spending by corporations and independent spending groups have been struck down by federal courts in cases such as Citizens United. The NRA has been a vocal opponent of proposed legislation to shed some light on the opaque funding of independent spenders. Without more effective disclosure rules, elections for judicial and prosecutorial offices can expect more attack ads from anonymous donors intent on shaping our state justice systems.

Read the full analysis here.

Related resources:

To speak with CAP experts on this topic, please contact Christina DiPasquale at 202.481.8181 or cdipasquale@americanprogress.org.

The Center for American Progress is a think tank dedicated to improving the lives of Americans through ideas and action. We combine bold policy ideas with a modern communications platform to help shape the national debate, expose the hollowness of conservative governing philosophy, and challenge the media to cover the issues that truly matter.

Free Press: FCC Should Ignore AT&T’s Bullying

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – On Thursday, Free Press responded to claims in a blog post by AT&T Senior Vice President Bob Quinn that the Federal Communications Commission is moving too slowly on a petition that would eliminate certain regulations that ensure consumers and businesses have access to quality services at reasonable prices.

Free Press has filed comments with the FCC that raise serious concerns about the long-term impact of AT&T’s request that the agency facilitate the transition to all-IP networks. If granted under the FCC’s current broadband-classification framework, AT&T’s request would result in the complete removal of all regulatory oversight of our nation’s critical telecommunications infrastructure.

Free Press Research Director S. Derek Turner made the following statement:

“AT&T’s latest missive against the FCC shows once again that its penchant for bullying is as boundless as its hubris. The FCC is correct to take additional time to fully consider the petition brought by AT&T’s mouthpiece, the U.S. Telecom Association. If granted in full, the changes AT&T and USTA seek could have severe impacts on consumers, businesses, competition and jobs.

“AT&T’s agenda is clear: It wants no limits on its ability to jack up the prices for basic services, to redline already underserved consumers or to use its market power to raise its rivals’ costs. The FCC should ignore AT&T’s intimidation tactics and focus on the facts and the law.”

To read Free Press’ comments to the FCC, go to: http://www.freepress.net/sites/default/files/resources/FP_Petition_to_Launch_Comments.pdf.

To see a fact sheet summarizing the danger of AT&T’s proposal for underserved communities, go to: http://www.freepress.net/resource/102278/trip-wires-how-atts-proposal-dismantle-telecommunications-networks-harms-underserved

Free Press is a national, nonpartisan organization working to reform the media. Through education, organizing and advocacy, we promote diverse and independent media ownership, strong public media, and universal access to communications. Learn more at www.freepress.net

Free Press: FCC Should Ignore AT&T’s Bullying

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – On Thursday, Free Press responded to claims in a blog post by AT&T Senior Vice President Bob Quinn that the Federal Communications Commission is moving too slowly on a petition that would eliminate certain regulations that ensure consumers and businesses have access to quality services at reasonable prices.

Free Press has filed comments with the FCC that raise serious concerns about the long-term impact of AT&T’s request that the agency facilitate the transition to all-IP networks. If granted under the FCC’s current broadband-classification framework, AT&T’s request would result in the complete removal of all regulatory oversight of our nation’s critical telecommunications infrastructure.

Free Press Research Director S. Derek Turner made the following statement:

“AT&T’s latest missive against the FCC shows once again that its penchant for bullying is as boundless as its hubris. The FCC is correct to take additional time to fully consider the petition brought by AT&T’s mouthpiece, the U.S. Telecom Association. If granted in full, the changes AT&T and USTA seek could have severe impacts on consumers, businesses, competition and jobs.

“AT&T’s agenda is clear: It wants no limits on its ability to jack up the prices for basic services, to redline already underserved consumers or to use its market power to raise its rivals’ costs. The FCC should ignore AT&T’s intimidation tactics and focus on the facts and the law.”

To read Free Press’ comments to the FCC, go to: http://www.freepress.net/sites/default/files/resources/FP_Petition_to_Launch_Comments.pdf.

To see a fact sheet summarizing the danger of AT&T’s proposal for underserved communities, go to: http://www.freepress.net/resource/102278/trip-wires-how-atts-proposal-dismantle-telecommunications-networks-harms-underserved

Free Press is a national, nonpartisan organization working to reform the media. Through education, organizing and advocacy, we promote diverse and independent media ownership, strong public media, and universal access to communications. Learn more at www.freepress.net

‘Open States’ Connects You to any U.S. State Capitol and Lawmakers

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – The Sunlight Foundation today launches OpenStates.org – a website anyone can use to discover more about lawmaking in their state. Open States is a comprehensive database of legislative information for all 50 states, plus the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The website makes it easy to find state lawmakers, review their votes, search legislation and track bill progress, as well as compare legislation from state to state.

Developers at Sunlight Labs, along with dozens of civic hacker volunteers, collected and scraped legislative data from state websites across the country and made it available online in a unified, open source and reliable format. Check out the story of Open States (3-minute video).

“Every state house or senate website is different, but Open States brings them all together in one place,” said Tom Lee, Sunlight Labs Director. “We’ve made it easy to follow how state legislators are working to represent you and your interests. All you need to get started is your home address. Open States is also a valuable tool for tracking the propagation of model bills and lobbying groups’ ability to influence the spread of policy initiatives across state lines.”

Attend a free training webinar for Open States on Friday, Feb. 22 at 1 pm ET. Register here.

OpenStates.org is simple to use. Start by entering a U.S. address, browse a particular state or enter a term in the search box. The site provides contact information for lawmakers, a map of their district, voting records, committee assignments, campaign finance records from the National Institute on Money in State Politics and even local news articles. When researching a piece of legislation, Open States displays its status, sponsorships, break down of votes and provides the actual bill text and supporting documents. You can also search for bills with similar topics between states or view overview pages for every state.

Create a free Open States account and follow any bill, lawmaker or issue you are interested in learning more about. You can receive email alerts about your favorite topics via Sunlight’s Scout service.

The code for Open States is open source, and we offer both an API and bulk data downloads. Sunlight uses the API for our Open States iPhone and iPad app, and other notable users include NPR StateImpact and MinnPost.com.

The Sunlight Foundation received generous support from the Rita Allen Foundation, Minnesota Historical Society and Open Society Foundations to develop Open States.

The Sunlight Foundation is a non-partisan non-profit that uses cutting-edge technology and ideas to make government transparent and accountable. Visit http://SunlightFoundation.com to learn more about Sunlight’s projects, including http://PoliticalPartyTime.org and http://influenceexplorer.com.

Dire Warnings About New Regulations Don’t Come to Pass

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – The results of regulations to protect consumers not only tend to discredit industry’s dire predictions but often show that the safeguards benefit businesses, a Public Citizen report released today shows.

The report, “Regulation Issue: Industry’s Complaints about New Rules,” compares the business lobby’s predictions to the results of five significant regulatory policies. The safeguards ranged from San Francisco’s paid sick leave law to smokefree workplace policies. To say that industry’s warnings look foolish in retrospect is an understatement.

“Business groups always predict that proposed regulations will cause the sky to fall, but they’re never right,” said Adam Crowther, researcher with Public Citizen. “Given industry’s track record as forecasters, policy-makers would be wise to greet their new claims with extreme skepticism.”

The research is particularly timely this week, which marks two years since the passage of the Office of Management and Budget’s deadline to finish its work on a proposed rule to protect workers from deadly exposure to silica. Many suspect industry pressure is to blame.

The cases Public Citizen examined include:

– San Francisco’s paid sick leave policy. Under this ordinance, businesses were required to give sick leave to their employees. The San Francisco Republican Party said the law amounted to “a job-killing attack” on the city’s economic engine. But employment in San Francisco subsequently increased and the number of businesses grew.

– The Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993. This law gave workers the right to take unpaid leave to recover from an illness, or care for a sick or newborn child. U.S. Rep. John Boehner (R-Ohio) predicted that if the measure passed, “the light of freedom will grow dimmer.” In fact, the act had virtually no impact on the vast majority of businesses covered by the bill, government data show.

– Unleaded gasoline. Leaded gasoline once was a serious public health menace. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in 1973 issued rules reducing the amount of lead in gasoline, then banned it entirely in 1986. Industry groups said this move would jeopardize 43 million jobs in the petrochemical industry. In reality, the industry has flourished for decades, and reduction in atmospheric lead has been credited with enormous public health benefits. Further, the reduction of lead in the environment has been linked to improved public health.

– Smokefree workplace laws. Since the early 1990s, jurisdications encompassing more than 200 million people have banned smoking in bars and restaurants. Secondhand smoke has been shown to cause lung cancer and heart disease. The tobacco industry warned that smoking bans would reduce bar and restaurant profits by as much as 30 percent. Instead, profits increased after the laws were enacted. A document unearthed during litigation against the tobacco industry revealed that a Philip Morris executive admitted that “our dire predictions in the past rarely came true.”

– The CARD Act. Passed in 2009, this law protects consumers from unfair credit card company policies by regulating interest rates and fees, and mandating better disclosure. The American Bankers Association predicted that it would hurt consumers and small businesses. But survey data indicates that now even businesses praise the legislation.

Read the report here.

Public Citizen is a national, nonprofit consumer advocacy organization founded in 1971 to represent consumer interests in Congress, the executive branch and the courts.

Private Debt — Not Government Debt — Will Destroy America

0

Personal debt.(Photo: SeniroLiving.org)There are two kinds of debt. One that’s relatively harmless. And one that can destroy us all.  

There’s public sector debt — or government debt — which is over $16 trillion. This is the sort of debt that politicians scream and holler about when they demand austerity.

And then there’s private sector debt — the debt owned by you and me and millions of Americans across the nation in the form of credit cards, home and auto loans, along with America’s corporate debt. This sort of debt doesn’t seem to bother politicians at all, even though total private sector debt is $38 trillion, more than double government debt.

Now here’s what you need to know. Public sector debt is not a problem at all. Our national debt, despite the big number, is not a threat to the nation.

Currently, our national debt is roughly 100% of GDP. After World War 2, it was much higher — over 120% of GDP.  But, rather than freaking out in the 1950’s and demanding austerity spending cuts, both Republican and Democratic Presidents and lawmakers grew our nation out of this so-called debt problem with government spending.

There were massive government investments to build the Interstate Highway System, send returning GIs to college, and to grow the social safety net.

And it worked. With more government investments, more Americans were put to work, which meant they had more money to spend, which meant more businesses hired more people to keep up with the higher demand, which meant Americans all around were earning more money and paying more revenue into the government through taxes. Our debt-to-GDP ratio plummeted from its peak of over 120% in the 1950’s to around 20% in the 1970’s.  

Then Reagan came in, gave billionaires a massive tax cut, increased defense spending, and our national debt exploded again. But, two Presidents later, Bill Clinton had the budget balanced and the nation on track to completely eliminate the national debt within ten years.

George W. Bush blew up that plan with his tax cuts, wars, corporate giveaways, and his economic crash, so now we have a pretty massive debt, although not as big as the one Truman and Eisenhower faced and beat.

Our nation has a long history, from the Revolutionary War to the Civil War to World War II of dealing with our national debt, and reducing debt levels that are much higher than we see today. That’s why government debt is not a problem right now. With just a small amount of political will, it can be solved pretty easily: more government investments to put people to work and more taxes on the rich so that they pay their fair share again have always solved it in the past.

On the other hand, private sector debt is a huge problem. Not only is it devastating the livelihoods of millions of Americans around the nation, but it’s also pushing our economy toward collapse.   

After World War 2, total private debt was below 50% of GDP. Today, it’s more than 250% of GDP, which is even higher than it was during the Great Depression.

There are several reasons for this.

The first is that when Reagan stopped enforcing the Sherman Anti-Trust Act, businesses started merging and acquiring each other like crazy. Because of changes in the rules on how that could be done, Private Equity or LBO firms came into existence, driving the monopolistic merger process with trillions in debt. Today virtually every corporate merger involves the company taking on huge debt, while the executives and the Pirate Equity boys take home billions. The result is that most of this private sector debt is corporate debt, and it’s dangerously high, a teetering, towering house of cards. 

And then there’s household debt.  

Since Reagan, Americans have not been paid more for their increased productivity, so wages have failed to keep up with the rising costs of housing, energy, education, and healthcare. To make ends meet, Americans had to extend their credit lines and home mortgages, thus sinking further into debt.

Also, there was the housing bubble, which was caused by banksters pushing mortgages — or debt — on millions of Americans, knowing that those same Americans were unlikely to be able to pay down those mortgages and debt.

But the banks made a ton of money selling off that bad debt to other investors before the market went bust, and skimming fees off the top of every single transaction.

And, of course, all of the losses that the banksters did incur during the crisis were promptly repaid by our government thanks to the bailout.

But nobody seemed to care about the debt that everyone else who wasn’t a bankster still had. Nobody except the banks, which are still trying to suck more and more money out of their indebted customers, and are now bringing back debtor’s prisons to help in this effort.

In Arkansas, a breast cancer survivor, Lisa Lindsay, was thrown in jail because she didn’t pay a $280 medical bill, which was charged to her by mistake.

Debtors’ prisons haven’t officially been used in America since before the Civil War. But today, a third of the states in the country allow debt collectors to use the public court system to go after people who owe them money. So, rather than being thrown in jail for specifically owing money, Americans are thrown in jail for not showing up to court hearings or not paying legal fines stemming from their debts.  

There’s even a law in Arkansas that allows landlords to throw tenants in jail if they’re late on their rent. According to a recent report by Human Rights Watch, hundreds of tenants in Arkansas who’ve fallen on hard times and can’t pay their rent are taken to court and sometimes jailed.

So, in a roundabout way, the debtors prisons have returned to America.

This is a huge problem because economies depend on consumers — people like you and me — spending money. But, if we’re in debt up to our eye-balls, and being thrown in prison for that debt, then we can’t spend money to stimulate the economy.

As economist Steve Keen told me, “That’s why we’re in a crisis.”

He added that it wasn’t the government deficit we have to worry about.  Instead, he said, “It’s the dynamics of private debt that have determined the crunch we’re in now.”

While debt can be useful and free up more spending in the economy, we’ve reached a point where businesses and individual Americans can no longer afford to go deeper into debt. 

And a major reason why the economy continues to stagnate after the collapse is because Americans are paying down their debt rather than spending money in the economy. And the more Americans continue to pay down their debt instead of spending, the worse the economy will get.

When this happens, Keen told me, “You plunge off the cliff.” 

Even government stimulus can’t help at this point. Whether it was Bush’s stimulus at the end of 2008 that gave everyone a couple hundred bucks, or Obama’s stimulus in 2009, any extra money Americans get from the government is diverted away from the economy and put instead toward paying down their huge individual debts, which has no stimulative effect on the economy at all.  

If private debt was 50% of GDP like in the 1950’s, then Americans could afford to both buy things and pay down their own debt.  And ditto for businesses. But at 250% of GDP, that private sector debt strangles the economy and sets the stage for a looming economic collapse.

So then, what’s to be done?

We should wipe the worst and most destructive of the private sector debt, the debt that prevents people from spending.

Keen calls for a debt jubilee. That means using the government to simply pay off much of the individual debt across America, from mortgages to student loans to credit cards.

This is also the approach Occupy Wall Street is taking with its “Strike Debt” campaign, though the organization is also relying on private donations to help buy people’s overdue debt at a cheap price and then completely wipe it out.   

A debt jubilee isn’t a radical idea. In fact, it’s promoted in the Bible in the Book of Leviticus, which calls for a debt jubilee every 49 years.  As Leviticus 25:10 reads, “This fiftieth year is sacred–it is a time of freedom and of celebration when everyone will receive back their original property, and slaves will return home to their families.”

Debt cancellation is supported in the Koran, too. And it was used in Ancient Athens and many Native American societies.

Wiping out private debt would unleash enormous spending in our economy in ways we haven’t seen since the boom years of the 1950’s and 1960’s. The only reason it’s not seriously being considered by our lawmakers today is because a debt jubilee would diminish the profits of the banksters who thrive — and prey — on an indebted nation.

But, in the not-to-distant future, as our economy continues to collapse under the weight of tens of trillions of dollars in private sector debt, our nation will be faced with an ultimate choice: Strike Debt or watch our economy completely collapse in a way that will make 1929 look like a picnic.

Let’s make the right choice now!   

Britain Says Equine Drug May Have Entered Food Chain

0

London – A crisis over horse meat in European food products deepened on Thursday when British officials said tests showed that a powerful equine drug, potentially harmful to human health, may have entered the food chain in small quantities.

Until now, the crisis had been seen primarily as an issue of fraud after products containing horse meat were labeled beef, with politicians insisting that, even if millions of products sold as beef contained up to 100 percent horse meat, food safety was not at issue.

But on Thursday came the first admission that a banned substance, phenylbutazone, known as bute, could have entered the food chain in horse meat.

The British Food Standards Agency said that it had checked the carcasses of 206 horses slaughtered in Britain between Jan. 30 and Feb. 7. “Of these, eight tested positive for the drug,” it said in a statement. Six had been slaughtered at a plant in Taunton, Somerset, and “were sent to France and may have entered the food chain,” the statement said. The other two did not leave a different British slaughterhouse and have now been disposed of in accordance with the rules, the statement said. “The F.S.A. is gathering information on the six carcasses sent to France and will work with the French authorities to trace them,” it added.

Because there is little demand for horse meat in Britain, it is not uncommon for carcasses to be exported to France. The British and French authorities were trying to trace the meat, but as yet have not identified any products directly affected.

The scandal has already plunged the British food industry into crisis with millions of products being withdrawn from supermarket freezer counters, initially in Britain and Ireland. But other countries, including Sweden and Germany, have been affected, too.

Officials in Britain tried to reassure the public. “Horse meat containing phenylbutazone presents a very low risk to human health,” Britain’s chief medical officer, Dame Sally Davies, said in a statement Thursday.

“Phenylbutazone, known as bute, is a commonly used medicine in horses,” she said. “It is also prescribed to some patients who are suffering from a severe form of arthritis. At the levels of bute that have been found, a person would have to eat 500-600 100 hundred percent horse meat burgers a day to get close to consuming a human’s daily dose.”

“And it passes through the system fairly quickly, so it is unlikely to build up in our bodies,” she added.

“In patients who have been taking phenylbutazone as a medicine there can be serious side effects, but these are rare. It is extremely unlikely that anyone who has eaten horse meat containing bute will experience one of these side effects.”

The widening scandal began when beef products on sale in several European Union countries were found to contain horse meat.

Frederick Douglass Day: Time to Give Credit Where It’s Due

0

Frederick Douglass.Frederick Douglass. (Photo: Wikipedia)Frederick Douglass was born into slavery on (or around) Valentine’s Day in 1818. In his 70-odd years of life, he escaped his captivity, became one of the most outspoken opponents of slavery, and ultimately lived to see its abolishment. After Abraham Lincoln’s assassination, Douglas was reputed to have received the late president’s favorite walking stick from his widow.

It’s said that history is written by the winners. History is also written by those in power, those with privilege, those who have not been disenfranchised. Douglass was a counter-point to that trend, writing two autobiographies and becoming a great enough orator that his voice could not be ignored completely. Few of his brothers and sisters in bondage would have been able to read, but Douglass, born into that life, was an accomplished writer.

White slaveholders and defenders of slavery were using everything from scriptural interpretation to bad science to protect their interests in that “most unusual institution” of the American South. One of their major arguments was that black slaves were clever animals, not actually capable of human intelligence. Douglass, smarter than all of them, demolished that argument simply by existing, but he took the time to explain exactly what was wrong with treating people as property — you know, for the slower students.

I think it’s worth noting how truly exceptional an individual Douglass really was. There’s a kind of historical chauvinism where we look back at places, times and events in history, with our 20/20 hindsight, modern education and all the benefits of being born now, rather than just about any other point in the past. People say, “why didn’t the Jews fight back when they were being carted off to Auschwitz?” or “I never would have put up with being a slave.” They also take the moral high ground: “I never would have supported Hitler” and “I wouldn’t have been a plantation owner.”

The truth is that now and in the past, most of us tend to follow the path of least resistance and do whatever everyone else is doing. Questioning the status quo is something the more thoughtful among us do, and actually doing something about it? You have to be rather courageous to blaze a trail for social change. No one wants to be the first to step out of line.

Amidst a chorus of praise for Lincoln, Steven Spielberg’s latest opus, there are a few dissenting voices. The screenplay’s first draft (written in 2001) actually focused on the friendship between the president and Douglass, but after rewrites and casting and filming, somehow this crucial black leader ended up disappearing from the movie. It wasn’t only Douglass whose contributions were written out of this story. According to historian Kate Masur, an active and well-organized black political presence in the DC area that the real Lincoln would have been well-acquainted with in the months leading up to his death are also conspicuously absent from the film.

There’s a degree of revisionist history here, which scholars of the last several decades have been working to correct. The traditional version of what happened is that important white people, like Lincoln, had a crisis of conscience, decided slavery was wrong, and, after one bloody war, presented freedom to African Americans as a gift on a silver platter. But of course Lincoln, while he did fight to end slavery by peaceful means for most of his career leading up to the Civil War, was also very clear about his priorities.

If I could save the Union without freeing any slave I would do it, and if I could save it by freeing all the slaves I would do it; and if I could save it by freeing some and leaving others alone I would also do that. What I do about slavery, and the colored race, I do because I believe it helps to save the Union.

Douglass himself was critical of Lincoln for being so late to the game with emancipation, so while he called him the greatest American president (and he may still be the greatest president, to date), it may have been at least somewhat along the lines of democracy not being a very good system, but better than all the alternatives. Yes, in the end he got the job done, but far from being a white knight, riding to moral rescue at any cost, he was a decent but very human individual who understood politics, made compromises and took those final crucial steps only when he was forced to. So how come Lincoln gets a movie and Douglass doesn’t even get a bit part in it?

I have my suspicions. Certainly, Kate Masur got at some of it. But Douglas is at an additional disadvantage. Fairly critical of the church, and basically non-religious, especially when compared to figures like MLK or Malcolm X, many Americans may be a little less apt to put Douglass in a heroic role.

The film Agora, a period piece set in the Ancient Roman Empire, struggled to find a U.S. release, for seemingly much the same reason. Hypatia, an atheist, was martyred by early Roman Christians. Though it was well over a thousand years ago, modern U.S. Christians, it seemed, weren’t eager to cheer on the faithless while the bad guys are religious nuts.

So Douglass, a fighter for equal rights, is even still being discriminated against today. Ironically, he was so far ahead of his time that even with all the strides we’ve made with respect to race, he’s managed to bait an entirely different sort of prejudice. Maybe one day we’ll be able to leave prejudices of all kinds behind us.

Scientists: US Must Act Now Against ‘Dangers’ of Toxic Plastics

0

(Photo: Rick Loomis/ LA Times)Scientists are proposing to reclassify the most polluting of plastics as hazardous materials hopefully enabling governments to do something about the 140 million tons of plastic that litter our roadsides, waterways and shorelines each year.

In a piece published Thursday in the journal Nature, the international group of scientists make that argument that by reclassifying the most harmful plastic waste as hazardous material–much like chlorofluorocarbons, or CFCs, were in 1989–environmental agencies will be better equipped to regulate the waste and research less destructive alternatives.

“The United States, Europe, Japan and other nations classified plastic as solid waste, treating their disposal much like food scraps or grass clippings,” said report coauthor Mark Anthony Browne. “It’s an outdated view that plastics are inert ignoring scientific evidence […] that plastic debris is laden with highly toxic pollutants.”

“We believe that if countries classified the most harmful plastics as hazardous, their environmental agencies would have the power to restore affected habitats and prevent more dangerous debris from accumulating,” says the report.

The proposal initially targets four kinds of plastics composed of the most toxic materials: polyvinylchloride, or PVC, used in plastic pipes; polystyrene, or popularly known as Styrofoam; polyurethane; and polycarbonate, a hard plastic used in making baby bottles, electronics and appliances.

“We feel,” the group writes, “that the physical dangers of plastic debris are well enough established, and the suggestions of chemical dangers sufficiently worrying, that the biggest producers of plastic waste–the United States, Europe and China–must act now.”

‘Carbon Fee & Dividend’ Bill Introduced to Battle ‘Planetary Emergency’ of Climate Change

0

The day after two new opinion polls revealed overwhelming public support for “significant action on tackling climate change”–and several days ahead of a planned climate rally in Washington billed as the “largest in US history”–two Senators on Thursday announced their plans for new legislation that would, among other provisions, include a carbon fee and dividend component designed to incentivize a move away from fossil fuels and towards a more sustainable energy system in the United States.

A press conference held by Sen.Bernie Sanders (I-VT) and Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA), and attended by leaders from environmental and consumer advocacy groups, was held on Capitol Hill to explain the contents of the two bills drafted and the thinking driving the proposals.

“I fear very much that our children, grandchildren and great- grandchildren are going to look back on this period in history and ask a very simple question: Where were they?” said Sanders to gathered reporters. “Why didn’t the United States of America, the most powerful nation on earth, lead the international community in cutting greenhouse gas emissions and preventing the devastating damage that the scientific community was sure would come?”

“I fear very much that our children, grandchildren and great- grandchildren are going to look back on this period in history and ask a very simple question: Where were they?” — Sen. Bernie Sanders

During her comments, Boxer said that though few think quality legislation can get through the highly dysfunctional current Congress, the “planetary emergency” presented by climate change compelled she and her colleagues to try.

Joining Sanders and Boxer at the news conference were environmental and consumer leaders including Bill McKibben, founder of 350.org; Mike Brune, executive director of Sierra Club; Tara McGuiness, executive director of the Center for American Progress Action Fund; Tyson Slocum, Public Citizen’s energy director; and Meg Power of the National Community Action Foundation.

“Sens. Sanders and Boxer actually understand the depth of the climate problem we face. We are awfully grateful to them for starting us down the legislative path that could reverse our disastrous course. We hope and trust that they won’t have to be a lone voice,” said McKibben, who on Wednesday, along with Brune and others, was arrested outside the White House protesting the Keystone XL pipeline.

Growing political shifts surrounding public opinion on climate change were evidence as well on Wednesday, as two new polls showed that US public is ready for climate action from Congress.

As The Guardian reports:

A poll for the League of Conservation Voters showed that 65% of Americans want Obama to take “significant steps” to prevent climate change. Pollster Joel Benenson said public support — which cut across race and age — gave Obama extra leverage on his central promise to make climate change a central component of his second-term agenda. “This is across a broad spectrum of Americans,” Benenson told a conference call.

Among Republicans, however, only 38% wanted action on climate change.

Another poll, conducted for the Natural Resources Defense Council, found that 65% of Americans consider climate change a serious problem. Nearly as many, 62%, agreed with Obama’s call to act “for the sake of our children”.

The central component of the Sanders and Boxer proposal–contained in two separate bills, the Climate Protection Act (pdf) and the Sustainable Energy Act (pdf)–is the so-called ‘fee and dividend’ program, which will impose a fee on processed carbon (ie. at the oil refinery, coal processing plant, etc.) by levying a per tonnage tax and returning three-fifths of the revenue generated to the public in the form of a rebate. The model is based on the current one used by Alaska’s oil dividend program in which all legal residents are given a monthly share of money generated by state fees on the oil industry.

According to the summary of the legislation, the dividend program “is the most progressive way to ensure that if fossil fuel companies jack up prices, consumers and families can offset cost increases on fuel and electricty.” In other words, as oil, coal, and gas companies try to pass the cost of the carbon fee onto consumers, the rebate program recoups those costs and helps incentivize overall less use of fossil fuels.

As The San Francisco Chronicle explains:

The fee-and-dividend idea offers a way around the political and distributional obstacles of a carbon tax. A price on carbon is widely considered essential to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, and is much simpler and more transparent than the cap-and-trade legislation Boxer sponsored in 2009. A carbon tax has potential appeal to conservatives, at least conservative economists, as a market based approach to reducing climate pollution, as well as to tax reform. A carbon tax is a consumption tax, which economists generally prefer to taxes on work, savings and investment.

“Pricing carbon is an important tool to address climate change, and this legislation ensures that working families aren’t penalized by dedicating 3/5 of revenues to a per-capita family refund. This will protect families at the same time we seek to protect the climate,” said Slocum, Public Citizen’s energy program director.

A portion of the remaining two-fifths of the revenue generated by the carbon fee will be used to make investments in energy efficiency, said Boxer and Sanders, including funding for new technologies, home and business weatherization, research and development, and job creation in the clean energy sector.

“To transform our energy system, this legislation makes the boldest ever investment in energy efficiency and sustainable energy,” said Sanders.

Read the summary of the legislation here (pdf).

One Billion Rising: Globalizing the Battle for Women’s Rights

0

There’s talk about union, and then there’s acting in unison. As the President was talking about the State of the Union this week, the organizers of V-day were working with activists all around the world to pull off what will doubtless be the most public breaking-of the silence around gender violence that the world has seen.

One Billion Rising is the brainchild of Eve Ensler and the women and men of V-day. For fifteen years,the anti-violence mobilization V-day has used Valentines Day productions of Ensler’s play The Vagina Monologues, to draw attention to violence against women and girls.  As Ensler says, V-day’s goal was to stop the violence that according to the UN, affects one in three women in the world. Fifteen years on, she decided it was time to escalate — and she put out a global call for one billion people to Strike Dance or Rise today — February 14, 2013.

The call went out a year ago today. At last count, people in more countries than there are countries had announced they would be Striking or Dancing or Rising today. That’s 202 countries and territories. Go to the website OneBillionRising.org. Type in your zip code and you’ll find a Google Map that is a mad mass of risings. You can watch the action in South Africa, India, Congo and many other places via live videostream from home.

The action began at dawn with indigenous women in Papua New Guinea. It is sweeping through Australia, Asia, Africa and Europe to the Americas. The Prime Minister of Australia and the President of Croatia are rising. Migrant workers, domestic workers, nurses, doctors, even the Dalai Lama. Solidarity pledges have come in from movie stars and Dalit women and the president of the United Steelworkers.

By this time tomorrow what will OBR have achieved? It’s not like some Mayan Calendar prediction of world transformation overnight. Some organizers have taken advantage of the rising to give momentum to legislation. In the US, in Washington, the One Billion Rising Rising will be calling for the reauthorization of the Violence Against Women Act. In London, Stella Creasy MP, has introduced a bill to demand more comprehensive sex education — and she’s calling it the One Billion Rising Act.

But OBR’s greatest impact may have to do with borders. Not only has the mobilization brought women from all over the world together into an organizing effort that puts a whole new spin on internationalism, but it has also shone a spotlight on the intersections between so called “social” issues and “economic.”

Women and the men now working in jobs typically held by women, have been the shock absorbers of our economy, said labor leaders on a panel sponsored by One Billion Rising held at Cooper Union last fall. There, National Nurses United co-president Karen Higgins made the point that “The issues women face as workers as well as healthcare providers are very personal to us.”

NNU is one of a slew of labor groups supporting OBR in this country and abroad, including the National Domestic Workers Alliance, the Restaurant Opportunities Centers, The United Steelworkers, the American Federation of Teachers and Working America. The largest unions in the Philippines and UK, Kilusang Mayo Uno and UNITE, are also participating. Said Higgins this November:  

“We’re seeing more and more the fall out from this economy. Violence against us is rising, not just against nurses, but all healthcare workers and we’re having to fight with employers who don’t’ want word to get out that we’re facing that much violence. That silence hurts us too…Among our patients, heart disease in women is becoming more of a killer than cancer. And we’re watching women, responsible for welfare of family, choosing between their own welfare and those of kids.”

Today women in the Philippines will be rising to end violence against women and simultaneously to raise wages. They are integrated movements.  After breaking the silence around violence against women, will the global anti-violence movement take on breaking the silence about the violence of today’s economy?

© 2013 Grit TV

CISPA, the Privacy-Invading Cybersecurity Spying Bill, is Back in Congress

0

It’s official: The Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act was reintroduced in the House of Representatives yesterday. CISPA is the contentious bill civil liberties advocates fought last year, which would provide a poorly-defined “cybersecurity” exception to existing privacy law. CISPA offers broad immunities to companies who choose to share data with government agencies (including the private communications of users) in the name of cybersecurity. It also creates avenues for companies to share data with any (Photo: Kai-Huei Yau/ Tri-City Herald)federal agencies, including military intelligence agencies like the National Security Agency (NSA).

EFF is adamantly opposed to CISPA. Will you join us in calling on Congress to stop this and any other privacy-invasive cybersecurity legislation?

As others have noted, “CISPA is deeply flawed. Under a broad cybersecurity umbrella, it permits companies to share user communications directly with the super secret NSA and permits the NSA to use that information for non-cybersecurity reasons. This risks turning the cybersecurity program into a back door intelligence surveillance program run by a military entity with little transparency or public accountability.”  

Last year, CISPA passed the House with a few handful of amendments that tried to fix some of its vague language. But the amendments didn’t address many of the significant civil liberties concerns. Those remaining problems were reintroduced in today’s version of CISPA. Here’s a brief overview of the issues:

Companies have new rights to monitor user actions and share data–including potentially sensitive user data–with the government without a warrant.

First, CISPA would still give businesses the power to use “cybersecurity systems” to obtain any “cybersecurity threat information” (CTI)–which could include personal communications–about a perceived threat to their networks or systems.  The only limitation is that the company must act for a “cybersecurity purpose,” which is vaguely defined to include such things as “safeguarding” networks.

CISPA overrides existing privacy law, and grants broad immunities to participating companies.

At the same time, CISPA would also create a broad immunity from legal liability for monitoring, acquiring, or sharing CTI, so long as the entity acted “in good faith.” Our concern from day one has been that these combined power and immunity provisions would override existing privacy laws like the Wiretap Act and the Stored Communications Act. 

Worse, the law provides immunity “for decisions made based on” CTI. A rogue or misguided company could easily make bad “decisions” that would do a lot more harm than good, and should not be immunized.  

CISPA also raises major transparency and accountability issues.

Information provided to the federal government under CISPA would be exempt from the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and other state laws that could otherwise require disclosure (unless some law other than CISPA already requires its provision to the government).  

Users probably won’t know if their private data is compromised under CISPA, and will have little recourse. 

CISPA’s authors argue that the bill contains limitations on how the federal government can use and disclose information by permitting lawsuits against the government. But if a company sends information about a user that is not cyberthreat information, the government agency does not notify the user, only the company. 

CISPA is a dangerous bill

These are just a couple of reasons of why CISPA is a dangerous bill and why President Obama threatened to veto the bill last year. CISPA essentially equates greater cybersecurity with greater surveillance and information sharing. But many of our cybersecurity problems arise from software vulnerabilities and human failings, issues CISPA fails to address. For instance, the recent series of hackssuffered by New York Timeswere suspected to be from spearphishing and victims downloading malicious software masked as email attachments–the types of issues that CISPA doesn’t deal with.

We were heartened to hear that President Obama’s new Executive Order on cybersecurity will encourage government agencies to more readily share cybersecurity information with companies, and may even reduce unnecessary secrecy around cybersecurity information. Let’s use the momentum from the Executive Order to turn a new leaf in the cybersecurity debate, beginning a broader public dialogue about cybersecurity that doesn’t assume that surveillance is the right solution.

Please join EFF in opposing CISPA by contacting Congress today.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Vietnam and America’s “Wandering Ghosts”

0

Nick Turse talks to Bill about the ghosts of people and issues not properly put to rest in the years following the Vietnam war. In Vietnam, says Turse, a person who dies outside his or her home dies “a bad death,” and it’s the responsibility of the deceased’s relatives to make peace with the person’s “wandering ghost.” The multi-decade war with Vietnam, Turse says, is America’s wandering ghost, a conflict with which America has never managed to make peace.

‘America Doesn’t Torture’—It Kills

0

If the president can order the killing of 
American citizens abroad should he decide they are involved with Al Qaeda, can he assassinate suspected Al Qaeda—connected US citizens in London or Berlin? What about a suspect’s teenage son, a junior in a Canadian boarding school? If he can drop hellfire missiles on a house in northwestern Pakistan because he believes a terrorist cell is meeting inside, could he blow up a motel in Florida where supposed terrorists are staying and chalk up any dead vacationers as “collateral damage”? Of course not. Pakistan is completely different. Anwar al-Awlaki may have been a US citizen, but he was in Yemen, which is different too. As for his 16-year-old son, killed in Yemen in a drone attack some weeks later along with several other people, former White House press secretary Robert Gibbs put it well, if ungrammatically: “I would suggest that you should have a far more responsible father if they are truly concerned about the well-being of their children.” Unlike in the United States, in Yemen kids choose their parents.President Barack Obama walks to the Marine One helicopter, February 13, 2013. (Photo: Reuters/Jonathan Ernst)

Whatever happened to arresting people, extraditing them, giving them lawyers, putting them on trial–all that? Even in the hottest days of the Cold War, when millions believed communism threatened our very existence as a nation, Americans accused of spying for the Soviets had their day in court. No one suggested that President Eisenhower should skip the tiresome procedural stuff and just bomb the Rosenbergs’ apartment. 

The president and his choice to head the CIA, John Brennan, assure us that they are extremely careful, and the kill list is “legal, ethical and wise” (although they won’t tell us anything more about it). Brennan asserted in 2011 that no civilians have been killed by drones. Maybe he even believes this, although the Bureau of Investigative Journalism documented more than 500 civilian casualties in Yemen, Pakistan and Somalia, with a high estimate of many more. When President Obama appointed Harold Koh legal adviser to the State Department in 2009, it looked like he was sending a message: the bad old days are over. Koh, who once referred to President Bush as the “torturer in chief,” was an outspoken critic of that administration’s legal rationales for torture, Guantánamo and “targeted killings.” Fast-forward to today, and Koh provides legal rationales for those same “targeted killings” and gives critics the kind of snide brushoff the Bushites were famous for: justice for enemies “can be delivered through trials. Drones also deliver.” 

“The president is a thoughtful, analytical guy,” a national security adviser tells a group of CIA officers including Maya, the Osama-obsessed heroine of Kathryn Bigelow’s Zero Dark Thirty. Before he orders the assault on Osama’s compound, “he needs proof.” In another scene, a TV in the background shows Obama telling Steve Croft, “America doesn’t torture.” Even giving Obama the benefit of every doubt, do we want the president to be a one-man death panel? And what about the next president, and the one after that? Precedents are being set that concentrate far too much power in the executive branch and rely far too much on the moral capabilities of one man. The buck not only stops with Obama; it starts with him, too. 

Polls suggest that most Americans are fine with drones–including most liberals: 78 percent of viewers of Ed Shultz’s MSNBC talk show. Apparently, we are not persuaded by what seems to me obvious: law and morality aside, dropping bombs is no way to win friends and influence people. Last year a Pew poll found that
74 percent of Pakistanis consider the United States an enemy. Sherry Rehman, Pakistan’s US ambassador, told reporters that the drone campaign “creates more potential terrorists on the ground and militants on the ground instead of taking them out.” September 11 enraged Americans so profoundly we started two wars, one against a nation that had nothing to do with it. Why do we assume that the people we attack are any different?

How did we end up here? Surely one fatal turning point was Obama’s decision not to prosecute anyone connected with the Bush administration’s brutal policies, especially torture. Not only did this breed cynicism and callousness; it tacitly allowed that maybe Abu Ghraib and black sites and Baghram and Guantánamo were justifiable, given the fiendish and shape-shifting nature of terrorism.

That’s certainly the message I took from Zero Dark Thirty, and, frankly, I don’t understand how anyone can see this much-praised movie as ambiguous on the torture question. The movie says torture works: “In the end, everybody breaks,” Dan (Jason Clarke) tells the prisoner he is beating, waterboarding, walking like a dog and forcing into a tiny box. “It’s biology.” And sure enough, the man gives up the clue that eventually leads to Osama’s front door. If, in real life, this information was actually obtained by other methods, as Senators Dianne Feinstein and Carl Levin attested in a public letter about the film, there’s no suggestion of it onscreen. But the movie does something even worse: it not only makes torture look necessary; it makes the torturers cool. Dan is handsome, smart, humorous and unconventional–his own person in a crowd of company men. When not stringing people from the ceiling, he’s caring–a good friend to Maya, an animal lover. He doesn’t let his job turn him into a brute or a sadist–he knows when he’s reached his emotional limits and gets out. As for Maya, the lonely avenger of 9/11, what can one say? She’s not only smart, dedicated, selfless, brave and tireless–she’s Jessica
Chastain! The most beautiful woman in the world, with flowing locks of red-gold hair that light up every scene she’s in, including the one where she fetches a pail of water for the waterboarding.

The only person in the CIA who will see a day in prison for anything that happened during all this is James Kiriakou, the anti-torture whistleblower recently sentenced to thirty months for revealing the name of a covert CIA officer to a reporter. Don’t hold your breath for a Hollywood movie about him.

© 2013 The Nation

Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail

0

The deal was announced quietly, just before the holidays, almost like the government was hoping people were too busy hanging stockings by the fireplace to notice. Flooring politicians, lawyers and investigators all over the world, the U.S. Justice Department granted a total walk to executives of the British-based bank HSBC for the largest drug-and-terrorism money-laundering case ever. Yes, they issued a fine — $1.9 billion, or about five weeks’ profit — but they didn’t extract so much as one dollar or one day in jail from any individual, despite a decade of stupefying abuses.(Illustration by Victor Juhasz)

People may have outrage fatigue about Wall Street, and more stories about billionaire greedheads getting away with more stealing often cease to amaze. But the HSBC case went miles beyond the usual paper-pushing, keypad-punching­ sort-of crime, committed by geeks in ties, normally associated­ with Wall Street. In this case, the bank literally got away with murder — well, aiding and abetting it, anyway.

For at least half a decade, the storied British colonial banking power helped to wash hundreds of millions of dollars for drug mobs, including Mexico’s Sinaloa drug cartel, suspected in tens of thousands of murders just in the past 10 years — people so totally evil, jokes former New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, that “they make the guys on Wall Street look good.” The bank also moved money for organizations linked to Al Qaeda and Hezbollah, and for Russian gangsters; helped countries like Iran, the Sudan and North Korea evade sanctions; and, in between helping murderers and terrorists and rogue states, aided countless common tax cheats in hiding their cash.

“They violated every goddamn law in the book,” says Jack Blum, an attorney and former Senate investigator who headed a major bribery investigation against Lockheed in the 1970s that led to the passage of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. “They took every imaginable form of illegal and illicit business.”

That nobody from the bank went to jail or paid a dollar in individual fines is nothing new in this era of financial crisis. What is different about this settlement is that the Justice Department, for the first time, admitted why it decided to go soft on this particular kind of criminal. It was worried that anything more than a wrist slap for HSBC might undermine the world economy. “Had the U.S. authorities decided to press criminal charges,” said Assistant Attorney General Lanny Breuer at a press conference to announce the settlement, “HSBC would almost certainly have lost its banking license in the U.S., the future of the institution would have been under threat and the entire banking system would have been destabilized.”

It was the dawn of a new era. In the years just after 9/11, even being breathed on by a suspected terrorist could land you in extralegal detention for the rest of your life. But now, when you’re Too Big to Jail, you can cop to laundering terrorist cash and violating the Trading With the Enemy Act, and not only will you not be prosecuted for it, but the government will go out of its way to make sure you won’t lose your license. Some on the Hill put it to me this way: OK, fine, no jail time, but they can’t even pull their charter? Are you kidding?

But the Justice Department wasn’t finished handing out Christmas goodies. A little over a week later, Breuer was back in front of the press, giving a cushy deal to another huge international firm, the Swiss bank UBS, which had just admitted to a key role in perhaps the biggest antitrust/price-fixing case in history, the so-called LIBOR scandal, a massive interest-rate­rigging conspiracy involving hundreds of trillions (“trillions,” with a “t”) of dollars in financial products. While two minor players did face charges, Breuer and the Justice Department worried aloud about global stability as they explained why no criminal charges were being filed against the parent company.

“Our goal here,” Breuer said, “is not to destroy a major financial institution.”

A reporter at the UBS presser pointed out to Breuer that UBS had already been busted in 2009 in a major tax-evasion case, and asked a sensible question. “This is a bank that has broken the law before,” the reporter said. “So why not be tougher?”

“I don’t know what tougher means,” answered the assistant attorney general.

Also known as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC has always been associated with drugs. Founded in 1865, HSBC became the major commercial bank in colonial China after the conclusion of the Second Opium War. If you’re rusty in your history of Britain’s various wars of Imperial Rape, the Second Opium War was the one where Britain and other European powers basically slaughtered lots of Chinese people until they agreed to legalize the dope trade (much like they had done in the First Opium War, which ended in 1842).

A century and a half later, it appears not much has changed. With its strong on-the-ground presence in many of the various ex-colonial territories in Asia and Africa, and its rich history of cross-cultural moral flexibility, HSBC has a very different international footprint than other Too Big to Fail banks like Wells Fargo or Bank of America. While the American banking behemoths mainly gorged themselves on the toxic residential-mortgage trade that caused the 2008 financial bubble, HSBC took a slightly different path, turning itself into the destination bank for domestic and international scoundrels of every possible persuasion.

Three-time losers doing life in California prisons for street felonies might be surprised to learn that the no-jail settlement Lanny Breuer worked out for HSBC was already the bank’s third strike. In fact, as a mortifying 334-page report issued by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations last summer made plain, HSBC ignored a truly awesome quantity of official warnings.

In April 2003, with 9/11 still fresh in the minds of American regulators, the Federal Reserve sent HSBC’s American subsidiary a cease-and-desist­ letter, ordering it to clean up its act and make a better effort to keep criminals and terrorists from opening accounts at its bank. One of the bank’s bigger customers, for instance, was Saudi Arabia’s Al Rajhi bank, which had been linked by the CIA and other government agencies to terrorism. According to a document cited in a Senate report, one of the bank’s founders, Sulaiman bin Abdul Aziz Al Rajhi, was among 20 early financiers of Al Qaeda, a member of what Osama bin Laden himself apparently called the “Golden Chain.” In 2003, the CIA wrote a confidential report about the bank, describing Al Rajhi as a “conduit for extremist finance.” In the report, details of which leaked to the public by 2007, the agency noted that Sulaiman Al Rajhi consciously worked to help Islamic “charities” hide their true nature, ordering the bank’s board to “explore financial instruments that would allow the bank’s charitable contributions to avoid official Saudi scrutiny.” (The bank has denied any role in financing extremists.)

In January 2005, while under the cloud of its first double-secret­-probation agreement with the U.S., HSBC decided to partially sever ties with Al Rajhi. Note the word “partially”: The decision­ would only apply to Al Rajhi banking and not to its related trading company, a distinction that tickled executives inside the bank. In March 2005, Alan Ketley, a compliance officer for HSBC’s American subsidiary, HBUS, gleefully told Paul Plesser, head of his bank’s Global Foreign Exchange Department, that it was cool to do business with Al Rajhi Trading. “Looks like you’re fine to continue dealing with Al Rajhi,” he wrote. “You’d better be making lots of money!”

But this backdoor arrangement with bin Laden’s suspected “Golden Chain” banker wasn’t direct enough — many HSBC executives wanted the whole shebang restored. In a remarkable e-mail sent in May 2005, Christopher Lok, HSBC’s head of global bank notes, asked a colleague if they could maybe go back to fully doing business with Al Rajhi as soon as one of America’s primary banking regulators, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, lifted the 2003 cease-and-desist order: “After the OCC closeout and that chapter is hopefully finished, could we revisit Al Rajhi again? London compliance has taken a more lenient view.”

After being slapped with the order in 2003, HSBC began blowing off its requirements both in letter and in spirit — and on a mass scale, too. Instead of punishing the bank, though, the government’s response was to send it more angry letters. Typically, those came in the form of so-called “MRA” (Matters Requiring Attention) letters sent by the OCC. Most of these touched upon the same theme, i.e., HSBC failing to do due diligence on the shady characters who might be depositing money in its accounts or using its branches to wire money. HSBC racked up these “You’re Still Screwing Up and We Know It” orders by the dozen, and in just one brief stretch between 2005 and 2006, it received 30 different formal warnings.

Nonetheless, in February 2006 the OCC under George Bush suddenly decided to release HSBC from the 2003 cease-and-desist­ order. In other words, HSBC basically violated its parole 30 times in just more than a year and got off anyway. The bank was, to use the street term, “off paper” — and free to let the Al Rajhis of the world come rushing back.

After HSBC fully restored its relationship with the apparently terrorist-friendly Al Rajhi Bank in Saudi Arabia, it supplied the bank with nearly 1 billion U.S. dollars. When asked by HSBC what it needed all its American cash for, Al Rajhi explained that people in Saudi Arabia need dollars for all sorts of reasons. “During summer time,” the bank wrote, “we have a high demand from tourists traveling for their vacations.”

The Treasury Department keeps a list compiled by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, and American banks are not supposed to do business with anyone on the OFAC list. But the bank knowingly helped banned individuals elude the sanctions process. One such individual was the powerful Syrian businessman Rami Makhlouf, a close confidant of the Assad family. When Makhlouf appeared on the OFAC list in 2008, HSBC responded not by severing ties with him but by trying to figure out what to do about the accounts the Syrian power broker had in its Geneva and Cayman Islands branches. “We have determined that accounts held in the Caymans are not in the jurisdiction of, and are not housed on any systems in, the United States,” wrote one compliance officer. “Therefore, we will not be reporting this match to OFAC.”

Translation: We know the guy’s on a terrorist list, but his accounts are in a place the Americans can’t search, so screw them.

Remember, this was in 2008 — five years after HSBC had first been caught doing this sort of thing. And even four years after that, when being grilled by Michigan Sen. Carl Levin in July 2012, an HSBC executive refused to absolutely say that the bank would inform the government if Makhlouf or another OFAC-listed name popped up in its system — saying only that it would “do everything we can.”

The Senate exchange highlighted an extremely frustrating dynamic government investigators have had to face with Too Big to Jail megabanks: The same thing that makes them so attractive to shady customers — their ability to instantaneously move money around the world to places like the Cayman Islands and Switzerland — makes it easy for them to play dumb with regulators by hiding behind secrecy laws.

When it wasn’t banking for shady Third World characters, HSBC was training its mental firepower on the problem of finding creative ways to allow it to do business with countries under U.S. sanction, particularly Iran. In one memo from HSBC’s Middle East subsidiary, HBME, the bank notes that it could make a lot of money with Iran, provided it dealt with what it termed “difficulties” — you know, those pesky laws.

“It is anticipated that Iran will become a source of increasing income for the group going forward,” the memo says, “and if we are to achieve this goal we must adopt a positive stance when encountering difficulties.”

The “positive stance” included a technique called “stripping,” in which foreign subsidiaries like HSBC Middle East or HSBC Europe would remove references to Iran in wire transactions to and from the United States, often putting themselves in place of the actual client name to avoid triggering OFAC alerts. (In other words, the transaction would have HBME listed on one end, instead of an Iranian client.)

For more than half a decade, a whopping $19 billion in transactions involving Iran went through the American financial system, with the Iranian connection kept hidden in 75 to 90 percent of those transactions. HSBC has been headquartered in England for more than two decades — it’s Europe’s largest bank, in fact — but it has major subsidiary operations in every corner of the world. What’s come out in this investigation is that the chiefs in the parent company often knew about shady transactions when the regional subsidiary did not. In the case of banned Iranian transactions, for instance, there are multiple e-mails from HSBC’s compliance head, David Bagley, in which he admits that HSBC’s American subsidiary probably has no clue that HSBC Europe has been sending it buttloads of banned Iranian money.

“I am not sure that HBUS are aware of the fact that HBEU are already providing clearing facilities for four Iranian banks,” he wrote in 2003. The following year, he made the same observation. “I suspect that HBUS are not aware that [Iranian] payments may be passing through them,” he wrote.

What’s the upside for a bank like HSBC to do business with banned individuals, crooks and so on? The answer is simple: “If you have clients who are interested in ‘specialty services’­ — that’s the euphemism for the bad stuff — you can charge ’em whatever you want,” says former Senate investigator Blum. “The margin on laundered money for years has been roughly 20 percent.”

Those charges might come in many forms, from upfront fees to promises to keep deposits at the bank for certain lengths of time. However you structure it, the possibilities for profit are enormous, provided you’re willing to accept money from almost anywhere. HSBC, its roots in the raw battlefield capitalism of the old British colonies and its strong presence in Asia, Africa and the Middle East, had more access to customers needing “specialty services” than perhaps any other bank.

And it worked hard to satisfy those customers. In perhaps the pinnacle innovation in the history of sleazy banking practices, HSBC ran a preposterous offshore operation in Mexico that allowed anyone to walk into any HSBC Mexico branch and open a U.S.-dollar account (HSBC Mexico accounts had to be in pesos) via a so-called “Cayman Islands branch” of HSBC Mexico. The evidence suggests customers barely had to submit a real name and address, much less explain the legitimate origins of their deposits.

If you can imagine a drive-thru heart-transplant clinic or an airline that keeps a fully-stocked minibar in the cockpit of every airplane, you’re in the ballpark of grasping the regulatory absurdity of HSBC Mexico’s “Cayman Islands branch.” The whole thing was a pure shell company, run by Mexicans in Mexican bank branches.

At one point, this figment of the bank’s corporate imagination had 50,000 clients, holding a total of $2.1 billion in assets. In 2002, an internal audit found that 41 percent of reviewed accounts had incomplete client information. Six years later, an e-mail from a high-ranking HSBC employee noted that 15 percent of customers didn’t even have a file. “How do you locate clients when you have no file?” complained the executive.

It wasn’t until it was discovered that these accounts were being used to pay a U.S. company allegedly supplying aircraft to Mexican drug dealers that HSBC took action, and even then it closed only some of the “Cayman Islands branch” accounts. As late as 2012, when HSBC executives were being dragged before the U.S. Senate, the bank still had 20,000 such accounts worth some $670 million — and under oath would only say that the bank was “in the process” of closing them.

Meanwhile, throughout all of this time, U.S. regulators kept examining HSBC. In an absurdist pattern that would continue through the 2000s, OCC examiners would conduct annual reviews, find the same disturbing shit they’d found for years, and then write about the bank’s problems as though they were being discovered for the first time. From the 2006 annual OCC review: “During the year, we identified a number of areas lacking consistent, vigilant adherence to BSA/AML policies. . . . Management responded positively and initiated steps to correct weaknesses and improve conformance with bank policy. We will validate corrective action in the next examination cycle.”

Translation: These guys are assholes, but they admit it, so it’s cool and we won’t do anything.

A year later, on July 24th, 2007, OCC had this to say: “During the past year, examiners identified a number of common themes, in that businesses lacked consistent, vigilant adherence to BSA/AML policies. Bank policies are acceptable. . . . Management continues to respond positively and initiated steps to improve conformance with bank policy.”

Translation: They’re still assholes, but we’ve alerted them to the problem and everything’ll be cool.

By then, HSBC’s lax money-laundering controls had infected virtually the entire company. Russians identifying themselves as used-car salesmen were at one point depositing $500,000 a day into HSBC, mainly through a bent traveler’s-checks operation in Japan. The company’s special banking program for foreign embassies was so completely fucked that it had suspicious-activity­ alerts backed up by the thousands. There is also strong evidence that the bank was allowing clients in Sudan, Cuba, Burma and North Korea to evade sanctions.

When one of the company’s compliance chiefs, Carolyn Wind, raised concerns that she didn’t have enough staff to monitor suspicious activities at a board meeting in 2007, she was fired. The sheer balls it took for the bank to ignore its compliance executives and continue taking money from so many different shady sources­ while ostensibly it had regulators swarming­ all over its every move is incredible. “You can’t make up more egregious money-laundering that permeated an entire institution,” says Spitzer.

By the late 2000s, other law enforcement agencies were beginning to catch HSBC’s scent. The Department of Homeland Security started investigating HSBC for laundering drug money, while the attorney general’s office in West Virginia snooped around HSBC’s involvement in a Medicare-fraud case. A federal intra-agency meeting was convened in Washington in September 2009, at which it was determined that HSBC was out of control and needed to be investigated more closely.

The bank itself was then notified that its usual OCC review was being “expanded.” More OCC staff was assigned to pore through HSBC’s books, and, among other things, they found a backlog of 17,000 alerts of suspicious activity that had not been processed. They also noted that the bank had a similar pileup of subpoenas in money-laundering cases.

Finally it seemed the government was on the verge of becoming genuinely pissed off. In March 2010, after seeing countless ultimatums ignored, they issued one more, giving HSBC three months to clear that goddamned 17,000-alert backlog or else there would be serious consequences. HSBC met that deadline, but months later the OCC again found the bank’s money-laundering controls seriously wanting, forcing the government to take, well . . . drastic action, right?

Sort of! In October 2010, the OCC took a deep breath, strapped on its big-boy pants and . . . issued a second cease-and-desist order!

In other words, it was “Don’t Do It Again” — again. The punishment for all of that dastardly defiance was to bring the regulatory process right back to the same kind of double-secret-probation­ order they’d tried in 2003.

Not to say that HSBC didn’t make changes after the second Don’t Do It Again order. It did — it hired some people.

Continue reading at Rolling Stone.

© 2013 Rolling Stone

Why You Can Thank Our War on Drugs For Roses Grown by Exploited Labor and Toxic Chemicals

0

You may want to think twice about buying roses this Valentine’s Day.

Photo Credit: © Grigoriy Pil/ Shutterstock.com

February 14, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article was published in partnership with  GlobalPossibilities.org.

When your love hands you a gorgeous bouquet of large, red, long-stemmed roses this Valentine’s Day, as any botanist will tell you, you’re getting a bunch of sex organs. Although the roses are more beautiful, fragrant and socially acceptable than other methods that might get the same point across (just ask former Congressman Anthony Weiner), there’s a lot more to those roses than meets the eye.

Unfortunately, the romancing of women in the United States often means the exploitation of women in countries like Colombia and Ecuador.

The preference the U.S. gives Colombian and Ecuadorian flower exports has a lot to do with another export from those nations: cocaine. By 1990, South American imports already accounted for more than 40 percent of roses sold in the United States. Then, in 1991, Congress passed the Andean Trade Preference Act. The idea was simple: maybe if we help cocaine-producing nations sell us other things, like roses, they’ll be less interested in selling us cocaine.

Back then, a wholesale rose sold in San Francisco for about 52 cents. How could it compete with a rose imported to Miami from Colombia, tariff-free, that sold for as little as 6 cents? By 2007, 60 percent of all flowers sold in the U.S. — including 70 percent of all roses — came from Colombia. Simultaneously, 85 percent of Colombia’s flowers were sold to the U.S.

In Colombia, most roses are grown in an area known as the Savannah of Bogota, an area around the capital at an altitude of 8,000 feet. There, the floriculture industry has covered thousands of hectares with plastic greenhouses to grow roses and sucked up much of the groundwater to irrigate them. Nearby springs, streams and wetlands began disappearing. The majority of workers in the industry are women, and as of 2007, the flower industry represented one quarter of all rural employment for Colombian women.

Ecuador’s rose industry got a late start compared to Colombia’s, and although Colombia still leads in the U.S. market, Ecuador accounts for a sizable chunk. By 2003, Ecuador exported two-thirds of its 500 million roses to the United States. As in Colombia, the majority of floriculture workers in Ecuador are women.

Throughout the two decades South American imports have enjoyed tariff-free entry to the U.S., a host of criticisms have been repeated year after year, from excessive pesticide use and occupational health hazards to low pay and sexual harassment of workers.

Roses, which are not (usually) eaten, are not subject to the same pesticide regulations as food. According to one estimate, nearly one quarter of the cost of rose production comes from pesticides, mostly fungicides and insecticides. When grown in chemically based monocultures, roses are susceptible to fungal diseases like downy mildew and infestations from mites, tiny arachnids no larger than the period at the end of a sentence. Neither can be allowed on a rose, both because of fears of importing exotic pests into the United States from South America, and because nobody would buy a bouquet covered in bugs and fungus.

Once the negative reports began rolling in, the South American rose growers began working to clean up their acts. After all, with so much of their production going to the U.S., it would devastate them if American consumers decided they could not buy roses that were grown using child labor (a common complaint at the time) or environmentally dangerous practices.

The Colombian flower industry launched the voluntary “Florverde” (“Green Flower”) certification. It promises better water management, such as rainwater harvesting, and safer use of agrochemicals. Still, as of 2011, fewer than half of Colombia’s flower operations participated in the Florverde self-regulation scheme. A report by War on Want claims it is a mere greenwashing scheme, noting that 36 percent of the pesticides used were considered “extremely” or “highly” toxic by the World Trade Organization.

Denying Minimum-Wage Workers A Raise Is Craven and Grotesque

0

The president ignited a controversy in his state of the union speech by saying he wants to raise the minimum wage by $1.50, to $9 an hour. He argued that it is shameful that someone working full-time for the current minimum wage of $7.25 would still be below the poverty line.Fast-food relies on minimum-wage workers, which explains why McDonald’s stock fell after Obama announced his plan. (Photograph: Alex Segre / Alamy)

Opponents — led by Speaker of the House John Boehner and an endless cadre of mustache-twirling corporate leaders and overpaid Washington think-tankers — have said they oppose the president’s plans. They argue that employers forced to pay a higher minimum wage will just hire fewer people to work full-time, that the promise of economic progress from higher pay is illusory, and that a boost in the minimum wage rarely translates to an uptick in economic activity.

These are empty threats, and spurious ones.

The issue about minimum wage, for instance, has almost nothing to do with full-time workers and whether they get hired or not. Only 5.2% of hourly workers are paid minimum wage or below. That’s 3.8 million people. It is true that affecting the pay of such a small number of people won’t solve America’s increasing problems of poverty or income inequality by itself.

But what happens when you look at part-time workers? Then you understand how craven it is to deny workers minimum wage.

There are 8 million workers who are working part-time due to economic reasons, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. That means that they want to work full-time, but can’t. There are also 18.7 million workers who are part-time out of choice, or for “non-economic reasons”.

Those part-time workers are where poverty ends up concentrated, and where the minimum wage will make the most impact.

Part-time workers are much more likely to end up working for minimum wage, according to the BLS’s analysis. Fast-food makes up a decent portion of minimum-wage jobs — that’s why McDonald’s stock fell the most after the president announced his plan — and those workers tend to be older and less likely to be able to find jobs elsewhere. They have no economic leverage.

These part-time, minimum-wage workers also tend to include people who may be working multiple jobs to make ends meet. No matter what they do, they will end up below the poverty line. In December, Bloomberg reported the story of Tyree Johnson, a homeless man who used his two part-time, minimum-wage jobs at McDonalds to pay for a nightly room at a single-occupancy hotel. He’s been working for two decades and still can’t get the hours necessary to make his work full-time. He scrubs with soap in the sink each day because, he told Bloomberg, “I hate when my boss tells me she won’t give me a raise because she can smell me.” Johnson is just one story of many, obviously.

So when corporate leaders talk about how the minimum wage won’t pull people up from the poverty line, they’re right: many companies that rely on minimum-wage workers, from McDonald’s to Walmart, have already figured out how to treat their workers as commodities, and poverty is now built into the system because of that. In a longtime period of joblessness like the one we’re living through, people will take whatever job they can get.

But there is an intellectual dishonesty here too, as well as a craven contribution to the country’s economic woes. Corporate leaders shouldn’t have to be told by the government to pay their workers a living wage. They know that consumers will drive the recovery, but consumption by the rich doesn’t do it. You need the middle and lower classes.

So when those corporate leaders resort to threats to hold workers hostage — citing numbers about how raising the minimum wage by $1.50 will cause them to fire people — they should take a step back and look at some other numbers.

Try this number, for instance: Over one in five American children is living in poverty. There are others, but are they really necessary? This is the world’s leading country and 20% of children are part of families that can barely find money to eat.

Aside from the numbers, there is the issue of image. There is something truly grotesque about corporate leaders who earn millions of dollars — or even hundreds of thousands of dollars — arguing over paying their workers literally pennies more. Those workers often have to rely on food stamps or government welfare programs to make up the difference. Meanwhile, company CEOs have barely received a cut in pay for years, and on average they make 231 times as much as the average worker. That’s a lot of money, obviously. So the idea that paying $1.50 an hour more in minimum wage would break their companies and force them to save on costs is patently ridiculous. The first and most obvious cost they would have to think about cutting would be their own pay packages. What if those CEOs made, say, only 200 times the average worker? Or 100 times? One suspects their companies could afford that uptick for poorer workers then.

Most of all, the insistence of business leaders on a lower minimum wage looks, to any other country, completely revolting. It is a Dickensian image of corporate callousness, and it comes just when Corporate America is trying to dig out from its image hole of appearing unconscionable and dastardly.

Business leaders and plump Washington lawmakers would do well to try to step back from their fat bank accounts and their sense of entitlement and put themselves in the shoes of someone who works part-time just to be able to afford food to eat and a bed for the night. Is that the America they want to create? Because keeping poor people down so that they can’t even dream of being middle-class seem like a full-time task — although it seems to pay those corporate leaders a lot more than minimum wage.

Protests Mark Anniversary of Bahraini Uprising as US Continues to Turn ‘Blind Eye’

0

In Bahrain, a teenage boy has been killed by security forces during protests marking the second anniversary of the country’s pro-democracy uprising. Opposition activists said Hussain al-Jaziri died from shotgun wounds. At least 87 people have died at the hands of security forces in the Gulf nation since 2011. Despite the crackdown, opposition protesters are flocking to the streets across the country. Bahrain is home to the U.S. Navy’s Fifth Fleet and a close U.S. ally in the region.

Reporting on the anniversary and the continuing crisis, Democracy Now! speaks with Maryam Alkhawaja, acting president of the Bahrain Center for Human Rights and co-director of the Gulf Center for Human Rights.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Radically Wrong: A Counterproductive Approach to Counterterrorism

0

Governments often interpret radical ideas that challenge the existing social and political orthodoxy as threatening, which is why they often attempt to suppress them. Our country’s founders recognized that ideas considered radical — like their own ideas about self-governance — were necessary for social progress and essential to a vibrant democracy, so they sought to protect them with the First Amendment.

Unfortunately we haven’t always lived up to this standard, particularly in times of real or perceived national crisis. During the First World War, for example, Congress banned anti-war speech and unleashed the FBI to conduct investigations of Americans’ political beliefs. Congress and state legislatures held hearings to examine American radicals — who they defined as pacifists, socialists, labor organizers and the organizations that defended their rights, like the National Civil Liberties Bureau, the precursor organization to the American Civil Liberties Union. So we at the ACLU tend to get concerned when our government identifies “radicalization” as a threat that has to be countered, because we know that while promoted as an effort to protect security, such instances too often turn into efforts to suppress belief, speech and association.

Unfortunately, after 9/11, our intelligence and law enforcement agencies have again identified “radicalization” as a problem that must be addressed, by promoting a flawed theory that adopting radical ideas is a dangerous first step toward committing terrorist acts. Countering terrorism, the thinking goes, begins with countering radicalization. Based on this discredited model, intelligence and law enforcement agencies implemented flawed and wasteful “preventive” policies that result in discrimination, suspicionless surveillance of entire communities, and selective law enforcement against belief communities and political activists.

Congress has sought to entrench the theory with a series of hearings and reports, and has demanded the government establish a “counter-radicalization policy.” We raised concerns when Congress attempted to establish a commission to study radicalization in 2007, and again in 2011. We submitted statements to Congress in 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012, and we worked with coalition partners to point out the factual and methodological flaws in reports that promote this dangerous theory, as have other allies. Rather than challenge the radicalization theory with the many studies that refute it, the Obama administration issued a plan for preventing violent extremism. While the White House deserves some credit for using more careful language and for emphasizing the need for community engagement, it perpetuates the notion that “radicalization to violence” is a discernible process that government can identify, predict and interdict, and establishes policies that again threaten civil liberties.

Now, policy makers are again raising radicalization as a hot topic that must be addressed, as we’ve written about here and here. Over the next several days we will publish a series of blogs that update our concerns with these renewed efforts to establish counter-radicalization as official U.S. policy — and lay out the civil liberties implications that follow. The blogs will examine the White House’s new plan for countering “online radicalization to violence,” the FBI’s abuse of community outreach programs for intelligence gathering, and more. Stay tuned.

© 2013 ACLU

At Least 20 CIA ‘Black Site’ Prisoners Still Missing

0

In one of President Barack Obama first acts in the White House, he ordered the closure of the CIA’s so-called “black-site” prisons, where terror suspects had been held and, sometimes, tortured. The CIA says it is “out of the detention business,” as John Brennan, Obama’s pick to head the agency, recently put it.

(PHILIPPE MERLE/AFP/Getty Images) But the CIA’s prisons left some unfinished business. In 2009, ProPublica’s Dafna Linzer listed more than thirty people who had been held in CIA prisons and were still missing.

Some of those prisoners have since resurfaced, but at least twenty are still unaccounted for.

Last week the Open Society Foundations’ Justice Initiative released a report pulling together the most current information available on the fates of the prisoners. A few emerged from foreign prisons after the turmoil of the Arab Spring. One has died. (The report relied exclusively on media accounts and information previously gathered by human rights groups. The Open Society Foundations also donate to ProPublica.)

The report counts 136 prisoners who were either held in a CIA black site or subject to so-called extraordinary rendition, in which detainees were secretly shipped to other countries for interrogation.

Many of the prisoners were tortured, either under the CIA’s “enhanced interrogation techniques” program or by other countries after their transfer. The report also lists 54 countries that assisted in some way with detention and rendition. The U.S. has not disclosed the countries it worked with, and few have acknowledged their participation.

The CIA declined our request to comment.

Here are the fates of a few of the prisoners we listed as missing back in 2009:

  1. Ayoub al-Libi, also known as Mustafa Jawda al-Mahdi, is a Libyan who was allegedly interrogated and detained by US personnel in Pakistan and Afghanistan in 2004. The next year he was returned to Libya, where he was sentenced to death as member of LIFG, an Islamist anti-Gaddafi group (designated a terrorist organization by the U.S.) He was released when uprisings began against Gaddafi in February 2011. Human Rights Watch interviewed him in 2012.
  2. Hassan Rabai, also known as Mohamed Ahmad Mohamed Al Shoroieya, is a Libyan who was captured in Pakistan in 2003 and later transferred to Afghanistan — where he alleges that he was waterboarded by U.S. personnel. Bush administration officials have repeatedly said that only three terror suspects were ever subjected to waterboarding; Rabai would be the fourth. He was eventually transferred to prison in Libya, where he remained until February 2011. Human Rights Watch interviewed him last year.
  3. Khaled al-Sharif, also known as Abu Hazam, was picked up with fellow Libyan and LIFG member Hassan Rabai and also held in Afghanistan. He remained in Libyan prison until March 2010, according to interviews he gave to Human Rights Watch.
  4. Mohammed Omar Abdel-Rahman is an Egyptian who was captured in Pakistan in 2003 and  considered a “senior Al-Qaeda operative.” He was transferred to prison in Egypt and was released in late 2010. He gave an interview in 2011 in which he admitted to running training camps in Afghanistan prior to 2001 but saying he had renounced violence.
  5. Mustafa Setmariam Nasar, also known as Abu Musab al-Suri, was tied to the bombings in Madrid and London in 2004 and 2005. Picked up by the CIA in 2005, he was transferred to prison in his native Syria. According to Syrian media, he was released by Syrian president Bashar Al-Assad in February 2012.
  6. Ali Abdul-Hamid al-Fakhiri, also known as Ibn al-Sheikh al-Libi, was a Libyan detained shortly after the 9/11 attacks. He was reportedly held in CIA as well as Egyptian custody over the next several years. According to a Senate Intelligence Committee report, he provided information about links between Iraq’s supposed weapons of mass destruction and Al Qaeda — information he later said he had fabricated. He was transferred to Libyan prison in 2005 or 2006, and was found dead in his cell in May 2009.

The whereabouts (and in some cases identities) of many more remain unknown or uncertain.

In 2007, then-CIA director Michael Hayden said that “fewer than 100 people had been detained at CIA’s facilities.” But only 16 have been officially identified by the U.S. government. President George W. Bush acknowledged the CIA’s detention program in September 2006 and announced the transfer of 14 “high-value” detainees to Guantanamo Bay prison. Two other high-value detainees were subsequently acknowledged.

Much else about the CIA program is still unknown. President Barack Obama closed the black-site prisons on entering office, but preserved the ability to render and to hold people for the “short-term.”

Obama banned torture, but announced that no one would be prosecuted for previously sanctioned harsh interrogations. A Justice Department investigation into deaths of detainees in CIA custody ended without charges.

The Senate Intelligence Committee recently completed a 6,000-page report on the CIA’s detention program. At Brenan’s confirmation hearings, Senator Jay Rockefeller (D-W.V.), said the report shows the interrogation program was run by people “ignorant of the topic, executed by personnel without relevant experience, managed incompetently by senior officials who did not pay attention to detail, and corrupted by personnel with pecuniary conflicts of interest.” Rockefeller is one of the few to have read the report, which remains classified.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Guns And Ammo Production Maxed Out: “This is a Society Preparing For War”

0
Mac Slavo
February 14th, 2013
SHTFplan.com

Read by 36,999 people

President Barack Obama is, arguably, the best gun salesman ever. Over 65 million guns have been purchased since the President took office in 2009. FBI background check statistics indicate that, over the last twelve months, Americans purchased a new gun every 1.5 seconds, a figure which suggests there is much more to the recent panic buying than people just stocking up to go hunting or sports shooting.

The following guns and ammo industry report indicates that every major gun and ammunition manufacturer in the country is running at 100% capacity, with many so far behind that they’ve stopped taking new orders altogether.

Smith & Wesson-is running at Full capacity making 300+ guns/day-mainly M&P pistols. They are unable to produce any more guns to help with the shortages.

RUGER: Plans to increase from 75% to 100% in the next 90 days.

FNH: Moving from 50% production to 75% by Feb 1st and 100% by March 1. Remington-Maxed out!

Armalite: Maxed out.

DPMS: Can’t get enough parts to produce any more product.

COLT: Production runs increasing weekly…bottle necked by Bolt carrier’s.

LWRC:Making only black guns, running at full capacity…can’t get enough gun quality steel to make barrels.

Springfield Armory: Only company who can meet demand but are running 30-45 days behind.

AMMO: Every caliber is now Allocated! We are looking at a nation wide shortage of all calibers over the next 9 months. All plants are producing as much ammo as possible w/ of 1 BILLION rounds produced weekly. Most is military followed by L.E. and civilians are third in line.

MAGPUL is behind 1 MILLION mags, do not expect any large quantities of magpul anytime soon.

RELOADERS… ALL Remington, Winchester, CCI & Federal primers are going to ammo FIRST. There are no extra’s for reloading purposes… it could be 6-9 months before things get caught up. Sorry for the bleak news, but now we know what to expect in the coming months. Stay tuned, we’ll keep you posted…

Many who have exercised their Second Amendment protections are first time buyers concerned with Federal and State gun grabs being spearheaded by politicians who are using the Sandy Hook school shooting as a pretext to restrict access to personal defense rifles, larger capacity magazines, and even ammunition.

But this may only be a part of why there’s so much demand. There are millions of Americans who are genuinely concerned with not just the government taking their guns, but all of their other Constitutionally protected freedoms as well.

We understand what happens in regimes that disarm their people. We’ve seen the democide of the last century, which left hundreds of millions of people dead or displaced when their governments turned on them.

We are determined to prevent it from happening in the land of the free.

Manufacturers were running full-bore, but couldn’t come close to keeping up with market demand.

It wasn’t just the AR-15s, the AK-pattern rifles, the M1As, and the FALs that were sold out. It really hit me when I realized that the World War-era M1 Garands, M1 carbines, and Enfield .303s were gone, along with every last shell. Ubiquitous Mosin-Nagants–of which every gun store always seems to have 10-20–were gone. So was their ammo. Only a dust free space marked their passing. I’ve never seen anything like it.

Every weapon of military utility designed within the past 100+ years was gone.

This isn’t a society stocking up on certain guns because they fear they may be banned. This is a society preparing for war.

Source: Bob Owens via SteveQuayle.com

With over 300 million firearms in America in the hands of private citizens, the people are sending a loud and clear message to their government.

Back off. Stop encroaching on our personal liberties. Limit yourself to your Constitutionally granted powers and nothing more.

You’re not the only ones that are armed.

Author: Mac Slavo
Views: Read by 36,999 people
Date: February 14th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com

Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

Media Silence Criticized as Palestinian Hunger Strikers Verge on Death

0
Common Dreams
Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community.
Independent, non-profit newscenter since 1997.

To inform. To inspire. To ignite change for the common good.

When God Is Not Enough: Religious States Have Highest Rates of Anti-Depressant Use

0

They say that religion is the opiate of the masses, but it seems that the opiates of the religious are antidepressants.

February 14, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

They say that religion is the opiate of the masses, but it seems that the opiates of the religious are antidepressants. 

A study released yesterday confirmed that Mississippi remains the most religious state in the Union, followed by a handful of its southern belt brothers: Alabama, Louisiana, Arkansas, Oklahoma, as well as the Mormon stronghold of Utah. The Gallup poll showed that 58 percent of all Mississippians identify as “very religious.” The least religious states in the U.S. are the former stomping grounds of the very, very religious Puritans: Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Vermont, Maine and New Hampshire.

But life in these highly faithful states doesn’t seem to be all its cracked up to be. The most religious states in the U.S. share another trait: the highest use of anti-depressants. 

Utah has long been the nation’s capital of happy pill popping, with its citizens twice as likely to be on anti-depressants than the general U.S. population. But the rest of the observant states aren’t far behind. Of the top-ten most religious states, nine have higher than average use of anti-depressants.

Some states have startlingly medicated populations. 

In Utah, Louisiana and Arkansas–the 2nd, 4th and 5th most religious states in the Union– nearly 20 percent of the population is on some form of anti-depressants, according to a 2006 study by one of the largest prescription companies. 

The rest of the highly religious states aren’t far behind. Mississippi (most religious), Alabama (third most religious), South Carolina (6th), Tennessee (7th), North Carolina (8th) and Oklahoma (10th) have above average rates of anti-depressant use, with 15 to 17 percent of the citizens medicated. Of the top-ten most religious states, only one–Georgia–isn’t disproportionately addicted to anti-depressants. Nationally, the prescription rate was about 14 percent.

Anti-depressants weren’t the only medication being doled out in the most religious states. In fact, a state’s level of religiosity correlates with a state’s overall medication rate. Of the top ten most religious states in the Union, six are also on the list of top-ten most medicated states.

Laura Gottesdiener is a freelance journalist and activist in New York City.

Ed Miliband’s 10p Tax Plan Attacked As ‘PR Wheeze’ By Tory Who Favours Move

0

Ed Miliband’s dramatic decision to outflank David Cameron on the economy by calling for the 10p rate of income tax to be brought back had been dismissed as a “PR wheeze” by the Conservative MP who has campaigned in favour of the move.

On Thursday the Labour leader said reintroducing the band – controversially scrapped by Gordon Brown – would make society fairer. In a keynote speech, he said the move could be funded by a new “mansion tax” on homes worth more than £2m.

Tory backbenchers, led by Harlow MP Robert Halfon, have been campaigning for the 10p rate to be brought back by George Osborne in next month’s Budget.

But writing on The Huffington Post UK, Halfon said Miliband’s surprise announcement was “a half-hearted Damascus conversion” to the cause, suggesting it was made with one eye on the impending Eastleigh by-election.

“Only in 2008, HuffPost readers will remember, the Labour Leader said that abolishing the 10p rate of income tax for the poorest Brits was ‘fairer’, and he voted that way in Parliament,” Halfon said.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

“What are voters to make of this? In my view, what the public want to know is this: is this just jam for the Eastleigh by-election or is this a substantive policy pledge?

Robert Halfon: Can We Trust Labour’s Surprise 10p Announcement?

“Consider the record of the two main parties: Ed Miliband has whipped his MPs to vote against every single tax-cut for the poorest Brits that the Coalition has delivered; whether this is on council tax, fuel duty, or income tax.

“By contrast, Conservatives in government this April will cut income taxes for 25 million people. Two million will have been taken out of income tax altogether.

“And, the poorest who benefited from the 10p rate under Labour (until they scrapped it in 2008) now pay no income tax at all.”

Halfon adds: “Today could have been a real policy announcement from Labour, rather than a PR wheeze written on the back of an envelope. As it stands, Labour’s suggestion would only mean an extra £34 a year for a family.”

Labour’s tax plan has been dismissed by David Cameron, who said it appeared as though it was not properly “costed”.

“We’ll discover over the course of the day all sorts of problems and issues with a policy that looks like it’s been cobbled together overnight,” he said.

Lib Dem Chief Secretary to the Treasury Danny Alexander said: “The two Eds are rather late to the party, wanting to cut taxes for those on low and middle incomes.

“After 13 years in government, the only action Ed Balls took was to raise the amount of tax those on low incomes paid by abolishing the 10p rate. It was the biggest tax mistake they ever made and it has taken them until now to realise their error.

Related on HuffPost:

UK Immigration ‘Can’t Be Restricted’ Says EU

0

It will not be possible for Britain to restrict the freedom of movement of Bulgarians and Romanians when transitional controls are lifted, the European Commission‘s vice-president has warned.

Prime minister David Cameron told ministers earlier this week to prepare action to ensure that the UK’s public services and welfare system are not a “soft touch” for migrants, including those coming from other EU states.

Cameron chaired a Whitehall committee on the issue on Tuesday, amid fears that the lifting of transitional controls at the end of this year may spark a wave of immigrants from the EU’s newest member states.

But EU Justice Commissioner and Commission vice-president Viviane Reding said on Thursday that from 2014, Romanian and Bulgarian nationals must be treated in the same way as citizens of other member states, who have the right to work and settle in the UK.

“It is necessary to have the same rights for the citizens all over Europe,” Reding told BBC Radio 4’s World at One.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

“Britain was always one of those member states who pushed for the enlargement of Europe and that is why we are now building minimum standards in this enlarged Europe in order to have an equilibrium of rights for the citizens – all citizens.

“There are one million British citizens living in another member state. Do you think those member states can discriminate against them because they are British citizens? You treat them the same as you treat national citizens.

“The free movement directive is not a directive on which Britain can opt out. Free movement is one of the foundations of the single market and the single market is something which the UK is very attached to and it is one of the most cherished EU rights.

“It is a two-way street – it has rights and obligations – but what you can’t do is discriminate.”

The PM’s official spokesman told reporters today that the government was not planning to publish predictions of the number of incomers expected from Romania and Bulgaria, because of the “very inaccurate levels of inaccuracy” in estimates of eastern European migrants made by the previous Labour administration in the last decade.

Instead, a study by the National Institute for Social and Economic Research into the possible impact of additional migrants will be published “in due course”.

Labour immigration spokesman Chris Bryant said: “The government is in a hopeless mess.

“[communities secretary Eric] Pickles says he has seen estimates of the number of people who will come from Bulgaria and Romania, but he doesn’t believe them. [home secretary Theresa] May says she hasn’t seen any estimates.

“Some say there are estimates but they refuse to publish them. Others say they haven’t even asked the question.

“You couldn’t make it up. As every week goes by people are coming to the sad conclusion that the government hasn’t a clue.

This government should trust the people of Britain’s judgment and publish the figures they do have.”

Meanwhile, Reding also warned that Britain faces a lengthy and expensive process if it chooses to exercise its right to opt out of certain aspects of pan-European rules on crime and justice.

May has indicated that the government plans to exercise its opt-out on the 133 measures in 2014, before negotiating to opt back in to those which are deemed to be in the national interest.

But Reding said: “I think that would not be very wise… It is very, very complicated and complex, time-consuming, with legal uncertainty and costs.”

Britain would have to opt out of all justice and home affairs matters before applying to opt back in to those which it wanted to share in, she said.

And she added: “There may be financial implications for GB because GB will have to pay for the damages which are done by this opt-out.”

Reding made clear that Britain’s ability to opt back in to selected measures would not be a foregone conclusion, as the Commission would first have to consider the “coherence” of the UK’s demands and their impact on the overall architecture of EU security policies.

Oscar Pistorius charged with murder

0

Paralympic and Olympic star Oscar Pistorius has allegedly shot dead his girlfriend Reeva Steenkamp after mistaking her for an intruder.

A body was discovered at the athlete’s home in the Silverwoods country estate in eastern Pretoria, South African police said.

A journalist in South Africa has told Sky News that Pistorius’ girlfriend was allegedly shot as she woke him, trying to surprise him on Valentine’s Day.

Pistorius was arrested early Thursday morning following the shooting and is expected in court later.

The 26-year-old is alleged to have shot his 30-year-old model girlfriend from Port Elizabeth in the head and arms.

Paramedics were called to his home between 4am and 5am local time.

Police arrived shortly afterwards and a 9mm pistol was recovered from the scene.

“The deceased was shot four times and died on the scene. It is believed that she was the girlfriend of the accused,” said police spokesman Katlego Mogale.

South African journalist Kalay Maistry told Sky News: “It is alleged that he thought his girlfriend, who’d come in to try to surprise him for Valentines Day, was an intruder. It’s alleged that he shot her at least twice in the arm and head.

“I think what this actually highlights is the level of fear ordinary South Africans have.

“This is a man who has gone to bed, it’s an innocent surprise from a girlfriend … and the moment he thinks someone is trying to break in he grabs his gun.

“This has come as a complete surprise for a man who’s considered a national hero,” she added.

The Johannesburg-born athlete, know as the “Blade Runner”, made history in 2012 when he became the first amputee to compete in the Olympics.

He won gold in the 4x400m relay at the Paralympic Games.

The athlete had both legs amputated below the knee when he was 11 months old, because of a congenital condition, and runs on carbon fibre blades.

Last year Time Magazine named him as one of the world’s 100 most influential people.

Silverwoods, situated in the country’s capital, is understood to be a high security gated complex with electrified walls, a guarded entrance and regular patrols.

South Africa has some of the world’s highest rates of violent crime with an average of nearly 50 people murdered each day.

Some home-owners carry weapons to defend themselves against intruders. According to statistics, nearly 13 in every 100 people in the country own a gun, and it is estimated there are almost six million civilian firearms.

Runner’s World magazine editor Mike Finch, speaking from South Africa, told Sky News: “If anybody can overcome this sort of thing it’s probably Oscar.

“He’s had to deal with a lot in his life. He had a mother that died when he was very young, he obviously has his disability, but yet he’s been amazing from a South African perspective as an ambassador.

“There is a certain school of people that don’t particularly like him, but I think today everybody has kind of rallied round him.”

More follows…

First Monte Paschi Banker Arrested With $54mm Stash

0

Unfortunately for the apparently not quite big enough to not fail Italian bank’s former leaders, the Monte Paschi derivative debacle just won’t go away. As Reuters reports today, the first (or many) arrests have been made. Gianluca Baldassarri and four other people suspected of criminal conspiracy to commit fraud were arrested after police seized EUR40mm of apparently ill-gotten gains. The alleged fraud and bribery case charges Baldassarri (who left shortly after the arrival of the new CEO in Jan 2012) of misleading regulators over the true nature of a secret derivative contract that was found in a safe by the bank’s new management in October 2012. Echoing JPM’s London Whale, they uncovered a ‘systematic overshooting of risk limits’ in the management of the group’s EUR24bn prop book. Baldassarri was arrested quickly after the police found evidence that he was trying to cash in securities worth over EUR1mm soon after the funds were seized.

Via Reuters,

Italian police arrested on Thursday the former head of Monte dei Paschi’s finance department, who is at the center of a probe into alleged fraud and bribery at Italy’s third largest bank, prosecutors said.

Gianluca Baldassarri is the first person to be arrested in a widening scandal that has rocked the world’s oldest bank and triggered a financial and political storm ahead of Feb 24-25 national elections.

Prosecutors in the Tuscan city of Siena, where the 540-year-old bank is based, said Baldassarri was accused of helping mislead regulators over the true nature of a secret derivative contract that was found in a safe by the bank’s new management in October 2012.

…

Baldassari left Monte dei Paschi shortly after the arrival of new chief executive Fabrizio Viola in January 2012.

…

HIDDEN IN A SAFE

Italian prosecutors seized some 40 million euros ($54 million) last week as part of their investigation. The prosecution seizure order, seen by Reuters, said the funds belonged to Baldassarri and four other people suspected of criminal conspiracy to commit fraud.

…

Internal documents obtained by Reuters show an audit of the department in August and September 2009 had uncovered a “systematic overshooting of risk limits” in the management of the group’s 24-billion euro proprietary portfolio.

Last week, the lender put losses stemming from three derivatives trades at 730 million euros and said it may have to restate previous accounts.

One of the structured finance transactions under scrutiny is a complex 2009 trade between Monte dei Paschi and Japanese bank Nomura, known as “Alexandria”.

The bank’s new management says Monte dei Paschi’s board never reviewed the trade for approval, and its true nature only came to light in October last year after a secret contract was found in a safe.

…

FLIGHT RISK

In their statement on Thursday, the Siena prosecutors said they had feared Baldassarri may be seeking to leave the country because they had evidence he was trying to cash in securities worth more than 1 million euros after the February 7 fund seizure.

…

The Bank of Italy has faced increasing questions over its supervision, and Mario Draghi, who was governor of the Italian central bank before becoming president of the European Central Bank in November 2011, has also been drawn into the criticism.

Your rating: None

British teen backpacker missing in Outback

0

An 18-year-old British backpacker, who was hoping to join the armed forces, is missing in the Australian Outback after setting out on a hike to “improve his fitness”.

Police launched a land and air search for 18-year-old Sam Woodhead after he failed to return from his expedition on Tuesday evening.

He had set off from the Upshot Station homestead, about 130km (80 miles) from the far-flung Queensland town of Longreach, some 700km inland from the coast.

Officers fear for the young man’s safety due to his lack of familiarity with the property, which sprawls across 3,200 acres.

“Lack of water, the heat, venomous snakes and injury are probably our greatest concern,” Sergeant Dave Perry told the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.

He said the missing teenager had some survival training.

“He may have been using some of the rougher country and the jump-ups to improve his fitness,” said Sgt Perry.

Planes, motorbikes and four-wheel drives are being used in the search.

Local people have also been combing the area on foot and horseback, and an emergency services helicopter carrying medical staff has been sent out.

Mr Woodhead’s mother is understood to be flying out to Australia to help with the search.

His sister, Rebecca Woodhead, wrote on her Facebook page: “If anyone hears from my brother please contact me ASAP.

“Would be a great birthday present if my brother would just turn up and ask what all the fuss is about!”

OCA Brings ‘Boycott Factory-Farmed Foods’ Message to Forward on Climate Rally

0

WASHINGTON – February 14 – The Organic Consumers Association (OCA) will join the Sierra Club, 350.org, the Hip Hop Caucus and more than 90 other organizations on Feb. 17, in Washington D.C., for the “Forward on Climate” rally. The rally is being billed as the largest climate rally in history. Participants will urge President Obama to reject the toxic Keystone XL tar sands pipeline, limit carbon pollution from our nation’s dirty power plants, move beyond coal, oil and natural gas by investing in a clean energy economy, and transition to a healthy and sustainable food and farming system.

OCA will emphasize the critical, but often overlooked role factory farming plays in contributing to our planet’s rapidly warming climate. According to the Worldwatch Institute, the production of meat, eggs and milk on factory farms is responsible for more than 50 percent of greenhouse gas emissions.

“We have the technology to save the planet,” said OCA National Director Ronnie Cummins (OCA). “By abolishing factory farms and industrial and GMO crop cultivation, and transitioning back to carbon ranching and organic farming, we could potentially sequester the overwhelming majority of greenhouse gas emissions, and bring the CO2 level back down to the safe level of 350 parts-per-million. That’s the number scientist say we must achieve in order to avert a climate crisis.”

Industrial agriculture spews greenhouse gases into the earth’s atmosphere at the rate of 3,700 pounds of CO2 per year per acre. Compare that with an acre of land farmed using organic methods, including composting and cover crops. The organically farmed acre can naturally sequester up to 7,000 pounds per year of CO2 back into the earth, according to research carried out by the Rodale Institute and others.

To facilitate this transition, OCA advocates boycotting products that come from factory farms, eating more local, organic produce, and consuming less meat; requiring mandatory labeling of all factory farm-produced meat, eggs and dairy; and empowering food and farm workers, local communities, and family farmers – the people who experience the harsh realities of factory farm abuses, pollution and economics first hand – to have a greater say in how we create a green, sustainable farming system.

Candidate Barack Obama agreed with OCA’s positions in 2008, stating “As president, I would direct the Environmental Protection Agency to strictly monitor and regulate pollution from large factory farms, with tough fines for those that violate environmental standards. I also support efforts to provide more meaningful local control over these factory farms.”

For more details and to march with the OCA on Feb. 17, in Washington, D.C., sign up here.

Israeli settlers attack Muslim cemetery

0

This file photo shows “Death to Arabs” sprayed in Hebrew on a grave in Jaffa.

Israeli settlers have reportedly vandalized the graves at a Muslim cemetery in West al-Quds (Jerusalem), the latest in a long line of settler attacks in the occupied West Bank.

The attackers sprayed racist and anti-Islam graffiti on the headstones of the tombs on Thursday. “Death to the Arabs,” was smudged on one of the defaced stones.

“Price Tag” was daubed in Hebrew on another headstone, a term marking attacks by extremist settlers on Palestinian mosques, cemeteries and farmland.

The al-Aqsa Foundation said wine glasses were found in the area and that 30 graves were damaged in the attack.

Israeli police said they had opened an inquiry into the incident.

But the foundation held Israeli authorities responsible for the attack and urged Islamic countries to intervene to end the attacks on Muslim and Christian holy sites in al-Quds.

Human rights groups blame Tel Aviv for ignoring complaints by the victims of the growing settler violence.

MRS/HMV

Why are Unionization Rates at Historic Low?

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Transcript

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics last week reported on the numbers of workers in unions. Let’s just back up a step first. In 1955, 35 percent of workers were in unions. Most of those were private-sector workers. Well, last week’s report says that private-sector workers were down as low as 6.6 percent. Thirty-five percent of public-sector workers are unionized, for an overall rate of 11.3. One more time: 1955, overall rate of unionization 35 percent; last week, 11.3 percent.Now, in that same week, the Dow Jones Industrial Average on the stock market broke 14,000 for the first time in five years–the market’s at a historic high.Now joining us to talk about all of this is Stephanie Luce. She’s an associate professor of labor studies at the Murphy Institute School for Professional Studies at the City University of New York. She’s the author of Fighting for a Living Wage and coauthor, The Living Wage: Building a Fair Economy and The Measure of Fairness. She joins us from New York. In fact, she’s in Brooklyn. Thanks for joining us, Stephanie.PROF. STEPHANIE LUCE, LABOR STUDIES, THE MURPHY INSTITUTE, CUNY: Thanks for having me.JAY: So let’s focus on the main number here, which is from 35 percent in ’55 down to 11 and change now. That’s a rather drastic decrease. Why do you think this is happening?LUCE: Well, I think, you know, this steady decrease has been going on for several decades. And for a while, the number of workers in unions was going up as an absolute number, but the density was falling. And now density is falling as well. And I think really you can kind of divide this into different categories of explanations. One of the explanations is that unions themselves are to blame. They were slow to recognize a changing global economy. They were resistant to immigrant workers belonging to unions. They were not innovative in their organizing strategies and not aggressive about corporate globalization. But on the other hand, there’s a lot of external forces, too, which is that employers have really been on the offensive against unions in the last 30 years and have in fact changed laws, changed regulations, and even broke–you know, they’ve–breaking laws as a way to fight unions and keep unions out of the workplace. So we see weak labor law, weakly enforced labor law, but also changing global rules and regulations around workers’ rights.JAY: Well, let’s start with some of the internal factors first, and then we’ll go to external. I mean, it seems to me one of the internal factors is that the leaders of many of the major unions get paid very, very well. I mean, some of them are in the $200,000, $300,000 mark, plus they get all this expense accounts. You can often run into, you know, leaders of major unions eating steaks, you know, $40, $50 steaks and such for lunch. And I’ve seen it. This isn’t just some stereotype. And, frankly, it’s, you know, their argument as well: people that run businesses, you know, live this way; why shouldn’t the leaders of workers live like this? But that’s exactly the point is they started living and thinking like people that run businesses.LUCE: Right. Yeah. There’s no doubt that we’ve had bureaucratization and some corruption and a greater hierarchy within the labor movement. That certainly is a problem. There are a lot of unions that are not really democratically run. They don’t really involve their members. You know. And I think that for some people to say, well, that should suggest that we don’t need unions or unions are outdated, I often say, well, that’s also true in Congress. We see a lot of members of Congress, you know, engaging in corruption and not so democratic. But we’re not necessarily calling to abolish Congress, right? We’re calling for reform and revitalizing to make it more democratic and more engaging. And I think the same is true of unions, which is that, you know, unions’ leaders have had faults, but I’m not ready to give up on them as institutions. I think they still represent one of the only chances that workers have for a democratic voice in the workplace.JAY: Well, one of the numbers in a recent blog you wrote I think is important, which is, the average union member earns 27 percent more than the average nonunion member. So, I mean, I think that shows that, you know, whatever the weaknesses of our unions are, they’re still rather–it’s a hell of a lot better being in one than not being in one. But in some ways has that not also been part of the problem, which is, for, you know, post World War II there was a kind of a gravy train, especially for the upper tier of workers, like autoworkers and workers in transportation and critical sectors of the economy, where they got very significant wage gains–it wasn’t just the union leaders; many of the workers were doing very well. It wasn’t unusual to, you know, have a couple of cars and know you could afford university and all the rest. But they didn’t give a damn about all the unorganized workers and some of the other sectors of the economy. They kind of were just looking after their own people. And then one day they look around and they find out, oh-oh, we’re next.LUCE: Yeah. Well, I mean, I think on the first part is that, yes, unions led to, you know, workers getting a decent income and having some stability, maybe buy a home and send their kids to college. I don’t know that we want to–I don’t know that I would critique that as too high, because I think workers were getting a share of what they were producing.But on the second point, you’re right: they should have been aggressively trying to organize more workers, getting nonunion workers into unions, keeping ahead of what’s going on in the economy in terms of changing industries and sectors. And I think not enough of them did that. I wouldn’t say no one was doing that, but certainly not enough. And they for the most part, you know, got lazy and behind the trend and didn’t keep up with where the economy was going.JAY: Yeah. I mean, I think it’s important. There are some unions that are actively organizing and a few unions that are quite militant about their own members and reaching out to others. But I would say the majority have not been–although now that they’re being targeted, I mean, maybe you could see a kind of turning point with Reagan and the air traffic controllers. Since that point, sort of the guns have been pointed at some of these stronger American unions. Again, before we get to external factors, let’s talk a little bit about the politics of this. I mean, part of the issue is, when there’s been Democratic Party governments, either at state levels and nationally, the unions don’t seem to have used the clout they used to have to get legislation that might have made it easier to organize unions. And now that they’re so weak, they don’t have much clout.LUCE: Yeah. And, in fact, even going back to when they were stronger, in the 1970s, we had, you know, Jimmy Carter in office, and we–the Democrats controlled everything, and yet unions were not able to win major labor law reform. So I think that the Democrats have really not been the friend of labor that unions might think that they are. It’s not that union leaders are all stupid, but they also realize that they don’t have a real exit strategy in this political system, so they’ve aligned themselves with the Democrats, and for the most part that’s been a losing strategy.I think that it didn’t work so well even in the ’70s when they were strong, and today, as you just said, it certainly is not a way to win any major reform. I think that unions have to seriously rethink their allegiance to the Democratic Party. If it’s not realistic to start their own party, they could at least think about withholding their contributions in terms of money and time that they give to electing Democrats over and over again who turn around and sometimes stab them in the back.JAY: This number stands out for me, that unionized workers make 27 percent more than nonunionized workers. Why isn’t that fact better known? Like, instead of spending all these millions of dollars of union money promoting the Democratic Party, why don’t they spend millions of dollars promoting the fact that unionized workers make more than nonunionized workers? ‘Cause I don’t think most nonunionized workers know that.LUCE: Well, I think, you know, it’s not just wages. They’re actually much more likely than nonunion workers to receive health insurance, pension, paid days off, and job security. And a union contract is one of the only ways that workers have to gain any kind of job security in our employment-at-will system. I think there’s a little bit of a double-edged sword there, which is, sometimes by promoting that union workers do better, they’re afraid that they make themselves more of a target from employers. Like, if they highlight how much, you know, they provide to workers, then does that in fact make unions a greater target? I think that’s a mistake, because they already are a target. Employers certainly know this themselves. You know. And another interesting point, though, that I want to highlight is it’s not just that–union members make more money than nonunion members, but a lot of research suggests that by having greater union density actually brings up the economy as a whole. So it’s good for even nonunion workers when there’s greater union density. Some research by Bruce Western at Princeton, he estimates that about 20 to 33 percent of the growth in inequality in this country is because of the falling union density, and he says that what unions did is create a general sense, a norm of equity, a general sense of wage fairness. And what unions do is also reduced inequality between workers. They actually reduced discrimination, for example, between male and female workers or between white and black workers. So there are lots of positive benefits of unions that help not just workers but the economy as a whole.JAY: There’s quite a deep-seated feeling, though, amongst unorganized workers that organized, unionized workers, higher-paid unionized workers, is pushing work outside the country, and they blame the unionized workers.It’s interesting. We covered a strike in Sudbury, Canada, which–the dynamic here is similar, although unionization rates in Canada are still somewhat higher than in the United States. But this is essentially a one-industry town, a nickel mining town. The nickel miners spend all their money in the town. It’s because they’ve been highly paid that the town does relatively well. They go on strike. And I think–you know, I can’t give a scientific take on this, but a majority of ordinary people in the town we talked to were actually blaming the workers for wanting to be highly paid even though they’re the spending money in the town, because the company’s threatening to go get the nickel somewhere else in the world–which is kind of funny, ’cause obviously, you know, they wanted that nickel. But this division between organized and unorganized workers, I don’t see the unions actively fighting it, ’cause even in Sudbury the union wasn’t doing that much public relations work to make people understand why that’s good for the town.LUCE: Well, I do think some unions are trying. Some unions are active in things like living-wage campaigns and labor-community coalitions to help, you know, low-end workers. But I think, you know, you’re right that they need to do a better job of explaining what’s going on. I mean, what’s interesting is a lot of the drop in unionization in the last year was not because–you know, some of it’s jobs moving overseas, but a lot of it is in the public sector. These are not jobs that are moving overseas. This is just, you know, governors attacking workers’ rights to form unions. Another huge drop in unionization over the last several decades was in construction. Again, these are not because the employer’s moving those jobs to China. These are the same jobs, they’re staying here in the United States, but they’re being converted to nonunion jobs. So I think you’re right. We need a better story and understanding of what’s going on in the economy, and that it’s not just an inevitable result of globalization that, you know, unions are going to die off.JAY: Yeah. The one words or letters that we have not heard from President Obama during the last presidential election–we haven’t heard anything now that he’s been inaugurated–was EFCA, the Employee Free Choice Act. This was supposed to be the grand bargain, if you want, with the unions, that President Obama’s going to reform labor legislation. And not a whisper of it now.LUCE: Right. Right. And I’m not surprised, because I didn’t ever believe that Obama was just going to come in and sign this sweeping labor law reform that, as I said, Jimmy Carter and the Democrats didn’t do in the 1970s. I don’t think we’re going to see any kind of widescale reform like that without massive social protest. I think the unions were grossly mistaken to think they were going to get something in through backdoor channeling, lobbying, or whatever it might be instead of having, you know, massive sit-downs or, you know, people marching in the streets or other forms of social protest. And I feel Obama himself even kind of made that comment when he was first elected. But the unions really didn’t pursue that avenue.JAY: Right. Well, thanks for joining us, Stephanie.LUCE: Thank you so much.JAY: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

End

DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

South Africa and the Resource Curse

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Patrick Bond is the Director of the Center for Civil Society and Professor at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa. Bond is the author and editor of the recently released books, Politics of Climate Justice and Durban’s Climate Gamble.

Transcript

PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore. And please join us now for this week’s edition of the Bond report with Patrick Bond, who now joins us from South Africa.

Patrick is the director of the Center for Civil Society. He’s also a professor at the University of KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa. Bond’s an author and editor of the recently released books Politics of Climate Justice and Durban’s Climate Gamble. Thanks for joining us again, Patrick.PATRICK BOND, DIRECTOR, CENTRE FOR CIVIL SOCIETY: Great to be with you, Paul.JAY: So what’s the big story this week in South Africa?BOND: It’s really been mining, because South Africa for the 19th time has hosted the African Mining Indaba. Indaba is a local word for gathering. And these are thousands of the companies, the heads of state and state functionaries and the journalists who make up this huge industry that is responsible for so much environmental destruction and economic, social, and political degradation on the continent. And they gather every year.And this year was especially important, because there’s been such a roller coaster, especially with the single biggest sector, platinum, here in South Africa. It was the largest firm, a couple of weeks ago–that’s Angloplats–announcing 14,000 layoffs right in the area of the Marikana platinum fields, where there was a big massacre last August. The commission into the massacre’s been continuing with more revelations about emailing that actually catalyzed the police and the mining ministry to intervene and to get the mineworkers off that famous hill where they were trapped and 34 murdered over the course of a few minutes last August 16. But, you know, the company involved there, that was Lonmin, third-largest platinum miner. They’ve made an extraordinary comeback. In the last couple of weeks, they’ve announced that they had a huge increase in production after the mineworkers settled the 22 percent wage increase, Paul. And what that means is that there’s suddenly a jockeying in this sector, and the largest firm, Anglo, was rapped over the knuckles very strongly by the South African government and by the mineworkers and is now beginning to come to the table. And there is also talk, although there’s no nationalization of mines, that certainly what brought Anglo was a threat to review their mining license.So we’re really seeing an intensification of class and state capital struggles over mining. And the most exciting moment probably last week, Tuesday, was when Joe Seoka, the bishop from Pretoria who is very much a leader and very present with the mineworkers at Marikana, went and led a march against the mining indaba, insisting that on environmental and social grounds they clean up their act.JAY: Why would one of the companies seem to be profitable, Lonmin, and the other losing money in the same fields?BOND: Well, it’s partly because Lonmin had such a huge loss. They lost around 90 percent of their share value, so they’ve had to come up naturally as a sort of bounce-back. And no one had much expectations that a company like that–by the way, a company once named in 1973 the unacceptable face of capitalism by British Prime Minister Edward Heath–no one really expected them to make a comeback at all. And the workers certainly have remained militant, and many of them are claiming they didn’t get their full payment back, and they’ve been threatening strikes in recent days. So I think the situation’s quite fluid.It also relates very much to whether key individuals like Cyril Ramaphosa, the Lonmin shareholder, probably the largest South African shareholder, nearly 9 percent, he in the meantime was made the deputy president of the ruling party, and pretty much a clear line of succession to becoming the next president after Jacob Zuma retires, probably in the year 2017. And so Cyril Ramaphosa very present in the debates about what to do about mining and very much mining industry representative. And the other key figure this last week, a woman called Mamphela Ramphele, who is the chair of Goldfield–it’s a big gold mining operation which also is downsizing–and she used to be the World Bank managing director for poverty, a neoliberal, a very controversial former partner of Steve Biko, the great black consciousness leader.JAY: I was about to say, aren’t both of these figures former activists?BOND: Indeed. Ramaphosa was the National Union of Mineworkers leader who actually led in 1987 the first big mine strike that was a national strike and really shook the apartheid regime and its corporate friends.And Mamphela Ramphele was banned by the apartheid regime and then did her doctorate at the University of Cape Town and became the president–what we call the vice chancellor–of that university before going to the World Bank. And now she’s a venture capitalist and sits on the boards of a number of companies and does a great deal of public intellectual work and will start a new political party in coming days. That party, lining up to the right of the African National Congress, probably will pull away some of its middle-class support.So it’s an interesting time in terms of the fluidity in the political system, even though we don’t really have an election scheduled here till 2014.JAY: And what do you make of the arc of people like these two individuals we’re talking about, who were activists in the fight against apartheid and are now essentially multimillionaire big capitalists who are fully pushing neoliberal economics and politics? I mean, is it that when they fought against apartheid, it was really a fight against racism for them and not for any kind of more equitable social-economic system? I mean, how do you get–or is this cynicism and corruption now?BOND: Well, both are extremely ambitious. And in the sense that they’ve–they’re probably about the brightest people of the anti-apartheid generation. You could name maybe a dozen and they would certainly be there. But that ambition goes, in a sense, personality-wise, with the flow, and that’s crony capitalism in this country. It’s a corporatist arrangement where big business and the big government, along with some factions of big labor, including the mineworkers, have settled into a fairly easy relationship in which there’s a revolving door. So, Paul, it’s not so much, as one, you know, might initially think, a sellout or a complete change in ideology, but a natural evolution that many of the sharpest people in the anti-apartheid movement decides where they can make money and exert influence. And I think to both their credits, they’re leaving the business world behind. Both are now quickly resigning–for example, Ramaphosa now resigning from Lonmin so that he can be a full-time politician and not be encumbered by the huge–I mean, he’s worth about $600 million at least, and he’s therefore probably able to put most of his holdings into a blind trust and come out of whatever political experience he has still the second-wealthiest black man in South Africa, probably about the fourth-richest overall. And although Manphela Ramphele had many other possibilities as the World Bank managing director for poverty, she could certainly have stayed in the multilateral system. I think, for both of them, exerting power and being very frustrated with the way in which the South African government has degenerated with the corruption at the top of the government–and I think in some ways these are real valid efforts by ambitious people to exert more political influence. However, the problem is that they are doing so within a context of corporate, state, and some big labor relationships which have had this terrible environmental, social, labor, economic, and I think political degeneration. And that’s the resource curse, writ large here. We’ve seen many other examples. You could argue that the Central African Republic intervention in January by the South African government, 400 troops going to back up a dictator there, was because South Africa has uranium interests there. In fact, the deputy foreign minister acknowledged such.So we’re beginning to see South Africa in the same way France in Mali in recent days has gone in, probably to protect the interests of uranium in that vicinity, uranium producers for the big French nuclear plants. And so mining again plays this environmentally destructive, but also politically degenerative role. And that’s what we saw with the African mining summit here in Cape Town, where so many very wealthy people came and made no concessions, really, whatsoever to the reality that the gig is up, that people understand much more, after the Marikana massacre, what kind of damage they’re doing. JAY: Alright. Thanks for joining us, Patrick.BOND: Thank you.JAY: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

End

DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Japan failing to shake off recession

0

Japan’s economy remained in recession late last year, shrinking 0.4 percent in annualized terms for the third straight quarter of contraction. (File photo)

The Japanese government says the Asian country’s economy contracted for the third consecutive quarter in the three months to the end of December 2012.

The economy of the world’s third economic heavy-weight shrank 0.1 percent in the October-December period compared with the previous three months, which is equivalent to an annualized dip of 0.4 percent in gross domestic product, Cabinet Office data showed on Thursday.

“The economy has contracted for three straight quarters, but the third quarter was the worst,” said Shuji Tonouchi, strategist with Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities.

“The biggest reason for the decline in gross domestic product (GDP) is external demand was weak and domestic demand did not recover as quickly as we thought,” Tonouchi said.

Japan’s central bank (BOJ) has kept its interest rates between zero to 0.1 percent, but rejected to keep them at that level until its target of achieving a two-percent inflation rate is met.

Japan entered recession in November 2012, when the country suffered the sharpest rate of contraction following the devastating tsunami of 2011.

Many experts blamed the contractions on the halt to Japan’s exports, due to the low demand in the markets of China, the Unites States and the eurozone.

Japan’s car industry also suffered great loss following anti-Tokyo protests across China in September 2012 over a decision by the Japanese government to nationalize parts of a group of islands in the East China Sea disputed by Tokyo and Beijing.

TE/HMV

Greek jobless rate double that of Eurozone: Over 60% of young workers unemployed

0

People queue outside a government employment office (AFP Photo / Cesar Manso)

People queue outside a government employment office (AFP Photo / Cesar Manso)

Tensions are running high in Greece as the country’s workers suffer from unemployment rates that are double the rest of the eurozone’s. More than 60 percent of Greece’s young workers are unemployed, according to new data.

The information, released by the Hellenic Statistical Authority, revealed that the country’s unemployment rate jumped from 26.6 percent last October to 27 percent in November. Other Eurozone nations hovered at an average unemployment rate of 11.7 percent in November.

Greece’s unemployment numbers are around double what they were in the beginning of 2010. That comes as a result of more than 300,000 Greeks losing their jobs between November 2011 and November 2012.

Young workers are suffering the most — the unemployment rate for those aged 15 to 24 sits at a whopping 61.7 percent. The 25 to 34 age bracket takes second place, with 36.2 percent unemployment.

In the months between November 2011 and November 2012, a reported 323,808 people lost their jobs — an astounding 887 people per day.

Greece is currently under strict austerity measures demanded by the EU and the International Monetary Fund in exchange for huge bailout loans.

But the Greek Finance Ministry claimed there is a silver lining in its future budget plans, and that the country’s economy is expected to grow in 2014 — for the first time since the country entered a recession six years ago.  

However, experts aren’t so quick to believe the government’s economic forecast. 

“The eurozone is headed for deeper, more intense, and much less retractable trouble in 2013. There is no foreseeable way for the region to recover as it exists today in its current form,” economic expert Margaret Bogenrief from ACM Partners told RT last month.

In January, pensioners and civil servants saw their wages cut, on top of growing taxes and utility prices, triggering yet another wave of protests in the crisis-hit nation.

The Pain In Spain Falls Mainly… Everywhere

0

Authored by Mint’s Bill Blain,

European GDP and Spain — where it’s going?

Europe Q4 GDP declines 0.6%, and economy contracts 0.9%. No one should be surprised at the latest disappointing European GDP numbers, but they hide important trends — Germany’s Q4 0.6% GDP drop was worse than expected, although the expectations remain for growth later this year. France is going to miss the 3% GDP deficit target because of low growth. For the rest of Europe the numbers were generally worse than expected — and no one credible is talking about significant growth prospects. (Sure, the Euro Elites are telling us they see growth tomorrow.. but tomorrow is always tomorrow..)

The poor GDP numbers are likely to have significant knock-on effects in terms of confidence and the Euro — sure enough European Stocks are lower. France GDP was down 0.3%, Netherlands down 0.2%. And the critical peripheral worries: Italy down 0.9% in Q4. Spain Q4 contracted by 0.7% when its number was released in Jan.

Of course, slowing economies would normally be good news for bonds — rates should fall as the need for economic stimulus rises. True for Germany, but since the rest of Europe moves in step with Germany… until it doesn’t, and renewed doubts about the Euro economies take over!

Are we likely to see another round of Euro Peripheral weakness?

The difference now is NO-ONE really believes the Euro is going to break up. There are some doubts about Italy as the political tensions rise, and the Euro Elites face up to the implications of a Berlusconi resurgence. He’s back, and this time he’s serious… Get over it.

Let’s look at Spain. I’m assured there is nothing to worry about. The country is determined to stick with the programme and stay within the Euro. Sure, there have been some wobbles in terms of agreeing GDP/deficit targets, bailing out the banks, and refusing to be handcuffed to OMT shackles.

Let’s go back to 26th July 2012, the day Draghi promised to “do what is needed to preserve the Euro”… If you bought Spain that July day, you are sitting pretty. 5-year Spain CDS rallied from 642 to 244 in Jan. Spain’s worst of a bad bank bunch, Bankia, has seen its senior CDS tighten from 1575 in July to 709 currently! Spain stocks, IBEX, is up 38%.

What’s not to like..? Think hard about that one.

As we all know, the moment to exit a position is when you first think about it… not when you have to. So if you are bought into the Spain rally, let me ask… what’s the next move? Hold for now, hold to maturity, or sell?

What are the risks for Spain? We have few doubts it will stay in the Euro. If needed, it will get a bailout in whatever form the ECB can make acceptable – unlimited bond purchases and/or direct cash injections if markets close. Anything will be done to avoid an embarrassing default. The risks are more subtle — economic and the long-term consequences of economics.

I spent yesterday’s quieter moments reading through rafts of Spain stuff — particularly some excellent stuff from David Watts at CreditSights. I generally ignore most of the bank analysis — it’s ever so slightly biased and as turgid as over-ripe halibut. No bank is going to write negative Spain comment when there are potential Spain bond mandates to be won.

My current interest in Spain was pricked by Blackrock CEO Larry Fink’s comments to ABC following a visit to Madrid. He reckons “Spain will be a star economy if reforms continue”  but it still faces 3-4 years of hard adjustment. Hmm.. so Blackrock has become establishment — agreeing with that the Spanish claims of an: “unprecedented fiscal consolidation effort”. However, there was nothing in the press release to back up any of Fink’s claims with real data or trends.

Data and graphs are the territory of my Macro-Man — Martin Malone – but he’s currently glad-handing in Japan, so let me present my own Spain snapshot:

  • The government is extremely unpopular — that’s why the apparently faked attempts to frame them as slush fund recipients had limited effect. Rajoy et al are already marginally less welcome than Ebola fever.
  • The government still has many unpopular spending decisions to take. Domestic tension remains high and with still rising unemployment, it could get worse. Which could spawn yet more anti-centralisation from the regions.
  • Lowering Spain wages has made Spain more “competitive”, but only in European wage terms.
  • Sadly, Spain’s only competitive advantage is lower wages: Spain isn’t a leader in the value-added factors of mature European economies; like cutting edge technology, unmatched engineering prowess, world class design, financial innovation or even sophisticated marketing. There are exceptions; Spain’s top company Zara is successfully selling middle market clothing on a pile ‘em high, sell ‘em cheap basis. Otherwise, Spanish manufacturing is basically making things cheaper than others.
  • While European manufacturers may well be looking to move production to Spain because of low wages, it doesn’t help the strong Euro makes the whole country uncompetitive on the world stage, and that European consumers aint consuming very much.
  • The improvements in Spain do mean it’s well placed in the short-term if… if… there is a recovery. Long-term prospects look worse with the university educated future generation now working as barista’s in London or anywhere outside Europe, and little being done to invest in a technology driven future.
  • Emigration of the best and brightest adds to the demographic time bomb ticking in the Spain pension funds.
  • Although the 25% plus Spain unemployment probably underestimates the black economy — it’s a simple fact the whole Spanish private sector is massively overleveraged, especially as family heads are losing their jobs. Falling wages and job losses increase the burden. Banks remain massively vulnerable to rising retail distress.
  • All the above without even mentioning fact the economy is burdened by millions of unsellable homes with no one likely to buy. I really don’t understand how SAREB (the Spanish bad bank) is apparently selling property 30% above market.. If I don’t understand it.. my default position is its dodgy.
  • Spanish banks may be funding again.. whoopee.. But that’s not a factor of better conditions or outlook — it’s entirely a factor of the scramble for yield rather than better Spain financial fundamentals.

When I ask the question.. what’s not to like about Spain..? Well actually quite a lot.. What are the positives. Well, turning to Mr Fink, the Euro Elites and the IMF, they all praise Spain for making great progress.. In what way? Last year the Spaniards told us they were targeting a 6.3% Deficit GDP. Everyone harrumphed and whined, but had little choice but to accept the number.

Guess what. Spain will miss that number by a significant margin. Now they say 7.4% is likely due to the cost of bank bailouts. But as CreditSights point out, they are probably underestimating the true impact of the 3.5% GDP cost of the bank bailouts. Even the Spain MOF predicts a 8.1% deficit number!

CreditSights suggests a significant Deficit miss will undermine Spain’s borrowing position. They say investors should lighten up on Spain because the likely deficit miss is one sided: if the number was hit, it won’t move market higher, but on a miss there will likely be a sell off — particularly at the long end.

Perhaps… but I’d add Spain’s borrowing position is only sustained by the Draghi promise of OMT support. What if that proves to be just talk and illusion? If Spain is so obviously failing to control its deficit, name a German politician who will be keen to allow them access to emergency OMT funding if there is a reversal? German election later this year.

One Key CreditSights soundbite: “Spain last ran a balanced budget in Q1 2008 when growth was 2%. Now the economy is shrinking 1.7% on an annualised basis.” That’s a massive amount of catch up to be achieved.

The real danger in Spain is long-term. Thus far the government has contained youth unemployment and social unrest. But long-term how will that fare as Spain comes to realise that the only future for it within the Euro is to remain the most competitive production country by dint of lower wages. That’s hardly an attractive option within the United States of Europe — being little more than low-paid arbiters for Corporate Germany.

We are looking at another 3-4 years of economic misery just to get the Spanish economy back into the EU’s 3% deficit/GDP groove. Then we’re looking at on-going relative poverty for Spanish workers within Europe. At some point… something has to give…

Your rating: None Average: 4.8 (5 votes)

US Among World Government’s Repressing Journalistic Freedoms

0

The imprisonment of journalists worldwide reached a record high in 2012, driven in part by the widespread use of charges of terrorism and other anti-state offenses against critical reporters and editors, the Committee to Protect Journalists has found.

A protester denounces anti-press violence in India. The United States government is strongly criticized for its suppression of journalistic freedoms in new report. (Photo: AP/Rajanish Kakade) In their accounting of the quality of press protections across the world, the CPJ’s report, Attack on The Press: Journalism on the Front Lines, found an alarming international trend of government overreach and repression of journalistic freedoms with those in the United States not at all immune from the abuses of state power.

The report shows that 232 journalists found themselves behind bars because of their work in 2012, an increase of 53 from the previous year and the highest since CPJ launched its annual global study in 1990.

Specifically focusing on the US, the report found that under President Obama the government has been dangerously aggressive in its prosecution of government whistleblowers and harmful of press freedom by repeatedly blocking access to key information related to its anti-terrorism policies and what it terms “national security secrets.”

As the report states:

The Obama administration continued to clamp down on officials who leak sensitive information to the news media. A former CIA officer pleaded guilty to criminal charges of leaking a covert operative’s identity, effectively ending a legal battle by three journalists fighting government subpoenas to testify in the case. The director of national intelligence announced new rules to clamp down on leaks, and the Senate debated a bill that would further impede officials from sharing intelligence information with the press. In issues related to access, a military judge rejected a request by several media outlets to broadcast the Guantánamo Bay trial of suspects accused in the 2000 attack on the USS Cole. And a number of news organizations appealed a military judicial decision to seal documents related to the court-martial of Army Pvt. Bradley Manning, who faced charges of leaking classified documents to WikiLeaks. Reporter James Risen, author Ed Moloney, and documentary filmmaker Ken Burns continued to fight subpoenas that would force them to turn over their unpublished reporting or testify in criminal investigations. Several journalists were arrested covering demonstrations linked to the Occupy movement.

Overall, as The Guardian‘s Roy Greenslade observes, the report “makes for depressing reading” for those supportive of a vital and free press.

Some of these key findings from the report explain why:

  • The 29.6 percent worldwide increase over 2011 was the largest percentage jump in a decade and the second consecutive annual increase of more than 20 percent. Imprisonments increased 23.4 percent from 2010 to 2011.
  • The number of journalists held on anti-state charges, 132, is the highest CPJ has recorded, although its proportion of the overall tally, about 57 percent, is consistent with surveys in recent years.
  • The use of retaliatory charges was the next most common tactic among cases in which charges were publicly disclosed. Nineteen journalists faced such charges worldwide.
  • Seven journalists were being held on charges of engaging in ethnic or religious “insult,” and six others were jailed on criminal defamation allegations. Violations of censorship statutes were cited in three cases, while charges of disseminating “false news” were lodged in two instances.
  • The overwhelming majority of the detainees are local journalists being held by their own governments. Three foreign journalists were imprisoned worldwide, CPJ’s survey found.
  • Online and print media journalists constituted the two largest professional groups on CPJ’s census. Among other media, 24 television journalists, 12 radio reporters, and one documentary filmmaker were being held.
  • Eighty-five freelance journalists were in jail worldwide on December 1, constituting about 37 percent of the census. The proportion of freelance journalists, which had trended upward in recent years, dropped for the first time since 2006.

‘It Completely Did My Head In When I Did It’

0

In politics, the keys to success are allegiance and loyalty, both to your party and to the public.

David Cameron appeared to put both these rock-solid pieces of guidance to one side as he pledged his devotion to IKEA in a room full of B&Q employees in Eastleigh on Thursday.

His cack-minded consumer confession drew gasps from an obviously shocked and betrayed crowd.

It didn’t get off to a great start either, when the most powerful man in the country revealed he had prepped for the Q&A session by piecing together some Lego with his son.

Not only did he construct it, but the Eton and Oxford educated leader of our Great Britain “decoded” the instructions.

Instructions written for children aged 5-12.

No wonder the bloody shed did his head in.

HaPPY ZeRo HeDGe VaLeNTiNe’S DaY MaSSaCRe…

0
falak pema's picture

valentines like oscar P valentine?

After Dorner, now blade adorner, whose next on the St Valentine’s day massacre?

I see that greco roman will no longer be on the Olympics from 2020!

So “its now or never”…for the St Valentine crowd on that photo, last stop Brasil 2016!

Grunt, grunt, don’t tear my nuts off until then!  

I see the Ben is inspecting his ablity to grow on to QE to 2016! 

Initial Claims Plunge As Department Of Labor “Estimates” Claims For Illinois, Connecticut; Blizzard “Blamed”

0

The last time the US government showed its predictive data crunching euphoria, was the week of January 24 when the fine folks at the Department of Labor “estimated” the initial claims for the most populat US state – California, resulting in the lowest initial claims print since January 2008, or 335K (followed promptly by a claims surge the week after). Today, we just got an initial claims print of 341K, far below expectations of a 360K number, and even more below last week’s upward (of course) revised number of 368K. On the surface- great. Until one reads the actual release: “Jobless claims for Connecticut and Illinois were estimated by the Labor Department, a spokesman said as the figures were being released.” Because apparently, the “blizzard upset the application process.” And there you have it. The government no longer even pretends to collect data when pulling numbers out of thin air and seasonally adjusting it. Now it literally makes up numbers, and then seasonally adjusts it. Since the number is now nothing but noise, there is no point to even comment on it. In the meantime, the algos are more than happy to react to even absolutely meaningless “data” – just as expected.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (3 votes)

Britain’s forgotten war crime of WWII

0

While Britain claims to be an advocate of human rights in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and many other counteries around the world, British history itself is corroborating evidence that Britain, the greatest human rights preacher has also been the most flagrant human rights breacher.

More than 500,000 German civilians and refugees, mostly women and children, were slaughtered by Britain’s saturation bombing in 1945, one of the worst massacres of all time.

Over 700,000 phosphorus bombs were dropped on 1.2 million defenseless inhabitants of German city Dresden under Britain’s then Prime Minister Winston Churchill’s order, which not only reduced one of the greatest centers of northern Europe to flaming ruins, but also led to one of the worst war crimes of the Second World War.

Dresden’s bombing in February, 13, 1945 was so relentless that some historians believe it was the height of Winston Churchill’s madness.

“I do not want suggestions as to how we can disable the economy and the machinery of war, what I want are suggestions as to how we can roast the German refugees on their escape from Breslau,” Churchill said once.

Toward the end of the war, Churchill’s desired firestorm was finally created. More than 260,000 bodies and residues of bodies were counted after British Royal Air Force (RAF) and the United States Army Air Force (USAAF) assaulted Dresden. However, those who perished in the centre of the city could not be traced, as the temperature in the area reached 1600o Centigrade.

Dresden’s citizens barely had time to reach their shelters and those who seek refuge underground often suffocated as oxygen was pulled from the air to feed the flames. Others perish in a blast of white heat, heat strong enough to melt human flesh.

When the bombing started, no one could imagine that in less than 24 hours all those innocent people could die screaming in Churchill’s firestorms.

If there was a war crime, certainly the Dresden would rank as one of the most sinister of all time. Sadly, however, Churchill, who ordered the slaughter of up to a half million innocent people in this horrifying tragedy, was knighted by Britain’s Queen Elizabeth II in 1953.

The British queen made Churchill a knight of the Order of the Garter, Britain’s highest order of knighthood.

MOS/SSM/HE

Bute in food chain ‘for some time’

0

Horse carcasses containing the painkiller bute could have been entering the food chain in significant numbers for some time, the head of the Food Standards Agency (FSA) has admitted.

FSA chief executive Catherine Brown spoke as it was revealed authorities in Britain and France are trying to trace the carcasses of six horses contaminated with the painkiller, which were slaughtered in a UK abattoir and may have entered the human food chain across the Channel.

The drug, which is potentially harmful to human health, was detected in eight horses out of 206 tested by the Food Standards Agency in the first week of this month. Two were intercepted and destroyed before leaving the slaughterhouse but the other six were sent to France, where horse meat is commonly eaten.

Ms Brown told a press conference at Defra headquarters that the FSA had tested 5% of carcasses, of which 6% had tested positive. “That would say there has been a significant amount of carcasses with bute in going into the food chain for some time,” she said.

Meanwhile, tests on Findus processed beef products withdrawn from sale in the UK after the discovery of traces of horse meat found no evidence of phenylbutazone – or “bute” – which is banned from products intended for human consumption.

Chief Medical Officer Dame Sally Davies said that although the drug was linked to side-effects in patients who have been taking it as a medicine for arthritis, the risk was very low.

“If you ate 100% horse burgers of 250g, you would have to eat, in one day, more than 500 or 600 to get to a human dose,” she said. “It would really be difficult to get up to a human dose.”

The highest level of bute found in tests was 1.9 milligrammes per kilo of meat, she said.

Meanwhile, a processing factory in Co Monaghan in the Republic of Ireland withdrew some batches of burger products produced for the UK market, some of which tested positive in the UK for 5% to 30% horse meat.

Rangeland Foods said the burgers, which contained beef supplied from Poland, date back to production in September and were specifically produced for the UK market and made to a specification for EU beef from EU-approved suppliers.

Everywhere, Forever: End Violence Against Girls

0

When a 23-year-old student in Delhi was beaten and gang raped as she rode a bus home, it shocked the world and sparked mass protests against violent attitudes toward women.(Photo: Bullit Marquez / AP)

In India, the gruesome attack forced the nation to have an uncomfortable conversation about the deep-rooted discrimination against its women. But this is not an isolated case – sadly, violence is a fact of life for many women and girls across the world.

This week, I’ll be traveling to the Democratic Republic of the Congo where rape has been used as a weapon of war and a tool to terrorize girls and women. But this is not a ”developing world” problem – a United Nations report found that up to 70 percent of women experience physical or sexual violence from men in their lifetime – the majority by husbands, intimate partners or someone they know. That equates to one billion women and girls who will be raped or beaten in their lifetime.

Today, Feb. 14, the One Billion Rising coalition is mobilizing men and women across the world to demand an end to this violence. I’m proud that Save the Children offices around the world will be supporting this day of action and saying enough is enough.

Violence against women begins with violence against girls. In many countries, this begins even before birth – estimates suggest that there are over 100 million “missing women” as a result of gender-selective abortions.

For far too many girls this violence continues through childhood. In its most obvious forms that means millions of girls face being victims of sexual violence, female genital mutilation and forced into early marriages. In the next decade more than 100 million girls are expected to be married before they reach 18. Early marriage increases the likelihood of early pregnancy and that substantially increases a child’s risk of ill-health and even death – babies born to girls in their teens face a 50 percent higher risk of dying before age 1 than babies born to women in their 20s.

But violence comes in less obvious forms, too. Excess female childhood mortality is on the rise in several areas of the world. Globally, there are 107 female child deaths for every 100 deaths among male children. Often because of a lower value that is put on them; girls eat last (and least) in vulnerable households around the world and have less access to healthcare than boys.

What can we do about this? Awareness raising initiatives, such as One Billion Rising, are essential. They help to challenge a culture of impunity and social acceptance that too often means violence is accepted as a fact of life and perpetrators go unpunished. Protection, education and empowerment are also vital. We work in communities with both men and women to ensure the health and well-being of girls and pregnant women and to tackle this discrimination and violence.

I hope that millions of women, men, boys and girls will rise up and join the call against violence. But Feb. 14 must just be the beginning – it is only through a truly global, concerted effort that we can hope to end this violence and discrimination and achieve the change needed to ensure no girl growing up has to live in fear.

© 2012 The Jakarta Post

‘Twilight’ erotic fan fiction gets movie deal

0

Cover of the 'Beautiful Bastard' book

Cover of the ‘Beautiful Bastard’ book

Another erotic novel inspired by the ‘Twilight’ vampire saga has snagged a movie deal, following in the footsteps of the best selling Fifty Shades of Grey.

Constantin Film together with ‘Resident Evil’ producer Jeremy Bolt has purchased the film rights to ‘Beautiful Bastard’, a popular piece of Twilight fan fiction, The Hollywood Reporter says.

The value of the deal has not been disclosed but The Hollywood Reporter says it is around $500,000.

The novel’s story evolves around an MBA student Chloe Mills and her difficult but hot and passionate affair with her boss, Bennett Ryan.

The book written by Christina Hobbs and Lauren Billings, was originally published online by Hobbs. Initially it was called ‘The Office’ and was a much shorter piece of Twilight fan fiction. The writer didn’t even change the names of the main characters, leaving them as Bella Swan and Edward Cullen from the Twilight saga. 

Later the author hired writer Lauren Billings to create the book after the online version proved successful. The story was downloaded over two million times before Hobbs decided to remove it. ‘The Office’ was reworked and released in print under the combined pen name Christina Lauren.

The authors are currently working on a sequel to the book, titled ‘Beautiful Stranger’, which is due to be published in May this year.

The print novel ‘Beautiful Bastard’ has been released just recently, so it is expected to take a while before the film production begins.

Why One Billion Women and Girls Will Rise

0

This February 14 2013, V-Day will be 15 years old. It was never our intention to be around that long. Our mission was to end violence against women and girls, and so we planned to be out of business years ago.

We have had enormous victories in these years. We have broken taboos, spoken the word “vagina” in 50 languages in 140 countries, called up stories and truths about violence against women, breaking the silence, supported amazing activists across the planet who have created and changed laws. But we have not fulfilled our mission to end violence against women and girls. In fact the UN says that one out of three women on the planet will be beaten or raped in her lifetime. That is one billion women plus. That is simply insane and unacceptable.

So this V-Day we knew we had to go further; we knew we had to escalate our efforts to break through the patriarchal wall of oppression and denial, to transform the mindset that has normalised this violence, to bring women survivors into their bodies, their strength, their determination, their energy and power and to dance up the will of the world to finally make violence against women unacceptable.

So less than a year ago, we announced One Billion Rising, a call for the one billion women and all the men who love them to walk out of their jobs, schools, offices, homes on Feb 14, 2013 and strike, rise and dance!

Nothing we have ever done has spread so fast and happened so easily. Our motto was “not branding but expanding”: a global action to be determined and carried out locally. Every city, town, village, person would determine what they were rising for – to end FGM, to remember their daughter’s rape, to stop sex slavery, to educate young boys and girls about non-violence sexual relations.

During this year horrific stories of sexual violence broke through the news clutter with headlines reporting Malala Yousafzai shot for demanding girls to be educated in Afghanistan, the death and gang rape of Jyoti Singh in Delhi, the gang rape in Steubenville, Ohio.

All these stories have built the outrage and ignited a fire burning through the world.

One Billion Rising is happening big time, full scale, one Billion size. It is happening in 205 countries. It is happening where women will risk their lives to dance and where women have never danced before. It is happening in all 7,000 islands of the Philippines and in over 50 cities in Turkey. There are 100 risings in Italy, 135 risings in UK and thousands in North America. We are expecting 25 million to rise in Bangladesh, and it’s hard to imagine the numbers in India but they will be massive.

The diversity of the risings is beyond anything we could have imagined: the carnival queen in Rio de Janeiro, the queen mother of Bhutan, prime ministers of Australia and Croatia, members of the European parliament, lamas, nuns, unions leaders, avatars in Second Life, zumba dancers, classical dancers in Karachi, cast members of Wicked and The Lion King on Broadway, women in the Andes, 200 women in a parking lots in Kamloops, British Columbia, Iranian teenagers in their bedrooms, thousands of Afghani women dressed in OBR scarves, Filipino domestic workers in Saudi Arabia, people on bridges, in buses, prisons, squares, in stadiums, in churches, theatres.

But what is most remarkable is what One Billion Rising has already accomplished before we even begin to dance today.

It has brought together coalitions of groups and individuals that have never worked together before, galvanised new people and groups and associations and masses of men who were not engaged before but now see violence as their issue — and all of this putting violence against women to the centre of the global discussion.

It has broken taboos and silences everywhere, inspired a radical outpouring of individuals and groups to reveal the world wide system of patriarchy which sustains the violence. One Billion Rising has also shown that violence against women is not a national, tribal, ethnic, religious issue but a global phenomena, and the rising will give survivors the confidence of knowing that violence is not their fault or their country’s fault or their families fault.

Today the dancing begins and with this dancing we express our outrage and joy and our firm global call for a world where women are free and safe and cherished and equal. Dance with your body, for your body, for the bodies of women and the earth.

© 2012 Guardian News and Media Limited

John Major Tells Tory EU ‘Rebels’ To Be Quiet, Warns Against UK Exit

0

John Major has warned eurosceptic Tory MPs to keep quiet, arguing they are damaging David Cameron‘s negotiating position in Brussels as he tries to repatriate powers ahead of a 2017 referendum.

The former prime minister, whose time as leader of the Conservative Party was characterised by deep splits over Europe, said the in/out ballot promised by Cameron was a necessary “gamble” for both the country and the party.

“The relationship with Europe has poisoned British politics for too long, distracted parliament from other issues, and come close to destroying the Conservative Party. It is time to resolve the matter,” he said.

“I favour this referendum because I simply don’t believe we can go on on as we are, year after year, prime minister after prime minster going to Europe being pushed by people to negotiate a victory equivalent to Waterloo,” he said.

In a strongly pro-EU speech given at the Chatham House foreign policy think-tank in central London on Thursday afternoon, Sir John said that while the EU was far from perfect, to leave would be to “jump into a void”.

But the former prime minister, who negotiated Britain’s opt out from the single currency during the Maastricht negotiations in 1991, warned the “aggressive” stance taken towards the EU by some Conservative MPs was damaging and should be ignored by Cameron.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

“Rebellion is addictive, and some members may be getting a taste for it,” he said. “I learned twenty years ago that the parliamentary party includes irreconcilables who are prepared to bring down any government or any prime minister in support of their opposition to the EU.

“Members with Conservative heads and Ukip hearts cannot be placated. Whatever is offered to them will be insufficient. They will demand more. They will only be satisfied by withdrawal. It is, therefore, essential for the prime minister to rally the persuadable majority of the parliamentary party.”

Sir John said that if other EU leaders believe Cameron has been forced to the negotiation table by anti-EU MPs he would be seen to be “acting under political duress, rather than principle and conviction” — and his hand will be weakened. He added: “The truly well-meaning will give him advice in private.”

His intervention can be seen as a rebuke to many backbench Tory MPs who believe their decision to rebel against the prime minister in a Commons vote in which they demanded Cameron seek a cut in the EU budget actually strengthened the UK’s negotiating position.

Sir John also rejected calls for a deal to be done with Ukip in advance of the 2015 general election. “I don’t think we can or should do a deal with Ukip,” he said. “The leadership of Ukip have a policy which is against the UK national interest, they want us to leave the European Union … we can not make common cause with Ukip.”

Sir John said he did not have a “shred of doubt” that he British interest in the short and long term was better served by being inside the EU.

He said: “Being inside the EU can often be frustrating; but outside, we would be at a serious competitive disadvantage. The tens of thousands of UK companies who trade with the European Union should think long and hard about the consequences of exit. So should their employees, numbered in millions. To leave, would be a jump into a void.

Sir John also said Cameron should overrule Nick Clegg and appoint appoint a “lead negotiator” within cabinet to be his “personal emissary” to European capitals as he tries to renegotiate Britain’s membership of the the EU. He said it was vital the appointee be personally close to the prime minister, but shied away from suggesting a name.

Related on HuffPost:

British Jihadists In Syria Are ‘A Threat To The West’

0

Islamist extremists fighting the Assad regime in Syria could carry out terrorist attacks in the UK, William Hague has warned.

Syria has now become the “number one destination” for British jihadists seeking to hijack the Arab uprisings, according to the foreign secretary.

Speaking at the Royal United Services Institute, he said the longer the conflict went on, the greater the danger was that battle-hardened militants would pose a threat in the West.

hague

William Hague has warned that British jihadists fighting in Syria could pose a threat to the west

“This includes a number of individuals connected with the United Kingdom and other European countries,” he said.

“They may not pose a threat to us when they first go to Syria, but if they survive some may return ideologically hardened and with experience of weapons and explosives.”

A Dutch and British photojournalist who were kidnapped in Syria by Islamist militants said they heard British accents among those who were holding them captive after being freed by members of the Free Syrian Army last September.

Estimating that between 30 to 100 held them captive, Dutch photographer Jeroen Oerlemans said some of the gang that held them had “Birmingham accents”.

At least one had a “heavy south London accent” reported the Sunday Telegraph, quoting a source close to the incident.

Oerlemans described the men as “foreign jihadists,” who captured the men “almost immediately” after they crossed the border from Turkey at Bab al-Hawa, on 19 July.

Hague also warned that a prolonged struggle in Syria increased the risk that the regime could resort to chemical or biological weapons, urging Russia and China to drop their opposition over UN negotiations for a transition to a new government.

He set out plans for an ambitious programme to build support for human rights in key allies in the fight against international terrorism.

He said the “justice and human rights partnerships” initiative was intended to enable the UK to share intelligence relating to terrorist activity in countries with suspect human rights records without it leading to the torture or abuse of suspects.

mokhtar belmokhtar

The kidnappers of the recent Algeria hostage crisis are linked to a terrorist splinter group led by jihadist Mokhtar Belmokhtar

They will include assistance to overseas investigators, enabling them to build cases based on evidence rather than confession and to improve their compliance with the law and human rights.

“In many cases, we are able to obtain credible assurances from our foreign partners such as detainee treatment and legal processes that give us the safeguards we need and the confidence that we can share information in this way.

“Where this is not the case, we face a stark choice.

“We could disengage or we can choose to share our intelligence in a carefully controlled way while developing a more comprehensive approach to human rights adherence.

“This approach brings risk, but I am clear that the risks of the first option, of stepping back are greater still, placing our citizens at greater risk of terrorist attack.”

free syrian army

Hague has pledged to protect human rights in relationships with Britain’s key allies

The initiative – which comes after six British nationals were killed last month when Islamist militants overran a BP-run gas plant in Algeria – was immediately criticised by civil rights activists.

Cori Crider, the legal director of Reprieve, said: “We’ve been here before – from Afghanistan to Libya, the UK has handed over detainees or colluded in renditions, knowing that the result will be that people face torture.

“The government has sought to spare its blushes by obtaining ‘assurances’, but these have not been worth the paper they were printed on.

“William Hague is trying to find a way to join hands with the torturer while keeping his own hands clean – it just won’t work.”

The government has previously had to pay out millions of pounds in compensation to suspects such as Binyam Mohamed over claims that the British intelligence and security services colluded in their torture while they were detained in countries like Pakistan and Morocco.

Ministers have also so far failed in their long-running battle to deport the radical cleric Abu Qatada to stand trial in Jordan on terrorist charges, despite assurances from the Jordanian authorities that they would not use evidence obtained by torture.

Mr Hague stressed that every aspect of the work would require ministerial approval, and would be halted immediately if there was “any credible evidence” that UK support was being misused.

“This is a framework of accountability and human rights to ensure that our counter-terrorism work supports justice and the rule of law as well as our security, with the goal of creating the long-term conditions for better observance of human rights in countries that have a poor record and where the threat from terrorism is strong.” he said.

So Who Leaked The Heinz Deal?

0

Just a purely accidental modest to quite modest increase in the Heinz June $65 call open interest yesterday, and an even more accidental $1.5 million profit in one day? Surely the new Morgan Stanely head of the SEC will get right on it, and market “credibility” will be preserved. At least Buffett’s DOJ-immune rating agency Moody’s will rate the JPM’s committed financing for the HNZ takeover AAAA++++.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (4 votes)

Amnesty urges Bahrain activists’ release

0

Bahraini women hold portraits of female prisoners during an anti-regime rally in a western suburb of Manama. (File photo)

Amnesty International is calling for the release of more than two dozens of Bahraini human rights activists held in jails across the Persian Gulf kingdom.

Bahrain “cannot carry on imprisoning people simply because it can’t take criticism,” Hassiba Hadj Sahraoui, Amnesty’s Middle East and North Africa program deputy director, said on Thursday.

“It’s time that people detained simply for exercising their right to freedom of expression be released and for the harassment of other activists to desist,” she urged.

The call comes as Bahrainis mark the second anniversary of the country’s revolution which started on February 14, 2011, against the ruling Al Khalifa family.

Many rights activists in Bahrain are serving time, some even life terms, for expressing their anti-government views on social media or in street protests.

A report published by the Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry in November 2011 found that the Al Khalifa regime had used excessive force in its crackdown on protests and accused Manama of torturing political activists, politicians, and protesters.

Physicians for Human Rights say doctors and nurses have been detained, tortured, or disappeared because they have “evidence of atrocities committed by the authorities, security forces, and riot police” in the crackdown on anti-government protests.

MRS/HMV/SL

Mike’s Blog Round Up

0

Forget the overpriced chocolate and roses today, or whatever it is you normally do on the silly, corporately-manufactured occasion of Valentine’s Day. Instead, demand an end to violence against women and girls: 1 Billion Rising.

And there was Darwin Day a couple of days ago. A good time to reflect on Republican opposition to science, like when Rubio said in his SOTU rebuttal that nothing should be done about climate change because “government can’t change the weather.” And this guy’s supposedly one of the smarter ones.

Connecting the Dots: Obama’s SOTU assault on the Tea Party barricades is just the start of a long siege.

Occasional Planet: Obamacare was designed to strengthen, expand, and more deeply entrench corporate control of health-care delivery.

Prairie Weather: In cowardly America, our narcissism is so intense, so deep, that we reserve the right to kill ourselves through self-indulgence.

Round-up by Michael J.W. Stickings of The Reaction (@mjwstickings). I’ll be here all week.

Send tips to mbru AT crooksandliars DOT com.

Heinz Confirms It Will Be Acquired By Buffett In $28 Billion Transaction At $72.50/Share

0

Just released by Heinz. Luckily, the brand new US Secretary of State has a full conflict of interest release.

H.J. Heinz Company Enters Into Agreement to Be Acquired by Berkshire Hathaway and 3G Capital

H.J. Heinz Company (NYSE: HNZ) (“Heinz”) today announced that it has entered into a definitive merger agreement to be acquired by an investment consortium comprised of Berkshire Hathaway and 3G Capital.

Under the terms of the agreement, which has been unanimously approved by Heinz’s Board of Directors, Heinz shareholders will receive $72.50 in cash for each share of common stock they own, in a transaction valued at $28 billion, including the assumption of Heinz’s outstanding debt. The per share price represents a 20% premium to Heinz’s closing share price of $60.48 on February 13, 2013, a 19% premium to Heinz’s all-time high share price, a 23% premium to the 90-day average Heinz share price and a 30% premium to the one-year average share price.

“The Heinz brand is one of the most respected brands in the global food industry and this historic transaction provides tremendous value to Heinz shareholders,” said Heinz Chairman, President and CEO William R. Johnson. “We look forward to partnering with Berkshire Hathaway and 3G Capital, both greatly respected investors, in what will be an exciting new chapter in the history of Heinz. With Heinz stock recently at an all-time high and 30 consecutive quarters of organic topline growth, Heinz is being acquired from a position of strength. As a private enterprise, Heinz will have an opportunity to drive further growth and advance our commitment to providing consumers across the globe with great tasting, nutritious and wholesome products,” added Johnson.

Warren Buffett, Chairman and CEO of Berkshire Hathaway said, “Heinz has strong, sustainable growth potential based on high quality standards, continuous innovation, excellent management and great tasting products. Their global success is a testament to the power of investing behind strong brand equities and the strength of their management team and processes. We are very pleased to be a part of this partnership.”

Alex Behring, Managing Partner at 3G Capital said, “We have great respect for the Heinz brands and the strong business that management and its employees operate around the world. We approached Heinz to explore how we might work together to expand the value of this storied brand. We fully recognize Heinz’s value and heritage and look forward to working together with Heinz’s employees, suppliers and customers as we invest in and support the company’s ongoing global growth efforts.”

Understanding the need to preserve Heinz’s values, heritage and community connections, Berkshire Hathaway and 3G Capital have pledged to maintain Pittsburgh as its global headquarters, and to fulfill and continue its philanthropic support of community initiatives and related investments.

The transaction will be financed through a combination of cash provided by Berkshire Hathaway and affiliates of 3G Capital, rollover of existing debt, as well as debt financing that has been committed by J.P. Morgan and Wells Fargo. Berkshire Hathaway owns and invests in leading businesses across a variety of industries, including numerous iconic brands. 3G Capital is a global investment firm focused on long-term value creation, with a particular emphasis on building and expanding great brands and businesses.

The transaction is subject to approval by Heinz shareholders, receipt of regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, and is expected to close in the third (calendar) quarter of 2013.

Advisors for this transaction include: Centerview Partners and BofA Merrill Lynch as financial advisors to Heinz and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as legal advisor to Heinz. Moelis & Company acted as advisors to the Transaction Committee of Heinz’s Board of Directors and Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz served as legal advisor to the Transaction Committee of Heinz’s Board of Directors.

Lazard served as lead financial advisor. J.P. Morgan and Wells Fargo also served as financial advisors to the investment consortium. Kirkland & Ellis LLP is acting as legal advisor to 3G Capital. Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP is acting as legal advisor to Berkshire Hathaway.

Press Conference / Webcast

Heinz and 3G Capital invite media to attend a joint press conference today, February 14, at 11 a.m. Eastern Time at Heinz World Headquarters, One PPG Place, Suite 3100 in Pittsburgh, PA.

The press conference will be hosted by:

  • William R. Johnson, Heinz Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
  • Alex Behring, Managing Partner, 3G Capital

A live broadcast of the press conference will be available via satellite (details below) and a video webcast (listen only) of the press conference will be available in real-time and archived for playback on the company website, www.heinz.com.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Russia charges Georgian politician with plotting mass unrest

0

Givi Targamadze (RIA Novosti / Alexander Imedashvili)

Givi Targamadze (RIA Novosti / Alexander Imedashvili)

Russia’s investigative committee has charged Georgian Givi Tarmagadze with plotting last year’s street riots in Moscow and put him on a wanted list.

A spokesman for Russia’s main law enforcement body said on Thursday that Targamadze was charged in absentia in the same case with Russians Sergey Udaltsov, Leonid Razvozzhayev and Konsnantin Lebedev. The men are suspected of organizing riots in Moscow on May 6 last year — the day a major march against alleged elections violations ended in violence and several dozen people were arrested for attacking police officers and causing unrest.

Razvozzhayev is currently in pre-trial custody and Udaltsov and Lebedev have been put under house arrest.

The representative of the Investigative Committee explained that the agency could not press charges against Targamadze earlier because they needed official proof he was not enjoying any kind of immunity from prosecution. Now this issue has been clarified with the Georgian authorities, Targamadze is on the wanted list and investigators will soon go to a Russian court with a request to arrest him in absentia.

Georgia’s Main Prosecutors’ Office said on Thursday that Targamadze’s extradition was out of the question as this contradicted the country’s constitution.

In October 2012 Russian television channel NTV broadcast a documentary in which it alleged Givi Targamadze, who was at that time the head of the defense and security committee of the Georgian Parliament, negotiated the massive anti-Kremlin protests and the payment for them with Udalstsov and others.

The Investigative Committee launched a probe into the allegations described in the film and later pressed charges against Udaltsov, Razvozzhayev and Lebedev.

Udaltsov and Lebedev insist that they were never plotting riots, but admitted that they had a meeting with some Georgian politicians in the summer of 2012 in the Belarus capital Minsk. In telephone comments to Russian Novaya Gazeta newspaper Targamadze has said that he never talked to any of the activists and though he fully sympathized with the Russian opposition, he never met the three suspects in the case. The politician added that the video of him was possibly real but suggested that the voices in the film were added and blasted the whole piece as propaganda which is not worthy of discussion.

However, Razvozzhayev’s defense attorney told the press on Thursday that Russian investigators had already questioned Targamadze. However, the lawyer refused to elaborate quoting his professional pledge not to disclose the details of the investigation.

Givi Targamadze
Givi Targamadze

45 people, mostly women and children, kidnapped in Syria — reports

0

45 people, mostly women and children, kidnapped in Syria

45 people, mostly women and children, kidnapped in Syria

A group of armed men have attacked a bus in Syria and kidnapped 45 people, mostly women and children, who were traveling from Idlib province to Damascus, RIA Novosti reported citing Al Mayadeen TV.

­No details on the incident were immediately available.

The conflict in Syria has been ongoing since March 2011, and has claimed the lives of nearly 70,000 people, according to UN estimates.

Around the World, A ‘Billion Rise’ to Fight Violence Against Women and Girls

0

Around 2,000 Filipino women and human rights activists parade the streets of Manila as part of a global campaign to end violence against women on Thursday. One Billion Rising was initiated by Vagina Monologues playwright Eve Ensler to end violence against women by raising awareness through creative action and dance. (Image: One Billion Rising)Across the globe today women are dancing, striking, and in other ways “rising” to call attention to the plight of violence against women and girls across the many cultures of the planet.

Long celebrated as Valentine’s Day in many cultures and leveraged for the last fifteen years by women’s rights activists in the “V-Day movement,” today’s actions are a culmination of the “One Billion Rising” campaign spearheaded by author, playwright and activist Eve Ensler and champions equal rights and an end to violence against women and young girls.

“February 14, 2013 will change the world not because it is a day of magic, although there are indeed mystical elements surrounding this campaign. It will change the world because the preparation for it and organizing for it has already created an energetic wind or wave igniting existing efforts to end violence against women and create new ones,” said Ensler in a statement.

Ensler says the campaign has brought together broad and unexpected coalitions of groups and individuals that have never worked together before, including young people and men previously unaware of how deep the problem of violence against women has been.

“We are rising together because it is in our connectedness, in our stomping feet and uncontrollable hips that the path and energy will be created to bring in a new world,” Ensler said, referring to the campaign’s focus on dance and public protest. “We will galvanize the will and the passion of everyone rising around the world to create change.”

According to the group, planned actions for the day include:

In Paris, the Women’s Coalition of the French Parliament is rising. The Minister of Women’s rights and hundreds of groups in India, students, teachers, and thousands of people are speaking out, and new laws and prevention education are being introduced. Over 100 events are taking place in Italy. In Germany, more than 100 events are planned around the country including a flash mob at the Brandenburg Gate. In Bosnia, a network of organizations and individuals in Sarajevo plan a dancing parade along the riverside, public squares and busy places.  From the north of Europe to the south, thousands of activists have planned events large and small. In Bangladesh, over 25 million are expected to rise and will form human dancing chains across the country. The One Billion Rising anthem “Break the Chain” has been translated into Spanish, Farsi, Hindu, and many more languages. In Cape Town, Soweto, and Johannesburg, teen girls are touring schools and teaching the flash mob dance, and all over Africa local TV stations are showing the “Break the Chain” video leading up to the rising.

The Guardian is also offering live and ongoing coverage of actions here.

The ‘Break the Chain’ anthem, which is has been learned by millions and will be performed at many of the events today can be viewed here:

The breadth and diversity of actions happening is being tracked on Twitter using the #1billionrising hashtag:

Actions have been organized in cities large and small across the many continents and the ‘One Billion Rising Campaign’ has launched live streams and archived videos of earlier and ongoing actions. Below are a sample of those, but others can be seen on the group’s website.

From New Delhi, India:

From City of Joy, Democratic Republic of Congo:

From Tainan, Taiwan:

Live streams from New York, San Francisco and other cities will be added later in the day.

Senate Intelligence Committee Oversight of CIA: It Would Be a Good Idea

0

Different Senate committees are supposed to do oversight of different federal agencies. The Senate Judiciary Committee is supposed to oversee the Department of Justice. The Senate Armed Services committee is supposed to do oversight of the Pentagon. And the Senate Intelligence Committee is supposed to do oversight of the Central Intelligence Agency. Since the CIA is conducting drone strikes in Pakistan, Yemen, and Somalia, and since this is, to say the least, a controversial policy, the Senate Intelligence Committee is supposed to be doing oversight of that.Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Sen. Dianne Feinstein, D-Calif., right, welcomes CIA Director nominee John Brennan on Capitol Hill in Washington, Thursday, Feb. 7, 2013, prior to the start of Brennan’s confirmation hearing before the committee. (Photo: AP/J. Scott Applewhite)

But contemplating the Senate Intelligence Committee’s past oversight of the drone strike policy evokes the quote attributed to Gandhi when asked what he thought about Western civilization: “I think it would be a good idea.”

Now that criticisms of the drone strike policy are getting some play in the press, people are floating ideas for various reforms. That’s great! Let a hundred flowers bloom. But please call on me. I have an idea for a reform.

Why don’t we ask the Senate Intelligence Committee to do its job of overseeing the CIA?

Now, you might think, that’s a pretty arrogant claim, saying that the Senate Intelligence Committee has been asleep at the switch. Here, therefore, are three pieces of evidence for the claim.

Exhibit A: No public hearings.

Reporting on the Senate Intelligence Committee’s confirmation hearing of John Brennan to head the CIA, Ken Dilanian of the Los Angeles Times wrote that the Senate Intelligence Committee

has not held a single public hearing on CIA drone strikes that have killed an estimated 3,000 suspected militants in Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia in the last four years.

Exhibit B: Senator Dianne Feinstein, Chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee, apparently isn’t aware of New York Times reporting on the drone strike policy.

Following Brennan’s confirmation hearing, Politico reported Sen. Feinstein as saying that

she was unaware of reports that in some instances U.S. officials assumed any male of fighting age killed in a strike was a combatant – a method that could undercount the number of civilian deaths.

That’s pretty spectacular, because Jo Becker and Scott Shane of the New York Times reported this on May 29, 2012, in a major expose on the drone strike policy:

Obama embraced a disputed method for counting civilian casualties that did little to box him in. It in effect counts all military-age males in a strike zone as combatants, according to several administration officials, unless there is explicit intelligence posthumously proving them innocent.

[…]

This counting method may partly explain the official claims of extraordinarily low collateral deaths.

[…]

But in interviews, three former senior intelligence officials expressed disbelief that the number could be so low. The C.I.A. accounting has so troubled some administration officials outside the agency that they have brought their concerns to the White House. One called it “guilt by association” that has led to “deceptive” estimates of civilian casualties.

“It bothers me when they say there were seven guys, so they must all be militants,” the official said. “They count the corpses and they’re not really sure who they are.”

The question of whether the CIA has counted corpses in this way is absolutely crucial to the question of whether statements by government officials about low civilian casualties are credible. If, for the last six months, the Chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee was not even aware that this question existed, then the Senate Intelligence Committee was not doing “oversight” as most people would understand the word. If you meet with CIA officials and take everything they say as Gospel Truth, is that “oversight”? If major newspapers report something different from what the CIA officials say – in particular, based on conversations with other administration officials – shouldn’t you ask the CIA officials about that? Shouldn’t you be aware of it?

[If you think that Senator Feinstein and her staff should get a subscription to the New York Times, you can tell them so here.]

Feinstein’s opening remarks in the hearing indeed indicated that she wasn’t aware. Ed Pilkington reported in the Guardian:

The Democratic chair of the committee, Dianne Feinstein, kicked off proceedings by saying that the number of civilian casualties caused by US drone strikes each year has “typically been in the single digits”.

[…]

One of the most authoritative tallies is kept by the London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism, the BIJ, which has compiled the best information it could gather from newspaper accounts and its own independent researchers in Waziristan to keep a running score of civilian deaths from 2004 to today.

BIJ estimates that over the past nine years, the US has carried out a total of up to 424 drone strikes in Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia. The attacks have caused, the bureau calculates, at least 556 civilian killings and at most 1,128.

Other sources also contradict Feinstein’s claim – which of course she didn’t come up with on her own, she was merely repeating the CIA’s claim.

Max Fisher reported in the Washington Post:

In her introductory comments to John Brennan’s confirmation hearing to becoming director of central intelligence, Sen. Dianne Feinstein asserted that civilian casualties from U.S. drone strikes now number in the single digits annually. Those numbers are difficult to know with any certainty, and official U.S. estimates are secret. But some organizations do follow open-source reports on the strikes and attempt to track individual civilian casualties. At least some of their numbers, gathered by the scholar Micah Zenko for a Council on Foreign Relations report, appear to contradict Feinstein’s assessment.

According to data from the Web site Long War Journal, U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan and Yemen killed a combined 31 civilians in 2008, 84 in 2009, 20 in 2010, 30 in 2011 and 39 in 2012.

The New America Foundation, a Washington think tank, says that U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan alone killed at least 25 civilians in 2008, 25 again in 2009, 14 in 2010, six in 2011 and five in 2012.

Exhibit C. When they want to, Senators can shake information loose from the Administration: one bipartisan letter liberated a key document.

On February 4, a bipartisan group of eleven Senators led by Ron Wyden wrote to President Obama “seeking the legal opinions outlining the President’s authority to authorize the killing of American citizens during the course of counterterrorism operations,” hinting in their letter that Administration failure to disclose these long-sought memos could snag the confirmation of Brennan to head the CIA.

The same day a Justice Department “white paper” outlining a key memo was “leaked” to NBC News. (This looked like an “authorized leak” to me; I haven’t heard any calls to investigate the source of the “leak.”)

The next day, Wyden issued a statement saying: not good enough, we need the actual memo.

The next day, Obama directed the Justice Department to grant congressional intelligence committees “access to a classified memo outlining the administration’s legal justification for targeted killing.”

So, if they want to, a bipartisan group of eleven Senators can shake information loose from the Administration on the drone strike policy. Brennan’s confirmation is still hanging fire. If there’s other information these Senators want, the time to demand it is now.

When a group of American peace activists met with the then-acting U.S. ambassador to Pakistan Richard Hoagland in October, he specifically denied – on the record – the New York Times report about counting “military-age males” as “militants” when they are killed by drone strikes. [Remember, the New York Times report was based on interviews with other Administration officials.]

The question of civilian casualties is crucial to whether the current drone strike policy is a policy that the public would support. A recent survey conducted by James Walsh, a political science professor at the University of North Carolina, indicated that the risk of death to innocent civilians had as great an impact in depressing U.S. public support for military action as the risk of death to U.S. soldiers. So here is a test of whether the Senate Intelligence Committee can do oversight: find out if it’s true that the CIA counts “military-age males” as “militants” when they are killed by drone strikes, and consider the impact of this on the claim that “civilian casualties from U.S. drone strikes now number in the single digits annually.”

Meanwhile, perhaps Senator Feinstein and her staff could start reading the New York Times.

Deaths, lies and the NHS: Shocking new healthcare scandals emerge in UK

0

A British health manager warned the boss of the NHS four years ago that his hospital was a threat to patients’ safety. A nationwide investigation into avoidable hospital deaths has found that such warnings from doctors were often silenced or ignored.

­Gary Walker, the former chief of United Lincolnshire Hospitals Trust, was silenced in 2010 under a £500,000 ‘super gag’ agreement; he is now risking legal action by the NHS by speaking out. Walker reportedly received the payment last year; his former employer now faces a major investigation over its unusually high death rates, in the midst of the Stafford inquiry fallout.

Walker said that the chief of the NHS chief was “not interested in patient safety,” and called on him to resign to end the “culture of fear” he had created in the NHS, Britain’s Daily Mail reported.

Walker spoke to the BBC in an exclusive interview for its ‘Today’ show on Radio 4, in which he explained that his hands had been tied: “I was in danger of losing my house — I have children to support. And one thing you must remember that if you’re attacking the very top of the NHS the sanctions are pretty dramatic.”

On Tuesday, shortly after learning of his plans to appear on national radio, the NHS wrote a letter to Walker reminding that, “If you have provided an interview or should this interview proceed you will be in clear breach of the agreement and as a result the Trust would be entitled to recover from you the payments made under the agreement.”

The letter reiterated that he was legally obliged not to inform anyone, besides family, of the terms of the gag agreement. The letter was released by the Lincolnshire Independents, a minor British political party, alongside other correspondences. The party said it was “shocked at the documents we have uncovered.”

Walker was fired in 2010, allegedly for using profanity during meetings. He and his supporters claimed that he was forced out for whistleblowing.

Leaked Letters reveal systemic neglect

New leaked letters have shown that doctor concerns over the Lincolnshire hospital were constantly ignored, despite that medical staff often challenged management about policies that threatened patient safety. The number of ‘excess’ deaths at Lincolnshire Hospital stood at 677 between 2009 and 2012, according to David Bowles, the former chair of United Lincolnshire Hospitals Trust. Bowles said he quit over such dangerous target-setting.

In one letter, a doctor described a complex 10-hour medical procedure as a “major operation with major risks attached.” The patient’s operation was then postponed, because there were no Intensive Care Unit beds available at Lincolnshire Hospital in central England.

Another letter outlined the serious threat to the public caused by excessive targets, as well as intimidation from above: “I must make you aware of my concerns about the balance between patient safety and targets and inform you that in my view the current bullish and sometimes ruthless pressure from above on the management team in my Directorate is unfair and unacceptable,” a clinical director told Paul Richardson, NHS Trust Chair of United Lincolnshire Hospitals.

One more anonymous doctor begins, “I am writing in the immediate aftermath of today’s tragic death of an otherwise well patient,” adding that ward staffing levels were inadequate for postoperative care, and that the “enormous pressure” exerted by target requirements resulted in ad-hoc arrangements for short notice surgery.

Lincolnshire Hospital is one of nine others that over the last week were slated to be investigated for unusually high death rates in the wake of the Stafford inquiry results. The Stafford inquiry was part of a long-term investigation into the hospital’s filthy wards, unnecessary deaths and understaffing.

Stafford Inquiry

The revelation comes shortly after inquiries into some 1,000 ‘avoidable’ UK hospital deaths in Stafford, central England, which concluded earlier this month that “corporate self-interest and cost-control” were to blame for the wider-scale NHS problems that allowed the deaths to happen.

Inquiry head Robert Francis, QC, urged for greater protection for NHS whistleblowers, as it emerged that many who try to speak out against hospital management are silenced. Many complaints were voiced about standards of patient care at the central England hospital, but they either went ignored or were given no adequate response, despite the approximately 1,000 deaths.

Harrowing accounts of poor standards of care and hygiene and patients dying in undignified circumstances plagued the institution; further reports emerged of patient neglect and the failure to supply basic provisions.

One patient’s relative reported that health and safety rules prevented drinks from being left out at night, leading thirsty patients to drink water out of a flower vase. Relatives of two other patients reported that their family members had been dropped.  

Others fell victim to deadly infections rampant in the filthy wards, such as the superbugs C. dificile and MRSA. One relative said that her mother was so badly infected with C. dificile that she had to be buried in a sealed body bag.

Whistleblowers silenced

There have been serious attempts to discredit, bully, or fire NHS whistleblowers, which resulted in a media scandal last August.

Kay Sheldon, a board member of a UK healthcare watchdog, raised concerns that poor leadership and performance were a threat to public safety. She was diagnosed as possibly suffering from schizophrenia by an external assessor in a clear attempt to discredit her.

Many whistleblowers fear reprisal, as it there is a high possibility that they could be fired by those they raise concerns about. And in September, Labour MP Katy Clarke pointed out that lawyers representing the NHS were all too often silenced using gagging clauses when settling employment cases.


“I warned [David Nicholson, NHS boss] that Lincolnshire was going to become the next Mid Staffordshire. He didn’t investigate those concerns, and now look what’s happened,” Walker said.

“We cannot allow the disgraceful culture highlighted in the Mid-Staffordshire report to put Lincolnshire patients at risk,” said Chris Brewis, an independent politician on the Health Scrutiny Committee at Lincolnshire County Council.

Iceland weighing ban on Internet pornography

0

Lock on computer keyboard

Lock on computer keyboard

Iceland could become the first Western country to censor online pornography with the introduction of radical internet filters that would block online content. Critics of the plan fear censorship, citing concerns over who will choose what to filter.

­Proponents of the ban claim that pornography has damaging effects on children and women. Icelandic Interior Minister Ogmundur Jonasson, the author of the proposed ban, said he believes it will help stop youth from viewing Internet pornography.

“We have to be able to discuss a ban on violent pornography, which we all agree has a very harmful effects on young people and can have a clear link to incidences of violent crime,” Interior Minister Jonasson said.

The ban would block access to pornographic websites in Iceland, and make it impossible to use Icelandic credit cards on X-rated sites. Iceland has already passed a law that forbids the printing and distribution of pornography; the law excludes the Internet, however.

Experts have argued that there is domestic support for such a ban: “We have many experts from educationalists to the police and those who work with children behind this, that this has become much broader than party politics,” political adviser Halla Gunnarsdottir told the Daily Mail.

“At the moment, we are looking at the best technical ways to achieve this,” Gunnarsdottir said. “But surely if we can send a man to the Moon, we must be able to tackle porn on the Internet.”

At such a scale and magnitude, Iceland’s online pornography censorship scheme would be the first of its kind for any European nation, Professor Gail Dines told the Telegraph: “It is looking at pornography from a new position — from the perspective of the harm it does to the women who appear in it and as a violation of their civil rights.”

However, opponents of the ban have argued that such censorship is unfeasible.

“When you have a group of people who have the job of monitoring the network traffic and deciding what would be allowed and what won’t be increases the risk of non-pornography sites to be added to the list and blocked off,” explained Prostur Jonasson of Iceland’s Association of Digital Freedom.

The UK is the only other European country that has tried to implement a similar ban. It proposed blocking access to all pornography websites this past December, but UK ministers rejected the idea over a lack of public support.

Iceland is known for its pro-women policies, which may credit to country’s openly lesbian Prime Minister, Johanna Sigurdardottir.

In 2010, the country implemented a highly controversial ban on all strip clubs, arguing that they are harmful to women. The Scandinavian country also launched a consultation process in 2010 to investigate the effects of Internet pornography on women and children.

The study concluded that viewing violent online pornography increased the intensity of sex attacks, and that if children were exposed to such content at an early age, they displayed similar signs of trauma as those who had actually been abused, the Daily Mail reported.